Page MenuHomeFreeBSD
Files F167131996

D16997.id.diff
No OneTemporary
Actions

D16997.id.diff
View Options

This file is larger than 256 KB, so syntax highlighting was skipped.
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/Makefile
===================================================================
--- pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/Makefile
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/Makefile
@@ -1,13 +1,12 @@
#
# The FreeBSD Documentation Project
# The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation Project
-#
-# $FreeBSD$
#
-# Original revision: r38826
+# $FreeBSD$
#
-MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org
+MAINTAINER=ebrandi@FreeBSD.org
+
DOC?= book
@@ -16,25 +15,29 @@
INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz
INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=
-#
+#
# SRCS lists the individual XML files that make up the document. Changes
# to any of these files will force a rebuild
#
# XML content
-SRCS= book.xml
-SRCS+= overview/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= psgml-mode/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= see-also/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= sgml-markup/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= sgml-primer/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= stylesheets/chapter.xml
+SRCS= book.xml
+SRCS+= overview/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= tools/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= working-copy/chapter.xml
SRCS+= structure/chapter.xml
SRCS+= doc-build/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= the-website/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= tools/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= the-website/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= xml-primer/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= xhtml-markup/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= docbook-markup/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= stylesheets/chapter.xml
SRCS+= translations/chapter.xml
-SRCS+= writing-style/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= po-translations/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= manpages/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= writing-style/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= editor-config/chapter.xml
+SRCS+= see-also/chapter.xml
SRCS+= examples/appendix.xml
@@ -44,11 +47,15 @@
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png
IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png
# Entities
-SRCS+= chapters.ent
+SRCS+= chapters.ent
URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..
-DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..
+DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..
.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk"
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/chapters.ent
===================================================================
--- pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/chapters.ent
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/chapters.ent
@@ -5,21 +5,24 @@
$FreeBSD$
- Original revision: r38826
-
-->
-<!ENTITY chap.overview SYSTEM "overview/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.xml-primer SYSTEM "sgml-primer/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.tools SYSTEM "tools/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.xml-markup SYSTEM "sgml-markup/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.stylesheets SYSTEM "stylesheets/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.overview SYSTEM "overview/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.tools SYSTEM "tools/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.working-copy SYSTEM "working-copy/chapter.xml">
<!ENTITY chap.structure SYSTEM "structure/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.the-website SYSTEM "the-website/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.translations SYSTEM "translations/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.writing-style SYSTEM "writing-style/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.psgml-mode SYSTEM "psgml-mode/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.see-also SYSTEM "see-also/chapter.xml">
-<!ENTITY chap.doc-build SYSTEM "doc-build/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.doc-build SYSTEM "doc-build/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.the-website SYSTEM "the-website/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.xml-primer SYSTEM "xml-primer/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.xhtml-markup SYSTEM "xhtml-markup/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.docbook-markup SYSTEM "docbook-markup/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.stylesheets SYSTEM "stylesheets/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.translations SYSTEM "translations/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.po-translations SYSTEM "po-translations/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.manpages SYSTEM "manpages/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.writing-style SYSTEM "writing-style/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.editor-config SYSTEM "editor-config/chapter.xml">
+<!ENTITY chap.see-also SYSTEM "see-also/chapter.xml">
+
+<!ENTITY app.examples SYSTEM "examples/appendix.xml">
-<!ENTITY app.examples SYSTEM "examples/appendix.xml">
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/docbook-markup/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/docbook-markup/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,2761 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Nik Clayton, All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source (SGML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms
+ (SGML HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+
+ 1. Redistributions of source code (SGML DocBook) must retain the above
+ copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified.
+
+ 2. Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs,
+ converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce
+ the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
+ following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
+ provided with the distribution.
+
+ THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY NIK CLAYTON "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL NIK CLAYTON BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+-->
+
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="docbook-markup">
+
+ <title>DocBook Markup</title>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for
+ &os; documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup
+ system, but the subset described here covers the parts that are
+ most widely used for &os; documentation. While a moderate
+ subset is covered, it is impossible to anticipate every
+ situation. Please post questions that this document does
+ not answer to the &a.doc;.</para>
+
+ <para>DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and
+ O'Reilly &amp; Associates to be a Document Type Definition
+ (<acronym>DTD</acronym>) for writing technical documentation
+ <footnote><para>A short history can be found under <link
+ xlink:href="http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41">http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41</link>.</para></footnote>.
+ Since 1998 it is maintained by the <link
+ xlink:href="http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home.php?wg_abbrev=docbook">
+ DocBook Technical Committee</link>. As such, and unlike
+ LinuxDoc and <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, DocBook is very heavily
+ oriented towards markup that describes <emphasis>what</emphasis>
+ something is, rather than describing <emphasis>how</emphasis> it
+ should be presented.</para>
+
+ <para>The DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is available from the
+ Ports Collection in the
+ <package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>
+ port. It is automatically installed as part of the
+ <package>textproc/docproj</package>
+ port.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Formal Versus Informal</title>
+
+ <para>Some elements may exist in two forms,
+ <emphasis>formal</emphasis> and <emphasis>informal</emphasis>.
+ Typically, the formal version of the element will consist of a
+ title followed by the informal version of the element. The
+ informal version will not have a title.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Inline Versus Block</title>
+
+ <para>In the remainder of this document, when describing
+ elements, <emphasis>inline</emphasis> means that the element
+ can occur within a block element, and does not cause a line
+ break. A <emphasis>block</emphasis> element, by comparison,
+ will cause a line break (and other processing) when it is
+ encountered.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-freebsd-extensions">
+ <title>&os; Extensions</title>
+
+ <para>The &os; Documentation Project has extended the DocBook
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> with additional elements and entities.
+ These additions serve to make some of the markup easier or more
+ precise.</para>
+
+ <para>Throughout the rest of this document, the term
+ <quote>DocBook</quote> is used to mean the &os;-extended
+ DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Most of these extensions are not unique to &os;, it was
+ just felt that they were useful enhancements for this
+ particular project. Should anyone from any of the other *nix
+ camps (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, &hellip;) be interested in
+ collaborating on a standard DocBook extension set, please
+ contact &a.doceng;.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-freebsd-extensions-elements">
+ <title>&os; Elements</title>
+
+ <para>The additional &os; elements are not (currently) in the
+ Ports Collection. They are stored in the &os; Subversion
+ tree, as <link
+ xlink:href="http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd">head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>&os;-specific elements used in the examples below are
+ clearly marked.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-freebsd-extensions-entities">
+ <title>&os; Entities</title>
+
+ <para>This table shows some of the most useful entities
+ available in the <acronym>FDP</acronym>. For a complete list,
+ see the <filename>*.ent</filename> files in
+ <filename>doc/share/xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <informaltable frame="none" pgwide="1">
+ <tgroup cols="3">
+ <colspec colname="entity"/>
+ <colspec colname="expandsto"/>
+ <colspec colname="notes"/>
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ <entry></entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody valign="top">
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="entity" nameend="notes"><emphasis>&os;
+ Name Entities</emphasis></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;os;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&os;</literal></entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;os.stable;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&os.stable;</literal></entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;os.current;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&os.current;</literal></entry>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="entity" nameend="notes">Manual Page
+ Entities</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;man.ls.1;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&man.ls.1;</entry>
+ <entry>Usage: <literal>&amp;man.ls.1; is the manual page
+ for
+ &lt;command&gt;ls&lt;/command&gt;.</literal></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;man.cp.1;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&man.cp.1;</entry>
+ <entry>Usage: <literal>The manual page for
+ &lt;command&gt;cp&lt;/command&gt; is
+ &amp;man.cp.1;.</literal></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>.<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable>;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>link to
+ <replaceable>command</replaceable> manual page in
+ section
+ <replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable></emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>Entities are defined for all the
+ <link xlink:href="&url.base;/cgi/man.cgi">&os; manual
+ pages</link>.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="entity" nameend="notes">&os; Mailing List
+ Entities</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;a.doc;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&a.doc;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Usage: <literal>A link to the
+ &amp;a.doc;.</literal></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;a.questions;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&a.questions;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Usage: <literal>A link to the
+ &amp;a.questions;.</literal></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;a.<replaceable>listname</replaceable>;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>link to
+ <replaceable>listname</replaceable></emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>Entities are defined for all the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/eresources.html#eresources-mail">&os;
+ mailing lists</link>.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="entity" nameend="notes">&os; Document
+ Link Entities</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;url.books.handbook;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&url.books.handbook;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link
+ xlink:href="&amp;url.books.handbook;/advanced-networking.html"&gt;Advanced
+ Networking&lt;/link&gt; chapter of the
+ Handbook.</literal></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;url.books.<replaceable>bookname</replaceable>;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>relative path to
+ <replaceable>bookname</replaceable></emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>Entities are defined for all the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.doc.langbase;/books/">&os;
+ books</link>.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;url.articles.committers-guide;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><literal>&url.articles.committers-guide;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link
+ xlink:href="&amp;url.articles.committers-guide;"&gt;Committer's
+ Guide&lt;/link&gt;
+ article.</literal></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;url.articles.<replaceable>articlename</replaceable>;</literal></entry>
+ <entry><emphasis>relative path to
+ <replaceable>articlename</replaceable></emphasis></entry>
+ <entry>Entities are defined for all the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.doc.langbase;/articles/">&os;
+ articles</link>.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="entity" nameend="notes">Other Operating
+ System Name Entities</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;linux;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&linux;</entry>
+ <entry>The &linux; operating system.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;unix;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&unix;</entry>
+ <entry>The &unix; operating system.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;windows;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&windows;</entry>
+ <entry>The &windows; operating system.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ <entry/>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry namest="entity" nameend="notes">Miscellaneous
+ Entities</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&prompt.root;</entry>
+ <entry>The <systemitem
+ class="username">root</systemitem> user
+ prompt.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&prompt.user;</entry>
+ <entry>A prompt for an unprivileged user.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;postscript;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&postscript;</entry>
+ <entry>The
+ &postscript; programming language.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;tex;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&tex;</entry>
+ <entry>The
+ &tex; typesetting language.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>&amp;xorg;</literal></entry>
+ <entry>&xorg;</entry>
+ <entry>The &xorg; open source X
+ Window System.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-fpi">
+ <title>Formal Public Identifier (FPI)</title>
+
+ <para>In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym>s for DocBook customizations, the
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym> for the &os; extended DocBook
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> is:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN"</programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-document-structure">
+ <title>Document Structure</title>
+
+ <para>DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways.
+ The &os; Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook
+ document: the book and the article.</para>
+
+ <para>Books are organized into <tag>chapter</tag>s.
+ This is a mandatory requirement. There may be
+ <tag>part</tag>s between the book and the chapter to
+ provide another layer of organization. For example, the
+ Handbook is arranged in this way.</para>
+
+ <para>A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections.
+ These are indicated with the <tag>sect1</tag> element.
+ If a section contains another section then use the
+ <tag>sect2</tag> element, and so on, up to
+ <tag>sect5</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the
+ content.</para>
+
+ <para>An article is simpler than a book, and does not use
+ chapters. Instead, the content of an article is organized into
+ one or more sections, using the same <tag>sect1</tag>
+ (and <tag>sect2</tag> and so on) elements that are used
+ in books.</para>
+
+ <para>The nature of the document being written should be used to
+ determine whether it is best marked up as a book or an article.
+ Articles are well suited to information that does not need to be
+ broken down into several chapters, and that is, relatively
+ speaking, quite short, at up to 20-25 pages of content. Books
+ are best suited to information that can be broken up into
+ several chapters, possibly with appendices and similar content
+ as well.</para>
+
+ <para>The <link xlink:href="&url.base;/docs.html">&os;
+ tutorials</link> are all marked up as articles, while this
+ document, the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.books.faq;/index.html">FAQ</link>, and the
+ <link
+ xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/index.html">Handbook</link>
+ are all marked up as books, for example.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-starting-a-book">
+ <title>Starting a Book</title>
+
+ <para>The content of a book is contained within the
+ <tag>book</tag> element. As well as containing
+ structural markup, this element can contain elements that
+ include additional information about the book. This is either
+ meta-information, used for reference purposes, or additional
+ content used to produce a title page.</para>
+
+ <para>This additional information is contained within
+ <tag>info</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with
+ <tag>info</tag></title>
+
+ <!-- Cannot put this in a marked section because of the
+ replaceable elements -->
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">book</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">info</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</replaceable><tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">author</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">personname</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">firstname</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class="endtag">surname</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">personname</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">affiliation</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">address</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class="endtag">email</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">address</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">affiliation</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">author</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">copyright</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class="endtag">year</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">holder role="mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">holder</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">copyright</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">releaseinfo</tag>&dollar;&os;&dollar;<tag class="endtag">releaseinfo</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">abstract</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">abstract</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">info</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+
+<tag class="endtag">book</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-starting-an-article">
+ <title>Starting an Article</title>
+
+ <para>The content of the article is contained within the
+ <tag>article</tag> element. As well as containing
+ structural markup, this element can contain elements that
+ include additional information about the article. This is
+ either meta-information, used for reference purposes, or
+ additional content used to produce a title page.</para>
+
+ <para>This additional information is contained within
+ <tag>info</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with
+ <tag>info</tag></title>
+
+ <!-- Cannot put this in a marked section because of the
+ replaceable elements -->
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">article</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">info</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</replaceable><tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">author</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">personname</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">firstname</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class="endtag">surname</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">personname</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">affiliation</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">address</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class="endtag">email</tag><tag class="endtag">address</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">address</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">affiliation</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">author</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">copyright</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class="endtag">year</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">holder role="mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class="endtag">holder</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">copyright</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">releaseinfo</tag>&dollar;&os;&dollar;<tag class="endtag">releaseinfo</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">abstract</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">abstract</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">info</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+
+<tag class="endtag">article</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-indicating-chapters">
+ <title>Indicating Chapters</title>
+
+ <para>Use <tag>chapter</tag> to mark up your chapters.
+ Each chapter has a mandatory <tag>title</tag>.
+ Articles do not contain chapters, they are reserved for
+ books.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>A Simple Chapter</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>The Chapter's Title<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ ...
+<tag class="endtag">chapter</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in
+ addition to <tag>title</tag>. If you need to
+ include an empty chapter then just use an empty
+ paragraph.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Empty Chapters</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>This is An Empty Chapter<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">chapter</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-sections-below-chapters">
+ <title>Sections Below Chapters</title>
+
+ <para>In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up
+ into sections, subsections, and so on. In articles, sections
+ are the main structural element, and each article must contain
+ at least one section. Use the
+ <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> element.
+ The <replaceable>n</replaceable> indicates the section number,
+ which identifies the section level.</para>
+
+ <para>The first
+ <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> is
+ <tag>sect1</tag>. You can have one or more of these
+ in a chapter. They can contain one or more
+ <tag>sect2</tag> elements, and so on, down to
+ <tag>sect5</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Sections in Chapters</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>A Sample Chapter<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Some text in the chapter.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">sect1</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>First Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+ <tag class="endtag">sect1</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">sect1</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>Second Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">sect2</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>First Sub-Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">sect3</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>First Sub-Sub-Section<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+ <tag class="endtag">sect3</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">sect2</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">sect2</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>Second Sub-Section (1.2.2)<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+ <tag class="endtag">sect2</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">sect1</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">chapter</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Section numbers are automatically generated and
+ prepended to titles when the document is rendered to an
+ output format. The generated section numbers and titles
+ from the example above will be:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>1.1. First Section</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>1.2. Second Section</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>1.2.1. First Sub-Section</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>1.2.2. Second Sub-Section</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </note>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-subdividing-part">
+ <title>Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag>
+ Elements</title>
+
+ <para><tag>part</tag>s introduce another level of
+ organization between <tag>book</tag> and
+ <tag>chapter</tag> with one or more
+ <tag>part</tag>s. This cannot be done in an
+ <tag>article</tag>.</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">part</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>Introduction<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>Overview<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ ...
+ <tag class="endtag">chapter</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>What is FreeBSD?<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ ...
+ <tag class="endtag">chapter</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">chapter</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>History<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ ...
+ <tag class="endtag">chapter</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">part</tag></programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-block-elements">
+ <title>Block Elements</title>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-paragraphs">
+ <title>Paragraphs</title>
+
+ <para>DocBook supports three types of paragraphs:
+ <tag>formalpara</tag>, <tag>para</tag>, and
+ <tag>simpara</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>Almost all paragraphs in &os; documentation use
+ <tag>para</tag>. <tag>formalpara</tag>
+ includes a <tag>title</tag> element, and
+ <tag>simpara</tag> disallows some elements from
+ within <tag>para</tag>. Stick with
+ <tag>para</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>para</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any
+ other element.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any
+ other element.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-block-quotations">
+ <title>Block Quotations</title>
+
+ <para>A block quotation is an extended quotation from another
+ document that should not appear within the current paragraph.
+ These are rarely needed.</para>
+
+ <para>Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an
+ attribution (or they can be left untitled and
+ unattributed).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>blockquote</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">blockquote</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>Preamble to the Constitution of the United States<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">attribution</tag>Copied from a web site somewhere<tag class="endtag">attribution</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more
+ perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,
+ provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and
+ secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do
+ ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of
+ America.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">blockquote</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <title>Preamble to the Constitution of the United
+ States</title>
+
+ <attribution>Copied from a web site
+ somewhere</attribution>
+
+ <para>We the People of the United States, in Order to form
+ a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic
+ Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the
+ general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to
+ ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish
+ this Constitution for the United States of
+ America.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-tips-notes">
+ <title>Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important
+ Information</title>
+
+ <para>Extra information may need to be separated from
+ the main body of the text. Typically this is
+ <quote>meta</quote> information of which the user should be
+ aware.</para>
+
+ <para>Several types of admonitions are available:
+ <tag>tip</tag>, <tag>note</tag>,
+ <tag>warning</tag>, <tag>caution</tag>, and
+ <tag>important</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>Which admonition to choose depends on the situation.
+ The DocBook
+ documentation suggests:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Note is for information that should be heeded by
+ all readers.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Important is a variation on Note.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Caution is for information regarding possible data
+ loss or software damage.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Warning is for information regarding possible
+ hardware damage or injury to life or limb.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">tip</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>&amp;os&semi; may reduce stress.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">tip</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">important</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions
+ are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the
+ intended effect.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">important</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+ <!-- Need to do this outside of the example -->
+ <tip>
+ <para>&os; may reduce stress.</para>
+ </tip>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions
+ are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the
+ intended effect.</para>
+ </important>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-example">
+ <title>Examples</title>
+
+ <para>Examples can be shown with <tag>example</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>example</tag> Source</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">example</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Empty files can be created easily:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user&semi; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>touch file1 file2 file3<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag><tag class="endtag">screen</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">example</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <!-- Need to do this outside of the example -->
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Rendered <tag>example</tag></title>
+
+ <para>Empty files can be created easily:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>touch file1 file2 file3</userinput></screen>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-lists-and-procedures">
+ <title>Lists and Procedures</title>
+
+ <para>Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a
+ number of steps that must be carried out in order to
+ accomplish a particular goal.</para>
+
+ <para>To do this, use <tag>itemizedlist</tag>,
+ <tag>orderedlist</tag>, <tag>variablelist</tag>, or
+ <tag>procedure</tag>. There are other types of list
+ elements in DocBook, but we will not cover them here.</para>
+
+ <para><tag>itemizedlist</tag> and
+ <tag>orderedlist</tag> are similar to their
+ counterparts in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, <tag>ul</tag>
+ and <tag>ol</tag>. Each one consists of one or more
+ <tag>listitem</tag> elements, and each
+ <tag>listitem</tag> contains one or more block
+ elements. The <tag>listitem</tag> elements are
+ analogous to <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>li</tag>
+ tags. However, unlike HTML, they are required.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>itemizedlist</tag> and
+ <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">itemizedlist</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the first itemized item.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the second itemized item.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">itemizedlist</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">orderedlist</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the first ordered item.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the second ordered item.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">orderedlist</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This is the first itemized item.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This is the second itemized item.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This is the first ordered item.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This is the second ordered item.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </orderedlist>
+ </example>
+
+ <para xml:id="docbook-markup-varlist">An alternate and often
+ useful way of presenting information is the
+ <tag>variablelist</tag>. These are lists where each entry has
+ a term and a description. They are well suited for many types
+ of descriptions, and present information in a form that is
+ often easier for the reader than sections and
+ subsections.</para>
+
+ <para>A <tag>variablelist</tag> has a <tag>title</tag>, and then
+ pairs of <tag>term</tag> and <tag>listitem</tag>
+ entries.</para>
+
+ <example xml:id="docbook-markup-variablelist-example">
+ <title><tag>variablelist</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">variablelist</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">varlistentry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">term</tag>Parallel<tag class="endtag">term</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive
+ at the same time over multiple communications
+ channels.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">varlistentry</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">varlistentry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">term</tag>Serial<tag class="endtag">term</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>In serial communications, bits arrive one at a
+ time over a single communications
+ channel.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">listitem</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">varlistentry</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">variablelist</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Parallel</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive
+ at the same time over multiple communications
+ channels.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Serial</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In serial communications, bits arrive one at a
+ time over a single communications channel.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>A <tag>procedure</tag> shows a series of <tag>step</tag>s,
+ which may in turn consist of more <tag>step</tag>s or
+ <tag>substep</tag>s. Each <tag>step</tag> contains block
+ elements and may include an optional title.</para>
+
+ <para>Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice:
+ do <emphasis>this</emphasis> or do <emphasis>that</emphasis>,
+ but not both. For these alternative choices, use
+ <tag>stepalternatives</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>procedure</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">procedure</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Do this.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Then do this.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">substeps</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>And now do this smaller thing.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>And now do this other smaller thing.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">substeps</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Finally, do one of these:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">stepalternatives</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Go left.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Go right.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">stepalternatives</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">step</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">procedure</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Do this.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Then do this.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <substeps>
+ <step>
+ <para>And now do this small thing.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>And this other small thing.</para>
+ </step>
+ </substeps>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Finally, do one of these:</para>
+
+ <stepalternatives>
+ <step>
+ <para>Go left.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Go right.</para>
+ </step>
+ </stepalternatives>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-showing-file-samples">
+ <title>Showing File Samples</title>
+
+ <para>Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown
+ by wrapping them in the <tag>programlisting</tag>
+ element.</para>
+
+ <para>White space and line breaks within
+ <tag>programlisting</tag> <emphasis>are</emphasis>
+ significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag
+ should appear on the same line as the first line of the
+ output, and the closing tag should appear on the same line
+ as the last line of the output, otherwise spurious blank
+ lines may be included.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>programlisting</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like
+ this:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;
+
+int
+main(void)
+{
+ printf("hello, world\n");
+ return 0;
+}<tag class="endtag">programlisting</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Notice how the angle brackets in the
+ <literal>#include</literal> line need to be referenced by
+ their entities instead of being included literally.</para>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>When finished, the program will look like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;
+
+int
+main(void)
+{
+ printf("hello, world\n");
+ return 0;
+}</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-callouts">
+ <title>Callouts</title>
+
+ <para>A callout is a visual marker for referring to a
+ piece of text or specific position within an
+ example.</para>
+
+ <para>Callouts are marked with the <tag>co</tag>
+ element. Each element must have a unique
+ <literal>id</literal> assigned to it. After the example,
+ include a <tag>calloutlist</tag> that describes each
+ callout.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>co</tag> and
+ <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like
+ this:<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; <tag class="emptytag">co xml:id="co-ex-include"</tag>
+
+int <tag class="emptytag">co xml:id="co-ex-return"</tag>
+main(void)
+{
+ printf("hello, world\n"); <tag class="emptytag">co xml:id="co-ex-printf"</tag>
+}<tag class="endtag">programlisting</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">calloutlist</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">callout arearefs="co-ex-include"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Includes the standard IO header file.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">callout</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">callout arearefs="co-ex-return"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>Specifies that <tag class="starttag">function</tag>main()<tag class="endtag">function</tag> returns an
+ int.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">callout</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">callout arearefs="co-ex-printf"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">function</tag>printf()<tag class="endtag">function</tag> call that writes
+ <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>hello, world<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> to standard output.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">callout</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">calloutlist</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>When finished, the program will look like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; <co xml:id="co-ex-include"/>
+
+int <co xml:id="co-ex-return"/>
+main(void)
+{
+ printf("hello, world\n"); <co xml:id="co-ex-printf"/>
+}</programlisting>
+
+ <calloutlist>
+ <callout arearefs="co-ex-include">
+ <para>Includes the standard IO header file.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-ex-return">
+ <para>Specifies that <function>main()</function> returns
+ an int.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-ex-printf">
+ <para>The <function>printf()</function> call that writes
+ <literal>hello, world</literal> to standard
+ output.</para>
+ </callout>
+ </calloutlist>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-tables">
+ <title>Tables</title>
+
+ <para>Unlike <acronym>HTML</acronym>, DocBook does not need
+ tables for layout purposes, as the stylesheet handles those
+ issues. Instead, just use tables for marking up tabular
+ data.</para>
+
+ <para>In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for
+ more detail) a table (which can be either formal or informal)
+ consists of a <tag>table</tag> element. This contains
+ at least one <tag>tgroup</tag> element, which
+ specifies (as an attribute) the number of columns in this
+ table group. Within the tablegroup there is one
+ <tag>thead</tag> element, which contains elements for
+ the table headings (column headings), and one
+ <tag>tbody</tag> which contains the body of the
+ table.</para>
+
+ <para>Both <tag>tgroup</tag> and
+ <tag>thead</tag> contain <tag>row</tag>
+ elements, which in turn contain <tag>entry</tag>
+ elements. Each <tag>entry</tag> element specifies
+ one cell in the table.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>informaltable</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">informaltable pgwide="1"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">tgroup cols="2"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">thead</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">row</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">entry</tag>This is Column Head 1<tag class="endtag">entry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">entry</tag>This is Column Head 2<tag class="endtag">entry</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">row</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">thead</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">tbody</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">row</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">entry</tag>Row 1, column 1<tag class="endtag">entry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">entry</tag>Row 1, column 2<tag class="endtag">entry</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">row</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">row</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">entry</tag>Row 2, column 1<tag class="endtag">entry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">entry</tag>Row 2, column 2<tag class="endtag">entry</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">row</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tbody</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tgroup</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">informaltable</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <informaltable pgwide="1">
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>This is Column Head 1</entry>
+ <entry>This is Column Head 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Row 1, column 1</entry>
+ <entry>Row 1, column 2</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Row 2, column 1</entry>
+ <entry>Row 2, column 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Always use the <literal>pgwide</literal> attribute with
+ a value of <literal>1</literal> with the
+ <tag>informaltable</tag> element. A bug in Internet
+ Explorer can cause the table to render incorrectly if this
+ is omitted.</para>
+
+ <para>Table borders can be suppressed by setting the
+ <literal>frame</literal> attribute to <literal>none</literal>
+ in the <tag>informaltable</tag> element. For example,
+ <literal>informaltable frame="none"</literal>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Table with <literal>frame="none"</literal>
+ Example</title>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <informaltable frame="none" pgwide="1">
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>This is Column Head 1</entry>
+ <entry>This is Column Head 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Row 1, column 1</entry>
+ <entry>Row 1, column 2</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Row 2, column 1</entry>
+ <entry>Row 2, column 2</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-examples">
+ <title>Examples for the User to Follow</title>
+
+ <para>Examples for the user to follow are often necessary.
+ Typically, these will consist of dialogs with the computer;
+ the user types in a command, the user gets a response back,
+ the user types another command, and so on.</para>
+
+ <para>A number of distinct elements and entities come into
+ play here.</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><tag>screen</tag></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Everything the user sees in this example will be
+ on the computer screen, so the next element is
+ <tag>screen</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>Within <tag>screen</tag>, white space is
+ significant.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><tag>prompt</tag>,
+ <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Some of the things the user will be seeing on the
+ screen are prompts from the computer (either from the
+ operating system, command shell, or application). These
+ should be marked up using
+ <tag>prompt</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>As a special case, the two shell prompts for the
+ normal user and the root user have been provided as
+ entities. To indicate the user is at a shell prompt,
+ use one of <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal> as necessary. They
+ do not need to be inside
+ <tag>prompt</tag>.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para><literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal> are &os;
+ extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the
+ original <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+ </note>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><tag>userinput</tag></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>When displaying text that the user should type in,
+ wrap it in <tag>userinput</tag> tags. It will
+ be displayed differently than system output text.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>,
+ and <tag>userinput</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag>
+foo1
+foo2
+foo3
+&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>ls -1 | grep foo2<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag>
+foo2
+&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>su<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag>
+<tag class="starttag">prompt</tag>Password: <tag class="endtag">prompt</tag>
+&amp;prompt.root; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>cat foo2<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag>
+This is the file called 'foo2'<tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>ls -1</userinput>
+foo1
+foo2
+foo3
+&prompt.user; <userinput>ls -1 | grep foo2</userinput>
+foo2
+&prompt.user; <userinput>su</userinput>
+<prompt>Password: </prompt>
+&prompt.root; <userinput>cat foo2</userinput>
+This is the file called 'foo2'</screen>
+ </example>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Even though we are displaying the contents of the file
+ <filename>foo2</filename>, it is <emphasis>not</emphasis>
+ marked up as <tag>programlisting</tag>. Reserve
+ <tag>programlisting</tag> for showing fragments of
+ files outside the context of user actions.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-inline-elements">
+ <title>In-line Elements</title>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-inline-emphasizing">
+ <title>Emphasizing Information</title>
+
+ <para>To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use
+ <tag>emphasis</tag>. This may be presented as
+ italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a
+ text-to-speech system.</para>
+
+ <para>There is no way to change the presentation of the
+ emphasis within the document, no equivalent of
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>b</tag> and
+ <tag>i</tag>. If the information being presented is
+ important, then consider presenting it in
+ <tag>important</tag> rather than
+ <tag>emphasis</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>emphasis</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>&amp;os&semi; is without doubt <tag class="starttag">emphasis</tag>the<tag class="endtag">emphasis</tag>
+ premiere &amp;unix;-like operating system for the Intel
+ architecture.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>&os; is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis>
+ premiere &unix;-like operating system for the Intel
+ architecture.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-acronyms">
+ <title>Acronyms</title>
+
+ <para>Many computer terms are <emphasis>acronyms</emphasis>,
+ words formed from the first letter of each word in a
+ phrase. Acronyms are marked up into
+ <tag>acronym</tag> elements. It is helpful to the
+ reader when an acronym is defined on the first use, as shown
+ in the example below.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>acronym</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag>) 1149
+ defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of
+ Internet Protocol (<tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>IP<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag>) data. The
+ quantity of <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>IP<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> data currently
+ transmitted in that manner is unknown.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149
+ defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of
+ Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) data. The
+ quantity of <acronym>IP</acronym> data currently
+ transmitted in that manner is unknown.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-quotations">
+ <title>Quotations</title>
+
+ <para>To quote text from another document or source, or to
+ denote a phrase that is used figuratively, use
+ <tag>quote</tag>. Most of the markup tags available
+ for normal text are also available from within a
+ <tag>quote</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>quote</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the
+ <tag class="starttag">quote</tag>boundary between local and public administration<tag class="endtag">quote</tag>,
+ as <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> 1535 calls it.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond
+ the <quote>boundary between local and public
+ administration</quote>, as <acronym>RFC</acronym> 1535
+ calls it.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-keys">
+ <title>Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations</title>
+
+ <para>To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use
+ <tag>keycap</tag>. To refer to a mouse button, use
+ <tag>mousebutton</tag>. And to refer to
+ combinations of key presses or mouse clicks, wrap them all
+ in <tag>keycombo</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para><tag>keycombo</tag> has an attribute called
+ <literal>action</literal>, which may be one of
+ <literal>click</literal>, <literal>double-click</literal>,
+ <literal>other</literal>, <literal>press</literal>,
+ <literal>seq</literal>, or <literal>simul</literal>. The
+ last two values denote whether the keys or buttons should be
+ pressed in sequence, or simultaneously.</para>
+
+ <para>The stylesheets automatically add any connecting
+ symbols, such as <literal>+</literal>, between the key
+ names, when wrapped in <tag>keycombo</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press
+ <tag class="starttag">keycombo action="simul"</tag><tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>F1<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag><tag class="endtag">keycombo</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>To exit <tag class="starttag">command</tag>vi<tag class="endtag">command</tag> without saving changes, type
+ <tag class="starttag">keycombo action="seq"</tag><tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>Esc<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag><tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>:<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>q<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag><tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>!<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag><tag class="endtag">keycombo</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>My window manager is configured so that
+ <tag class="starttag">keycombo action="simul"</tag><tag class="starttag">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class="endtag">keycap</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">mousebutton</tag>right<tag class="endtag">mousebutton</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">keycombo</tag> mouse button is used to move windows.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press
+ <keycombo action="simul"><keycap>Alt</keycap>
+ <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
+
+ <para>To exit <command>vi</command> without saving changes,
+ type <keycombo action="seq">
+ <keycap>Esc</keycap>
+ <keycap>:</keycap>
+ <keycap>q</keycap>
+ <keycap>!</keycap></keycombo>.</para>
+
+ <para>My window manager is configured so that
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>Alt</keycap>
+ <mousebutton>right</mousebutton></keycombo> mouse button
+ is used to move windows.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-applications">
+ <title>Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites</title>
+
+ <para>Both applications and commands are frequently referred to
+ when writing documentation. The distinction between them is
+ that an application is the name of a program or suite of
+ programs that fulfill a particular task. A command is the
+ filename of a program that the user can type and run at a
+ command line.</para>
+
+ <para>It is often necessary to show some of the options that a
+ command might take.</para>
+
+ <para>Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its
+ manual section number, in the <quote>command(number)</quote>
+ format so common in Unix manuals.</para>
+
+ <para>Mark up application names with
+ <tag>application</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>To list a command with its manual section
+ number (which should be most of the time) the DocBook
+ element is <tag>citerefentry</tag>. This will
+ contain a further two elements,
+ <tag>refentrytitle</tag> and
+ <tag>manvolnum</tag>. The content of
+ <tag>refentrytitle</tag> is the name of the command,
+ and the content of <tag>manvolnum</tag> is the
+ manual page section.</para>
+
+ <para>This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">general
+ entities</link> have been created to make this easier.
+ Each entity takes the form
+ <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>manual-page</replaceable>.<replaceable>manual-section</replaceable>;</literal>.</para>
+
+ <para>The file that contains these entities is in
+ <filename>doc/share/xml/man-refs.ent</filename>, and can be
+ referred to using this <acronym>FPI</acronym>:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN"</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Therefore, the introduction to &os; documentation will
+ usually include this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN" [
+
+&lt;!ENTITY % man PUBLIC "-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN"&gt;
+%man;
+
+&hellip;
+
+]&gt;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Use <tag>command</tag> to include a command
+ name <quote>in-line</quote> but present it as something the
+ user should type.</para>
+
+ <para>Use <tag>option</tag> to mark up the options
+ which will be passed to a command.</para>
+
+ <para>When referring to the same command multiple times in
+ close proximity, it is preferred to use the
+ <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>.<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal>
+ notation to markup the first reference and use
+ <tag>command</tag> to markup subsequent references.
+ This makes the generated output, especially
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym>, appear visually better.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Applications, Commands, and Options Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class="endtag">application</tag> is the most
+ widely used Unix mail application.<tag class="starttag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class="endtag">application</tag> includes the
+ <tag class="starttag">citerefentry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class="endtag">refentrytitle</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class="endtag">manvolnum</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">citerefentry</tag>, &amp;man.mailq.1;, and &amp;man.newaliases.1;
+ programs.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>One of the command line parameters to <tag class="starttag">citerefentry</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class="endtag">refentrytitle</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class="endtag">manvolnum</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">citerefentry</tag>, <tag class="starttag">option</tag>-bp<tag class="endtag">option</tag>, will display the current
+ status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command
+ line by running <tag class="starttag">command</tag>sendmail -bp<tag class="endtag">command</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para><application>Sendmail</application> is the most widely
+ used Unix mail application.</para>
+
+ <para><application>Sendmail</application> includes the
+ <citerefentry>
+ <refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle>
+ <manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
+ </citerefentry>, &man.mailq.1;, and &man.newaliases.1;
+ programs.</para>
+
+ <para>One of the command line parameters to
+ <citerefentry>
+ <refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle>
+ <manvolnum>8</manvolnum>
+ </citerefentry>, <option>-bp</option>, will display the
+ current status of messages in the mail queue. Check this
+ on the command line by running
+ <command>sendmail -bp</command>.</para>
+ </example>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Notice how the
+ <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>.<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal>
+ notation is easier to follow.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-files">
+ <title>Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names</title>
+
+ <para>To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file
+ extension, or a device name, use <tag>filename</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>filename</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The source for the Handbook in English is found in
+ <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>.
+ The main file is called <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>book.xml<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>.
+ There is also a <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class="endtag">filename</tag> and a
+ number of files with a <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>.ent<tag class="endtag">filename</tag> extension.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">filename</tag>kbd0<tag class="endtag">filename</tag> is the first keyboard detected
+ by the system, and appears in
+ <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>/dev<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>The source for the Handbook in English is found in
+ <filename>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>.
+ The main file is called <filename>book.xml</filename>.
+ There is also a <filename>Makefile</filename> and a number
+ of files with a <filename>.ent</filename> extension.</para>
+
+ <para><filename>kbd0</filename> is the first keyboard detected
+ by the system, and appears in
+ <filename>/dev</filename>.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-name-of-ports">
+ <title>The Name of Ports</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>&os; Extension</title>
+
+ <para>These elements are part of the &os; extension to
+ DocBook, and do not exist in the original DocBook
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>To include the name of a program from the &os;
+ Ports Collection in the document, use the <tag>package</tag>
+ tag. Since the Ports Collection can be installed in any
+ number of locations, only include the category and the port
+ name; do not include <filename>/usr/ports</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>By default, <tag>package</tag> refers to a binary package.
+ To refer to a port that will be built from source, set the
+ <literal>role</literal> attribute to
+ <literal>port</literal>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>package</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Install the <tag class="starttag">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class="endtag">package</tag> binary
+ package to view network traffic.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">package role="port"</tag>net/wireshark<tag class="endtag">package</tag> can also be
+ built and installed from the Ports Collection.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Install the <package>net/wireshark</package> binary
+ package to view network traffic.</para>
+
+ <para><package role="port">net/wireshark</package> can also be
+ built and installed from the Ports Collection.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-hosts">
+ <title>Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names,
+ and Other System Items</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>&os; Extension</title>
+
+ <para>These elements are part of the &os; extension to
+ DocBook, and do not exist in the original DocBook
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Information for <quote>system items</quote> is marked up
+ with <tag>systemitem</tag>. The <literal>class</literal>
+ attribute is used to identify the particular type of
+ information shown.</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="domainname"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is a domain name, such as
+ <literal>FreeBSD.org</literal> or
+ <literal>ngo.org.uk</literal>. There is no hostname
+ component.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="etheraddress"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is an Ethernet <acronym>MAC</acronym>
+ address, expressed as a series of 2 digit hexadecimal
+ numbers separated by colons.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="fqdomainname"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with
+ both hostname and domain name parts.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="ipaddress"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is an <acronym>IP</acronym> address,
+ probably expressed as a dotted quad.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="netmask"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is a network mask, which might be
+ expressed as a dotted quad, a hexadecimal string, or as
+ a <literal>/</literal> followed by a number
+ (<acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="systemname"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>With <literal>class="systemname"</literal>
+ the marked up information is the simple hostname, such
+ as <literal>freefall</literal> or
+ <literal>wcarchive</literal>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="username"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is a username, like
+ <literal>root</literal>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>class="groupname"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The text is a groupname, like
+ <literal>wheel</literal>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred to by the
+ name <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="systemname"</tag>localhost<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>, which will have the IP
+ address <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="ipaddress"</tag>127.0.0.1<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="domainname"</tag>FreeBSD.org<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>
+ domain contains a number of different hosts, including
+ <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="fqdomainname"</tag>freefall.FreeBSD.org<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag> and
+ <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="fqdomainname"</tag>bento.FreeBSD.org<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>When adding an <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>IP<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> alias to an
+ interface (using <tag class="starttag">command</tag>ifconfig<tag class="endtag">command</tag>)
+ <tag class="starttag">emphasis</tag>always<tag class="endtag">emphasis</tag> use a netmask of
+ <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="netmask"</tag>255.255.255.255<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag> (which can
+ also be expressed as
+ <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="netmask"</tag>0xffffffff<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>).<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> address uniquely identifies
+ every network card in existence. A typical
+ <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> address looks like
+ <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="etheraddress"</tag>08:00:20:87:ef:d0<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>To carry out most system administration functions
+ requires logging in as <tag class="starttag">systemitem class="username"</tag>root<tag class="endtag">systemitem</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>The local machine can always be referred to by the name
+ <systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, which will have the IP
+ address
+ <systemitem class="ipaddress">127.0.0.1</systemitem>.</para>
+
+ <para>The
+ <systemitem class="fqdomainname">FreeBSD.org</systemitem>
+ domain contains a number of different hosts, including
+ <systemitem
+ class="fqdomainname">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> and
+ <systemitem
+ class="fqdomainname">bento.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>.</para>
+
+ <para>When adding an <acronym>IP</acronym> alias to an
+ interface (using <command>ifconfig</command>)
+ <emphasis>always</emphasis> use a netmask of
+ <systemitem class="netmask">255.255.255.255</systemitem>
+ (which can also be expressed as
+ <systemitem class="netmask">0xffffffff</systemitem>).</para>
+
+ <para>The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address uniquely identifies
+ every network card in existence. A typical
+ <acronym>MAC</acronym> address looks like <systemitem
+ class="etheraddress">08:00:20:87:ef:d0</systemitem>.</para>
+
+ <para>To carry out most system administration functions
+ requires logging in as
+ <systemitem class="username">root</systemitem>.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-uri">
+ <title>Uniform Resource Identifiers
+ (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)</title>
+
+ <para>Occasionally it is useful to show a
+ Uniform Resource Identifier (<acronym>URI</acronym>) without
+ making it an active hyperlink. The <tag>uri</tag> element
+ makes this possible:</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>uri</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:
+ <tag class="starttag">uri</tag>https://www.FreeBSD.org<tag class="endtag">uri</tag>. It does not
+ create a link.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:
+ <uri>https://www.FreeBSD.org</uri>. It does not
+ create a link.</para>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>To create links, see
+ <xref linkend="docbook-markup-links"/>.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-email-addresses">
+ <title>Email Addresses</title>
+
+ <para>Email addresses are marked up as <tag>email</tag>
+ elements. In the <acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, the
+ wrapped text becomes a hyperlink to the email address. Other
+ output formats that support hyperlinks may also make the email
+ address into a link.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>An email address that does not actually exist, like
+ <tag class="starttag">email</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class="endtag">email</tag>, can be used as an
+ example.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>An email address that does not actually exist, like
+ <email>notreal@example.com</email>, can be used as an
+ example.</para>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>A &os;-specific extension allows setting the
+ <literal>role</literal> attribute to <literal>nolink</literal>
+ to prevent the creation of the hyperlink to the email
+ address.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Sometimes a link to an email address like
+ <tag class="starttag">email role="nolink"</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class="endtag">email</tag> is not
+ desired.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Sometimes a link to an email address like
+ <email role="nolink">notreal@example.com</email> is not
+ desired.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-describing-makefiles">
+ <title>Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>&os; Extension</title>
+
+ <para>These elements are part of the &os; extension to
+ DocBook, and do not exist in the original DocBook
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Two elements exist to describe parts of
+ <filename>Makefile</filename>s, <tag>buildtarget</tag>
+ and <tag>varname</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para><tag>buildtarget</tag> identifies a build target
+ exported by a <filename>Makefile</filename> that can be
+ given as a parameter to <command>make</command>.
+ <tag>varname</tag> identifies a variable that can be
+ set (in the environment, on the command line with
+ <command>make</command>, or within the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename>) to influence the
+ process.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>buildtarget</tag> and
+ <tag>varname</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>
+ are <tag class="starttag">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class="endtag">buildtarget</tag> and
+ <tag class="starttag">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class="endtag">buildtarget</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>Typically, invoking <tag class="starttag">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class="endtag">buildtarget</tag> will
+ rebuild the application, and invoking
+ <tag class="starttag">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class="endtag">buildtarget</tag> will remove the temporary
+ files (<tag class="starttag">filename</tag>.o<tag class="endtag">filename</tag> for example) created by the
+ build process.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag><tag class="starttag">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class="endtag">buildtarget</tag> may be controlled by a
+ number of variables, including <tag class="starttag">varname</tag>CLOBBER<tag class="endtag">varname</tag>
+ and <tag class="starttag">varname</tag>RECURSE<tag class="endtag">varname</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Two common targets in a <filename>Makefile</filename>
+ are <buildtarget>all</buildtarget> and
+ <buildtarget>clean</buildtarget>.</para>
+
+ <para>Typically, invoking <buildtarget>all</buildtarget> will
+ rebuild the application, and invoking
+ <buildtarget>clean</buildtarget> will remove the temporary
+ files (<filename>.o</filename> for example) created by the
+ build process.</para>
+
+ <para><buildtarget>clean</buildtarget> may be controlled by a
+ number of variables, including <varname>CLOBBER</varname>
+ and <varname>RECURSE</varname>.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-literal-text">
+ <title>Literal Text</title>
+
+ <para>Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is
+ often needed in documentation. This is text that is excerpted
+ from another file, or which should be copied exactly as shown
+ from the documentation into another file.</para>
+
+ <para>Some of the time, <tag>programlisting</tag> will
+ be sufficient to denote this text. But
+ <tag>programlisting</tag> is not always appropriate,
+ particularly when you want to include a portion of a file
+ <quote>in-line</quote> with the rest of the
+ paragraph.</para>
+
+ <para>On these occasions, use
+ <tag>literal</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>literal</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>maxusers 10<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> line in the kernel
+ configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is
+ a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will
+ support.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>The <literal>maxusers 10</literal> line in the kernel
+ configuration file determines the size of many system
+ tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous
+ logins the system will support.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-replaceable">
+ <title>Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis>
+ Fill In</title>
+
+ <para>There will often be times when the user is shown
+ what to do, or referred to a file or command line, but
+ cannot simply copy the example provided. Instead, they
+ must supply some information themselves.</para>
+
+ <para><tag>replaceable</tag> is designed for this
+ eventuality. Use it <emphasis>inside</emphasis> other
+ elements to indicate parts of that element's content that
+ the user must replace.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>replaceable</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>man <tag class="starttag">replaceable</tag>command<tag class="endtag">replaceable</tag><tag class="endtag">userinput</tag><tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+ </informalexample>
+
+ <para><tag>replaceable</tag> can be used in many
+ different elements, including <tag>literal</tag>.
+ This example also shows that <tag>replaceable</tag>
+ should only be wrapped around the content that the user
+ <emphasis>is</emphasis> meant to provide. The other content
+ should be left alone.</para>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>maxusers <tag class="starttag">replaceable</tag>n<tag class="endtag">replaceable</tag><tag class="endtag">literal</tag>
+ line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system
+ tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will
+ support.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>For a desktop workstation, <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>32<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> is a good value
+ for <tag class="starttag">replaceable</tag>n<tag class="endtag">replaceable</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>The
+ <literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal>
+ line in the kernel configuration file determines the size
+ of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many
+ simultaneous logins the system will support.</para>
+
+ <para>For a desktop workstation, <literal>32</literal> is a
+ good value for <replaceable>n</replaceable>.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-gui-buttons">
+ <title>Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons</title>
+
+ <para>Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked
+ with <tag>guibutton</tag>. To make the text look more
+ like a graphical button, brackets and non-breaking spaces are
+ added surrounding the text.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>guibutton</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Edit the file, then click
+ <tag class="starttag">guibutton</tag>[&amp;nbsp;Save&amp;nbsp;]<tag class="endtag">guibutton</tag> to save the
+ changes.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Edit the file, then click
+ <guibutton>[&nbsp;Save&nbsp;]</guibutton> to save the
+ changes.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-system-errors">
+ <title>Quoting System Errors</title>
+
+ <para>System errors generated by &os; are marked with
+ <tag>errorname</tag>. This indicates the exact error
+ that appears.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>errorname</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">screen</tag><tag class="starttag">errorname</tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class="endtag">errorname</tag><tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <informalexample>
+ <screen><errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname></screen>
+ </informalexample>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-images">
+ <title>Images</title>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>Image support in the documentation is somewhat
+ experimental. The mechanisms described here are unlikely to
+ change, but that is not guaranteed.</para>
+
+ <para>To provide conversion between different image formats, the
+ <package>graphics/ImageMagick</package>
+ port must be installed. This port is not included in the
+ <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta
+ port, and must be installed separately.</para>
+
+ <para>A good example of the use of images is the
+ <filename>doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/vm-design/</filename>
+ document. Examine the files in that directory to see how
+ these elements are used together. Build different output
+ formats to see how the format determines what images are shown
+ in the rendered document.</para>
+ </important>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-formats">
+ <title>Image Formats</title>
+
+ <para>The following image formats are currently supported. An
+ image file will automatically be converted to bitmap or vector
+ image depending on the output document format.</para>
+
+ <para>These are the <emphasis>only</emphasis> formats in which
+ images should be committed to the documentation
+ repository.</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><acronym>EPS</acronym> (Encapsulated
+ Postscript)</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Images that are primarily vector based, such as
+ network diagrams, time lines, and similar, should be in
+ this format. These images have a
+ <filename>.eps</filename> extension.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><acronym>PNG</acronym> (Portable Network
+ Graphic)</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this
+ format. These images have the <filename>.png</filename>
+ extension.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><acronym>PIC</acronym> (PIC graphics language)</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><acronym>PIC</acronym> is a language for drawing
+ simple vector-based figures used in the &man.pic.1;
+ utility. These images have the
+ <filename>.pic</filename> extension.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><acronym>SCR</acronym> (SCReen capture)</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>This format is specific to screenshots of console
+ output. The following command generates an SCR file
+ <filename>shot.scr</filename> from video buffer of
+ <filename>/dev/ttyv0</filename>:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.root; <userinput><command>vidcontrol -p</command> &lt; <filename><replaceable>/dev/ttyv0</replaceable></filename> &gt; <filename><replaceable>shot.scr</replaceable></filename></userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>This is preferable to <acronym>PNG</acronym> format
+ for screenshots because the <acronym>SCR</acronym> file
+ contains plain text of the command lines so that it can
+ be converted to a <acronym>PNG</acronym> image or a
+ plain text depending on the output document
+ format.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <para>Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation
+ will often have a mix of <acronym>EPS</acronym> and
+ <acronym>PNG</acronym> images. The
+ <filename>Makefile</filename>s ensure that the correct format
+ image is chosen depending on the output format used.
+ <emphasis>Do not commit the same image to the repository in
+ two different formats</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using
+ the <acronym>SVG</acronym> (Scalable Vector Graphic) format
+ for vector images. However, the current state of
+ <acronym>SVG</acronym> capable editing tools makes this
+ impractical.</para>
+ </important>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-file-locations">
+ <title>Image File Locations</title>
+
+ <para>Image files can be stored in one of several locations,
+ depending on the document and image:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In the same directory as the document itself, usually
+ done for articles and small books that keep all their
+ files in a single directory.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically
+ done when a large book uses separate subdirectories to
+ organize individual chapters.</para>
+
+ <para>When images are stored in a subdirectory of the
+ main document directory, the subdirectory name must be
+ included in their paths in the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename> and the
+ <tag>imagedata</tag> element.</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>In a subdirectory of
+ <filename>doc/share/images</filename> named after the
+ document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored
+ in <filename>doc/share/images/books/handbook</filename>.
+ Images that work for multiple translations are stored in
+ this upper level of the documentation file tree.
+ Generally, these are images that can be used unchanged in
+ non-English translations of the document.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-markup">
+ <title>Image Markup</title>
+
+ <para>Images are included as part of a <tag>mediaobject</tag>.
+ The <tag>mediaobject</tag> can contain other, more specific
+ objects. We are concerned with two, the
+ <tag>imageobject</tag> and the <tag>textobject</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>Include one <tag>imageobject</tag>, and two
+ <tag>textobject</tag> elements. The <tag>imageobject</tag>
+ will point to the name of the image file without the
+ extension. The <tag>textobject</tag> elements contain
+ information that will be presented to the user as well as, or
+ instead of, the image itself.</para>
+
+ <para>Text elements are shown to the reader in several
+ situations. When the document is viewed in
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym>, text elements are shown while the
+ image is loading, or if the mouse pointer is hovered over the
+ image, or if a text-only browser is being used. In formats
+ like plain text where graphics are not possible, the text
+ elements are shown instead of the graphical ones.</para>
+
+ <para>This example shows how to include an image called
+ <filename>fig1.png</filename> in a document. The image is a
+ rectangle with an A inside it:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">mediaobject</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">imageobject</tag>
+ <tag class="emptytag">imagedata fileref="fig1"</tag> <co xml:id="co-image-ext"/>
+ <tag class="endtag">imageobject</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">textobject</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">literallayout class="monospaced"</tag>+---------------+ <co xml:id="co-image-literal"/>
+| A |
++---------------+<tag class="endtag">literallayout</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">textobject</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">textobject</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">phrase</tag>A picture<tag class="endtag">phrase</tag> <co xml:id="co-image-phrase"/>
+ <tag class="endtag">textobject</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">mediaobject</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <calloutlist>
+ <callout arearefs="co-image-ext">
+ <para>Include an <tag>imagedata</tag> element
+ inside the <tag>imageobject</tag> element. The
+ <literal>fileref</literal> attribute should contain the
+ filename of the image to include, without the extension.
+ The stylesheets will work out which extension should be
+ added to the filename automatically.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-image-literal">
+
+ <para>The first <tag>textobject</tag> contains a
+ <tag>literallayout</tag> element, where the
+ <literal>class</literal> attribute is set to
+ <literal>monospaced</literal>. This is an opportunity to
+ demonstrate <acronym>ASCII</acronym> art skills. This
+ content will be used if the document is converted to plain
+ text.</para>
+
+ <para>Notice how the first and last lines of the content
+ of the <tag>literallayout</tag> element butt up
+ next to the element's tags. This ensures no extraneous
+ white space is included.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-image-phrase">
+ <para>The second <tag>textobject</tag> contains a
+ single <tag>phrase</tag> element. The contents of
+ this phrase will become the <literal>alt</literal>
+ attribute for the image when this document is converted to
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym>.</para>
+ </callout>
+ </calloutlist>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-image-makefile-entries">
+ <title>Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries</title>
+
+ <para>Images must be listed in the <filename>Makefile</filename>
+ in the <varname>IMAGES</varname> variable. This variable must
+ contain the names of all the <emphasis>source</emphasis>
+ images. For example, if there are three figures,
+ <filename>fig1.eps</filename>, <filename>fig2.png</filename>,
+ <filename>fig3.png</filename>, then the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename> should have lines like this in
+ it.</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&hellip;
+IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png
+&hellip;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>or</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&hellip;
+IMAGES= fig1.eps
+IMAGES+= fig2.png
+IMAGES+= fig3.png
+&hellip;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Again, the <filename>Makefile</filename> will work out the
+ complete list of images it needs to build the source document,
+ you only need to list the image files <emphasis>you</emphasis>
+ provided.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-images-in-subdirectories">
+ <title>Images and Chapters in Subdirectories</title>
+
+ <para>Be careful when separating documentation into smaller
+ files in different directories (see <xref
+ linkend="xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities"/>).</para>
+
+ <para>Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the
+ chapters are stored in their own directories, called
+ <filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename>,
+ <filename>chapter2/chapter.xml</filename>, and
+ <filename>chapter3/chapter.xml</filename>. If each chapter
+ has images associated with it, place those images in each
+ chapter's subdirectory (<filename>chapter1/</filename>,
+ <filename>chapter2/</filename>, and
+ <filename>chapter3/</filename>).</para>
+
+ <para>However, doing this requires including the directory
+ names in the <varname>IMAGES</varname> variable in the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename>, <emphasis>and</emphasis>
+ including the directory name in the <tag>imagedata</tag>
+ element in the document.</para>
+
+ <para>For example, if the book has
+ <filename>chapter1/fig1.png</filename>, then
+ <filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename> should
+ contain:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">mediaobject</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">imageobject</tag>
+ <tag class="emptytag">imagedata fileref="chapter1/fig1"</tag> <co xml:id="co-image-dir"/>
+ <tag class="endtag">imageobject</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+
+<tag class="endtag">mediaobject</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <calloutlist>
+ <callout arearefs="co-image-dir">
+ <para>The directory name must be included in the
+ <literal>fileref</literal> attribute.</para>
+ </callout>
+ </calloutlist>
+
+ <para>The <filename>Makefile</filename> must contain:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&hellip;
+IMAGES= chapter1/fig1.png
+&hellip;</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="docbook-markup-links">
+ <title>Links</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Links are also in-line elements. To show a
+ <acronym>URI</acronym> without creating a link, see
+ <xref linkend="docbook-markup-uri"/>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-links-ids">
+ <title><literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes</title>
+
+ <para>Most DocBook elements accept an <literal>xml:id</literal>
+ attribute to give that part of the document a unique name.
+ The <literal>xml:id</literal> can be used as a target for a
+ crossreference or link.</para>
+
+ <para>Any portion of the document that will be a link target
+ must have an <literal>xml:id</literal> attribute. Assigning
+ an <literal>xml:id</literal> to all chapters and sections,
+ even if there are no current plans to link to them, is a good
+ idea. These <literal>xml:id</literal>s can be used as unique
+ reference points by anyone referring to the
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym> version of the document.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and
+ Sections Example</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">chapter xml:id="introduction"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>Introduction<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is the introduction. It contains a subsection,
+ which is identified as well.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">sect1 xml:id="introduction-moredetails"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>More Details<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">para</tag>This is a subsection.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">sect1</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">chapter</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Use descriptive values for <literal>xml:id</literal>
+ names. The values must be unique within the entire document,
+ not just in a single file. In the example, the subsection
+ <literal>xml:id</literal> is constructed by appending text to
+ the chapter <literal>xml:id</literal>. This ensures that the
+ <literal>xml:id</literal>s are unique. It also helps both
+ reader and anyone editing the document to see where the link
+ is located within the document, similar to a directory path to
+ a file.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-links-crossreferences">
+ <title>Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal></title>
+
+ <para><tag>xref</tag> provides the reader with a link to jump to
+ another section of the document. The target
+ <literal>xml:id</literal> is specified in the
+ <literal>linkend</literal> attribute, and <tag>xref</tag>
+ generates the link text automatically.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>xref</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a
+ document that includes the <literal>xml:id</literal>
+ example shown above:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>More information can be found
+ in <tag class="emptytag">xref linkend="introduction"</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">para</tag>More specific information can be found
+ in <tag class="emptytag">xref linkend="introduction-moredetails"</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The link text will be generated automatically, looking
+ like (<emphasis>emphasized</emphasis> text indicates the
+ link text):</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>More information can be found in <emphasis>Chapter
+ 1, Introduction</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>More specific information can be found in
+ <emphasis>Section 1.1,
+ <quote>More Details</quote></emphasis>.</para>
+ </blockquote>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>The link text is generated automatically from the chapter
+ and section number and <literal>title</literal>
+ elements.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="docbook-markup-links-to-web-documents">
+ <title>Linking to Other Documents on the
+ Web</title>
+
+ <para>The link element described here allows the writer to
+ define the link text. When link text is used, it is very
+ important to be descriptive to give the reader an idea of
+ where the link goes. Remember that DocBook can be rendered to
+ multiple types of media. The reader might be looking at a
+ printed book or other form of media where there are no links.
+ If the link text is not descriptive enough, the reader might
+ not be able to locate the linked section.</para>
+
+ <para>The <literal>xlink:href</literal> attribute is the
+ <acronym>URL</acronym> of the page, and the content of the
+ element is the text that will be displayed for the user to
+ activate.</para>
+
+ <para>In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual
+ <acronym>URL</acronym> rather than text. This can be done by
+ leaving out the element text entirely.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>link</tag> to a &os; Documentation Web
+ Page Example</title>
+
+ <para>Link to the book or article <acronym>URL</acronym>
+ entity. To link to a specific chapter in a book, add a
+ slash and the chapter file name, followed by an optional
+ anchor within the chapter. For articles, link to the
+ article <acronym>URL</acronym> entity, followed by an
+ optional anchor within the article.
+ <acronym>URL</acronym> entities can be found in
+ <filename>doc/share/xml/urls.ent</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>Usage for &os; book links:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Read the <tag class="starttag">link
+ xlink:href="&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro"</tag>SVN
+ introduction<tag class="endtag">link</tag>, then pick the nearest mirror from
+ the list of <tag class="starttag">link
+ xlink:href="&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors"</tag>Subversion
+ mirror sites<tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Read the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro">SVN
+ introduction</link>, then pick the nearest mirror from
+ the list of <link
+ xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors">Subversion
+ mirror sites</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Usage for &os; article links:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Read this
+ <tag class="starttag">link xlink:href="&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;"</tag>article
+ about the BSD license<tag class="endtag">link</tag>, or just the
+ <tag class="starttag">link xlink:href="&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro"</tag>introduction<tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Read this
+ <link xlink:href="&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;">article
+ about the BSD license</link>, or just the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro">introduction</link>.</para>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>link</tag> to a &os; Web Page Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the
+ <tag class="starttag">link xlink:href="&amp;url.base;/index.html"</tag>FreeBSD home page<tag class="endtag">link</tag> instead.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go
+ to the <link xlink:href="&url.base;/index.html">FreeBSD
+ home page</link> instead.</para>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>link</tag> to an External Web
+ Page Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on
+ <tag class="starttag">link
+ xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table"</tag>GUID
+ Partition Tables<tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on <link
+ xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table">GUID
+ Partition Tables</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>The link text can be omitted to show the actual
+ URL:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on
+ GUID Partition Tables: <tag class="starttag">link
+ xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table"</tag><tag class="endtag">link</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The same link can be entered using shorter
+ notation instead of a separate ending tag:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on
+ GUID Partition Tables: <tag class="emptytag">link
+ xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table"</tag>.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The two methods are equivalent. Appearance:</para>
+
+ <para>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition
+ Tables: <uri
+ xlink:href="http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table">http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</uri>.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/editor-config/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,248 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!-- Copyright (c) 2013 Warren Block
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+ with the distribution.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
+ IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
+ EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+-->
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="editor-config">
+
+ <title>Editor Configuration</title>
+
+ <para>Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on
+ document files quicker and easier, and help documents conform to
+ <acronym>FDP</acronym> guidelines.</para>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="editor-config-vim">
+ <title><application>Vim</application></title>
+
+ <para>Install from <package>editors/vim</package>,
+ <package>editors/vim-console</package>, or
+ <package>editors/vim-tiny</package> then follow the
+ configuration instructions in
+ <xref linkend="editor-config-vim-config"/>.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-vim-use">
+ <title>Use</title>
+
+ <para>Press <keycap>P</keycap> to reformat paragraphs or text
+ that has been selected in Visual mode. Press
+ <keycap>T</keycap> to replace groups of eight spaces with a
+ tab.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-vim-config">
+ <title>Configuration</title>
+
+ <para>Edit <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adding these
+ lines to the end of the file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>if has("autocmd")
+ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()
+ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()
+endif " has(autocmd)
+
+function Set_Highlights()
+ "match ExtraWhitespace /^\s* \s*\|\s\+$/
+ highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg
+ match OverLength /\%71v.\+/
+ return 0
+endfunction
+
+function ShowSpecial()
+ setlocal list listchars=tab:>>,trail:*,eol:$
+ hi def link nontext ErrorMsg
+ return 0
+endfunction " ShowSpecial()
+
+function Set_SGML()
+ setlocal number
+ syn match sgmlSpecial "&amp;[^;]*;"
+ setlocal syntax=sgml
+ setlocal filetype=xml
+ setlocal shiftwidth=2
+ setlocal textwidth=70
+ setlocal tabstop=8
+ setlocal softtabstop=2
+ setlocal formatprg="fmt -p"
+ setlocal autoindent
+ setlocal smartindent
+ " Rewrap paragraphs
+ noremap P gqj
+ " Replace spaces with tabs
+ noremap T :s/ /\t/&lt;CR&gt;
+ call ShowSpecial()
+ call Set_Highlights()
+ return 0
+endfunction " Set_SGML()</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="editor-config-emacs">
+ <title><application>Emacs</application></title>
+
+ <para>Install from <package>editors/emacs</package> or
+ <package>editors/emacs-devel</package>.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-emacs-validation">
+ <title>Validation</title>
+
+ <para>Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for
+ validating XML. A compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's
+ extension to DocBook 5.0 is included in the documentation
+ repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using this
+ schema, create
+ <filename>~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml</filename> and add
+ these lines to the file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">locatingRules xmlns="http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">documentElement localName="section" typeId="DocBook"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">documentElement localName="chapter" typeId="DocBook"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">documentElement localName="article" typeId="DocBook"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">documentElement localName="book" typeId="DocBook"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">typeId id="DocBook" uri="/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc"</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">locatingRules</tag></programlisting>
+
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-emacs-igor">
+ <title>Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor</title>
+
+ <para>The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's
+ Emacs Lisp Package Archive (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). If
+ <acronym>MELPA</acronym> is not already in Emacs's
+ packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating</para>
+
+ <programlisting>(add-to-list 'package-archives '("melpa" . "http://stable.melpa.org/packages/") t)</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of
+ <filename>~/.emacs</filename>,
+ <filename>~/.emacs.el</filename>, or
+ <filename>~.emacs.d/init.el</filename>) to make this change
+ permanent.</para>
+
+ <para>To install Flycheck, evaluate</para>
+
+ <programlisting>(package-install 'flycheck)</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Create a Flycheck checker for
+ <package>textproc/igor</package> by evaluating</para>
+
+ <programlisting>(flycheck-define-checker igor
+ "FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.
+
+See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and
+http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/."
+ :command ("igor" "-X" source-inplace)
+ :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle
+ :modes (nxml-mode)
+ :standard-input t)
+
+ (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to
+ make the changes permanent.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-emacs-specifc">
+ <title>FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings</title>
+
+ <para>To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation
+ project, create <filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> in the
+ root directory of the documentation repository and add these
+ lines to the file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>;;; Directory Local Variables
+;;; For more information see (info "(emacs) Directory Variables")
+
+((nxml-mode
+ (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))
+ (fill-column . 70)
+ (eval . (require 'flycheck))
+ (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))
+ (flycheck-checker . igor)
+ (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files "~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml"))))</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="editor-config-nano">
+ <title><application>nano</application></title>
+
+ <para>Install from
+ <package>editors/nano</package> or
+ <package>editors/nano-devel</package>.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-nano-config">
+ <title>Configuration</title>
+
+ <para>Copy the sample <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax highlight
+ file to the user's home directory:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc</userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>Use an editor to replace the lines in the
+ <filename>~/.nanorc</filename> <literal>syntax "xml"</literal>
+ block with these rules:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>syntax "xml" "\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$"
+# trailing whitespace
+color ,blue "[[:space:]]+$"
+# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line
+# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab
+color ,blue "^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+"
+# tabs after spaces
+color ,yellow "( )+TAB"
+# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces
+color ,red "^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}"
+# lines longer than 70 characters
+color ,yellow "^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$"</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Process the file to create embedded tabs:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\t/g' ~/.nanorc</userinput></screen>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="editor-config-nano-use">
+ <title>Use</title>
+
+ <para>Specify additional helpful options when running the
+ editor:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>Users of &man.csh.1; can define an alias in
+ <filename>~/.cshrc</filename> to automate these
+ options:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>alias nano "nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8"</programlisting>
+
+ <para>After the alias is defined, the options will be added
+ automatically:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>nano <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/manpages/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/manpages/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,718 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!--
+ The FreeBSD Documentation Project
+-->
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="manpages">
+
+ <title>Manual Pages</title>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="manpages-introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para><emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>, commonly shortened to
+ <emphasis>man pages</emphasis>, were conceived as
+ readily-available reminders for command syntax, device driver
+ details, or configuration file formats. They have become an
+ extremely valuable quick-reference from the command line for
+ users, system administrators, and programmers.</para>
+
+ <para>Although intended as reference material rather than
+ tutorials, the EXAMPLES sections of manual pages often
+ provide detailed use case.</para>
+
+ <para>Manual pages are generally shown interactively by the
+ &man.man.1; command. When the user types
+ <command>man ls</command>, a search is performed for a manual
+ page matching <literal>ls</literal>. The first matching result
+ is displayed.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="manpages-sections">
+ <title>Sections</title>
+
+ <para>Manual pages are grouped into <emphasis>sections</emphasis>.
+ Each section contains manual pages for a specific category of
+ documentation:</para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Section Number</entry>
+ <entry>Category</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>1</entry>
+ <entry>General Commands</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>2</entry>
+ <entry>System Calls</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>3</entry>
+ <entry>Library Functions</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>4</entry>
+ <entry>Kernel Interfaces</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>5</entry>
+ <entry>File Formats</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>6</entry>
+ <entry>Games</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>7</entry>
+ <entry>Miscellaneous</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>8</entry>
+ <entry>System Manager</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>9</entry>
+ <entry>Kernel Developer</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="manpages-markup">
+ <title>Markup</title>
+
+ <para>Various markup forms and rendering programs have been used
+ for manual pages. &os; has used &man.groff.7; and the newer
+ &man.mandoc.1;. Most existing &os; manual pages, and all new
+ ones, use the &man.mdoc.7; form of markup. This is a simple
+ line-based markup that is reasonably expressive. It is mostly
+ semantic: parts of text are marked up for what they are, rather
+ than for how they should appear when rendered. There is some
+ appearance-based markup which is usually best avoided.</para>
+
+ <para>Manual page source is usually interpreted and displayed to
+ the screen interactively. The source files can be ordinary text
+ files or compressed with &man.gzip.1; to save space.</para>
+
+ <para>Manual pages can also be rendered to other formats,
+ including PostScript for printing or <acronym>PDF</acronym>
+ generation. See &man.man.1;.</para>
+
+ <tip>
+ <para>Testing a new manual page can be challenging when it is
+ not located in the normal manual page search path.
+ &man.man.1; also does not look in the current directory. If
+ the new manual page is in the current directory, prefix
+ the filename with a <literal>./</literal>:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>man ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>An absolute path can also be used:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8</userinput></screen>
+ </tip>
+
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-markup-sections">
+ <title>Manual Page Sections</title>
+
+ <para>Manual pages are composed of several standard sections.
+ Each section has a title in upper case, and the sections for a
+ particular type of manual page appear in a specific order.
+ For a category 1 General Command manual page, the sections
+ are:</para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Section Name</entry>
+ <entry>Description</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>NAME</entry>
+ <entry>Name of the command</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>SYNOPSIS</entry>
+ <entry>Format of options and arguments</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>DESCRIPTION</entry>
+ <entry>Description of purpose and usage</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>ENVIRONMENT</entry>
+ <entry>Environment settings that affect
+ operation</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>EXIT STATUS</entry>
+ <entry>Error codes returned on exit</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>EXAMPLES</entry>
+ <entry>Examples of usage</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>COMPATIBILITY</entry>
+ <entry>Compatibility with other implementations</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>SEE ALSO</entry>
+ <entry>Cross-reference to related manual pages</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>STANDARDS</entry>
+ <entry>Compatibility with standards like POSIX</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>HISTORY</entry>
+ <entry>History of implementation</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>BUGS</entry>
+ <entry>Known bugs</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>AUTHORS</entry>
+ <entry>People who created the command or wrote the
+ manual page.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+
+ <para>Some sections are optional, and the combination of
+ sections for a specific type of manual page vary. Examples of
+ the most common types are shown later in this chapter.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-markup-macros">
+ <title>Macros</title>
+
+ <para>&man.mdoc.7; markup is based on
+ <emphasis>macros</emphasis>. Lines that begin with a dot
+ contain macro commands, each two or three letters long. For
+ example, consider this portion of the &man.ls.1; manual
+ page:</para>
+
+ <programlisting xml:id="manpages-markup-macros-example-ls">
+.Dd December 1, 2015 <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-1"/>
+.Dt LS 1
+.Sh NAME <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-2"/>
+.Nm ls
+.Nd list directory contents
+.Sh SYNOPSIS <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-3"/>
+.Nm <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-4"/>
+.Op Fl -libxo <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-5"/>
+.Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1, <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-6"/>
+.Op Fl D Ar format <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-7"/>
+.Op Ar <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-8"/>
+.Sh DESCRIPTION <co xml:id="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-9"/>
+For each operand that names a
+.Ar file
+of a type other than
+directory,
+.Nm
+displays its name as well as any requested,
+associated information.
+For each operand that names a
+.Ar file
+of type directory,
+.Nm
+displays the names of files contained
+within that directory, as well as any requested, associated
+information.</programlisting>
+
+ <calloutlist>
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-1">
+ <para>A <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> and
+ <emphasis>Document title</emphasis> are defined.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-2">
+ <para>A <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the NAME
+ section is defined. Then the <emphasis>Name</emphasis>
+ of the command and a one-line
+ <emphasis>Name description</emphasis> are defined.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-3">
+ <para>The SYNOPSIS section begins. This section describes
+ the command-line options and arguments accepted.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-4">
+ <para><emphasis>Name</emphasis> (<literal>.Nm</literal>) has
+ already been defined, and repeating it here just displays
+ the defined value in the text.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-5">
+ <para>An <emphasis>Optional</emphasis>
+ <emphasis>Flag</emphasis> called <literal>-libxo</literal>
+ is shown. The <literal>Fl</literal> macro adds a dash to
+ the beginning of flags, so this appears in the manual
+ page as <literal>--libxo</literal>.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-6">
+ <para>A long list of optional single-character flags are
+ shown.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-7">
+ <para>An optional <literal>-D</literal> flag is defined. If
+ the <literal>-D</literal> flag is given, it must be
+ followed by an <emphasis>Argument</emphasis>. The
+ argument is a <emphasis>format</emphasis>, a string that
+ tells &man.ls.1; what to display and how to display it.
+ Details on the format string are given later in the manual
+ page.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-8">
+ <para>A final optional argument is defined. Because no name
+ is specified for the argument, the default of
+ <literal>file ...</literal> is used.</para>
+ </callout>
+
+ <callout arearefs="co-manpages-macro-example-ls-9">
+ <para>The <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the
+ DESCRIPTION section is defined.</para>
+ </callout>
+ </calloutlist>
+
+ <para>When rendered with the command <command>man ls</command>,
+ the result displayed on the screen looks like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>LS(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual LS(1)
+
+NAME
+ ls &mdash; list directory contents
+
+SYNOPSIS
+ ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]
+ [file ...]
+
+DESCRIPTION
+ For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls
+ displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For
+ each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names
+ of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,
+ associated information.</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Optional values are shown inside square brackets.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-markup-guidelines">
+ <title>Markup Guidelines</title>
+
+ <para>The &man.mdoc.7; markup language is not very strict. For
+ clarity and consistency, the &os; Documentation project adds
+ some additional style guidelines:</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Only the first letter of macros is upper case</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Always use upper case for the first letter of a
+ macro and lower case for the remaining letters.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Begin new sentences on new lines</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Start a new sentence on a new line, do not begin it
+ on the same line as an existing sentence.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Update <literal>.Dd</literal> when making non-trivial
+ changes to a manual page</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> informs the
+ reader about the last time the manual page was updated.
+ It is important to update whenever non-trivial changes
+ are made to the manual pages. Trivial changes like
+ spelling or punctuation fixes that do not affect usage
+ can be made without updating
+ <literal>.Dd</literal>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Give examples</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Show the reader examples when possible. Even
+ trivial examples are valuable, because what is trivial
+ to the writer is not necessarily trivial to the reader.
+ Three examples are a good goal. A trivial example shows
+ the minimal requirements, a serious example shows actual
+ use, and an in-depth example demonstrates unusual or
+ non-obvious functionality.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term>Include the BSD license</term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Include the BSD license on new manual pages. The
+ preferred license is available from the <link
+ xlink:href="&url.articles.committers-guide;pref-license">Committer's
+ Guide</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-markup-tricks">
+ <title>Markup Tricks</title>
+
+ <para>Add a space before punctuation on a line with
+ macros. Example:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr geom 4 ,
+.Xr boot0cfg 8 ,
+.Xr geom 8 ,
+.Xr gptboot 8</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Note how the commas at the end of the
+ <literal>.Xr</literal> lines have been placed after a space.
+ The <literal>.Xr</literal> macro expects two parameters to
+ follow it, the name of an external manual page, and a section
+ number. The space separates the punctuation from the section
+ number. Without the space, the external links would
+ incorrectly point to section <literal>4,</literal> or
+ <literal>8,</literal>.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-markup-important-macros">
+ <title>Important Macros</title>
+
+ <para>Some very common macros will be shown here. For
+ more usage examples, see &man.mdoc.7;, &man.groff.mdoc.7;, or
+ search for actual use in
+ <filename>/usr/share/man/man*</filename> directories. For
+ example, to search for examples of the <literal>.Bd</literal>
+ <emphasis>Begin display</emphasis> macro:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'</userinput></screen>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="manpages-markup-important-macros-organizational">
+ <title>Organizational Macros</title>
+
+ <para>Some macros are used to define logical blocks of a
+ manual page.</para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Organizational Macro</entry>
+ <entry>Use</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Sh</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Section header. Followed by the name of
+ the section, traditionally all upper case.
+ Think of these as chapter titles.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Ss</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Subsection header. Followed by the name of
+ the subsection. Used to divide a
+ <literal>.Sh</literal> section into
+ subsections.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Bl</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Begin list. Start a list of items.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.El</literal></entry>
+ <entry>End a list.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Bd</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Begin display. Begin a special area of
+ text, like an indented area.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Ed</literal></entry>
+ <entry>End display.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="manpages-markup-important-macros-inline">
+ <title>Inline Macros</title>
+
+ <para>Many macros are used to mark up inline text.</para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Inline Macro</entry>
+ <entry>Use</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Nm</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Name. Called with a name as a parameter on the
+ first use, then used later without the parameter to
+ display the name that has already been
+ defined.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry><literal>.Pa</literal></entry>
+ <entry>Path to a file. Used to mark up filenames and
+ directory paths.</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="manpages-sample-structures">
+ <title>Sample Manual Page Structures</title>
+
+ <para>This section shows minimal desired man page contents for
+ several common categories of manual pages.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-sample-structures-section-1-8">
+ <title>Section 1 or 8 Command</title>
+
+ <para>The preferred basic structure for a section 1 or 8
+ command:</para>
+
+ <programlisting xml:id="manpages-sample-structures-section-1-8-sample">.Dd August 25, 2017
+.Dt EXAMPLECMD 8
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm examplecmd
+.Nd "command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+.Nm
+.Op Fl v
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete
+manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr exampleconf 5
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-sample-structures-section-4">
+ <title>Section 4 Device Driver</title>
+
+ <para>The preferred basic structure for a section 4 device
+ driver:</para>
+
+ <programlisting xml:id="manpages-sample-structures-section-4-sample">.Dd August 25, 2017
+.Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm exampledriver
+.Nd "driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages"
+.Sh SYNOPSIS
+To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the
+kernel configuration file:
+.Bd -ragged -offset indent
+.Cd "device exampledriver"
+.Ed
+.Pp
+To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to
+.Xr loader.conf 5 :
+.Bd -literal -offset indent
+exampledriver_load="YES"
+.Ed
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+The
+.Nm
+driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template
+file for section 4 manual pages.
+.Sh HARDWARE
+The
+.Nm
+driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent
+Technologies:
+.Pp
+.Bl -bullet -compact
+.It
+NT X149.2 (single and dual port)
+.It
+NT X149.8 (single port)
+.El
+.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
+.Bl -diag
+.It "flashing green light"
+Something bad happened.
+.It "flashing red light"
+Something really bad happened.
+.It "solid black light"
+Power cord is unplugged.
+.El
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr example 8
+.Sh HISTORY
+The
+.Nm
+device driver first appeared in
+.Fx 49.2 .
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="manpages-sample-structures-section-5">
+ <title>Section 5 Configuration File</title>
+
+ <para>The preferred basic structure for a section 5
+ configuration file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting xml:id="manpages-sample-structures-section-5-sample">.Dd August 25, 2017
+.Dt EXAMPLECONF 5
+.Os
+.Sh NAME
+.Nm example.conf
+.Nd "config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages"
+.Sh DESCRIPTION
+.Nm
+is an example configuration file.
+.Sh SEE ALSO
+.Xr example 8
+.Sh AUTHORS
+.An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="manpages-examples-as-templates">
+ <title>Example Manual Pages to Use as Templates</title>
+
+ <para>Some manual pages are suitable as in-depth examples.</para>
+
+ <informaltable>
+ <tgroup cols="2">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Manual Page</entry>
+ <entry>Path to Source Location</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>&man.cp.1;</entry>
+ <entry><filename>/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1</filename></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>&man.vt.4;</entry>
+ <entry><filename>/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4</filename></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>&man.crontab.5;</entry>
+ <entry><filename>/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5</filename></entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>&man.gpart.8;</entry>
+ <entry><filename>/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8</filename></entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </informaltable>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="manpages-resources">
+ <title>Resources</title>
+
+ <para>Resources for manual page writers:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&man.man.1;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&man.mandoc.1;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>&man.groff.mdoc.7;</para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link
+ xlink:href="http://manpages.bsd.lv/mdoc.html">Practical
+ UNIX Manuals: mdoc</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><link
+ xlink:href="http://manpages.bsd.lv/history.html">History
+ of UNIX Manpages</link></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/po-translations/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/po-translations/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,927 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!--
+ The FreeBSD Documentation Project
+-->
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="po-translations">
+
+ <title><acronym>PO</acronym> Translations</title>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>The <link
+ xlink:href="http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/"><acronym>GNU</acronym>
+ <application>gettext</application></link> system offers
+ translators an easy way to create and maintain translations of
+ documents. Translatable strings are extracted from the original
+ document into a <acronym>PO</acronym> (Portable Object) file.
+ Translated versions of the strings are entered with a separate
+ editor. The strings can be used directly or built into a
+ complete translated version of the original document.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-quick-start">
+ <title>Quick Start</title>
+
+ <para>The procedure shown in
+ <xref linkend="overview-quick-start"/> is assumed to have
+ already been performed, but the <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal>
+ option must be enabled in the
+ <package role="port">textproc/docproj</package> port. If that
+ option was not enabled, display the options menu and enable
+ it, then reinstall the port:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj</userinput>
+&prompt.root; <userinput>make config</userinput>
+&prompt.root; <userinput>make clean deinstall install clean</userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of
+ the short <link xlink:href="&url.articles.leap-seconds.en;">Leap
+ Seconds</link> article.</para>
+
+ <procedure xml:id="po-translations-quick-start-install-po-editor">
+ <title>Install a <acronym>PO</acronym> Editor</title>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is needed to edit
+ translation files. This example uses
+ <package role="ports">editors/poedit</package>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>
+&prompt.root; <userinput>make install clean</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <procedure xml:id="po-translations-quick-start-initial-setup">
+ <title>Initial Setup</title>
+
+ <para>When a new translation is first created, the directory
+ structure and <filename>Makefile</filename> must be created or
+ copied from the English original:</para>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Create a directory for the new translation. The
+ English article source is in
+ <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>.
+ The Spanish translation will go in
+ <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>.
+ The path is the same except for the name of the language
+ directory.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original
+ document into the translation directory:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \
+ ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <procedure xml:id="po-translations-quick-start-translation">
+ <title>Translation</title>
+
+ <para>Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting
+ translatable strings from the original document, and entering
+ translations for those strings. These steps are repeated
+ until the translator feels that enough of the document has
+ been translated to produce a usable translated
+ document.</para>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Extract the translatable strings from the original
+ English version into a <acronym>PO</acronym> file:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>make po</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Use a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor to enter translations
+ in the <acronym>PO</acronym> file. There are several
+ different editors available. <filename>poedit</filename>
+ from <package role="port">editors/poedit</package> is shown
+ here.</para>
+
+ <para>The <acronym>PO</acronym> file name is the
+ two-character language code followed by an underline and a
+ two-character region code. For Spanish, the file name is
+ <filename>es_ES.po</filename>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+
+ <procedure
+ xml:id="po-translations-quick-generating-a-translated-document">
+ <title>Generating a Translated Document</title>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Generate the translated document:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>make tran</userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>The name of the generated document matches the name
+ of the English original, usually
+ <filename>article.xml</filename> for articles or
+ <filename>book.xml</filename> for books.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Check the generated file by rendering it to
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym> and viewing it with a
+ web browser:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>firefox article.html</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-creating">
+ <title>Creating New Translations</title>
+
+ <para>The first step to creating a new translated document is
+ locating or creating a directory to hold it. &os; puts
+ translated documents in a subdirectory named for their
+ language and region in the format
+ <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>_<replaceable>REGION</replaceable></filename>.
+ <replaceable>lang</replaceable> is a two-character lowercase
+ code. It is followed by an underscore character and then the
+ two-character uppercase <replaceable>REGION</replaceable>
+ code.</para>
+
+ <table xml:id="po-translations-language-names" frame="none">
+ <title>Language Names</title>
+
+ <tgroup cols="5">
+ <thead>
+ <row>
+ <entry>Language</entry>
+ <entry>Region</entry>
+ <entry>Translated Directory Name</entry>
+ <entry><acronym>PO</acronym> File Name</entry>
+ <entry>Character Set</entry>
+ </row>
+ </thead>
+
+ <tbody>
+ <row>
+ <entry>English</entry>
+ <entry>United States</entry>
+ <entry><filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>en_US.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Bengali</entry>
+ <entry>Bangladesh</entry>
+ <entry><filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>bn_BD.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>UTF</acronym>-8</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Danish</entry>
+ <entry>Denmark</entry>
+ <entry><filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>da_DK.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>German</entry>
+ <entry>Germany</entry>
+ <entry><filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>de_DE.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Greek</entry>
+ <entry>Greece</entry>
+ <entry><filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>el_GR.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Spanish</entry>
+ <entry>Spain</entry>
+ <entry><filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>es_ES.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>French</entry>
+ <entry>France</entry>
+ <entry><filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>fr_FR.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Hungarian</entry>
+ <entry>Hungary</entry>
+ <entry><filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>hu_HU.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Italian</entry>
+ <entry>Italy</entry>
+ <entry><filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>it_IT.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Japanese</entry>
+ <entry>Japan</entry>
+ <entry><filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>ja_JP.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>EUC</acronym> JP</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Korean</entry>
+ <entry>Korea</entry>
+ <entry><filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>ko_KR.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>UTF</acronym>-8</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Mongolian</entry>
+ <entry>Mongolia</entry>
+ <entry><filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>mn_MN.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>UTF</acronym>-8</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Dutch</entry>
+ <entry>Netherlands</entry>
+ <entry><filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>nl_NL.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Polish</entry>
+ <entry>Poland</entry>
+ <entry><filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>pl_PL.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Portuguese</entry>
+ <entry>Brazil</entry>
+ <entry><filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>pt_BR.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Russian</entry>
+ <entry>Russia</entry>
+ <entry><filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>ru_RU.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Turkish</entry>
+ <entry>Turkey</entry>
+ <entry><filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>tr_TR.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Chinese</entry>
+ <entry>China</entry>
+ <entry><filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>zh_CN.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>UTF</acronym>-8</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>Chinese</entry>
+ <entry>Taiwan</entry>
+ <entry><filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename></entry>
+ <entry><filename>zh_TW.po</filename></entry>
+ <entry><acronym>UTF</acronym>-8</entry>
+ </row>
+ </tbody>
+ </tgroup>
+ </table>
+
+ <para>The translations are in subdirectories of the main
+ documentation directory, here assumed to be
+ <filename>~/doc/</filename> as shown in
+ <xref linkend="overview-quick-start"/>. For example, German
+ translations are located in
+ <filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>, and French
+ translations are in
+ <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>Each language directory contains separate subdirectories
+ named for the type of documents, usually
+ <filename>articles/</filename> and
+ <filename>books/</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>Combining these directory names gives the complete path to
+ an article or book. For example, the French translation of the
+ NanoBSD article is in
+ <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</filename>,
+ and the Mongolian translation of the Handbook is in
+ <filename>~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/books/handbook/</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>A new language directory must be created when translating
+ a document to a new language. If the language directory already
+ exists, only a subdirectory in the
+ <filename>articles/</filename> or <filename>books/</filename>
+ directory is needed.</para>
+
+ <para>&os; documentation builds are controlled by a
+ <filename>Makefile</filename> in the same directory. With
+ simple articles, the <filename>Makefile</filename> can often
+ just be copied verbatim from the original English directory.
+ The translation process combines multiple separate
+ <filename>book.xml</filename> and
+ <filename>chapter.xml</filename> files in books into a single
+ file, so the <filename>Makefile</filename> for book translations
+ must be copied and modified.</para>
+
+ <example xml:id="po-translations-creating-example">
+ <title>Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's
+ Handbook</title>
+
+ <para>Create a new Spanish translation of the
+ <link xlink:href="&url.books.porters-handbook.en;">Porter's
+ Handbook</link>. The original is a book in
+ <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/</filename>.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>The Spanish language books directory
+ <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</filename> already
+ exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's
+ Handbook is needed:</para>
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn mkdir porters-handbook</userinput>
+A porters-handbook</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the
+ original book:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile .</userinput>
+A Makefile</screen>
+
+ <para>Modify the contents of the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename> to only expect a single
+ <filename>book.xml</filename>:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>#
+# &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;
+#
+# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.
+#
+
+MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org
+
+DOC?= book
+
+FORMATS?= html-split
+
+INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz
+INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=
+
+# XML content
+SRCS= book.xml
+
+# Images from the cross-document image library
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png
+IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png
+
+URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..
+DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..
+
+.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk"</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Now the document structure is ready for the translator
+ to begin translating with
+ <command>make po</command>.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+
+ <example xml:id="po-translations-creating-example-french">
+ <title>Creating a French Translation of the
+ <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys Article</title>
+
+ <para>Create a new French translation of the
+ <link
+ xlink:href="&url.articles.pgpkeys;"><acronym>PGP</acronym>
+ Keys article</link>. The original is an article in
+ <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/</filename>.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>The French language article directory
+ <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</filename>
+ already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the
+ <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article is needed:</para>
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn mkdir pgpkeys</userinput>
+A pgpkeys</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the
+ original article:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile .</userinput>
+A Makefile</screen>
+
+ <para>Check the contents of the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename>. Because this is a simple
+ article, in this case the <filename>Makefile</filename>
+ can be used unchanged. The <literal>$&os;...$</literal>
+ version string on the second line will be replaced by the
+ version control system when this file is committed.</para>
+
+ <programlisting>#
+# &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;
+#
+# Article: PGP Keys
+
+DOC?= article
+
+FORMATS?= html
+WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES
+
+INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz
+INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=
+
+SRCS= article.xml
+
+# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.
+
+URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..
+DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..
+
+.include "${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk"</programlisting>
+
+ <para>With the document structure complete, the
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> file can be created with
+ <command>make po</command>.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-translating">
+ <title>Translating</title>
+
+ <para>The <application>gettext</application> system greatly
+ reduces the number of things that must be tracked by a
+ translator. Strings to be translated are extracted from the
+ original document into a <acronym>PO</acronym> file. Then a
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to enter the translated
+ versions of each string.</para>
+
+ <para>The &os; <acronym>PO</acronym> translation system does not
+ overwrite <acronym>PO</acronym> files, so the extraction step
+ can be run at any time to update the <acronym>PO</acronym>
+ file.</para>
+
+ <para>A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to edit the file.
+ <package role="port">editors/poedit</package> is shown in
+ these examples because it is simple and has minimal
+ requirements. Other <acronym>PO</acronym> editors offer
+ features to make the job of translating easier. The Ports
+ Collection offers several of these editors, including
+ <package role="port">devel/gtranslator</package>.</para>
+
+ <para>It is important to preserve the <acronym>PO</acronym> file.
+ It contains all of the work that translators have done.</para>
+
+ <example xml:id="po-translations-translating-example">
+ <title>Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish</title>
+
+ <para>Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's
+ Handbook.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and
+ update the <acronym>PO</acronym> file. The generated
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> file is called
+ <filename>es_ES.po</filename> as shown in
+ <xref linkend="po-translations-language-names"/>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>make po</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Enter translations using a <acronym>PO</acronym>
+ editor:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-tips">
+ <title>Tips for Translators</title>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-xmltags">
+ <title>Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags</title>
+
+ <para>Preserve <acronym>XML</acronym> tags that are shown in
+ the English original.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags</title>
+
+ <para>English original:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>If <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> is not being used</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Spanish translation:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>Si <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag> no se utiliza</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-spaces">
+ <title>Preserving Spaces</title>
+
+ <para>Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of
+ strings to be translated. The translated version must have
+ these spaces also.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-verbatim">
+ <title>Verbatim Tags</title>
+
+ <para>The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not
+ translated:</para>
+
+ <itemizedlist xml:id="po-translations-tips-verbatim-list">
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">citerefentry</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">command</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">filename</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">literal</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">manvolnum</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">orgname</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">package</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">programlisting</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">prompt</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">refentrytitle</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">screen</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">userinput</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para><tag class="starttag">varname</tag></para>
+ </listitem>
+ </itemizedlist>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-literal-dollar">
+ <title><literal>&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</literal>
+ Strings</title>
+
+ <para>The &dollar;FreeBSD&dollar; version strings used in
+ files require special handling. In examples like
+ <xref linkend="po-translations-creating-example"/>, these
+ strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents
+ use <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities to avoid
+ including actual literal dollar signs in the file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&amp;dollar;FreeBSD&amp;dollar;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities are not seen
+ as dollar signs by the version control system and so the
+ string is not expanded into a version string.</para>
+
+ <para>When a <acronym>PO</acronym> file is created, the
+ <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities used in examples are
+ replaced with actual dollar signs. The resulting literal
+ <literal>&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</literal> string will be
+ wrongly expanded by the version control system when the file
+ is committed.</para>
+
+ <para>The same technique as used in the English documents can be
+ used in the translation. The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal>
+ is used to replace the dollar sign in the translation entered
+ into the <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&amp;dollar;FreeBSD&amp;dollar;</programlisting>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <!--
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-makefile">
+ <title>Modifying the <filename>Makefile</filename></title>
+
+ <para>What needs to be changed in the
+ <filename>Makefile</filename>?</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-locale">
+ <title>Setting Locales for Editing</title>
+
+ <para>Locale settings so the <acronym>PO</acronym> editor works
+ correctly?</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-poeditors">
+ <title>Settings for Specific <acronym>PO</acronym>
+ Editors</title>
+
+ <para>Per bcr: turn off "intelligent quotes" in
+ Mac poedit.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-tm">
+ <title>Using Translation Memory</title>
+
+ <para>Using translation memory. Saving, updating, sharing
+ with other members of a translation team.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="po-translations-tips-submitting">
+ <title>Submitting Translations</title>
+
+ <para>Submitting translations as diffs, committing
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> files.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ -->
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-building">
+ <title>Building a Translated Document</title>
+
+ <para>A translated version of the original document can be created
+ at any time. Any untranslated portions of the original will be
+ included in English in the resulting document. Most
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> editors have an indicator that shows how
+ much of the translation has been completed. This makes it easy
+ for the translator to see when enough strings have been
+ translated to make building the final document
+ worthwhile.</para>
+
+ <example xml:id="po-translations-building-example">
+ <title>Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook</title>
+
+ <para>Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's
+ Handbook that was created in an earlier example.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Build the translated document. Because the original
+ is a book, the generated document is
+ <filename>book.xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>make tran</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Render the translated <filename>book.xml</filename> to
+ <acronym>HTML</acronym> and view it with
+ <application>Firefox</application>. This is the
+ same procedure used with the English version of the
+ documents, and other <varname>FORMATS</varname> can
+ be used here in the same way. See <xref
+ linkend="doc-build-rendering-common-formats"/>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="po-translations-submitting">
+ <title>Submitting the New Translation</title>
+
+ <para>Prepare the new translation files for submission. This
+ includes adding the files to the version control system, setting
+ additional properties on them, then creating a diff for
+ submission.</para>
+
+ <para>The diff files created by these examples can be attached to
+ a <link
+ xlink:href="https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation">documentation
+ bug report</link> or <link
+ xlink:href="https://reviews.freebsd.org/">code
+ review</link>.</para>
+
+ <example xml:id="po-translations-submitting-spanish">
+ <title>Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Add a &os; version string comment as the first
+ line of the <acronym>PO</acronym> file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>#&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Add the <filename>Makefile</filename>, the
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> file, and the generated
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> translation to
+ version control:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>ls</userinput>
+Makefile article.xml es_ES.po
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>
+A Makefile
+A article.xml
+A es_ES.po</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Set the
+ <application>Subversion</application>
+ <literal>svn:keywords</literal> properties on these files
+ to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so
+ <literal>&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</literal> strings are
+ expanded into the path, revision, date, and author when
+ committed:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>
+property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'
+property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'
+property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files.
+ These are <literal>text/xml</literal> for books and
+ articles, and
+ <literal>text/x-gettext-translation</literal> for the
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> file.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po</userinput>
+property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml</userinput>
+property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Create a diff of the new files from the
+ <filename>~/doc/</filename> base directory so the full
+ path is shown with the filenames. This helps committers
+ identify the target language directory.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>
+<userinput>svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ > /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+
+ <example xml:id="po-translations-submitting-korean-utf8">
+ <title>Korean <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> Translation of the
+ Explaining-BSD Article</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Add a &os; version string comment as the first
+ line of the <acronym>PO</acronym> file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>#&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Add the <filename>Makefile</filename>, the
+ <acronym>PO</acronym> file, and the generated
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> translation to
+ version control:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/</userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>ls</userinput>
+Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>
+A Makefile
+A article.xml
+A ko_KR.po</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Set the <application>Subversion</application>
+ <literal>svn:keywords</literal> properties on these files
+ to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so
+ <literal>&dollar;FreeBSD&dollar;</literal> strings are
+ expanded into the path, revision, date, and author when
+ committed:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>
+property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'
+property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'
+property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files.
+ Because these files use the <acronym>UTF-8</acronym>
+ character set, that is also specified. To prevent the
+ version control system from mistaking these files for
+ binary data, the <literal>fbsd:notbinary</literal>
+ property is also set:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po</userinput>
+property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po</userinput>
+property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml</userinput>
+property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml</userinput>
+property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'</screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Create a diff of these new files from the
+ <filename>~/doc/</filename> base directory:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>
+<userinput>svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd > /tmp/ko-explaining.diff</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </example>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/pt_BR.po
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/pt_BR.po
@@ -0,0 +1,17312 @@
+# $FreeBSD$
+# Danilo G. Baio <dbaio@FreeBSD.org>, 2018. #zanata
+# Edson Brandi <ebrandi@FreeBSD.org>, 2018. #zanata
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2018-09-03 03:33+0000\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2018-09-03 02:03+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: Copied by Zanata <copied-by-zanata@zanata.org>\n"
+"Language-Team: \n"
+"Language: pt_BR\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Zanata 4.6.2\n"
+"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1)\n"
+
+#. Put one translator per line, in the form NAME <EMAIL>, YEAR1, YEAR2
+msgctxt "_"
+msgid "translator-credits"
+msgstr ""
+"Danilo G. Baio, dbaio@FreeBSD.org, 2018\n"
+"Edson Brandi, ebrandi@FreeBSD.org, 2018"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/title
+#: book.translate.xml:63
+msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project Primer for New Contributors"
+msgstr "Primer do Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD para Novos Colaboradores"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/author
+#: book.translate.xml:66
+msgid "<orgname>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</orgname>"
+msgstr "<orgname>Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD</orgname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: info/copyright
+#: book.translate.xml:70
+msgid ""
+"<year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> "
+"<year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> "
+"<year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> "
+"<year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> "
+"<year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <year>2017</year> "
+"<holder role=\"mailto:doceng@FreeBSD.org\">DocEng</holder>"
+msgstr ""
+"<year>1998</year> <year>1999</year> <year>2000</year> <year>2001</year> "
+"<year>2002</year> <year>2003</year> <year>2004</year> <year>2005</year> "
+"<year>2006</year> <year>2007</year> <year>2008</year> <year>2009</year> "
+"<year>2010</year> <year>2011</year> <year>2012</year> <year>2013</year> "
+"<year>2014</year> <year>2015</year> <year>2016</year> <year>2017</year> "
+"<holder role=\"mailto:doceng@FreeBSD.org\">DocEng</holder>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/title
+#: book.translate.xml:100
+msgid "Copyright"
+msgstr "Copyright"
+
+#. (itstool) path: legalnotice/para
+#: book.translate.xml:102
+msgid ""
+"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
+"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
+"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
+msgstr ""
+"Redistribution and use in source (XML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms (XML, "
+"HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without modification, are "
+"permitted provided that the following conditions are met:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:109
+msgid ""
+"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
+"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
+"lines of this file unmodified."
+msgstr ""
+"Redistributions of source code (XML DocBook) must retain the above copyright "
+"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer as the first "
+"lines of this file unmodified."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:115
+msgid ""
+"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
+"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
+"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
+"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs, converted to "
+"PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce the above copyright "
+"notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the "
+"documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:124
+msgid ""
+"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS"
+"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE "
+"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE "
+"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE "
+"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
+"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
+"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
+"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
+"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
+"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
+"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
+msgstr ""
+"THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT \"AS IS"
+"\" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE "
+"IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE "
+"ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE FREEBSD DOCUMENTATION PROJECT BE "
+"LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR "
+"CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF "
+"SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS "
+"INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN "
+"CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) "
+"ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF "
+"THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE."
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: book.translate.xml:141
+msgid ""
+"Thank you for becoming a part of the FreeBSD Documentation Project. Your "
+"contribution is extremely valuable, and we appreciate it."
+msgstr ""
+"Obrigado por fazer parte do Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD. A sua "
+"contribuição é extremamente valiosa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: book.translate.xml:145
+msgid ""
+"This primer covers details needed to start contributing to the FreeBSD "
+"Documentation Project, or <acronym>FDP</acronym>, including tools, software, "
+"and the philosophy behind the Documentation Project."
+msgstr ""
+"Este primer cobre tudo o que você precisa saber para começar a contribuir "
+"com o Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD, ou <acronym>FDP</acronym>, "
+"incluindo ferramentas, softwares, e a filosofia por trás do Projeto de "
+"Documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: abstract/para
+#: book.translate.xml:151
+msgid ""
+"This is a work in progress. Corrections and additions are always welcome."
+msgstr ""
+"Este documento é um trabalho em andamento. Correções e adições são sempre "
+"bem vindas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: preface/title
+#: book.translate.xml:157
+msgid "Preface"
+msgstr "Prefácio"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:160
+msgid "Shell Prompts"
+msgstr "Prompts do Shell"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:162
+msgid ""
+"This table shows the default system prompt and superuser prompt. The "
+"examples use these prompts to indicate which type of user is running the "
+"example."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tabela mostra o prompt padrão do sistema e o prompt do super usuário. "
+"Os exemplos usam estes prompts para indicar com qual\n"
+"usuário o exemplo foi executado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:170
+msgid "User"
+msgstr "Usuário"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:171
+msgid "Prompt"
+msgstr "Prompt"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:177
+msgid "Normal user"
+msgstr "Usuário normal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:178 book.translate.xml:4364
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:182
+msgid "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>"
+msgstr "<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:183 book.translate.xml:4357
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt>"
+msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:191
+msgid "Typographic Conventions"
+msgstr "Convenções Tipográficas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:193
+msgid "This table describes the typographic conventions used in this book."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tabela descreve as convenções tipográficas utilizadas neste livro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:200
+msgid "Meaning"
+msgstr "Propósito"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/title
+#: book.translate.xml:201 book.translate.xml:4864 book.translate.xml:9951
+msgid "Examples"
+msgstr "Exemplos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:207
+msgid "The names of commands."
+msgstr "Nome dos comandos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:208
+msgid "Use <command>ls -l</command> to list all files."
+msgstr "Utilize <command>ls -l</command> para listar todos os arquivos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:213
+msgid "The names of files."
+msgstr "Nome dos arquivos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:214
+msgid "Edit <filename>.login</filename>."
+msgstr "Edite <filename>.login</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:218
+msgid "On-screen computer output."
+msgstr "Saída de um programa na tela do computador."
+
+#. (itstool) path: entry/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:219
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "You have mail."
+msgstr "You have mail."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:223
+msgid "What the user types, contrasted with on-screen computer output."
+msgstr ""
+"O que o usuário digita, quando contrastado com a saída do programa na tela "
+"do computador."
+
+#. (itstool) path: entry/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:226
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>date +\"The time is %H:%M\"</userinput>\n"
+"The time is 09:18"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>date +\"The time is %H:%M\"</userinput>\n"
+"The time is 09:18"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:231
+msgid "Manual page references."
+msgstr "Referência a uma página de manual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:232
+msgid ""
+"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> to change user identity."
+msgstr ""
+"Utilize <citerefentry><refentrytitle>su</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> para assumir outro nome de\n"
+"usuário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:236
+msgid "User and group names."
+msgstr "Nome de usuário e de grupos de usuários"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:237
+msgid "Only <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> can do this."
+msgstr ""
+"Apenas o <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> pode fazer isso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:242
+msgid "Emphasis."
+msgstr "Ênfase"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:243
+msgid "The user <emphasis>must</emphasis> do this."
+msgstr "O usuário <emphasis>deve</emphasis> fazer isso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:248
+msgid "Text that the user is expected to replace with the actual text."
+msgstr "Texto que o usuário deve substituir com o texto real."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:251
+msgid ""
+"To search for a keyword in the manual pages, type <command>man -k "
+"<replaceable>keyword</replaceable></command>"
+msgstr ""
+"Para buscar por uma palavra chave nas páginas de manual, digite <command>man "
+"-k <replaceable>keyword</replaceable></command>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:257
+msgid "Environment variables."
+msgstr "Variáveis de ambiente"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:258
+msgid "<envar>$HOME</envar> is set to the user's home directory."
+msgstr "<envar>$HOME</envar> aponta para o diretório inicial do usuário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:267
+msgid "Notes, Tips, Important Information, Warnings, and Examples"
+msgstr "Notas, Dicas, Informações Importantes, Avisos e Exemplos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:270
+msgid "Notes, warnings, and examples appear within the text."
+msgstr "Notas, avisos e exemplos aparecem ao longo do texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:274
+msgid ""
+"Notes are represented like this, and contain information to take note of, as "
+"it may affect what the user does."
+msgstr ""
+"Notas são representadas desta forma, e contêm informações para as quais se "
+"deve ficar atento, pois podem afetar o que o usuário faz."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:280
+msgid ""
+"Tips are represented like this, and contain information helpful to the user, "
+"like showing an easier way to do something."
+msgstr ""
+"Dicas são representadas desta forma, e contêm informações úteis para o "
+"usuário, como as que mostram uma maneira mais fácil de fazer alguma coisa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:286
+msgid ""
+"Important information is represented like this. Typically, these show extra "
+"steps the user may need to take."
+msgstr ""
+"Informações importantes são representadas desta forma. Normalmente elas "
+"destacam passos extras que o usuário pode precisar realizar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:292
+msgid ""
+"Warnings are represented like this, and contain information warning about "
+"possible damage if the instructions are not followed. This damage may be "
+"physical, to the hardware or the user, or it may be non-physical, such as "
+"the inadvertent deletion of important files."
+msgstr ""
+"Avisos são representados deste modo, e contêm informações de alerta sobre "
+"possíveis danos se não seguir as instruções. Estes danos podem ser físicos, "
+"para o equipamento ou para o usuário, ou podem ser não-físicos, tal como a "
+"deleção inadvertida de arquivos importantes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:300
+msgid "A Sample Example"
+msgstr "Uma Amostra de Exemplo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:302
+msgid ""
+"Examples are represented like this, and typically contain examples showing a "
+"walkthrough, or the results of a particular action."
+msgstr ""
+"Os exemplos são representados deste modo, e normalmente contêm exemplos "
+"passo a passo, ou mostram os resultados de uma determinada ação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:309
+msgid "Acknowledgments"
+msgstr "Agradecimentos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:311
+msgid ""
+"My thanks to Sue Blake, Patrick Durusau, Jon Hamilton, Peter Flynn, and "
+"Christopher Maden, who took the time to read early drafts of this document "
+"and offer many valuable comments and criticisms."
+msgstr ""
+"Meu muito obrigado a Sue Blake, Patrick Durusau, Jon Hamilton, Peter Flynn, "
+"e Christopher Maden, por terem gasto parte do seu tempo lendo os primeiros "
+"rascunhos deste documento e por terem oferecido muitos comentários e "
+"críticas construtivas para este trabalho."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:350 book.translate.xml:2062
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Visão Geral"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:352
+msgid ""
+"Welcome to the FreeBSD Documentation Project (<acronym>FDP</acronym>). "
+"Quality documentation is crucial to the success of FreeBSD, and we value "
+"your contributions very highly."
+msgstr ""
+"Seja bem vindo ao Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD.(<acronym>FDP</"
+"acronym>). Documentação de boa qualidade é \n"
+"muito importante para o sucesso do FreeBSD, e nós valorizamos muito suas "
+"contribuições."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:357
+msgid ""
+"This document describes how the <acronym>FDP</acronym> is organized, how to "
+"write and submit documentation, and how to effectively use the available "
+"tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Este documento descreve como o <acronym>FDP</acronym> é organizado, como "
+"escrever e como submeter documentos, e como utilizar de forma efetiva as "
+"ferramentas que estão disponíveis."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:361
+msgid ""
+"Everyone is welcome to contribute to the <acronym>FDP</acronym>. Willingness "
+"to contribute is the only membership requirement."
+msgstr ""
+"Todos são bem vindos para se juntar ao <acronym>FDP</acronym>. A vontade de "
+"contribuir é o único requisito de adesão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:365
+msgid "This primer shows how to:"
+msgstr "Este primer mostra como:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:369
+msgid ""
+"Identify which parts of FreeBSD are maintained by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Identificar quais partes do FreeBSD são mantidas pelo <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:374
+msgid "Install the required documentation tools and files."
+msgstr "Instalar as ferramentas e arquivos de documentação necessários."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:378
+msgid "Make changes to the documentation."
+msgstr "Realizar alterações na documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:382
+msgid ""
+"Submit changes back for review and inclusion in the FreeBSD documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Enviar de volta alterações para revisão e inclusão na documentação do "
+"FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:388 book.translate.xml:7351
+msgid "Quick Start"
+msgstr "Quick Start"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:390
+msgid ""
+"Some preparatory steps must be taken before editing the FreeBSD "
+"documentation. First, subscribe to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
+"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
+"mailing list</link>. Some team members also interact on the "
+"<literal>#bsddocs</literal> <acronym>IRC</acronym> channel on <link xlink:"
+"href=\"http://www.efnet.org/\">EFnet</link>. These people can help with "
+"questions or problems involving the documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas etapas preparatórias devem ser seguidas antes de editar a "
+"documentação do FreeBSD. Primeiro, se registre na <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">lista de email do projeto "
+"de documentação do FreeBSD</link>. Alguns membros do time também interagem "
+"no <acronym>IRC</acronym>, canal <literal>#bsddocs</literal> na rede <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://www.efnet.org/\">EFnet</link>. Estas pessoas podem "
+"ajudar com questões e problemas envolvendo documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:400
+msgid ""
+"Install the <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta-package and "
+"<application>Subversion</application>. This meta-package installs all of the "
+"software needed to edit and build FreeBSD documentation. The "
+"<application>Subversion</application> package is needed to obtain a working "
+"copy of the documentation and generate patches with."
+msgstr ""
+"Instale o meta-port <package>textproc/docproj</package> e o "
+"<application>Subversion</application>. Este meta-port instala todo software "
+"necessário para editar e compilar a documentação do FreeBSD. O pacote "
+"<application>Subversion</application> é necessário para obter uma cópia de "
+"trabalho da documentação e para gerar patches. "
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:409
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install docproj subversion</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install docproj subversion</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:413
+msgid ""
+"Install a local working copy of the documentation from the FreeBSD "
+"repository in <filename>~/doc</filename> (see <xref linkend=\"working-copy\"/"
+">)."
+msgstr ""
+"Obtenha uma cópia local da árvore de documentação do FreeBSD em <filename>~/"
+"doc</filename> (see <xref linkend=\"working-copy\"/>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:418 book.translate.xml:812
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:422
+msgid "Configure the text editor:"
+msgstr "Configure o editor de texto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:426
+msgid "Word wrap set to 70 characters."
+msgstr "Defina a quebra de linha para 70 caracteres."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:430
+msgid "Tab stops set to 2."
+msgstr "Defina a parada de tabulação para 2."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:434
+msgid "Replace each group of 8 leading spaces with a single tab."
+msgstr "Substitua cada grupo de 8 espaços por um tab."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:439
+msgid ""
+"Specific editor configurations are listed in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/"
+">."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurações específicas por editor são informados em <xref linkend="
+"\"editor-config\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:444
+msgid "Update the local working copy:"
+msgstr "Atualize a árvore de trabalho local:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:446
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn up <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn up <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:450
+msgid ""
+"Edit the documentation files that require changes. If a file needs major "
+"changes, consult the mailing list for input."
+msgstr ""
+"Edite os arquivos de documentação que precisam de alterações. Se um arquivo "
+"precisar de grandes mudanças, consulte a lista de discussão para obter "
+"informações."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:454
+msgid ""
+"References to tag and entity usage can be found in <xref linkend=\"xhtml-"
+"markup\"/> and <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Referencias pra uso de tag e entidade podem ser encontradas em <xref linkend="
+"\"xhtml-markup\"/> and <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:460
+msgid "After editing, check for problems by running:"
+msgstr "Após alteração, cheque por eventuais problemas rodando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:462
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>igor -R filename.xml | less -RS</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>igor -R filename.xml | less -RS</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:464
+msgid ""
+"Review the output and edit the file to fix any problems shown, then rerun "
+"the command to find any remaining problems. Repeat until all of the errors "
+"are resolved."
+msgstr ""
+"Revise a saída e edite o arquivo para corrigir os problemas informados e, em "
+"seguida, execute novamente o comando para verificar os problemas restantes. "
+"Repita até que todos os erros sejam resolvidos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:471
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Always</emphasis> build-test changes before submitting them. "
+"Running <userinput>make</userinput> in the top-level directory of the "
+"documentation being edited will generate that documentation in split HTML "
+"format. For example, to build the English version of the Handbook in "
+"<acronym>HTML</acronym>, run <command>make</command> in the <filename>en_US."
+"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Sempre</emphasis> realize testes de compilação antes de submeter "
+"algo. Execute <userinput>make</userinput> no diretório de nível superior da "
+"documentação alterada e assim será gerado a documentação no formato HTML com "
+"divisões. Por exemplo, pra compilar a versão Inglês do Handbook em "
+"<acronym>HTML</acronym>, execute <command>make</command> no diretório "
+"<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:482
+msgid ""
+"When changes are complete and tested, generate a <quote>diff file</quote>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando as alterações estiverem completas e testadas, gere um <quote>arquivo "
+"diff</quote>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:485
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>bsdinstall</replaceable>.diff.txt</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>bsdinstall</replaceable>.diff.txt</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:488
+msgid ""
+"Give the diff file a descriptive name. In the example above, changes have "
+"been made to the <filename>bsdinstall</filename> portion of the Handbook."
+msgstr ""
+"Dê ao arquivo diff um nome. No exemplo acima, foram feitas alterações na "
+"parte <filename>bsdinstall</filename> do Handbook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:495
+msgid ""
+"Submit the diff file using the web-based <link xlink:href=\"https://bugs."
+"FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation\">Problem Report</"
+"link> system. If using the web form, enter a Summary of <emphasis>[patch] "
+"<replaceable>short description of problem</replaceable></emphasis>. Select "
+"the Component <literal>Documentation</literal>. In the Description field, "
+"enter a short description of the changes and any important details about "
+"them. Use the <guibutton>[ Add an attachment ]</guibutton> button to attach "
+"the diff file. Finally, use the <guibutton>[ Submit Bug ]</guibutton> button "
+"to submit your diff to the problem report system."
+msgstr ""
+"Submeta o arquivo diff file pela web para o sistema de <link xlink:href="
+"\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation"
+"\">Relatórios de Problema</link>. Se estiver usando o formulário web, insira "
+"um Sumário com <emphasis>[patch] <replaceable>descrição curta do problema</"
+"replaceable></emphasis>. Selecione o Componente <literal>Documentation</"
+"literal>. No campo de Descrição, insira uma breve descrição das alterações e "
+"quaisquer detalhes importantes sobre elas. Use o botão <guibutton>[ Add an "
+"attachment ]</guibutton> para anexar o arquivo diff. Finalmente, pressione o "
+"botão <guibutton>[ Submit Bug ]</guibutton> para enviar seu diff para o "
+"sistema de relatório de problemas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:511
+msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Set"
+msgstr "Conjunto de Documentação do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:513
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> is responsible for four categories of FreeBSD "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"O <acronym>FDP</acronym> é responsável por quatro categorias de documentação "
+"do FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:518
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Handbook</emphasis>: The Handbook is the comprehensive online "
+"resource and reference for FreeBSD users."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Handbook</emphasis>: O handbook almeja ser um compreensivo recurso "
+"de referência online para os usuários do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:524
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis>: The <acronym>FAQ</acronym> uses a short question "
+"and answer format to address questions that are frequently asked on the "
+"various mailing lists and forums devoted to FreeBSD. This format does not "
+"permit long and comprehensive answers."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>FAQ</emphasis>: O <acronym>FAQ</acronym> utiliza um formato curto "
+"de pergunta e resposta para abordar dúvidas que são frequentemente "
+"realizadas nas listas de discussão e fóruns dedicados ao FreeBSD. Este "
+"formato não permite respostas longas e detalhadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:532
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>: The English language system manual pages "
+"are usually not written by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>, as they are part of "
+"the base system. However, the <acronym>FDP</acronym> can reword parts of "
+"existing manual pages to make them clearer or to correct inaccuracies."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Páginas de Manual</emphasis>: As páginas de manual do sistema de "
+"língua inglesa geralmente não são escritas pelo <acronym>FDP</acronym>, pois "
+"fazem parte do sistema base. Contudo, o <acronym>FDP</acronym> pode "
+"reformular partes das páginas de manual existentes para torná-las mais "
+"claras ou para corrigir imprecisões."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:541
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Web site</emphasis>: This is the main FreeBSD presence on the web, "
+"visible at <link xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/index.html\"> https://"
+"www.FreeBSD.org/</link> and many mirrors around the world. The web site is "
+"typically a new user's first exposure to FreeBSD."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Web site</emphasis>: Esta é a presença principal do FreeBSD na "
+"web, visite <link xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/index.html\"> https://"
+"www.FreeBSD.org/</link> e muitos mirrors ao redor do mundo. O site é "
+"tipicamente o primeiro contato de um usuário novo com o FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:549
+msgid ""
+"Translation teams are responsible for translating the Handbook and web site "
+"into different languages. Manual pages are not translated at present."
+msgstr ""
+"As equipes de tradução são responsáveis por traduzir o manual e o site para "
+"diferentes idiomas. As páginas do manual não são traduzidas no momento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:553
+msgid ""
+"Documentation source for the FreeBSD web site, Handbook, and <acronym>FAQ</"
+"acronym> is available in the documentation repository at <literal>https://"
+"svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Código fonte do site do FreeBSD, Handbook, e <acronym>FAQ</acronym> estão "
+"disponíveis no repositório de documentação em <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD."
+"org/doc/</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:558
+msgid ""
+"Source for manual pages is available in a separate source repository located "
+"at <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Código fonte das páginas de manual estão disponíveis em um repositório "
+"diferente localizado em <literal>https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:562
+msgid ""
+"Documentation commit messages are visible with <command>svn log</command>. "
+"Commit messages are also archived at <uri xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD."
+"org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\"> http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>."
+msgstr ""
+"As mensagens de commit de documentação podem ser visualizadas com "
+"<command>svn log</command>. As mensagens de commit também são arquivadas em "
+"<uri xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all\"> "
+"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/svn-doc-all</uri>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:567
+msgid ""
+"Web frontends to both of these repositories are available at <link xlink:"
+"href=\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/> and <link xlink:href=\"https://"
+"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Endereço web para ambos os repositórios disponíveis em <link xlink:href="
+"\"https://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\"/> e <link xlink:href=\"https://svnweb."
+"FreeBSD.org/base/\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:571
+msgid ""
+"Many people have written tutorials or how-to articles about FreeBSD. Some "
+"are stored as part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym> files. In other cases, the "
+"author has decided to keep the documentation separate. The <acronym>FDP</"
+"acronym> endeavors to provide links to as much of this external "
+"documentation as possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Muitas pessoas tem escrito tutoriais e artigos how-to sobre FreeBSD. Alguns "
+"são armazenados como parte dos arquivos <acronym>FDP</acronym>. Em outros "
+"casos, o autor decidiu manter a documentação separada. O <acronym>FDP</"
+"acronym> esforça-se para fornecer links para o máximo possível dessas "
+"documentações externas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:612
+msgid "Tools"
+msgstr "Ferramentas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:614
+msgid ""
+"Several software tools are used to manage the FreeBSD documentation and "
+"render it to different output formats. Some of these tools are required and "
+"must be installed before working through the examples in the following "
+"chapters. Some are optional, adding capabilities or making the job of "
+"creating documentation less demanding."
+msgstr ""
+"Várias ferramentas são utilizadas para gerenciar a documentação do FreeBSD e "
+"renderizá-la para diferentes formatos. Algumas dessas ferramentas são "
+"necessárias e devem ser instaladas antes de trabalhar com os exemplos nos "
+"capítulos a seguir. Algumas são opcionais, adicionando recursos ou tornando "
+"a tarefa de criar documentação mais simples."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:622
+msgid "Required Tools"
+msgstr "Ferramentas Obrigatórias"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:624
+msgid ""
+"Install <package>textproc/docproj</package> from the Ports Collection. This "
+"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> installs all the applications required to do "
+"useful work with the FreeBSD documentation. Some further notes on particular "
+"components are given below."
+msgstr ""
+"Instale o <package>textproc/docproj</package> pela Coleção de Ports. Este "
+"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> instala todos os aplicativos necessários para "
+"trabalhar com a documentação do FreeBSD. Informações adicionais específicas "
+"de alguns componentes serão informadas abaixo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:632
+msgid "<acronym>DTD</acronym>s and <acronym>Entities</acronym>"
+msgstr "<acronym>DTD</acronym>s e <acronym>Entidades</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:635
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD documentation uses several Document Type Definitions (<acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym>s) and sets of <acronym>XML</acronym> entities. These are all "
+"installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação do FreeBSD utiliza diversas Definições de Tipos de Documento "
+"(<acronym>DTD</acronym>s) e conjuntos de entidades <acronym>XML</acronym>. "
+"Estes são todos instalados pelo port <package>textproc/docproj</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:643
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/xhtml</"
+"package>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/xhtml</"
+"package>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:647
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the markup language of choice for the World Wide "
+"Web, and is used throughout the FreeBSD web site."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> é a linguagem markup escolhida pela Web, e é "
+"utilizada em todo o site do FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:654
+msgid ""
+"DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>)"
+msgstr ""
+"DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> (<package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:658
+msgid ""
+"DocBook is designed for marking up technical documentation. Most of the "
+"FreeBSD documentation is written in DocBook."
+msgstr ""
+"O DocBook é projetado para escrever documentação técnica. A maior parte da "
+"documentação do FreeBSD é escrita no DocBook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:665
+msgid "ISO 8879 entities (<package>textproc/iso8879</package>)"
+msgstr "Entidades ISO 8879 (<package>textproc/iso8879</package>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:669
+msgid ""
+"Character entities from the ISO 8879:1986 standard used by many "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym>s. Includes named mathematical symbols, additional "
+"characters in the Latin character set (accents, diacriticals, and so on), "
+"and Greek symbols."
+msgstr ""
+"Entidades do padrão ISO 8879:1986 utilizado por muitos <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym>s. Inclui símbolos matemáticos nomeados, caracteres adicionais no "
+"conjunto de caracteres latinos (acentos, diacríticos e assim por diante) e "
+"símbolos Gregos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:681
+msgid "Optional Tools"
+msgstr "Ferramentas Opcionais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:683
+msgid ""
+"These applications are not required, but can make working on the "
+"documentation easier or add capabilities."
+msgstr ""
+"Essas ferramentas não são necessárias, mas podem facilitar o trabalho na "
+"documentação ou adicionar recursos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:687
+msgid "Software"
+msgstr "Software"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:692
+msgid "<application>Vim</application> (<package>editors/vim</package>)"
+msgstr "<application>Vim</application> (<package>editors/vim</package>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:696
+msgid ""
+"A popular editor for working with <acronym>XML</acronym> and derived "
+"documents, like DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um editor de texto popular que trabalha com <acronym>XML</acronym> and "
+"documentos derivados, como DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:703
+msgid ""
+"<application>Emacs</application> or <application>XEmacs</application> "
+"(<package>editors/emacs</package> or <package>editors/xemacs</package>)"
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Emacs</application> ou <application>XEmacs</application> "
+"(<package>editors/emacs</package> ou <package>editors/xemacs</package>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:709
+msgid ""
+"Both of these editors include a special mode for editing documents marked up "
+"according to an <acronym>XML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym>. This mode "
+"includes commands to reduce the amount of typing needed, and help reduce the "
+"possibility of errors."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos editores incluem um modo especial para editar documentos marcados como "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym>. Esse modo inclui comandos "
+"para reduzir a quantidade de digitação necessária e ajudar a reduzir a "
+"possibilidade de erros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:751
+msgid "The Working Copy"
+msgstr "A Área de Trabalho"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:753
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>working copy</emphasis> is a copy of the FreeBSD repository "
+"documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer. Changes are made to "
+"the local working copy, tested, and then submitted as patches to be "
+"committed to the main repository."
+msgstr ""
+"A <emphasis>área de trabalho</emphasis> é uma cópia da árvore de "
+"documentação do repositório do FreeBSD baixada no computador local. As "
+"alterações são feitas na cópia de trabalho local, testadas e enviadas como "
+"patches para serem submetidas no repositório principal."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:759
+msgid ""
+"A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes of disk "
+"space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room for temporary files "
+"and test versions of various output formats."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma cópia completa da árvore de documentação pode ocupar 700 megabytes de "
+"espaço em disco. Tenha um gigabyte de espaço total para ter sobra para "
+"arquivos temporários e versões de teste dos diversos formatos de saída."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:764
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn."
+"html\"><application>Subversion</application></link> is used to manage the "
+"FreeBSD documentation files. It is obtained by installing the "
+"<application>Subversion</application> package:"
+msgstr ""
+"O <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/"
+"svn.html\"><application>Subversion</application></link> é utilizado para "
+"gerenciar os arquivos de documentação do FreeBSD. Ele é obtido pela "
+"instalação do pacote <application>Subversion</application>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:769
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:772
+msgid "Documentation and Manual Pages"
+msgstr "Documentação e Páginas de Manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:774
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD documentation is not just books and articles. Manual pages for all "
+"the commands and configuration files are also part of the documentation, and "
+"part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym>'s territory. Two repositories are "
+"involved: <literal>doc</literal> for the books and articles, and "
+"<literal>base</literal> for the operating system and manual pages. To edit "
+"manual pages, the <literal>base</literal> repository must be checked out "
+"separately."
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação do FreeBSD não é formada apenas por livros e artigos. Páginas "
+"de manual para todos os comandos e arquivos de configuração também fazem "
+"parte da documentação e fazem parte do território do <acronym>FDP</acronym>. "
+"Dois repositórios estão envolvidos: <literal>doc</literal> para os livros e "
+"artigos, e <literal>base</literal> para o sistema operacional e páginas de "
+"manual. Para editar páginas de manual, o repositório <literal>base</literal> "
+"deve ser registrado separadamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:783
+msgid ""
+"Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation and source code. "
+"New modifications are almost always made only to the latest version, called "
+"<literal>head</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Repositórios podem conter várias versões de documentação e código-fonte. "
+"Novas modificações quase sempre são feitas apenas para a versão mais "
+"recente, chamada <literal>head</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:789
+msgid "Choosing a Directory"
+msgstr "Escolhendo um Diretório"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:791
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD documentation is traditionally stored in <filename>/usr/doc/</"
+"filename>, and system source code with manual pages in <filename>/usr/src/</"
+"filename>. These directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put "
+"the working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with existing "
+"information in the main directories. The examples that follow use "
+"<filename>~/doc</filename> and <filename>~/src</filename>, both "
+"subdirectories of the user's home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação do FreeBSD é tradicionalmente armazenada em <filename>/usr/"
+"doc/</filename>, e o código fonte do sistema com páginas de manual em "
+"<filename>/usr/src/</filename>. Essas árvores são realocáveis ​​e os usuários "
+"podem armazenar as cópias de trabalho em outros locais para evitar "
+"interferir nas informações existentes nos diretórios principais. Os exemplos "
+"a seguir utilizam <filename>~/doc</filename> e <filename>~/src</filename>, "
+"ambos subdiretórios do diretório pessoal do usuário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:804
+msgid "Checking Out a Copy"
+msgstr "Baixando uma Cópia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:806
+msgid ""
+"A download of a working copy from the repository is called a "
+"<emphasis>checkout</emphasis>, and done with <command>svn checkout</"
+"command>. This example checks out a copy of the latest version "
+"(<literal>head</literal>) of the main documentation tree:"
+msgstr ""
+"O processo de download de um repositório é chamado de <emphasis>checkout</"
+"emphasis> e é feito com um <command>svn checkout</command>. Este exemplo faz "
+"checkout de uma cópia da versão mais recente (<literal>head</literal>) do "
+"repositório de documentação principal:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:814
+msgid "A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is very similar:"
+msgstr ""
+"O checkout do código-fonte para trabalhar nas páginas de manual é muito "
+"semelhante:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:817
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head <replaceable>~/src</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head <replaceable>~/src</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:821
+msgid "Updating a Working Copy"
+msgstr "Atualizando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:823
+msgid ""
+"The documents and files in the FreeBSD repository change daily. People "
+"modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short time after an "
+"initial checkout, there will already be differences between the local "
+"working copy and the main FreeBSD repository. To update the local version "
+"with the changes that have been made to the main repository, use "
+"<command>svn update</command> on the directory containing the local working "
+"copy:"
+msgstr ""
+"Os documentos e arquivos no repositório do FreeBSD mudam diariamente. As "
+"pessoas modificam arquivos e submetem alterações com frequência. Mesmo após "
+"um checkout inicial, já haverá alterações entre a cópia de trabalho local e "
+"o repositório principal do FreeBSD. Para atualizar a versão local com as "
+"mudanças que foram feitas no repositório principal, execute <command>svn "
+"update</command> no diretório que contém a cópia de trabalho local:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:832
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn update <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:834
+msgid ""
+"Get in the protective habit of using <command>svn update</command> before "
+"editing document files. Someone else may have edited that file very "
+"recently, and the local working copy will not include the latest changes "
+"until it has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much "
+"easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with the newer "
+"version from the repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Adquira o hábito de proteção de executar <command>svn update</command> antes "
+"de editar os arquivos de documentação. Alguém pode ter editado esse arquivo "
+"muito recentemente e a cópia de trabalho local não incluirá essas alterações "
+"mais recentes até que ela seja atualizada. Editar a versão mais recente de "
+"um arquivo é muito mais fácil do que tentar combinar um arquivo local "
+"editado mais antigo com a versão mais recente do repositório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:844
+msgid "Reverting Changes"
+msgstr "Revertendo Alterações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:846
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes it turns out that changes were not necessary after all, or the "
+"writer just wants to start over. Files can be <quote>reset</quote> to their "
+"unchanged form with <command>svn revert</command>. For example, to erase the "
+"edits made to <filename>chapter.xml</filename> and reset it to unmodified "
+"form:"
+msgstr ""
+"De vez em quando acontece que algumas mudanças não eram necessárias, ou o "
+"escritor só quer começar novamente. Arquivos podem ser <quote>resetados</"
+"quote> para sua forma anterior com <command>svn revert</command>. Por "
+"exemplo, para apagar as alterações feitas no <filename>chapter.xml</"
+"filename> e redefini-las para o formato sem modificação:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:853
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn revert chapter.xml</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn revert chapter.xml</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:857
+msgid "Making a Diff"
+msgstr "Criando um Diff"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:859
+msgid ""
+"After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the differences "
+"between the local working copy and the version on the FreeBSD repository "
+"must be collected into a single file for submission. These <emphasis>diff</"
+"emphasis> files are produced by redirecting the output of <command>svn diff</"
+"command> into a file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Após finalizar as alterações em um arquivo ou grupo de arquivos, as "
+"diferenças entre a cópia de trabalho local e a versão no repositório do "
+"FreeBSD devem ser coletadas em um único arquivo para ser submetido. Estes "
+"arquivos <emphasis>diff</emphasis> são produzidos redirecionando a saída de "
+"<command>svn diff</command> para um arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:866
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>doc-fix-spelling.diff</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>doc-fix-spelling.diff</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:869
+msgid ""
+"Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the contents. The example "
+"above is for spelling fixes to the whole documentation tree."
+msgstr ""
+"Dê ao arquivo um nome significativo que identifique o conteúdo. O exemplo "
+"acima é para correção ortográfica em toda a árvore de documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:873
+msgid ""
+"If the diff file is to be submitted with the web <quote><link xlink:href="
+"\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">Submit a FreeBSD problem "
+"report</link></quote> interface, add a <filename>.txt</filename> extension "
+"to give the earnest and simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are "
+"plain text."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o arquivo diff for enviado com a interface web <quote><link xlink:href="
+"\"https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi\">Submit a FreeBSD problem "
+"report</link></quote>, adicione uma extensão <filename>.txt</filename> para "
+"que o formulário web identifique que o conteúdo do arquivo é texto plano."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:880
+msgid ""
+"Be careful: <command>svn diff</command> includes all changes made in the "
+"current directory and any subdirectories. If there are files in the working "
+"copy with edits that are not ready to be submitted yet, provide a list of "
+"only the files that are to be included:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tenha cuidado: <command>svn diff</command> inclui todas as alterações feitas "
+"no diretório atual e em quaisquer subdiretórios. Se houver arquivos na cópia "
+"de trabalho com edições que ainda não estão prontas para serem enviadas, "
+"forneça uma lista apenas dos arquivos a serem incluídos:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:886
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff <replaceable>disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>disks-printers.diff</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff <replaceable>disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>disks-printers.diff</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:891
+msgid "<application>Subversion</application> References"
+msgstr "Referências <application>Subversion</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:893
+msgid ""
+"These examples show very basic usage of <application>Subversion</"
+"application>. More detail is available in the <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Subversion Book</link> and the <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Subversion documentation</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes exemplos demonstram um uso muito básico do <application>Subversion</"
+"application>. Mais detalhes estão disponíveis no <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"svnbook.red-bean.com/\">Subversion Book</link> e na <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://subversion.apache.org/docs/\">Documentação do Subversion</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:933
+msgid "Documentation Directory Structure"
+msgstr "Estrutura de Diretórios da Documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:935
+msgid ""
+"Files and directories in the <filename>doc/</filename> tree follow a "
+"structure meant to:"
+msgstr ""
+"Arquivos e diretórios no repositório <filename>doc/</filename> seguem uma "
+"estrutura destinada a:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:941
+msgid "Make it easy to automate converting the document to other formats."
+msgstr "Facilitar a conversão do documento para outros formatos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:946
+msgid ""
+"Promote consistency between the different documentation organizations, to "
+"make it easier to switch between working on different documents."
+msgstr ""
+"Promover a consistência entre as diferentes organizações de documentação, e "
+"assim facilitar a alternância entre diferentes documentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:952
+msgid ""
+"Make it easy to decide where in the tree new documentation should be placed."
+msgstr "Facilitar a decisão de onde a nova documentação deve ser colocada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:957
+msgid ""
+"In addition, the documentation tree must accommodate documents in many "
+"different languages and encodings. It is important that the documentation "
+"tree structure does not enforce any particular defaults or cultural "
+"preferences."
+msgstr ""
+"Além disso, o repositório de documentação deve acomodar documentos em vários "
+"idiomas e codificações diferentes. É importante que a estrutura do "
+"repositório de documentação não imponha quaisquer padrões particulares ou "
+"preferências culturais."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:963
+msgid "The Top Level, <filename>doc/</filename>"
+msgstr "O Nível Superior, <filename>doc/</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:966
+msgid ""
+"There are two types of directory under <filename>doc/</filename>, each with "
+"very specific directory names and meanings."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem dois tipos de diretório em <filename>doc/</filename>, cada um com "
+"nomes de diretório e significados muito específicos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:974 book.translate.xml:1028
+msgid "Directory"
+msgstr "Diretório"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:975 book.translate.xml:1029
+msgid "Usage"
+msgstr "Uso"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:981
+msgid "<filename>share</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>share</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:984
+msgid ""
+"Contains files that are not specific to the various translations and "
+"encodings of the documentation. Contains subdirectories to further "
+"categorize the information. For example, the files that comprise the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> infrastructure are in <filename>share/mk</filename>, while the "
+"additional <acronym>XML</acronym> support files (such as the FreeBSD "
+"extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>) are in <filename>share/xml</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Contém arquivos que não são específicos das várias traduções e codificações "
+"da documentação. Contém subdiretórios para categorizar ainda mais as "
+"informações. Por exemplo, os arquivos que fazem parte da infra-estrutura "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> estão em <filename>share/mk</filename>, enquanto o suporte "
+"adicional a arquivos <acronym>XML</acronym> (como o DTBook estendido do "
+"FreeBSD <acronym>DTD</acronym>) estão em <filename>share/xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:996
+msgid ""
+"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
+"replaceable></filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
+"replaceable></filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:999
+msgid ""
+"One directory exists for each available translation and encoding of the "
+"documentation, for example <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</filename> and "
+"<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>. The names are long, but by fully "
+"specifying the language and encoding we prevent any future headaches when a "
+"translation team wants to provide documentation in the same language but in "
+"more than one encoding. This also avoids problems that might be caused by a "
+"future switch to Unicode."
+msgstr ""
+"Existe um diretório para cada tradução e codificação disponível da "
+"documentação, por exemplo, <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/</filename> e "
+"<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8/</filename>. Os nomes são longos, mas ao especificar "
+"totalmente o idioma e a codificação, evitamos dores de cabeça futuras quando "
+"uma equipe de tradução desejar fornecer documentação no mesmo idioma, mas em "
+"mais de uma codificação. Isso também evita problemas que podem ser causados ​​"
+"por uma futura mudança para Unicode."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1016
+msgid ""
+"The <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
+"replaceable>/</filename> Directories"
+msgstr ""
+"Os Diretórios <filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>encoding</replaceable>/</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1020
+msgid ""
+"These directories contain the documents themselves. The documentation is "
+"split into up to three more categories at this level, indicated by the "
+"different directory names."
+msgstr ""
+"Esses diretórios contêm os próprios documentos. A documentação é dividida em "
+"até três outras categorias, indicadas pelos diferentes nomes de diretório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1035
+msgid "<filename>articles</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>articles</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1038
+msgid ""
+"Documentation marked up as a DocBook <tag>article</tag> (or equivalent). "
+"Reasonably short, and broken up into sections. Normally only available as "
+"one <acronym>XHTML</acronym> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Documentação marcada como DocBook <tag>article</tag> (ou equivalente). "
+"Conteúdo curto e dividido em seções. Normalmente disponível apenas como um "
+"arquivo <acronym>XHTML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1045
+msgid "<filename>books</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>books</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1047
+msgid ""
+"Documentation marked up as a DocBook <tag>book</tag> (or equivalent). Book "
+"length, and broken up into chapters. Normally available as both one large "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> file (for people with fast connections, or who want "
+"to print it easily from a browser) and as a collection of linked, smaller "
+"files."
+msgstr ""
+"Documentação marcada como DocBook <tag>book</tag> (ou equivalente). Conteúdo "
+"longo e dividido em capítulos. Normalmente disponível como um grande arquivo "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> (para pessoas com conexões rápidas, ou que desejam "
+"imprimi-lo facilmente de um navegador) e como uma coleção de arquivos "
+"menores e com links."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1057
+msgid "<filename>man</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>man</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1060
+msgid ""
+"For translations of the system manual pages. This directory will contain one "
+"or more <filename role=\"directory\">man<replaceable>N</replaceable></"
+"filename> directories, corresponding to the sections that have been "
+"translated."
+msgstr ""
+"Para traduções das páginas de manual do sistema. Esse diretório conterá um "
+"ou mais diretórios <filename role=\"directory\">man<replaceable>N</"
+"replaceable></filename>, correspondendo às seções que foram traduzidas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1069
+msgid ""
+"Not every <filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>lang</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename> directory will have all of "
+"these subdirectories. It depends on how much translation has been "
+"accomplished by that translation team."
+msgstr ""
+"Nem todo diretório <filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>lang</"
+"replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</replaceable></filename> terá todos esses "
+"subdiretórios. Depende de quanto a tradução foi realizada por essa equipe de "
+"tradução."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1076
+msgid "Document-Specific Information"
+msgstr "Informação Específica de Documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1078
+msgid ""
+"This section contains specific notes about particular documents managed by "
+"the FDP."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta seção contém informações específicas sobre documentos gerenciados pelo "
+"FDP."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1082
+msgid "The Handbook"
+msgstr "O Handbook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/subtitle
+#: book.translate.xml:1084
+msgid "<filename>books/handbook/</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>books/handbook/</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1086
+msgid ""
+"The Handbook is written in DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym> using the FreeBSD "
+"DocBook extended <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"O Handbook está escrito em DocBook <acronym>XML</acronym> usando "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> extendido do DocBook FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1089
+msgid ""
+"The Handbook is organized as a DocBook <tag>book</tag>. The book is divided "
+"into <tag>part</tag>s, each of which contains several <tag>chapter</tag>s. "
+"<tag>chapter</tag>s are further subdivided into sections (<tag>sect1</tag>) "
+"and subsections (<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"O Handbook está organizado como um DocBook <tag>book</tag>. O livro é "
+"dividido em <tag>part</tag>s, cada uma contendo vários <tag>chapter</tag>s. "
+"Os <tag>chapter</tag>s são subdivididos em seções (<tag>sect1</tag>) e "
+"subseções (<tag>sect2</tag>, <tag>sect3</tag>) e assim por diante."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1098
+msgid "Physical Organization"
+msgstr "Organização Física"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1100
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of files and directories within the <filename>handbook</"
+"filename> directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem vários arquivos e diretórios dentro do diretório <filename>handbook</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1104
+msgid ""
+"The Handbook's organization may change over time, and this document may lag "
+"in detailing the organizational changes. Post questions about Handbook "
+"organization to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"A organização do Handbook pode ser alterada ao longo do tempo, e este "
+"documento pode estar defasado quanto ao detalhamento das mudanças "
+"organizacionais do mesmo. Envie perguntas sobre a organização do Handbook na "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc"
+"\">lista de discussão do projeto FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1111
+msgid "<filename>Makefile</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>Makefile</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1113
+msgid ""
+"The <filename>Makefile</filename> defines some variables that affect how the "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> source is converted to other formats, and lists the "
+"various source files that make up the Handbook. It then includes the "
+"standard <filename>doc.project.mk</filename>, to bring in the rest of the "
+"code that handles converting documents from one format to another."
+msgstr ""
+"O <filename>Makefile</filename> define algumas variáveis ​​que afetam como o "
+"fonte <acronym>XML</acronym> é convertido em diversos formatos e lista os "
+"vários arquivos fontes que compõem o Handbook. Em seguida, ele inclui o "
+"<filename>doc.project.mk</filename> padrão, para inserir o restante do "
+"código que manipula a conversão de documentos de um formato para outro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1123
+msgid "<filename>book.xml</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>book.xml</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1125
+msgid ""
+"This is the top level document in the Handbook. It contains the Handbook's "
+"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link>, "
+"as well as the elements that describe the Handbook's structure."
+msgstr ""
+"Este é o principal arquivo do Handbook. Ele contém a <link linkend=\"xml-"
+"primer-doctype-declaration\">declaração DOCTYPE</link>, bem como os "
+"elementos que descrevem a estrutura do Handbook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1130
+msgid ""
+"<filename>book.xml</filename> uses <link linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-"
+"entities\">parameter entities</link> to load in the files with the "
+"<filename>.ent</filename> extension. These files (described later) then "
+"define <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> "
+"that are used throughout the rest of the Handbook."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>book.xml</filename> utiliza <link linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-"
+"entities\">entidades de parâmetro</link> para carregar os arquivos com a "
+"extensão <filename>.ent</filename>. Esses arquivos (descritos "
+"posteriormente) e então definem as <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-"
+"entities\">entidades gerais</link> que são utilizadas ​​no restante do "
+"Handbook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1139
+msgid ""
+"<filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>directory</replaceable>/chapter."
+"xml</filename>"
+msgstr ""
+"<filename role=\"directory\"><replaceable>directory</replaceable>/chapter."
+"xml</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1141
+msgid ""
+"Each chapter in the Handbook is stored in a file called <filename>chapter."
+"xml</filename> in a separate directory from the other chapters. Each "
+"directory is named after the value of the <literal>id</literal> attribute on "
+"the <tag>chapter</tag> element."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada capítulo do Handbook é armazenado em um arquivo chamado "
+"<filename>chapter.xml</filename> em um diretório separado dos outros "
+"capítulos. Cada diretório é nomeado após o valor do atributo <literal>id</"
+"literal> no elemento <tag>chapter</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1148
+msgid "For example, if one of the chapter files contains:"
+msgstr "Por exemplo, se um dos arquivos de capítulo contiver:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1151
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter id=\"kernelconfig\"</tag>\n"
+"...\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter id=\"kernelconfig\"</tag>\n"
+"...\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1155
+msgid ""
+"Then it will be called <filename>chapter.xml</filename> in the "
+"<filename>kernelconfig</filename> directory. In general, the entire contents "
+"of the chapter are in this one file."
+msgstr ""
+"Então ele será chamado de <filename>chapter.xml</filename> no diretório "
+"<filename>kernelconfig</filename>. Em geral, todo o conteúdo do capítulo "
+"está neste único arquivo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1161
+msgid ""
+"When the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> version of the Handbook is produced, this "
+"will yield <filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>. This is because of the "
+"<literal>id</literal> value, and is not related to the name of the directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando a versão <acronym>XHTML</acronym> do Handbook for gerada, produzirá o "
+"<filename>kernelconfig.html</filename>. Isso é por causa do valor "
+"<literal>id</literal> e não está relacionado ao nome do diretório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1167
+msgid ""
+"In earlier versions of the Handbook, the files were stored in the same "
+"directory as <filename>book.xml</filename>, and named after the value of the "
+"<literal>id</literal> attribute on the file's <tag>chapter</tag> element. "
+"Now, it is possible to include images in each chapter. Images for each "
+"Handbook chapter are stored within <filename>share/images/books/handbook</"
+"filename>. The localized version of these images should be placed in the "
+"same directory as the <acronym>XML</acronym> sources for each chapter. "
+"Namespace collisions are inevitable, and it is easier to work with several "
+"directories with a few files in them than it is to work with one directory "
+"that has many files in it."
+msgstr ""
+"Nas versões anteriores do Handbook, os arquivos eram armazenados no mesmo "
+"diretório que <filename>book.xml</filename> e nomeados após o valor do "
+"atributo <literal>id</literal> no elemento <tag>chapter</tag>. Agora, é "
+"possível incluir imagens em cada capítulo. Imagens para cada capítulo do "
+"Handbook são armazenadas em <filename>share/images/books/handbook</"
+"filename>. As imagens devem ser colocadas no mesmo diretório que os fontes "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> para cada capítulo. As colisões de Namespace são "
+"inevitáveis ​​e é mais fácil trabalhar com vários diretórios que contenham "
+"alguns arquivos, do que trabalhar com um único diretório que contenham "
+"muitos arquivos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1182
+msgid ""
+"A brief look will show that there are many directories with individual "
+"<filename>chapter.xml</filename> files, including <filename>basics/chapter."
+"xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</filename>, and "
+"<filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Com uma breve analise pode-se constatar que existem diversos diretórios com "
+"arquivos individuais <filename>chapter.xml</filename>, incluindo "
+"<filename>basics/chapter.xml</filename>, <filename>introduction/chapter.xml</"
+"filename>, e <filename>printing/chapter.xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1189
+msgid ""
+"Do not name chapters or directories after their ordering within the "
+"Handbook. This ordering can change as the content within the Handbook is "
+"reorganized. Reorganization should be possible without renaming files, "
+"unless entire chapters are being promoted or demoted within the hierarchy."
+msgstr ""
+"Não nomeie capítulos ou diretórios com a ordenação do Handbook. Essa "
+"ordenação pode mudar conforme o conteúdo do Handbook é reorganizado. A "
+"reorganização deve ser realizada sem renomear arquivos, a menos que "
+"capítulos inteiros sejam promovidos ou rebaixados dentro da hierarquia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1197
+msgid ""
+"The <filename>chapter.xml</filename> files are not complete <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> documents that can be built individually. They can only be built as "
+"parts of the whole Handbook."
+msgstr ""
+"Os arquivos <filename>chapter.xml</filename> não são arquivos completos de "
+"documentos <acronym>XML</acronym> que podem ser compilados individualmente. "
+"Eles só podem ser compilados como partes de todo o Handbook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1239
+msgid "The Documentation Build Process"
+msgstr "O Processo de Compilação da Documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1241
+msgid ""
+"This chapter covers organization of the documentation build process and how "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> is used to control it."
+msgstr ""
+"Este capítulo aborda a organização do processo de compilação da documentação "
+"e como o <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> é utilizado para isso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1245
+msgid "Rendering DocBook into Output"
+msgstr "Renderizando DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1247
+msgid ""
+"Different types of output can be produced from a single DocBook source file. "
+"The type of output desired is set with the <varname>FORMATS</varname> "
+"variable. A list of known formats is stored in <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</"
+"varname>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Diferentes tipos de saída podem ser produzidos a partir de um único arquivo "
+"fonte DocBook. O tipo de saída desejado é definido com a variável "
+"<varname>FORMATS</varname>. Uma lista de formatos de saída conhecidos é "
+"armazenada em <varname>KNOWN_FORMATS</varname>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#doc-build-rendering-known-formats
+#: book.translate.xml:1252
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make -V KNOWN_FORMATS</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make -V KNOWN_FORMATS</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1256
+msgid "Common Output Formats"
+msgstr "Formatos de Saída Comuns"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1261
+msgid "<varname>FORMATS</varname> Value"
+msgstr "Valor <varname>FORMATS</varname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1262
+msgid "File Type"
+msgstr "Tipo de Arquivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: book.translate.xml:1263 book.translate.xml:7237 book.translate.xml:8393
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Descrição"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1269 book.translate.xml:2494
+msgid "<literal>html</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>html</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1270
+msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, one file"
+msgstr "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, arquivo único"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1271
+msgid ""
+"A single <filename>book.html</filename> or <filename>article.html</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um único <filename>book.html</filename> ou <filename>article.html</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1276
+msgid "<literal>html-split</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>html-split</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1277
+msgid "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, multiple files"
+msgstr "<acronym>HTML</acronym>, vários arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1278
+msgid ""
+"Multiple <acronym>HTML</acronym> files, one for each chapter or section, for "
+"use on a typical web site."
+msgstr ""
+"Vários arquivos <acronym>HTML</acronym>, um para cada capítulo ou seção, "
+"para uso em um site comum."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1284
+msgid "<literal>pdf</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>pdf</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1285
+msgid "<acronym>PDF</acronym>"
+msgstr "<acronym>PDF</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:1286
+msgid "Portable Document Format"
+msgstr "Portable Document Format"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1292
+msgid ""
+"The default output format can vary by document, but is usually <literal>html-"
+"split</literal>. Other formats are chosen by setting <varname>FORMATS</"
+"varname> to a specific value. Multiple output formats can be created at a "
+"single time by setting <varname>FORMATS</varname> to a list of formats."
+msgstr ""
+"O formato de saída padrão pode variar de acordo com o documento, mas "
+"geralmente é <literal>html-split</literal>. Outros formatos são escolhidos "
+"definindo <varname>FORMATS</varname> para um valor específico. Múltiplos "
+"formatos de saída podem ser criados de uma só vez definindo "
+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> para uma lista de formatos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1299
+msgid "Build a Single HTML Output File"
+msgstr "Compilar um Arquivo Único HTML"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1301
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1306
+msgid "Build HTML-Split and <acronym>PDF</acronym> Output Files"
+msgstr "Compilar HTML-Split e <acronym>PDF</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1309
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=\"html-split pdf\"</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=\"html-split pdf\"</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1315
+msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Build Toolset"
+msgstr "O Conjunto de Ferramentas de Compilação da Documentação do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1317
+msgid ""
+"These are the tools used to build and install the <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
+"documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Estas são as ferramentas utilizadas para compilar e instalar a documentação "
+"do <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1322
+msgid ""
+"The primary build tool is <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, specifically "
+"<application>Berkeley Make</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"A principal ferramenta de compilação é o <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, especificamente o "
+"<application>Berkeley Make</application>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1327
+msgid ""
+"Package building is handled by FreeBSD's <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-"
+"create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"A construção de pacotes é gerenciada pelo <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pkg-"
+"create</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></citerefentry> do FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1332
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> is used to create compressed versions of the document. "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> archives are also supported. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> is used for package "
+"building."
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> é usado para criar versões compactadas de um documento. "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>bzip2</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> também são suportados. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> é usado na criação de "
+"pacotes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1338
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> is used to install the documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>install</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> é usado para instalar a documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1346
+msgid "Understanding <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the Documentation Tree"
+msgstr ""
+"Noções Básicas de <filename>Makefile</filename>s no Repositório de "
+"Documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1349
+msgid ""
+"There are three main types of <filename>Makefile</filename>s in the FreeBSD "
+"Documentation Project tree."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem três tipos principais de <filename>Makefile</filename>s no "
+"repositório de Documentação do Projeto FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1354
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"sub-make\">Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
+"link> simply pass commands to those directories below them."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"sub-make\"><filename>Makefile</filename>s de Subdiretório</"
+"link> simplesmente passam os comandos para os diretórios abaixo deles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1360
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"doc-make\">Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s</"
+"link> describe the documents that are produced from this directory."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"doc-make\"><filename>Makefile</filename>s de Documentação</"
+"link> descrevem os documentos que devem ser produzidos a partir deste "
+"diretório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1367
+msgid ""
+"<link linkend=\"make-includes\"><application>Make</application> includes</"
+"link> are the glue that perform the document production, and are usually of "
+"the form <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link linkend=\"make-includes\"><application>Make</application> includes</"
+"link> são os responsáveis pela produção do documento, e geralmente possuem o "
+"nome no formato <filename>doc.<replaceable>xxx</replaceable>.mk</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1375
+msgid "Subdirectory <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
+msgstr "<filename>Makefile</filename>s de Subdiretório"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1377
+msgid "These <filename>Makefile</filename>s usually take the form of:"
+msgstr "Estes <filename>Makefile</filename>s geralmente tem a forma de:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1380
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"SUBDIR =articles\n"
+"SUBDIR+=books\n"
+"\n"
+"COMPAT_SYMLINK = en\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/..\n"
+".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
+msgstr ""
+"SUBDIR =articles\n"
+"SUBDIR+=books\n"
+"\n"
+"COMPAT_SYMLINK = en\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/..\n"
+".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1388
+msgid ""
+"The first four non-empty lines define the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables "
+"<varname>SUBDIR</varname>, <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname>, and "
+"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname>."
+msgstr ""
+"As quatro primeiras linhas não vazias definem as variáveis ​​do "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, <varname>SUBDIR</varname>, <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</"
+"varname>, e <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1393
+msgid ""
+"The <varname>SUBDIR</varname> statement and <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</"
+"varname> statement show how to assign a value to a variable, overriding any "
+"previous value."
+msgstr ""
+"A declaração <varname>SUBDIR</varname> e <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> "
+"mostram como atribuir um valor a uma variável, sobrescrevendo qualquer valor "
+"anterior que a mesma contenha."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1398
+msgid ""
+"The second <varname>SUBDIR</varname> statement shows how a value is appended "
+"to the current value of a variable. The <varname>SUBDIR</varname> variable "
+"is now <literal>articles books</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"A segunda declaração <varname>SUBDIR</varname> mostra como um valor é "
+"anexado ao valor atual de uma variável. A variável <varname>SUBDIR</varname> "
+"agora é composta por <literal>articles books</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1403
+msgid ""
+"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> assignment shows how a value is assigned "
+"to the variable, but only if it is not already defined. This is useful if "
+"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> is not where this <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename> thinks it is - the user can override this and provide the correct "
+"value."
+msgstr ""
+"A declaração <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> mostra como um valor é atribuído "
+"para uma variável, mas somente se ela ainda não estiver definida. Isso é "
+"útil se <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> não for onde este <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename>pensa que é - o usuário pode cancelar e fornecer o valor correto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1410
+msgid ""
+"What does it all mean? <varname>SUBDIR</varname> mentions which "
+"subdirectories below this one the build process should pass any work on to."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora o que tudo isso significa? <varname>SUBDIR</varname> lista quais "
+"subdiretórios abaixo do atual devem ser incluídos no processo de compilação "
+"durante a geração do documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1414
+msgid ""
+"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> is specific to compatibility symlinks "
+"(amazingly enough) for languages to their official encoding (<filename>doc/"
+"en</filename> would point to <filename>en_US.ISO-8859-1</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"O <varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> é específico para compatibilizar os "
+"links simbólicos que ligam os idiomas a sua codificação oficial "
+"(<filename>doc/en</filename> deve apontar para <filename>en_US.ISO-8859-1</"
+"filename>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1419
+msgid ""
+"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> is the path to the root of the FreeBSD "
+"Document Project tree. This is not always that easy to find, and is also "
+"easily overridden, to allow for flexibility. <varname>.CURDIR</varname> is a "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> builtin variable with the path to the current directory."
+msgstr ""
+"O <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> é o caminho para a raíz da árvore do projeto "
+"de documentação do FreeBSD. O qual nem sempre é facil de encontrar, e que "
+"também pode ser facilmente sobrescrito, para permitir flexibilidade. O "
+"<varname>.CURDIR</varname> é uma variável interna do "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> que contém o caminho para o diretório atual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1426
+msgid ""
+"The final line includes the FreeBSD Documentation Project's project-wide "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> system file <filename>doc.project.mk</filename> which is the "
+"glue which converts these variables into build instructions."
+msgstr ""
+"A linha final inclui o arquivo principal do "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> <filename>doc.project.mk</filename> do Projeto de Documentação "
+"do FreeBSD, ele é o responsável por converter estas variáveis em instruções "
+"de compilação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1433
+msgid "Documentation <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
+msgstr "<filename>Makefile</filename>s de Documentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1435
+msgid ""
+"These <filename>Makefile</filename>s set <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables that "
+"describe how to build the documentation contained in that directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes conjuntos de ​​<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename>s descrevem como construir a documentação contida nesse diretório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1439
+msgid "Here is an example:"
+msgstr "Aqui está um exemplo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1441
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC?= book\n"
+"\n"
+"FORMATS?= html-split html\n"
+"\n"
+"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
+"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
+"\n"
+"# SGML content\n"
+"SRCS= book.xml\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk\""
+msgstr ""
+"MAINTAINER=nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC?= book\n"
+"\n"
+"FORMATS?= html-split html\n"
+"\n"
+"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
+"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
+"\n"
+"# SGML content\n"
+"SRCS= book.xml\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"$(DOC_PREFIX)/share/mk/docproj.docbook.mk\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1457
+msgid ""
+"The <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> variable allows committers to claim "
+"ownership of a document in the FreeBSD Documentation Project, and take "
+"responsibility for maintaining it."
+msgstr ""
+"A variável <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> permite que os committers "
+"reivindiquem a propriedade de um documento no Projeto de Documentação do "
+"FreeBSD, e sejam responsáveis ​​por mantê-lo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1462
+msgid ""
+"<varname>DOC</varname> is the name (sans the <filename>.xml</filename> "
+"extension) of the main document created by this directory. <varname>SRCS</"
+"varname> lists all the individual files that make up the document. This "
+"should also include important files in which a change should result in a "
+"rebuild."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>DOC</varname> é o nome (sem a extensão <filename>.xml</filename>) "
+"do principal documento criado por este diretório. O <varname>SRCS</varname> "
+"lista todos os arquivos individuais que compõem o documento. Ela também deve "
+"incluir os arquivos importantes, nos quais qualquer mudança deve resultar em "
+"uma reconstrução."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1469
+msgid ""
+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> indicates the default formats that should be "
+"built for this document. <varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> is the "
+"default list of compression techniques that should be used in the document "
+"build. <varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname>, empty by default, should be "
+"non-empty if only compressed documents are desired in the build."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> indica os formatos nos quais o documento deve "
+"ser gerado por padrão. <varname>INSTALL_COMPRESSED</varname> contém a lista "
+"padrão das técnicas de compressão que devem ser usadas no documento depois "
+"que ele é gerado. A variável <varname>INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESS</varname>, nula "
+"por padrão, deve ser definida para um valor não nulo apenas se você desejar "
+"gerar exclusivamente a versão compactada do documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1477
+msgid ""
+"The <varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> and include statements should be familiar "
+"already."
+msgstr ""
+"Você já deve estar familiarizado com a atribuição da variável "
+"<varname>DOC_PREFIX</varname> e com as instruções de include."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1483
+msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Project <application>Make</application> Includes"
+msgstr ""
+"Includes do <application>Make</application> do Projeto de Documentação do "
+"FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1486
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> includes are best explained by inspection of the code. Here "
+"are the system include files:"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> includes são melhor explicados por uma inspeção de código. "
+"Aqui estão os arquivos include do sistema:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1491
+msgid ""
+"<filename>doc.project.mk</filename> is the main project include file, which "
+"includes all the following include files, as necessary."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>doc.project.mk</filename> é o principal arquivo include do "
+"projeto, que inclui todos os arquivos includes necessários."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1497
+msgid ""
+"<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename> handles traversing of the document tree "
+"during the build and install processes."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename> controla a navegação na árvore de "
+"documentação durante o processo de construção e instalação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1503
+msgid ""
+"<filename>doc.install.mk</filename> provides variables that affect ownership "
+"and installation of documents."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>doc.install.mk</filename> fornece as variáveis que afetam a "
+"propriedade e a instalação de documentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1508
+msgid ""
+"<filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename> is included if <varname>DOCFORMAT</"
+"varname> is <literal>docbook</literal> and <varname>DOC</varname> is set."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename> é incluído se o <varname>DOCFORMAT</"
+"varname> for <literal>docbook</literal> e se a variável <varname>DOC</"
+"varname> estiver definida."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1515
+msgid "<filename>doc.project.mk</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>doc.project.mk</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1517
+msgid "By inspection:"
+msgstr "Por inspeção:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1519
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"DOCFORMAT?=\tdocbook\n"
+"MAINTAINER?=\tdoc@FreeBSD.org\n"
+"\n"
+"PREFIX?=\t/usr/local\n"
+"PRI_LANG?=\ten_US.ISO8859-1\n"
+"\n"
+".if defined(DOC)\n"
+".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"\n"
+".include \"doc.docbook.mk\"\n"
+".endif\n"
+".endif\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"doc.subdir.mk\"\n"
+".include \"doc.install.mk\""
+msgstr ""
+"DOCFORMAT?=\tdocbook\n"
+"MAINTAINER?=\tdoc@FreeBSD.org\n"
+"\n"
+"PREFIX?=\t/usr/local\n"
+"PRI_LANG?=\ten_US.ISO8859-1\n"
+"\n"
+".if defined(DOC)\n"
+".if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"\n"
+".include \"doc.docbook.mk\"\n"
+".endif\n"
+".endif\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"doc.subdir.mk\"\n"
+".include \"doc.install.mk\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1536 book.translate.xml:1586
+msgid "Variables"
+msgstr "Variáveis"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1538
+msgid ""
+"<varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> and <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> are assigned "
+"default values, if these are not set by the document make file."
+msgstr ""
+"As variáveis <varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> e <varname>MAINTAINER</varname> "
+"serão atribuídas com valores padrão, se o valor das mesmas não tiver sido "
+"definido no arquivo Makefile do documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1542
+msgid ""
+"<varname>PREFIX</varname> is the prefix under which the <link linkend=\"tools"
+"\">documentation building tools</link> are installed. For normal package and "
+"port installation, this is <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>PREFIX</varname> define o caminho no qual os <link linkend=\"tools"
+"\">aplicativos de construção da documentação</link> estão instalados. Para "
+"uma instalação normal através de pacotes e/ou ports, este caminho será "
+"sempre <filename>/usr/local</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1547
+msgid ""
+"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname> should be set to whatever language and encoding "
+"is natural amongst users these documents are being built for. US English is "
+"the default."
+msgstr ""
+"A variável <varname>PRI_LANG</varname> deve ser configurada para refletir o "
+"idioma e a codificação nativa dos usuários aos quais os documentos se "
+"destinam. O Inglês Americano é o padrão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1553
+msgid ""
+"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname> does not affect which documents can, or even "
+"will, be built. Its main use is creating links to commonly referenced "
+"documents into the FreeBSD documentation install root."
+msgstr ""
+"A variável <varname>PRI_LANG</varname> de maneira alguma afeta quais "
+"documentos serão, ou que poderão, ser compilados. Sua função principal é "
+"criar links para os documentos referenciados com maior frequência no "
+"diretório raiz de instalação da documentação do FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1561
+msgid "Conditionals"
+msgstr "Condicionais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1563
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>.if defined(DOC)</literal> line is an example of a "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> conditional which, like in other programs, defines behavior if "
+"some condition is true or if it is false. <literal>defined</literal> is a "
+"function which returns whether the variable given is defined or not."
+msgstr ""
+"A linha <literal>.if defined(DOC)</literal> é um exemplo da condicional do "
+"<citerefentry> <refentrytitle> make </refentrytitle> <manvolnum> 1 </"
+"manvolnum> </citerefentry> como em outros programas, define o comportamento "
+"se alguma condição é verdadeira ou se é falsa. <literal> defined </literal> "
+"é uma função que retorna se uma dada variável está definida ou não."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1569
+msgid ""
+"<literal>.if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"</literal>, next, tests whether the "
+"<varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> variable is <literal>\"docbook\"</literal>, and "
+"in this case, includes <filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"A seguir, <literal>.if ${DOCFORMAT} == \"docbook\"</literal> testa se a "
+"variável <varname>DOCFORMAT</varname> é <literal>\"docbook\"</literal>, e "
+"neste caso, inclue o <filename>doc.docbook.mk</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1574
+msgid ""
+"The two <literal>.endif</literal>s close the two above conditionals, marking "
+"the end of their application."
+msgstr ""
+"Os dois <literal>.endif</literal>s fecham as duas condicionais anteriores, "
+"marcando o fim da sua aplicação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1580
+msgid "<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>doc.subdir.mk</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1582
+msgid ""
+"This file is too long to explain in detail. These notes describe the most "
+"important features."
+msgstr ""
+"Este arquivo é muito longo para ser explicado em detalhes. Estas notas "
+"descrevem as principais funcionalidades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1590
+msgid ""
+"<varname>SUBDIR</varname> is a list of subdirectories that the build process "
+"should go further down into."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>SUBDIR</varname> é a lista de subdiretórios nos quais o processo de "
+"construção deve ser executado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1596
+msgid ""
+"<varname>ROOT_SYMLINKS</varname> is the name of directories that should be "
+"linked to the document install root from their actual locations, if the "
+"current language is the primary language (specified by <varname>PRI_LANG</"
+"varname>)."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>ROOT_SYMLINKS</varname> são os nomes dos diretórios que devem ser "
+"linkados para a raíz de instalação do documento a partir da sua localização "
+"atual, se o idioma atual for o idioma primário (especificado por "
+"<varname>PRI_LANG</varname>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1604
+msgid ""
+"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> is described in the <link linkend=\"sub-"
+"make\">Subdirectory Makefile</link> section."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>COMPAT_SYMLINK</varname> já foi descrito na seção <link linkend="
+"\"sub-make\">Makefiles de Subdiretório</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1613
+msgid "Targets and Macros"
+msgstr "Targets e Macros"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1615
+msgid ""
+"Dependencies are described by <literal><replaceable>target</replaceable>: "
+"<replaceable>dependency1 dependency2 ...</replaceable></literal> tuples, "
+"where to build <literal>target</literal>, the given dependencies must be "
+"built first."
+msgstr ""
+"As dependências são descritas por <literal><replaceable>target</"
+"replaceable>: <replaceable>dependência1 dependência2 ...</replaceable></"
+"literal>, nas quais, para construir o <literal>target</literal>, é "
+"necessário primeiramente construir as dependências informadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1622
+msgid ""
+"After that descriptive tuple, instructions on how to build the target may be "
+"given, if the conversion process between the target and its dependencies are "
+"not previously defined, or if this particular conversion is not the same as "
+"the default conversion method."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois desta descrição, instruções de como construir o target podem ser "
+"passadas, no caso do processo de conversão entre o target e estas "
+"dependências não tiver sido previamente definido, ou se esta conversão em "
+"particular não for a mesma que a definida pelo método padrão de conversão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1628
+msgid ""
+"A special dependency <literal>.USE</literal> defines the equivalent of a "
+"macro."
+msgstr ""
+"A dependência especial <literal>.USE</literal> define o equivalente a uma "
+"macro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1631 book.translate.xml:1718
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"_SUBDIRUSE: .USE\n"
+".for entry in ${SUBDIR}\n"
+"\t@${ECHO} \"===&gt; ${DIRPRFX}${entry}\"\n"
+"\t@(cd ${.CURDIR}/${entry} &amp;&amp; \\\n"
+"\t${MAKE} ${.TARGET:S/realpackage/package/:S/realinstall/install/} DIRPRFX=${DIRPRFX}${entry}/ )\n"
+".endfor"
+msgstr ""
+"_SUBDIRUSE: .USE\n"
+".for entry in ${SUBDIR}\n"
+"\t@${ECHO} \"===&gt; ${DIRPRFX}${entry}\"\n"
+"\t@(cd ${.CURDIR}/${entry} &amp;&amp; \\\n"
+"\t${MAKE} ${.TARGET:S/realpackage/package/:S/realinstall/install/} DIRPRFX=${DIRPRFX}${entry}/ )\n"
+".endfor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1638 book.translate.xml:1654
+msgid "_SUBDIRUSE"
+msgstr "_SUBDIRUSE"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1638
+msgid ""
+"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> is now a macro which will execute the given "
+"commands when it is listed as a dependency."
+msgstr ""
+"No código acima, <_:buildtarget-1/> é agora uma macro, a qual irá executar "
+"determinados comandos quando for listada como dependência."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1642
+msgid ""
+"What sets this macro apart from other targets? Basically, it is executed "
+"<emphasis>after</emphasis> the instructions given in the build procedure it "
+"is listed as a dependency to, and it does not adjust <varname>.TARGET</"
+"varname>, which is the variable which contains the name of the target "
+"currently being built."
+msgstr ""
+"O que diferencia essa macro de outros targets? Basicamente, ela é executada "
+"<emphasis>após</emphasis> as instruções passadas no processo de construção "
+"por ser uma dependência para o mesmo, e ela não configura o <varname>."
+"TARGET</varname>, que é a variável que contém o nome do target atual que "
+"está sendo construído."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1650
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"clean: _SUBDIRUSE\n"
+"\trm -f ${CLEANFILES}"
+msgstr ""
+"clean: _SUBDIRUSE\n"
+"\trm -f ${CLEANFILES}"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1653 book.translate.xml:1657 book.translate.xml:1677
+#: book.translate.xml:6103 book.translate.xml:6107 book.translate.xml:6111
+msgid "clean"
+msgstr "clean"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1653
+msgid ""
+"In the above, <_:buildtarget-1/> will use the <_:buildtarget-2/> macro after "
+"it has executed the instruction <command>rm -f ${CLEANFILES}</command>. In "
+"effect, this causes <_:buildtarget-3/> to go further and further down the "
+"directory tree, deleting built files as it goes <emphasis>down</emphasis>, "
+"not on the way back up."
+msgstr ""
+"No código acima, o <_:buildtarget-1/> usará a macro <_:buildtarget-2/> "
+"depois de ter executado a instrução <command>rm -f $ {CLEANFILES}</command>. "
+"De fato, isso faz com que <_:buildtarget-3/> vá mais a fundo na árvore de "
+"diretórios, excluindo os arquivos construídos à medida que vai "
+"<emphasis>descendo</emphasis> pelos subdiretórios, e não quando vai na "
+"direção oposta."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect4/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1663
+msgid "Provided Targets"
+msgstr "Targets Fornecidos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1667
+msgid "install"
+msgstr "install"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1668
+msgid "package"
+msgstr "package"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1671
+msgid "realinstall"
+msgstr "realinstall"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1672
+msgid "realpackage"
+msgstr "realpackage"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1667
+msgid ""
+"<_:buildtarget-1/> and <_:buildtarget-2/> both go down the directory tree "
+"calling the real versions of themselves in the subdirectories (<_:"
+"buildtarget-3/> and <_:buildtarget-4/> respectively)."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:buildtarget-1/> e <_:buildtarget-2/> ambos percorrem a árvore de "
+"diretórios executando as suas versões reais dentro dos subdiretórios (<_:"
+"buildtarget-3/> e <_:buildtarget-4/> respectivamente)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:1680
+msgid "cleandir"
+msgstr "cleandir"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1677
+msgid ""
+"<_:buildtarget-1/> removes files created by the build process (and goes down "
+"the directory tree too). <_:buildtarget-2/> does the same, and also removes "
+"the object directory, if any."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:buildtarget-1/> remove arquivos criados pelo processo de compilação (e "
+"também desce na árvore de diretórios). <_:buildtarget-2/> faz a mesma coisa, "
+"e também remove o diretório de objetos se este existir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1688
+msgid "More on Conditionals"
+msgstr "Mais Condicionais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1692
+msgid ""
+"<literal>exists</literal> is another condition function which returns true "
+"if the given file exists."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>exists</literal> é outra função condicional que retorna verdadeiro "
+"se o arquivo informado existir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1698
+msgid "<literal>empty</literal> returns true if the given variable is empty."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>empty</literal> retorna verdadeiro se a variável informada estiver "
+"vazia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1703
+msgid ""
+"<literal>target</literal> returns true if the given target does not already "
+"exist."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>target</literal> retorna verdadeiro se o target informado ainda não "
+"existir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1710
+msgid "Looping Constructs in <command>make (.for)</command>"
+msgstr "Construções de Looping no <command>make (.for)</command>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1713
+msgid ""
+"<literal>.for</literal> provides a way to repeat a set of instructions for "
+"each space-separated element in a variable. It does this by assigning a "
+"variable to contain the current element in the list being examined."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>.for</literal> fornece uma maneira de repetir instruções definidas "
+"para cada elemento separado por espaço em uma variável. Ele faz isso "
+"atribuíndo uma variável para conter o elemento atual da lista que está sendo "
+"examinada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1725
+msgid ""
+"In the above, if <varname>SUBDIR</varname> is empty, no action is taken; if "
+"it has one or more elements, the instructions between <literal>.for</"
+"literal> and <literal>.endfor</literal> would repeat for every element, with "
+"<varname>entry</varname> being replaced with the value of the current "
+"element."
+msgstr ""
+"No código acima, se <varname>SUBDIR</varname> estiver vazia, nenhuma ação "
+"será executada; se ela possuir um ou mais elementos, as instruções entre "
+"<literal> .for </literal> e <literal> .endfor </literal> serão repetidas "
+"para cada elemento, com o <varname>entry</varname> sendo substituído com o "
+"valor do elemento atual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1768
+msgid "The Website"
+msgstr "O Website"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1770
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD web site is part of the FreeBSD documents. Files for the web "
+"site are stored in the <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</filename> "
+"subdirectory of the document tree directory, <filename>~/doc</filename> in "
+"this example."
+msgstr ""
+"O web site do FreeBSD é parte da documentação do FreeBSD. Os arquivos para o "
+"web site são armazenados no subdiretório <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</"
+"filename> do repositório <filename>~/doc</filename> neste exemplo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1777
+msgid "Environment Variables"
+msgstr "Variáveis ​​de Ambiente"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1779
+msgid ""
+"Several environment variables control which parts of the web site are built "
+"or installed, and to which directories."
+msgstr ""
+"Diversas variáveis ​​de ambiente controlam quais partes do web site são "
+"compiladas ou instaladas e para quais diretórios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1784
+msgid ""
+"The web build system uses <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and considers "
+"variables to be set when they have been defined, even if they are empty. The "
+"examples here show the recommended ways of defining and using these "
+"variables. Setting or defining these variables with other values or methods "
+"might lead to unexpected surprises."
+msgstr ""
+"O sistema de compilação do web site utiliza o "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, e valida variáveis configuradas mesmo se estiverem vazias. Os "
+"exemplos aqui mostram as formas recomendadas de configurar e utilizar essas "
+"variáveis. Definir ou configurar essas variáveis ​​com outros valores ou "
+"métodos pode levar a surpresas inesperadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1794
+msgid "<varname>DESTDIR</varname>"
+msgstr "<varname>DESTDIR</varname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1797
+msgid ""
+"DESTDIR specifies the path where the web site files are to be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"DESTDIR especifica o caminho onde os arquivos do web site devem ser "
+"instalados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1800
+msgid ""
+"This variable is best set with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>env</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> or the user shell's "
+"method of setting environment variables, <command>setenv</command> for "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> or <command>export</command> for "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta variável é melhor configurada com <citerefentry><refentrytitle>env</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> ou o método do shell "
+"do usuário para configurar variáveis ​​de ambiente, <command>setenv</command> "
+"para <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> ou <command>export</command> para "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>sh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1810
+msgid "<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname>"
+msgstr "<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1813
+msgid "Default: undefined. Build and include all translations."
+msgstr "Padrão: indefinido. Compile e inclua todas as traduções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1816
+msgid ""
+"<userinput>ENGLISH_ONLY=yes</userinput>: use only the English documents and "
+"ignore all translations."
+msgstr ""
+"<userinput>ENGLISH_ONLY=yes</userinput>: compile apenas os documentos em "
+"Inglês e ignore todas as traduções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1822
+msgid "<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>"
+msgstr "<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1825
+msgid ""
+"Default: undefined. Build both the web site and all the books and articles."
+msgstr "Padrão: indefinido. Compile o web site e todos os livros e artigos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1828
+msgid ""
+"<userinput>WEB_ONLY=yes</userinput>: build or install only <acronym>HTML</"
+"acronym> pages from the <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</filename> "
+"directory. Other directories and documents, including books and articles, "
+"will be ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"<userinput>WEB_ONLY=yes</userinput>: Compile ou instale apenas páginas "
+"<acronym>HTML</acronym> do diretório <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</"
+"filename>. Outros diretórios e documentos, incluindo livros e artigos, serão "
+"ignorados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:1837
+msgid "<varname>WEB_LANG</varname>"
+msgstr "<varname>WEB_LANG</varname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1840
+msgid ""
+"Default: undefined. Build and include all the available languages on the web "
+"site."
+msgstr ""
+"Padrão: indefinido. Compile e inclua todos os idiomas disponíveis no web "
+"site."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1843
+msgid ""
+"Set to a space-separated list of languages to be included in the build or "
+"install. The formats are the same as the directory names in the document "
+"root directory. For example, to include the German and French documents:"
+msgstr ""
+"Defina com uma lista separada por espaços, todos os idiomas a serem "
+"incluídos na compilação ou instalação. Os formatos são os mesmos que os "
+"nomes de diretório no diretório raiz do documento. Por exemplo, para incluir "
+"os documentos alemão e francês:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1849
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<userinput>WEB_LANG=\"de_DE.ISO8859-1 fr_FR.ISO8859-1\"</userinput>"
+msgstr "<userinput>WEB_LANG=\"de_DE.ISO8859-1 fr_FR.ISO8859-1\"</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1854
+msgid ""
+"<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>, <varname>WEB_LANG</varname>, and "
+"<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname> are <citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> variables and can be "
+"set in <filename>/etc/make.conf</filename>, <filename>Makefile.inc</"
+"filename>, as environment variables on the command line, or in dot files."
+msgstr ""
+"<varname>WEB_ONLY</varname>, <varname>WEB_LANG</varname>, e "
+"<varname>ENGLISH_ONLY</varname> são variáveis "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>make</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> que​e podem ser definidas em <filename>/etc/make.conf</"
+"filename>, <filename>Makefile.inc</filename>, como variáveis ​​de ambiente na "
+"linha de comando, ou em arquivos dot."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1862
+msgid "Building and Installing the Web Pages"
+msgstr "Compilando e Instalando as Páginas Web"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1864
+msgid ""
+"Having obtained the documentation and web site source files, the web site "
+"can be built."
+msgstr ""
+"Após obter os arquivos fontes da documentação e web site, o site pode ser "
+"compilado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1867
+msgid ""
+"An actual installation of the web site is run as the <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> user because the permissions on the web "
+"server directory will not allow files to be installed by an unprivileged "
+"user. For testing, it can be useful to install the files as a normal user to "
+"a temporary directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma instalação real do web site precisa ser executada pelo usuário "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> porque as permissões no "
+"diretório do servidor web não permitirão a instalação de arquivos por um "
+"usuário não privilegiado. Para testar, pode ser útil instalar os arquivos "
+"com um usuário normal em um diretório temporário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1874
+msgid ""
+"In these examples, the web site files are built by user <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">jru</systemitem> in their home directory, <filename>~/doc</"
+"filename>, with a full path of <filename>/usr/home/jru/doc</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Nestes exemplos, os arquivos do web site são criados pelo usuário "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">jru</systemitem> em seu diretório home, "
+"<filename>~/doc</filename>, com um caminho completo de <filename>/usr/home/"
+"jru/doc</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1880
+msgid ""
+"The web site build uses the <filename>INDEX</filename> from the Ports "
+"Collection and might fail if that file or <filename>/usr/ports</filename> is "
+"not present. The simplest approach is to install the <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/ports.html#ports-tree"
+"\">Ports Collection</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"A compilação do web site utiliza o arquivo <filename>INDEX</filename> da "
+"Coleção de Ports e pode falhar se este arquivo ou <filename>/usr/ports</"
+"filename> não estiver presente no sistema. A abordagem mais simples é "
+"instalar a <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"handbook/ports.html#ports-tree\">Coleção de Ports</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1888
+msgid "Build the Full Web Site and All Documents"
+msgstr "Compile o Web Site Completo e Todos Documentos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1890
+msgid ""
+"Build the web site and all documents. The resulting files are left in the "
+"document tree:"
+msgstr ""
+"Compile o web site e todos os documentos. Os arquivos finais são deixados na "
+"árvore de documento:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1893
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1898
+msgid "Build Only the Web Site in English"
+msgstr "Compile Apenas o Web Site em Inglês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1900
+msgid ""
+"Build the web site only, in English, as user <systemitem class=\"username"
+"\">jru</systemitem>, and install the resulting files into <filename>/tmp/"
+"www</filename> for testing:"
+msgstr ""
+"Compile o web site apenas em Inglês, como usuário <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">jru</systemitem>, e instale os arquivos finais em <filename>/"
+"tmp/www</filename> para teste:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1905
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>env DESTDIR=/tmp/www make ENGLISH_ONLY=yes WEB_ONLY=yes all install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>env DESTDIR=/tmp/www make ENGLISH_ONLY=yes WEB_ONLY=yes all install</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1908
+msgid ""
+"Changes to static files can usually be tested by viewing the modified files "
+"directly with a web browser. If the site has been built as shown above, a "
+"modified main page can be viewed with:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alterações em arquivos estáticos geralmente podem ser testadas visualizando "
+"os arquivos modificados diretamente com um navegador web. Se o web site foi "
+"construído como apresentado acima, a página principal modificada pode ser "
+"visualizada com:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1913
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox /tmp/www/data/index.html</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox /tmp/www/data/index.html</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1915
+msgid ""
+"Modifications to dynamic files can be tested with a web server running on "
+"the local system. After building the site as shown above, this <filename>/"
+"usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf</filename> can be used with <package>www/"
+"apache24</package>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Modificações em arquivos dinâmicos podem ser testadas com um servidor web "
+"rodando no sistema local. Depois de construir o site como apresentado acima, "
+"o <filename>/usr/local/etc/apache24/httpd.conf</filename> pode ser usado com "
+"<package>www/apache24</package>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:1921
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"# httpd.conf for testing the FreeBSD website\n"
+"Define TestRoot \"/tmp/www/data\"\n"
+"\n"
+"# directory for configuration files\n"
+"ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Listen 80\n"
+"\n"
+"# minimum required modules\n"
+"LoadModule authz_core_module libexec/apache24/mod_authz_core.so\n"
+"LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache24/mod_mime.so\n"
+"LoadModule unixd_module libexec/apache24/mod_unixd.so\n"
+"LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache24/mod_cgi.so\n"
+"LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache24/mod_dir.so\n"
+"\n"
+"# run the webserver as user and group\n"
+"User www\n"
+"Group www\n"
+"\n"
+"ServerAdmin you@example.com\n"
+"ServerName fbsdtest\n"
+"\n"
+"# deny access to all files\n"
+"&lt;Directory /&gt;\n"
+" AllowOverride none\n"
+" Require all denied\n"
+"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"# allow access to the website directory\n"
+"DocumentRoot \"${TestRoot}\"\n"
+"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}\"&gt;\n"
+" Options Indexes FollowSymLinks\n"
+" AllowOverride None\n"
+" Require all granted\n"
+"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"# prevent access to .htaccess and .htpasswd files\n"
+"&lt;Files \".ht*\"&gt;\n"
+" Require all denied\n"
+"&lt;/Files&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"ErrorLog \"/var/log/httpd-error.log\"\n"
+"LogLevel warn\n"
+"\n"
+"# set up the CGI script directory\n"
+"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}/cgi\"&gt;\n"
+" AllowOverride None\n"
+" Options None\n"
+" Require all granted\n"
+" Options +ExecCGI\n"
+" AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
+"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"Include etc/apache24/Includes/*.conf"
+msgstr ""
+"# httpd.conf for testing the FreeBSD website\n"
+"Define TestRoot \"/tmp/www/data\"\n"
+"\n"
+"# directory for configuration files\n"
+"ServerRoot \"/usr/local\"\n"
+"\n"
+"Listen 80\n"
+"\n"
+"# minimum required modules\n"
+"LoadModule authz_core_module libexec/apache24/mod_authz_core.so\n"
+"LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache24/mod_mime.so\n"
+"LoadModule unixd_module libexec/apache24/mod_unixd.so\n"
+"LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache24/mod_cgi.so\n"
+"LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache24/mod_dir.so\n"
+"\n"
+"# run the webserver as user and group\n"
+"User www\n"
+"Group www\n"
+"\n"
+"ServerAdmin you@example.com\n"
+"ServerName fbsdtest\n"
+"\n"
+"# deny access to all files\n"
+"&lt;Directory /&gt;\n"
+" AllowOverride none\n"
+" Require all denied\n"
+"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"# allow access to the website directory\n"
+"DocumentRoot \"${TestRoot}\"\n"
+"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}\"&gt;\n"
+" Options Indexes FollowSymLinks\n"
+" AllowOverride None\n"
+" Require all granted\n"
+"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"# prevent access to .htaccess and .htpasswd files\n"
+"&lt;Files \".ht*\"&gt;\n"
+" Require all denied\n"
+"&lt;/Files&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"ErrorLog \"/var/log/httpd-error.log\"\n"
+"LogLevel warn\n"
+"\n"
+"# set up the CGI script directory\n"
+"&lt;Directory \"${TestRoot}/cgi\"&gt;\n"
+" AllowOverride None\n"
+" Options None\n"
+" Require all granted\n"
+" Options +ExecCGI\n"
+" AddHandler cgi-script .cgi\n"
+"&lt;/Directory&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"Include etc/apache24/Includes/*.conf"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1976
+msgid "Start the web server with"
+msgstr "Inicie o servidor web com"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:1978
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache24 onestart</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>service apache24 onestart</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1980
+msgid ""
+"The web site can be viewed at <link xlink:href=\"http://localhost\"/>. Be "
+"aware that many links refer to the real FreeBSD site by name, and those "
+"links will still go to the external site instead of the local test version. "
+"Fully testing the local site will require temporarily setting <acronym>DNS</"
+"acronym> so <literal>www.FreeBSD.org</literal> resolves to "
+"<literal>localhost</literal> or the local <acronym>IP</acronym> address."
+msgstr ""
+"O web site pode ser visualizado em <link xlink:href=\"http://localhost\"/>. "
+"Esteja ciente de que muitos links se referem ao site real do FreeBSD por "
+"nome, e esses links ainda levar para o site externo em vez da versão de "
+"teste local. O teste completo do web site local exigirá a configuração "
+"temporária do <acronym>DNS</acronym> para que o endereço <literal>www."
+"FreeBSD.org</literal> seja resolvido como <literal>localhost</literal> ou o "
+"endereço <acronym>IP</acronym> local."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:1991
+msgid "Build and Install the Web Site"
+msgstr "Compile e Instale o Web Site"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:1993
+msgid ""
+"Build the web site and all documents as user <systemitem class=\"username"
+"\">jru</systemitem>. Install the resulting files as <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">root</systemitem> into the default directory, <filename>/root/"
+"public_html</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Compile o web site e todos os documentos como usuário <systemitem class="
+"\"username\">jru</systemitem>. Instale os arquivos finais como <systemitem "
+"class=\"username\">root</systemitem> no diretório padrão, <filename>/root/"
+"public_html</filename>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:2000
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
+"Password:\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/home/jru/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make all</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su -</userinput>\n"
+"Password:\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/home/jru/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/htdocs</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2008
+msgid ""
+"The install process does not delete any old or outdated files that existed "
+"previously in the same directory. If a new copy of the site is built and "
+"installed every day, this command will find and delete all files that have "
+"not been updated in three days:"
+msgstr ""
+"O processo de instalação não exclui nenhum arquivo antigo ou desatualizado "
+"que existia anteriormente no mesmo diretório. Se uma nova cópia do web site "
+"for criada e instalada todos os dias, esse comando localizará e excluirá "
+"todos os arquivos que não foram atualizados em três dias:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:2014
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find <replaceable>/usr/local/www</replaceable> -ctime 3 -delete</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>find <replaceable>/usr/local/www</replaceable> -ctime 3 -delete</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2050
+msgid "XML Primer"
+msgstr "Primer XML"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2052
+msgid ""
+"Most <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation is written with markup languages "
+"based on <acronym>XML</acronym>. This chapter explains what that means, how "
+"to read and understand the documentation source, and the <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> techniques used."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria das documentações do <acronym>FDP</acronym> é escrita com "
+"linguagens markup baseadas em <acronym>XML</acronym>. Este capítulo explica "
+"o que isso significa, como ler e entender os arquivos fontes da documentação "
+"e as técnicas de <acronym>XML</acronym> utilizadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2058
+msgid ""
+"Portions of this section were inspired by Mark Galassi's <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.galassi.org/mark/mydocs/docbook-intro/docbook-intro.html\">Get "
+"Going With DocBook</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Partes desta seção foram inspiradas por Mark Galassi's <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.galassi.org/mark/mydocs/docbook-intro/docbook-intro.html\">Get "
+"Going With DocBook</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2064
+msgid ""
+"In the original days of computers, electronic text was simple. There were a "
+"few character sets like <acronym>ASCII</acronym> or <acronym>EBCDIC</"
+"acronym>, but that was about it. Text was text, and what you saw really was "
+"what you got. No frills, no formatting, no intelligence."
+msgstr ""
+"Nos primórdios da era computacional, o texto eletrônico era simples. Havia "
+"poucos conjuntos de caracteres como <acronym>ASCII</acronym> ou "
+"<acronym>EBCDIC</acronym>, e apenas isso. Texto era texto, e o que você lia "
+"era realmente o texto que você tinha. Sem frescuras, sem formatação, sem "
+"inteligência."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2070
+msgid ""
+"Inevitably, this was not enough. When text is in a machine-usable format, "
+"machines are expected to be able to use and manipulate it intelligently. "
+"Authors want to indicate that certain phrases should be emphasized, or added "
+"to a glossary, or made into hyperlinks. Filenames could be shown in a "
+"<quote>typewriter</quote> style font for viewing on screen, but as "
+"<quote>italics</quote> when printed, or any of a myriad of other options for "
+"presentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Inevitavelmente, isso não era suficiente. Quando o texto está em um formato "
+"utilizável por computadores, espera-se que eles possam usá-lo e manipulá-lo "
+"de maneira inteligente. Os autores querem indicar que certas frases devem "
+"ser enfatizadas, adicionadas a um glossário ou transformadas em hiperlinks. "
+"Os nomes dos arquivos podem ser apresentados em uma fonte de estilo "
+"<quote>typewriter</quote> para exibição na tela do computador, ou como "
+"<quote>itálico</quote> quando impressos, ou qualquer outra opção dentre uma "
+"infinidade de opções para apresentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2079
+msgid ""
+"It was once hoped that Artificial Intelligence (AI) would make this easy. "
+"The computer would read the document and automatically identify key phrases, "
+"filenames, text that the reader should type in, examples, and more. "
+"Unfortunately, real life has not happened quite like that, and computers "
+"still require assistance before they can meaningfully process text."
+msgstr ""
+"Esperava-se que a Inteligência Artificial (IA) facilitasse isso. O "
+"computador leria o documento e identificaria automaticamente frases-chave, "
+"nomes de arquivos, textos que o leitor deveria digitar, exemplos e outros "
+"tipos. Infelizmente, na vida real não foi dessa forma, e os computadores "
+"ainda precisam de assistência antes que possam processar o texto de maneira "
+"significativa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2087
+msgid ""
+"More precisely, they need help identifying what is what. Consider this text:"
+msgstr ""
+"Mais precisamente, eles precisam de ajuda para identificar o que é o quê. "
+"Considere este texto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2091
+msgid ""
+"To remove <filename>/tmp/foo</filename>, use "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para remover <filename>/tmp/foo</filename>, use "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>rm</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:2094
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>rm /tmp/foo</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>rm /tmp/foo</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2097
+msgid ""
+"It is easy to see which parts are filenames, which are commands to be typed "
+"in, which parts are references to manual pages, and so on. But the computer "
+"processing the document cannot. For this we need markup."
+msgstr ""
+"É fácil identificar quais partes são nomes de arquivos, quais são comandos a "
+"serem digitados, quais partes são referências a páginas de manual e assim "
+"por diante. Mas o computador que processa o documento não consegue. Para "
+"isso, precisamos utilizar markup."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2102
+msgid ""
+"<quote>Markup</quote> is commonly used to describe <quote>adding value</"
+"quote> or <quote>increasing cost</quote>. The term takes on both these "
+"meanings when applied to text. Markup is additional text included in the "
+"document, distinguished from the document's content in some way, so that "
+"programs that process the document can read the markup and use it when "
+"making decisions about the document. Editors can hide the markup from the "
+"user, so the user is not distracted by it."
+msgstr ""
+"<quote>Markup</quote> é geralmate utilizado assim <quote>adicionando valor</"
+"quote> ou <quote>aumentando o custo</quote>. O termo tem seus significados "
+"realçados quando aplicado ao texto. Markup é um texto adicional incluído no "
+"documento, diferenciado de alguma forma do conteúdo do documento, para que "
+"os programas que processam o documento possam ler a marcação e utiliza-la ao "
+"tomar decisões sobre o documento. Os editores podem ocultar o markup do "
+"usuário, para que este não se distraia com ela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2112
+msgid ""
+"The extra information stored in the markup <emphasis>adds value</emphasis> "
+"to the document. Adding the markup to the document must typically be done by "
+"a person—after all, if computers could recognize the text sufficiently well "
+"to add the markup then there would be no need to add it in the first place. "
+"This <emphasis>increases the cost</emphasis> (the effort required) to create "
+"the document."
+msgstr ""
+"A informação extras armazenada no markup <emphasis>adiciona valor</emphasis> "
+"ao documento. Adicionar markup ao documento normalmente deve ser feito por "
+"uma pessoa - afinal, se os computadores pudessem reconhecer o texto "
+"suficientemente bem para adicionar a markup, não haveria necessidade de "
+"utilizar markup. Isto <emphasis>aumenta o custo</emphasis> (o esforço "
+"necessário) para criar algum documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2121
+msgid ""
+"The previous example is actually represented in this document like this:"
+msgstr "O exemplo anterior é representado neste documento da seguinte forma:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2124
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To remove <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>, use &amp;man.rm.1;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>rm /tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Para remover <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>, use &amp;man.rm.1;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>rm /tmp/foo<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2128
+msgid "The markup is clearly separate from the content."
+msgstr "O markup é claramente separado do conteúdo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2130
+msgid ""
+"Markup languages define what the markup means and how it should be "
+"interpreted."
+msgstr ""
+"As linguagens markup definem o que as marcações significam e como elas devem "
+"ser interpretadas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2133
+msgid ""
+"Of course, one markup language might not be enough. A markup language for "
+"technical documentation has very different requirements than a markup "
+"language that is intended for cookery recipes. This, in turn, would be very "
+"different from a markup language used to describe poetry. What is really "
+"needed is a first language used to write these other markup languages. A "
+"<emphasis>meta markup language</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Claro, uma linguagem markup pode não ser suficiente. Uma linguagem markup "
+"para documentação técnica tem requisitos muito diferentes de uma linguagem "
+"markup destinada a receitas de culinária. Isso, por sua vez, seria muito "
+"diferente de uma linguagem markup utilizada para descrever uma poesia. O que "
+"é realmente necessário é uma primeira linguagem utilizada para escrever "
+"essas outras linguagens markup. Uma <emphasis>meta linguagem markup</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2141
+msgid ""
+"This is exactly what the eXtensible Markup Language (<acronym>XML</acronym>) "
+"is. Many markup languages have been written in <acronym>XML</acronym>, "
+"including the two most used by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>, <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym> and DocBook."
+msgstr ""
+"É exatamente isso que a eXtensible Markup Language (<acronym>XML</acronym>) "
+"é. Muitas linguagens markup foram escritas em <acronym>XML</acronym>, "
+"incluindo as duas mais utilizadas pelo <acronym>FDP</acronym>, "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> e DocBook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2147
+msgid ""
+"Each language definition is more properly called a grammar, vocabulary, "
+"schema or Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>). There are "
+"various languages to specify an <acronym>XML</acronym> grammar, or "
+"<emphasis>schema</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada definição de idioma é mais apropriadamente chamada de gramática, "
+"vocabulário, esquema ou Definição de Tipo de Documento (<acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym>). Existem vários idiomas para especificar uma gramática "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> ou um <emphasis>schema</emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#xml-primer-validating
+#: book.translate.xml:2153
+msgid ""
+"A schema is a <emphasis>complete</emphasis> specification of all the "
+"elements that are allowed to appear, the order in which they should appear, "
+"which elements are mandatory, which are optional, and so forth. This makes "
+"it possible to write an <acronym>XML</acronym> <emphasis>parser</emphasis> "
+"which reads in both the schema and a document which claims to conform to the "
+"schema. The parser can then confirm whether or not all the elements required "
+"by the vocabulary are in the document in the right order, and whether there "
+"are any errors in the markup. This is normally referred to as "
+"<quote>validating the document</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um schema é uma especificação <emphasis>completa</emphasis> de todos os "
+"elementos que podem ser utilizados, a ordem em que devem aparecer, quais "
+"elementos são obrigatórios, quais são opcionais e assim por diante. Isso "
+"torna possível escrever um <acronym>XML</acronym> <emphasis>parser</"
+"emphasis> que lê tanto o schema quanto um documento que afirma estar em "
+"conformidade com o schema. O parser pode confirmar se todos os elementos "
+"exigidos pelo vocabulário estão ou não na ordem correta do documento ou se "
+"há algum erro no markup. Isto é normalmente conhecido como a "
+"<quote>valiidação do documento</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2167
+msgid ""
+"Validation confirms that the choice of elements, their ordering, and so on, "
+"conforms to that listed in the grammar. It does <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
+"check whether <emphasis>appropriate</emphasis> markup has been used for the "
+"content. If all the filenames in a document were marked up as function "
+"names, the parser would not flag this as an error (assuming, of course, that "
+"the schema defines elements for filenames and functions, and that they are "
+"allowed to appear in the same place)."
+msgstr ""
+"A validação confirma se a escolha dos elementos, sua ordenação e assim por "
+"diante estão em conformidade com os listados na gramática. Ela "
+"<emphasis>não</emphasis> valida se o markup <emphasis>correto</emphasis> foi "
+"utilizado no conteúdo. Se todos os nomes de arquivo em um documento fossem "
+"marcados como sendo nomes de função, o analisador não sinalizaria isso como "
+"um erro (supondo, é claro, que o schema define elementos para nomes de "
+"arquivos e funções e que eles possam aparecer no mesmo local)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2178
+msgid ""
+"Most contributions to the Documentation Project will be content marked up in "
+"either <acronym>XHTML</acronym> or DocBook, rather than alterations to the "
+"schemas. For this reason, this book will not touch on how to write a "
+"vocabulary."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria das contribuições no Projeto de Documentação utilizará markup "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> ou DocBook, em vez de alterações nos schemas. Por "
+"esse motivo, este livro não abordará como escrever um vocabulário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2186
+msgid "Elements, Tags, and Attributes"
+msgstr "Elementos, Tags e Atributos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2188
+msgid ""
+"All the vocabularies written in <acronym>XML</acronym> share certain "
+"characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the philosophy behind "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> will inevitably show through. One of the most obvious "
+"manifestations of this philosophy is that of <emphasis>content</emphasis> "
+"and <emphasis>elements</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Todos os vocabulários escritos em <acronym>XML</acronym> compartilham certas "
+"características. Isso não surpreende, pois a filosofia por trás do "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> inevitavelmente irá transparecer. Uma das "
+"manifestações mais óbvias desta filosofia é a do <emphasis>conteúdo</"
+"emphasis> e dos <emphasis>elementos</emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2195
+msgid ""
+"Documentation, whether it is a single web page, or a lengthy book, is "
+"considered to consist of content. This content is then divided and further "
+"subdivided into elements. The purpose of adding markup is to name and "
+"identify the boundaries of these elements for further processing."
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação, seja uma única página web ou um livro extenso, é considerada "
+"como conteúdo. Este conteúdo é então dividido e subdividido em elementos. A "
+"finalidade de adicionar markup é nomear e identificar os limites desses "
+"elementos para processamento futuro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2201
+msgid ""
+"For example, consider a typical book. At the very top level, the book is "
+"itself an element. This <quote>book</quote> element obviously contains "
+"chapters, which can be considered to be elements in their own right. Each "
+"chapter will contain more elements, such as paragraphs, quotations, and "
+"footnotes. Each paragraph might contain further elements, identifying "
+"content that was direct speech, or the name of a character in the story."
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, considere um livro típico. No maior nível, o livro é um "
+"elemento. Este elemento <quote>livro</quote> contém obviamente capítulos, "
+"que podem ser considerados elementos também. Cada capítulo conterá mais "
+"elementos, como parágrafos, citações e notas de rodapé. Cada parágrafo pode "
+"conter outros elementos, identificando o conteúdo que foi um discurso direto "
+"ou o nome de um personagem na história."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2210
+msgid ""
+"It may be helpful to think of this as <quote>chunking</quote> content. At "
+"the very top level is one chunk, the book. Look a little deeper, and there "
+"are more chunks, the individual chapters. These are chunked further into "
+"paragraphs, footnotes, character names, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"Pode ser útil pensar nisso como um conteúdo por <quote>pedaços</quote>. No "
+"nível mais alto é um pedaço, o livro. Olhando um pouco mais, encontra-se "
+"mais pedaços, os capítulos individuais. Estes são segmentados em parágrafos, "
+"notas de rodapé, nomes de caracteres e assim por diante."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2216
+msgid ""
+"Notice how this differentiation between different elements of the content "
+"can be made without resorting to any <acronym>XML</acronym> terms. It really "
+"is surprisingly straightforward. This could be done with a highlighter pen "
+"and a printout of the book, using different colors to indicate different "
+"chunks of content."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe como essa diferenciação entre diferentes elementos do conteúdo pode "
+"ser feita sem recorrer a quaisquer termos <acronym>XML</acronym>. É "
+"realmente surpreendentemente simples. Isso pode ser feito com uma caneta "
+"marca-texto e um livro impresso, usando cores diferentes para indicar "
+"diferentes partes do conteúdo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2223
+msgid ""
+"Of course, we do not have an electronic highlighter pen, so we need some "
+"other way of indicating which element each piece of content belongs to. In "
+"languages written in <acronym>XML</acronym> (<acronym>XHTML</acronym>, "
+"DocBook, et al) this is done by means of <emphasis>tags</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"É claro que não temos um marca-texto eletrônico, então precisamos de outra "
+"maneira de indicar a qual elemento cada parte do conteúdo pertence. Em "
+"idiomas escritos em <acronym>XML</acronym> (<acronym>XHTML</acronym>, "
+"DocBook, e outros) isto é feito por meio de <emphasis>tags</emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2229
+msgid ""
+"A tag is used to identify where a particular element starts, and where the "
+"element ends. <emphasis>The tag is not part of the element itself</"
+"emphasis>. Because each grammar was normally written to mark up specific "
+"types of information, each one will recognize different elements, and will "
+"therefore have different names for the tags."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma tag é usada para identificar onde um determinado elemento começa e onde "
+"o elemento termina. <emphasis>A tag não faz parte do próprio elemento</"
+"emphasis>. Como cada gramática foi normalmente escrita para marcar tipos "
+"específicos de informação, cada um reconhecerá elementos diferentes e, "
+"portanto, terá nomes diferentes para as tags."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2236
+msgid ""
+"For an element called <replaceable>element-name</replaceable> the start tag "
+"will normally look like <tag class=\"starttag\"><replaceable>element-name</"
+"replaceable></tag>. The corresponding closing tag for this element is <tag "
+"class=\"endtag\"><replaceable>element-name</replaceable></tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para um elemento chamado <replaceable>nome-do-elemento</replaceable>, a tag "
+"inicial normalmente se parecerá com <tag class=\"starttag"
+"\"><replaceable>nome-do-elemento</replaceable></tag>. A tag de fechamento "
+"correspondente para este elemento é <tag class=\"endtag\"><replaceable>nome-"
+"do-elemento</replaceable></tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2242
+msgid "Using an Element (Start and End Tags)"
+msgstr "Utilizando um Elemento (Tag Inicial e Final)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2244
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating that the content "
+"enclosed by the element is a paragraph, called <tag>p</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> possui um elemento para indicar que o conteúdo "
+"incluído pelo elemento é um parágrafo, chamado <tag>p</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2248
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It starts with the start tag for\n"
+" the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'\n"
+" element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph. But this one is much shorter.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It starts with the start tag for\n"
+" the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'\n"
+" element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph. But this one is much shorter.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2255
+msgid ""
+"Some elements have no content. For example, in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, a "
+"horizontal line can be included in the document. For these <quote>empty</"
+"quote> elements, <acronym>XML</acronym> introduced a shorthand form that is "
+"completely equivalent to the two-tag version:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns elementos não possuem conteúdo. Por exemplo, em <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym>, uma linha horizontal pode ser incluída no documento. Para estes "
+"elementos <quote>vazios</quote>, <acronym>XML</acronym> trouxe um formato "
+"abreviado que é completamente equivalente à versão de duas tags:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2262
+msgid "Using an Element Without Content"
+msgstr "Usando um Elemento Sem Conteúdo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2264
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating a horizontal rule, "
+"called <tag>hr</tag>. This element does not wrap content, so it looks like "
+"this:"
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> tem um elemento para indicar uma linha horizontal, "
+"chamada <tag>hr</tag>. Esse elemento não possui conteúdo, e se parece com "
+"isso:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2268
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">hr</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">hr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n"
+" from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">hr</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">hr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n"
+" from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2274
+msgid "The shorthand version consists of a single tag:"
+msgstr "A versão abreviada consiste em uma única tag:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2276
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"emptytag\">hr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n"
+" from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"emptytag\">hr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this\n"
+" from the previous paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2283
+msgid ""
+"As shown above, elements can contain other elements. In the book example "
+"earlier, the book element contained all the chapter elements, which in turn "
+"contained all the paragraph elements, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"Como mostrado acima, os elementos podem conter outros elementos. No exemplo "
+"do livro anterior, o elemento livro continha elementos de capítulo, que por "
+"sua vez continham elementos de parágrafo, e assim por diante."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2289
+msgid "Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag>"
+msgstr "Elementos Dentro de Elementos; <tag>em</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> where some\n"
+" of the <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>words<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> have been <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>emphasized<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> where some\n"
+" of the <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>words<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> have been <tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>emphasized<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2295
+msgid ""
+"The grammar consists of rules that describe which elements can contain other "
+"elements, and exactly what they can contain."
+msgstr ""
+"A gramática consiste em regras que descrevem quais elementos podem conter "
+"outros elementos e exatamente o que eles podem conter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2300
+msgid ""
+"People often confuse the terms tags and elements, and use the terms as if "
+"they were interchangeable. They are not."
+msgstr ""
+"As pessoas geralmente confundem os termos tags e elementos e usam os termos "
+"como se fossem intercambiáveis. Eles não são."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2304
+msgid ""
+"An element is a conceptual part of your document. An element has a defined "
+"start and end. The tags mark where the element starts and ends."
+msgstr ""
+"Um elemento é uma parte conceitual do seu documento. Um elemento tem início "
+"e fim definidos. As tags marcam onde o elemento começa e termina."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2308
+msgid ""
+"When this document (or anyone else knowledgeable about <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym>) refers to <quote>the <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag> tag</quote> "
+"they mean the literal text consisting of the three characters <literal>&lt;</"
+"literal>, <literal>p</literal>, and <literal>&gt;</literal>. But the phrase "
+"<quote>the <tag>p</tag> element</quote> refers to the whole element."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando este documento (ou qualquer pessoa com conhecimento sobre "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>) refere-se a <quote>a <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag> "
+"tag</quote> significa o texto literal que consiste nos três caracteres "
+"<literal>&lt;</literal>, <literal>p</literal>, e <literal>&gt;</literal>. "
+"Mas a frase <quote>o elemento <tag>p</tag></quote> refere-se ao elemento "
+"inteiro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2317
+msgid ""
+"This distinction <emphasis>is</emphasis> very subtle. But keep it in mind."
+msgstr ""
+"Essa distinção <emphasis>é</emphasis> muito sutil. Mas tenha isso em mente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2321
+msgid ""
+"Elements can have attributes. An attribute has a name and a value, and is "
+"used for adding extra information to the element. This might be information "
+"that indicates how the content should be rendered, or might be something "
+"that uniquely identifies that occurrence of the element, or it might be "
+"something else."
+msgstr ""
+"Elementos podem ter atributos. Um atributo tem um nome e um valor e é usado "
+"para adicionar informações extras ao elemento. Isso pode ser uma informação "
+"que indica como o conteúdo deve ser renderizado ou pode ser algo que "
+"identifica exclusivamente essa ocorrência do elemento ou isso pode ser outra "
+"coisa também."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2327
+msgid ""
+"An element's attributes are written <emphasis>inside</emphasis> the start "
+"tag for that element, and take the form <literal><replaceable>attribute-"
+"name</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>attribute-value</replaceable>\"</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os atributos de um elemento são escritos <emphasis>dentro</emphasis> da tag "
+"de início para aquele elemento, e toma o formato <literal><replaceable>nome-"
+"do-atributo</replaceable>=\"<replaceable>valor-do-atributo</replaceable>\"</"
+"literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2332
+msgid ""
+"In <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, the <tag>p</tag> element has an attribute "
+"called <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag>, which suggests an alignment "
+"(justification) for the paragraph to the program displaying the "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Em <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, o elemento <tag>p</tag> tem um atributo chamado "
+"<tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag>, que sugere um alinhamento "
+"(justificação) do parágrafo para o programa exibindo o <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2338
+msgid ""
+"The <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag> attribute can take one of four "
+"defined values, <literal>left</literal>, <literal>center</literal>, "
+"<literal>right</literal> and <literal>justify</literal>. If the attribute is "
+"not specified then the default is <literal>left</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"O atributo <tag class=\"attribute\">align</tag> pode ter um dos quatro "
+"valores definidos, <literal>left</literal>, <literal>center</literal>, "
+"<literal>right</literal> e <literal>justify</literal>. Se o atributo não for "
+"especificado, o padrão será <literal>left</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2345
+msgid "Using an Element with an Attribute"
+msgstr "Usando um Elemento com um Atributo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2347
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"left\"</tag>The inclusion of the align attribute\n"
+" on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"center\"</tag>This may appear in the center.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"left\"</tag>The inclusion of the align attribute\n"
+" on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"center\"</tag>This may appear in the center.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2353
+msgid ""
+"Some attributes only take specific values, such as <literal>left</literal> "
+"or <literal>justify</literal>. Others allow any value."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns atributos só aceitam valores específicos, como <literal>left</"
+"literal> ou <literal>justify</literal>. Outros permitem qualquer valor."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2358
+msgid "Single Quotes Around Attributes"
+msgstr "Aspas Simples nos Atributos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2360
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">p align='right'</tag>I am on the right!<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">p align='right'</tag>I am on the right!<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2363
+msgid ""
+"Attribute values in <acronym>XML</acronym> must be enclosed in either single "
+"or double quotes. Double quotes are traditional. Single quotes are useful "
+"when the attribute value contains double quotes."
+msgstr ""
+"Os valores de atributos em <acronym>XML</acronym> devem ser colocados entre "
+"aspas simples ou duplas. Aspas duplas são tradicionais. Aspas simples são "
+"úteis quando o valor do atributo contém aspas duplas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2368
+msgid ""
+"Information about attributes, elements, and tags is stored in catalog files. "
+"The Documentation Project uses standard DocBook catalogs and includes "
+"additional catalogs for FreeBSD-specific features. Paths to the catalog "
+"files are defined in an environment variable so they can be found by the "
+"document build tools."
+msgstr ""
+"Informações sobre atributos, elementos e tags são armazenadas em arquivos de "
+"catálogo. O Projeto de Documentação usa catálogos padrão do DocBook e inclui "
+"catálogos adicionais para recursos específicos do FreeBSD. Os caminhos para "
+"os arquivos de catálogo são definidos em uma variável de ambiente para que "
+"possam ser encontradas pelas ferramentas de compilação de documentos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2376 book.translate.xml:2771 book.translate.xml:2907
+#: book.translate.xml:3094 book.translate.xml:3387
+msgid "To Do…"
+msgstr "Para Fazer..."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2378
+msgid ""
+"Before running the examples in this document, install <package>textproc/"
+"docproj</package> from the FreeBSD Ports Collection. This is a "
+"<emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> that downloads and installs the standard "
+"programs and supporting files needed by the Documentation Project. "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> users must use <command>rehash</command> for the shell to "
+"recognize new programs after they have been installed, or log out and then "
+"log back in again."
+msgstr ""
+"Antes de rodar os exemplos deste documento, instale o <package>textproc/"
+"docproj</package> pela Coleção de Ports do FreeBSD. Este é um <emphasis>meta-"
+"port</emphasis> que baixa e instala os programas padrão e arquivos de "
+"suporte necessários para o Projeto de Documentação. Os usuários de "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> devem executar o <command>rehash</command> para que o shell "
+"reconheça os novos binários depois de instalados ou efetue logout e, em "
+"seguida, faça login novamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2389
+msgid "Create <filename>example.xml</filename>, and enter this text:"
+msgstr "Crie <filename>example.xml</filename> e insira este texto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2392
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2410
+msgid "Try to validate this file using an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser."
+msgstr "Tente validar esse arquivo usando um parser <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2413
+msgid ""
+"<package>textproc/docproj</package> includes the <command>xmllint</command> "
+"<link linkend=\"xml-primer-validating\">validating parser</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"O <package>textproc/docproj</package> inclui o <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
+"validating\">parser</link> <command>xmllint</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2418
+msgid "Use <command>xmllint</command> to validate the document:"
+msgstr "Execute <command>xmllint</command> para validar o documento:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:2421
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2423
+msgid ""
+"<command>xmllint</command> returns without displaying any output, showing "
+"that the document validated successfully."
+msgstr ""
+"<command>xmllint</command> não retorna nada se o documento for validado com "
+"sucesso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2429
+msgid ""
+"See what happens when required elements are omitted. Delete the line with "
+"the <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag> and <tag class=\"endtag\">title</"
+"tag> tags, and re-run the validation."
+msgstr ""
+"Veja o que acontece quando os elementos obrigatórios são omitidos. Exclua a "
+"linha com as tags <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag> e <tag class=\"endtag"
+"\">title</tag>, então execute novamente a validação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:2435
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>\n"
+"example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>\n"
+"example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2438
+msgid ""
+"This shows that the validation error comes from the <replaceable>fifth</"
+"replaceable> line of the <replaceable>example.xml</replaceable> file and "
+"that the content of the <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag> is the part which "
+"does not follow the rules of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> grammar."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso mostra que o erro de validação vem da linha <replaceable>cinco</"
+"replaceable> do arquivo <replaceable>example.xml</replaceable> e que o "
+"conteúdo de <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag> é a parte que não segue as "
+"regras da gramática <acronym>XHTML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2445
+msgid ""
+"Then <command>xmllint</command> shows the line where the error was found and "
+"marks the exact character position with a <literal>^</literal> sign."
+msgstr ""
+"Em seguida, o <command>xmllint</command> mostra a linha onde o erro foi "
+"encontrado e marca a posição exata com um sinal <literal>^</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2451
+msgid "Replace the <tag>title</tag> element."
+msgstr "Substitua o elemento <tag>title</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2458
+msgid "The DOCTYPE Declaration"
+msgstr "A Declaração DOCTYPE"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2460
+msgid ""
+"The beginning of each document can specify the name of the <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> to which the document conforms. This DOCTYPE declaration is used by "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> parsers to identify the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and "
+"ensure that the document does conform to it."
+msgstr ""
+"No início de cada documento pode-se especificar o nome do <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> ao qual o documento está em conformidade. Esta declaração DOCTYPE é "
+"usada por <acronym>XML</acronym> parsers para identificar o <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> e garantir que o documento esteja de acordo com ele."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2466
+msgid ""
+"A typical declaration for a document written to conform with version 1.0 of "
+"the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Uma declaração típica para um documento escrito em conformidade com a versão "
+"1.0 do <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTD</acronym> se parece com isto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2470
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2472
+msgid "That line contains a number of different components."
+msgstr "Essa linha contém vários componentes diferentes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2476
+msgid "<literal>&lt;!</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&lt;!</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2479
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>indicator</emphasis> shows this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
+"declaration."
+msgstr ""
+"O <emphasis>indicador</emphasis> mostra que esta é uma declaração "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2485
+msgid "<literal>DOCTYPE</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>DOCTYPE</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2488
+msgid ""
+"Shows that this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> declaration of the document "
+"type."
+msgstr ""
+"Mostra que esta é uma declaração <acronym>XML</acronym> do tipo de documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2497
+msgid ""
+"Names the first <link linkend=\"xml-primer-elements\">element</link> that "
+"will appear in the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Nomeia o primeiro <link linkend=\"xml-primer-elements\">elemento</link> que "
+"aparecerá no documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2504
+msgid "<literal>PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/indexterm
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/indexterm
+#: book.translate.xml:2510 book.translate.xml:2551
+msgid "<primary>Formal Public Identifier</primary>"
+msgstr "<primary>Identificador Público Formal</primary>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2508
+msgid ""
+"Lists the Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>) <_:indexterm-1/> "
+"for the <acronym>DTD</acronym> to which this document conforms. The "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser uses this to find the correct <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> when processing this document."
+msgstr ""
+"Lista o Identificador Público Formal (<acronym>FPI</acronym>) <_:indexterm-1/"
+"> para o <acronym>DTD</acronym> com o qual este documento está em "
+"conformidade. O <acronym>XML</acronym> parser usa isso para encontrar o "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> correto ao processar este documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2518
+msgid ""
+"<literal>PUBLIC</literal> is not a part of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>, but "
+"indicates to the <acronym>XML</acronym> processor how to find the "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> referenced in the <acronym>FPI</acronym>. Other ways "
+"of telling the <acronym>XML</acronym> parser how to find the <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> are shown <link linkend=\"xml-primer-fpi-alternatives\">later</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>PUBLIC</literal> não faz parte do <acronym>FPI</acronym>, mas "
+"indica ao <acronym>XML</acronym> parser como encontrar o <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> mencionado no <acronym>FPI</acronym>. Outras formas de informar ao "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser como encontrar o <acronym>DTD</acronym> serão "
+"informadas <link linkend=\"xml-primer-fpi-alternatives\">depois</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2529
+msgid ""
+"<literal>\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</"
+"literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\"</"
+"literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2532
+msgid ""
+"A local filename or a <acronym>URL</acronym> to find the <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um nome de arquivo local ou uma <acronym>URL</acronym> para encontrar o "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2538
+msgid "<literal>&gt;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&gt;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2541
+msgid "Ends the declaration and returns to the document."
+msgstr "Termina a declaração e retorna ao documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2548
+msgid "Formal Public Identifiers (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)"
+msgstr "Identificadores Públicos Formais (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2556
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"It is not necessary to know this, but it is useful background, and might "
+"help debug problems when the <acronym>XML</acronym> processor cannot locate "
+"the <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Não é necessário conhecer isso, mas pode ser útil e ajudar a depurar "
+"problemas quando o <acronym>XML</acronym> parser não conseguir localizar o "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2562
+msgid "<acronym>FPI</acronym>s must follow a specific syntax:"
+msgstr "<acronym>FPI</acronym>s devem seguir uma sintaxe específica:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2565
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "\"<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>//<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable> <replaceable>Description</replaceable>//<replaceable>Language</replaceable>\""
+msgstr ""
+"\"<replaceable>Proprietário</replaceable>\n"
+"//<replaceable>Palavra-chave</replaceable>\n"
+"<replaceable>Descrição</replaceable>\n"
+"//<replaceable>Idioma</replaceable>\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2569
+msgid "<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<replaceable>Proprietário</replaceable>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2572
+msgid "The owner of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>."
+msgstr "O proprietário do <acronym>FPI</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2574
+msgid ""
+"The beginning of the string identifies the owner of the <acronym>FPI</"
+"acronym>. For example, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> <literal>\"ISO 8879:1986//"
+"ENTITIES Greek Symbols//EN\"</literal> lists <literal>ISO 8879:1986</"
+"literal> as being the owner for the set of entities for Greek symbols. "
+"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8879:1986 is the International Organization for "
+"Standardization (<acronym>ISO</acronym>) number for the <acronym>SGML</"
+"acronym> standard, the predecessor (and a superset) of <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"O início da string identifica o proprietário do <acronym>FPI</acronym>. Por "
+"exemplo, o <acronym>FPI</acronym> <literal>\"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Greek "
+"Symbols//EN\"</literal> lista <literal>ISO 8879:1986</literal> como sendo o "
+"proprietário para o conjunto de entidades de Símbolos Gregos. <acronym>ISO</"
+"acronym> 8879:1986 é o número na International Organization for "
+"Standardization (<acronym>ISO</acronym>) para o padrão <acronym>SGML</"
+"acronym>, o predecessor (e um superset) do <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2587
+msgid ""
+"Otherwise, this string will either look like <literal>-//<replaceable>Owner</"
+"replaceable></literal> or <literal>+//<replaceable>Owner</replaceable></"
+"literal> (notice the only difference is the leading <literal>+</literal> or "
+"<literal>-</literal>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Caso contrário, essa sequência seria parecida com <literal>-//"
+"<replaceable>Proprietário</replaceable></literal> ou <literal>+//"
+"<replaceable>Proprietário</replaceable></literal> (observe que a única "
+"diferença é o <literal>+</literal> ou <literal>-</literal>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2594
+msgid ""
+"If the string starts with <literal>-</literal> then the owner information is "
+"unregistered, with a <literal>+</literal> identifying it as registered."
+msgstr ""
+"Se a string começar com <literal>-</literal>, a informação do proprietário "
+"não é registrada, com o <literal>+</literal> identifica como registrada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2599
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>ISO</acronym> 9070:1991 defines how registered names are generated. "
+"It might be derived from the number of an <acronym>ISO</acronym> "
+"publication, an <acronym>ISBN</acronym> code, or an organization code "
+"assigned according to <acronym>ISO</acronym> 6523. Additionally, a "
+"registration authority could be created in order to assign registered names. "
+"The <acronym>ISO</acronym> council delegated this to the American National "
+"Standards Institute (<acronym>ANSI</acronym>)."
+msgstr ""
+"A <acronym>ISO</acronym> 9070:1991 define como os nomes registrados são "
+"gerados. Pode ser derivado do número de uma publicação <acronym>ISO</"
+"acronym>, um código <acronym>ISBN</acronym> ou um código de organização "
+"atribuído de acordo com a <acronym>ISO</acronym> 6523. Além disso, uma "
+"autoridade de registro poderia ser criada para atribuir nomes registrados. O "
+"conselho da <acronym>ISO</acronym> delegou isso ao American National "
+"Standards Institute (<acronym>ANSI</acronym>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2610
+msgid ""
+"Because the FreeBSD Project has not been registered, the owner string is "
+"<literal>-//FreeBSD</literal>. As seen in the example, the <acronym>W3C</"
+"acronym> are not a registered owner either."
+msgstr ""
+"Como o Projeto FreeBSD não foi registrado, a string de propriedade é "
+"<literal>-//FreeBSD</literal>. Como visto no exemplo, a <acronym>W3C</"
+"acronym> também não é registrada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2618
+msgid "<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<replaceable>Palavra-chave</replaceable>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2621
+msgid ""
+"There are several keywords that indicate the type of information in the "
+"file. Some of the most common keywords are <literal>DTD</literal>, "
+"<literal>ELEMENT</literal>, <literal>ENTITIES</literal>, and <literal>TEXT</"
+"literal>. <literal>DTD</literal> is used only for <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
+"files, <literal>ELEMENT</literal> is usually used for <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
+"fragments that contain only entity or element declarations. <literal>TEXT</"
+"literal> is used for <acronym>XML</acronym> content (text and tags)."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem várias palavras-chave que indicam o tipo de informação no arquivo. "
+"Algumas das palavras-chave mais comuns são <literal>DTD</literal>, "
+"<literal>ELEMENT</literal>, <literal>ENTITIES</literal> e <literal>TEXT</"
+"literal>. <literal>DTD</literal> é usada apenas para arquivos <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym>, <literal>ELEMENT</literal> é normalmente usada para fragmentos "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> que contêm apenas declarações de elementos ou "
+"entidades. <literal>TEXT</literal> é usada para conteúdo <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> (texto e tags)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2636
+msgid "<replaceable>Description</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<replaceable>Descrição</replaceable>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2639
+msgid ""
+"Any description can be given for the contents of this file. This may include "
+"version numbers or any short text that is meaningful and unique for the "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> system."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer descrição pode ser informada no conteúdo deste campo. Isso pode "
+"incluir números de versão ou qualquer texto curto que tenha significado e "
+"seja exclusivo para o sistema <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:2647
+msgid "<replaceable>Language</replaceable>"
+msgstr "<replaceable>Idioma</replaceable>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2650
+msgid ""
+"An <acronym>ISO</acronym> two-character code that identifies the native "
+"language for the file. <literal>EN</literal> is used for English."
+msgstr ""
+"Um código de dois caracteres <acronym>ISO</acronym> que identifica o idioma "
+"nativo do arquivo. <literal>EN</literal> é usado para o Inglês."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2658
+msgid "<filename>catalog</filename> Files"
+msgstr "Arquivos <filename>catalog</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2660
+msgid ""
+"With the syntax above, an <acronym>XML</acronym> processor needs to have "
+"some way of turning the <acronym>FPI</acronym> into the name of the file "
+"containing the <acronym>DTD</acronym>. A catalog file (typically called "
+"<filename>catalog</filename>) contains lines that map <acronym>FPI</"
+"acronym>s to filenames. For example, if the catalog file contained the line:"
+msgstr ""
+"Com a sintaxe acima, um <acronym>XML</acronym> parser precisa ter alguma "
+"forma de transformar o <acronym>FPI</acronym> no nome do arquivo que contém "
+"o <acronym>DTD</acronym>. Um arquivo de catálogo (normalmente chamado de "
+"<filename>catalog</filename>) contém linhas que mapeiam <acronym>FPI</"
+"acronym>s para nomes de arquivos. Por exemplo, se o arquivo de catálogo "
+"continha a linha:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2670
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"1.0/transitional.dtd\""
+msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\" \"1.0/transitional.dtd\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2672
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>XML</acronym> processor knows that the <acronym>DTD</acronym> "
+"is called <filename>transitional.dtd</filename> in the <filename>1.0</"
+"filename> subdirectory of the directory that held <filename>catalog</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"O <acronym>XML</acronym> parser sabe que o <acronym>DTD</acronym> é chamado "
+"de <filename>transitional.dtd</filename> no subdiretório <filename>1.0</"
+"filename> do diretório que continha <filename>catalog</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2678
+msgid ""
+"Examine the contents of <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog."
+"xml</filename>. This is the catalog file for the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym>s that were installed as part of the <package>textproc/"
+"docproj</package> port."
+msgstr ""
+"Examine o conteúdo de <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog.xml</"
+"filename>. Este é o arquivo de catálogo dos <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> s que foram instalados como parte do port "
+"<package>textproc/docproj</package> ."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2687
+msgid "Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s"
+msgstr "Alternativas para <acronym>FPI</acronym> s"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2689
+msgid ""
+"Instead of using an <acronym>FPI</acronym> to indicate the <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> to which the document conforms (and therefore, which file on the "
+"system contains the <acronym>DTD</acronym>), the filename can be explicitly "
+"specified."
+msgstr ""
+"Em vez de usar uma <acronym>FPI</acronym> para indicar o <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> ao qual o documento está em conformidade (e, portanto, qual arquivo "
+"no sistema contém o <acronym>DTD</acronym>), o arquivo pode ser "
+"explicitamente especificado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2695
+msgid "The syntax is slightly different:"
+msgstr "A sintaxe é um pouco diferente:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2697
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM \"/path/to/file.dtd\"</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM \"/path/to/file.dtd\"</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2699
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword indicates that the <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> processor should locate the <acronym>DTD</acronym> in a system "
+"specific fashion. This typically (but not always) means the <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> will be provided as a filename."
+msgstr ""
+"A palavra-chave <literal>SYSTEM</literal> indica que o <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> parser deve localizar o <acronym>DTD</acronym> de uma maneira "
+"específica no sistema. Isso normalmente (mas nem sempre) significa que o "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> será fornecido como um nome de arquivo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2705
+msgid ""
+"Using <acronym>FPI</acronym>s is preferred for reasons of portability. If "
+"the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> identifier is used, then the <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> must be provided and kept in the same location for everyone."
+msgstr ""
+"Usando <acronym>FPI</acronym>s é preferível por razões de portabilidade. Se "
+"o identificador <literal>SYSTEM</literal> for usado, então o <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> deve ser fornecido e mantido no mesmo local para todos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2713
+msgid "Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym>"
+msgstr "De Volta para o <acronym>XML</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2715
+msgid ""
+"Some of the underlying <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax can be useful within "
+"documents. For example, comments can be included in the document, and will "
+"be ignored by the parser. Comments are entered using <acronym>XML</acronym> "
+"syntax. Other uses for <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax will be shown later."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas das sintaxes subjacentes do <acronym>XML</acronym> podem ser úteis "
+"em documentos. Por exemplo, os comentários podem ser incluídos no documento "
+"e serão ignorados pelo parser. Os comentários são inseridos usando a sintaxe "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>. Outros usos para a sintaxe <acronym>XML</acronym> "
+"serão mostrados mais tarde."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2721
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> sections begin with a <literal>&lt;!</literal> tag "
+"and end with a <literal>&gt;</literal>. These sections contain instructions "
+"for the parser rather than elements of the document. Everything between "
+"these tags is <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax. The <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
+"doctype-declaration\">DOCTYPE declaration</link> shown earlier is an example "
+"of <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax included in the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Seções <acronym>XML</acronym> começam com uma tag <literal>&lt;!</literal> e "
+"terminam com <literal>&gt;</literal>. Essas seções contêm instruções para o "
+"parser em vez de elementos do documento. Tudo entre essas tags são sintaxe "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>. A declaração <link linkend=\"xml-primer-doctype-"
+"declaration\">DOCTYPE</link> mostrada anteriormente é um exemplo da sintaxe "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> incluída no documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2733
+msgid "Comments"
+msgstr "Comentários"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2735
+msgid ""
+"An <acronym>XML</acronym> document may contain comments. They may appear "
+"anywhere as long as they are not inside tags. They are even allowed in some "
+"locations inside the <acronym>DTD</acronym> (e.g., between <link linkend="
+"\"xml-primer-entities\">entity declarations</link>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Um documento <acronym>XML</acronym> pode conter comentários. Eles podem "
+"aparecer em qualquer lugar, desde que não estejam dentro de tags. Eles até "
+"são permitidos em alguns locais dentro do <acronym>DTD</acronym> (por "
+"exemplo, entre <link linkend=\"xml-primer-entities\">declarações de "
+"entidade</link>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2741
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments start with the string <quote><literal>&lt;!--"
+"</literal></quote> and end with the string <quote><literal>--&gt;</literal></"
+"quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os comentários <acronym>XML</acronym> começam com a string "
+"<quote><literal>&lt;!--</literal></quote> e terminam com a string "
+"<quote><literal>--&gt;</literal></quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2745
+msgid "Here are some examples of valid <acronym>XML</acronym> comments:"
+msgstr ""
+"Aqui estão alguns exemplos de comentários válidos de <acronym>XML</acronym>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2749
+msgid "<acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments"
+msgstr "<acronym>XML</acronym> Comentários Genéricos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2751
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!-- This is inside the comment --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!--This is another comment--&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- This is how you\n"
+" write multiline comments --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;!-- Comment inside an element's content --&gt; paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!-- This is inside the comment --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!--This is another comment--&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- This is how you\n"
+" write multiline comments --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;!-- Comment inside an element's content --&gt; paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2761
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> comments may contain any strings except "
+"<quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Os comentários <acronym>XML</acronym> podem conter quaisquer strings, exceto "
+"<quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2765
+msgid "Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment"
+msgstr "Comentário <acronym>XML</acronym> Incorreto"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2767
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;!-- This comment--is wrong --&gt;"
+msgstr "&lt;!-- This comment--is wrong --&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2775
+msgid ""
+"Add some comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and check that the "
+"file still validates using <command>xmllint</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione alguns comentários ao arquivo <filename>example.xml</filename> e "
+"depois o valide utilizando o <command>xmllint</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2781
+msgid ""
+"Add some invalid comments to <filename>example.xml</filename>, and see the "
+"error messages that <command>xmllint</command> gives when it encounters an "
+"invalid comment."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione alguns comentários inválidos ao arquivo <filename>example.xml</"
+"filename> e veja as mensagens de erros que o <command>xmllint</command> irá "
+"retornar quando encontrar algum comentário inválido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2791
+msgid "Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2793
+msgid ""
+"Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of content. As an "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser processes a document, any entities it finds "
+"are replaced by the content of the entity."
+msgstr ""
+"Entidades são um mecanismo para atribuir nomes a partes do conteúdo. À "
+"medida que um <acronym>XML</acronym> parser processa um documento, qualquer "
+"entidade encontrada é substituída pelo conteúdo da entidade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2798
+msgid ""
+"This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable chunks of content in "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> documents. It is also the only way to include one "
+"marked up file inside another using <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta é uma boa maneira de ter pedaços de conteúdo reutilizáveis ​​e facilmente "
+"alteráveis ​​em documentos <acronym>XML</acronym>. Também é a única maneira de "
+"incluir um arquivo markup dentro de outro usando <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2803
+msgid ""
+"There are two types of entities for two different situations: "
+"<emphasis>general entities</emphasis> and <emphasis>parameter entities</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem dois tipos de entidades para duas situações diferentes: "
+"<emphasis>entidades gerais</emphasis> e <emphasis>entidades de parâmetros</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2808
+msgid "General Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades Gerais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2810
+msgid ""
+"General entities are used to assign names to reusable chunks of text. These "
+"entities can only be used in the document. They cannot be used in an "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> context."
+msgstr ""
+"Entidades gerais são usadas para atribuir nomes a partes reutilizáveis ​​de "
+"texto. Essas entidades só podem ser usadas no documento. Elas não podem ser "
+"usadas ​​em um contexto <acronym>XML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2815
+msgid ""
+"To include the text of a general entity in the document, include "
+"<literal>&amp;<replaceable>entity-name</replaceable>;</literal> in the text. "
+"For example, consider a general entity called <literal>current.version</"
+"literal> which expands to the current version number of a product. To use it "
+"in the document, write:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para incluir o texto de uma entidade geral no documento, inclua "
+"<literal>&amp;<replaceable>nome-da-entidade</replaceable>;</literal> no "
+"texto. Por exemplo, considere uma entidade geral chamada <literal>current."
+"version</literal>, que se expande para o número da versão atual de um "
+"produto. Para usá-la no documento, escreva:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2823
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The current version of our product is\n"
+" &amp;current.version;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The current version of our product is\n"
+" &amp;current.version;.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2826
+msgid ""
+"When the version number changes, edit the definition of the general entity, "
+"replacing the value. Then reprocess the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando o número da versão for alterado, edite a definição da entidade geral, "
+"substituindo o valor. Em seguida, reprocesse o documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2830
+msgid ""
+"General entities can also be used to enter characters that could not "
+"otherwise be included in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. For example, "
+"<literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> cannot normally appear "
+"in an <acronym>XML</acronym> document. The <acronym>XML</acronym> parser "
+"sees the <literal>&lt;</literal> symbol as the start of a tag. Likewise, "
+"when the <literal>&amp;</literal> symbol is seen, the next text is expected "
+"to be an entity name."
+msgstr ""
+"Entidades gerais também podem ser usadas para inserir caracteres que não "
+"poderiam ser incluídos em um documento <acronym>XML</acronym>. Por exemplo, "
+"<literal>&lt;</literal> e <literal>&amp;</literal> normalmente não podem "
+"aparecer em um documento <acronym>XML</acronym>. O <acronym>XML</acronym> "
+"parser vê o símbolo <literal>&lt;</literal> como o início de uma tag. Da "
+"mesma forma, quando o símbolo <literal>&amp;</literal> é visto, espera-se "
+"que o próximo texto seja um nome de entidade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2839
+msgid ""
+"These symbols can be included by using two predefined general entities: "
+"<literal>&amp;lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;amp;</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esses símbolos podem ser incluídos usando duas entidades gerais "
+"predefinidas: <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> e <literal>&amp;amp;</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2843
+msgid ""
+"General entities can only be defined within an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
+"context. Such definitions are usually done immediately after the DOCTYPE "
+"declaration."
+msgstr ""
+"Entidades gerais só podem ser definidas dentro de um contexto <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym>. Tais definições geralmente são feitas imediatamente após a "
+"declaração DOCTYPE."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2848
+msgid "Defining General Entities"
+msgstr "Definindo Entidades Gerais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2850
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY current.version \"3.0-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY last.version \"2.2.7-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY current.version \"3.0-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY last.version \"2.2.7-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2856
+msgid ""
+"The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a square bracket at the "
+"end of the first line. The two entities are then defined over the next two "
+"lines, the square bracket is closed, and then the DOCTYPE declaration is "
+"closed."
+msgstr ""
+"A declaração DOCTYPE foi estendida adicionando um colchete no final da "
+"primeira linha. As duas entidades são então definidas nas próximas duas "
+"linhas, o colchete é fechado e, em seguida, a declaração DOCTYPE é fechada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2862
+msgid ""
+"The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the DTD indicated by the "
+"DOCTYPE declaration is being extended."
+msgstr ""
+"Os colchetes são necessários para indicar que o DTD indicado pela declaração "
+"DOCTYPE está sendo estendido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2869
+msgid "Parameter Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades de Parâmetro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2871
+msgid ""
+"Parameter entities, like <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities"
+"\">general entities</link>, are used to assign names to reusable chunks of "
+"text. But parameter entities can only be used within an <link linkend=\"xml-"
+"primer-xml-escape\">XML context</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Entidades de parâmetro, como as <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities"
+"\">entidades gerais</link>, são usadas para atribuir nomes a blocos "
+"reutilizáveis ​​de texto. Mas as entidades de parâmetro só podem ser usadas "
+"dentro de um <link linkend=\"xml-primer-xml-escape\">contexto XML</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2878
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for general entities. "
+"However, parameter entities are included with <literal>%<replaceable>entity-"
+"name</replaceable>;</literal>. The definition also includes the <literal>%</"
+"literal> between the <literal>ENTITY</literal> keyword and the name of the "
+"entity."
+msgstr ""
+"As definições de entidade de parâmetro são semelhantes àquelas para "
+"entidades gerais. No entanto, entradas de parâmetros são incluídas com "
+"<literal>%<replaceable>nome-da-entidade</replaceable>;</literal>. A "
+"definição também inclui o <literal>%</literal> entre a palavra-chave "
+"<literal>ENTITY</literal> e o nome da entidade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2886
+msgid ""
+"For a mnemonic, think <quote><emphasis>P</emphasis>arameter entities use the "
+"<emphasis>P</emphasis>ercent symbol</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para memorizar, lembre que entidade de<quote><emphasis>P</emphasis>arâmetro "
+"utiliza o símbolo de <emphasis>P</emphasis>orcentagem</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2891
+msgid "Defining Parameter Entities"
+msgstr "Definindo Entidades de Parâmetro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2893
+#, fuzzy, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % entity \"&lt;!ENTITY version '1.0'&gt;\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!-- use the parameter entity --&gt;\n"
+"%entity;\n"
+"]&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY current.version \"3.0-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY last.version \"2.2.7-RELEASE\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2901
+msgid ""
+"At first sight, parameter entities do not look very useful, but they make it "
+"possible to <link linkend=\"xml-primer-include\">include other files</link> "
+"into an XML document."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2911
+msgid "Add a general entity to <filename>example.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione uma entidade geral ao arquivo <filename>example.xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:2914
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" &lt;!-- There may be some comments in here as well --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" &lt;!-- There may be some comments in here as well --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p align=\"right\"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2939
+msgid "Validate the document using <command>xmllint</command>."
+msgstr "Valide o documento usando o <command>xmllint</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2944
+msgid ""
+"Load <filename>example.xml</filename> into a web browser. It may have to be "
+"copied to <filename>example.html</filename> before the browser recognizes it "
+"as an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document."
+msgstr ""
+"Carregue <filename>example.xml</filename> em um navegador web. Ele pode ter "
+"que ser copiado para o <filename>example.html</filename> antes que o "
+"navegador o reconheça como um documento <acronym>XHTML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2950
+msgid ""
+"Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this file as expected. The "
+"entity reference <literal>&amp;version;</literal> may not be replaced by the "
+"version number, or the <acronym>XML</acronym> context closing <literal>]&gt;"
+"</literal> may not be recognized and instead shown in the output."
+msgstr ""
+"Navegadores mais antigos com parsers simples podem não renderizar esse "
+"arquivo conforme o esperado. A referência de entidade <literal>&amp;version;"
+"</literal> pode não ser substituída pelo número da versão, ou o fechamento "
+"de contexto <acronym>XML</acronym> <literal>]&gt;</literal> pode não ser "
+"reconhecido e em vez disso, apresentado literalmente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2959
+msgid ""
+"The solution is to <emphasis>normalize</emphasis> the document with an "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> normalizer. The normalizer reads valid <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> and writes equally valid <acronym>XML</acronym> which has been "
+"transformed in some way. One way the normalizer transforms the input is by "
+"expanding all the entity references in the document, replacing the entities "
+"with the text that they represent."
+msgstr ""
+"A solução é <emphasis>normalizar</emphasis> o documento com um normalizador "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>. O normalizador lê um <acronym>XML</acronym> válido e "
+"grava outro <acronym>XML</acronym> igualmente válido. Uma maneira pela qual "
+"o normalizador transforma a entrada é expandindo todas as referências de "
+"entidade no documento, substituindo as entidades pelo texto que elas "
+"representam."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2968
+msgid ""
+"<command>xmllint</command> can be used for this. It also has an option to "
+"drop the initial <acronym>DTD</acronym> section so that the closing "
+"<literal>]&gt;</literal> does not confuse browsers:"
+msgstr ""
+"O <command>xmllint</command> pode ser usado para isso. Ele também tem a "
+"opção de remover a seção inicial <acronym>DTD</acronym> para que "
+"<literal>]&gt;</literal> não confunda os navegadores:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:2973
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2975
+msgid ""
+"A normalized copy of the document with entities expanded is produced in "
+"<filename>example.html</filename>, ready to load into a web browser."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma cópia normalizada do documento com entidades expandidas é produzida em "
+"<filename>example.html</filename>, pronta para ser carregada em um navegador "
+"web."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2984
+msgid "Using Entities to Include Files"
+msgstr "Usando Entidades para Incluir Arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2986
+msgid ""
+"Both <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">general</link> and <link "
+"linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-entities\">parameter</link> entities are "
+"particularly useful for including one file inside another."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambas as entidades <link linkend=\"xml-primer-general-entities\">geral</"
+"link> e <link linkend=\"xml-primer-parameter-entities\">parâmetro</link> são "
+"particularmente úteis para incluir um arquivo dentro de outro ."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:2993 book.translate.xml:3009
+msgid "Using General Entities to Include Files"
+msgstr "Usando Entidades Gerais para Incluir Arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:2995
+msgid ""
+"Consider some content for an <acronym>XML</acronym> book organized into "
+"files, one file per chapter, called <filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, "
+"<filename>chapter2.xml</filename>, and so forth, with a <filename>book.xml</"
+"filename> that will contain these chapters."
+msgstr ""
+"Considere algum conteúdo para um livro <acronym>XML</acronym> organizado em "
+"arquivos, um arquivo por capítulo, chamado <filename>chapter1.xml</"
+"filename>, <filename>chapter2.xml</filename> e assim por diante, com um "
+"<filename>book.xml</filename> que conterá esses capítulos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3002
+msgid ""
+"In order to use the contents of these files as the values for entities, they "
+"are declared with the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword. This directs the "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser to include the contents of the named file as "
+"the value of the entity."
+msgstr ""
+"Para usar o conteúdo desses arquivos como valores para entidades, eles são "
+"declarados com a palavra-chave <literal>SYSTEM</literal>. Isso direciona o "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> parser a incluir o conteúdo do arquivo nomeado como o "
+"valor da entidade."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3011
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!-- And so forth --&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" &lt;!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;chapter.1;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.2;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.3;\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!-- And so forth --&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" &lt;!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;chapter.1;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.2;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.3;\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: warning/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3029
+msgid ""
+"When using general entities to include other files within a document, the "
+"files being included (<filename>chapter1.xml</filename>, <filename>chapter2."
+"xml</filename>, and so on) <emphasis>must not</emphasis> start with a "
+"DOCTYPE declaration. This is a syntax error because entities are low-level "
+"constructs and they are resolved before any parsing happens."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao usar entidades gerais para incluir outros arquivos em um documento, os "
+"arquivos que estão sendo incluídos (<filename> chapter1.xml</filename>, "
+"<filename>chapter2.xml</filename> e assim por diante)<emphasis> não devem </"
+"emphasis>começar com uma declaração DOCTYPE. Este é um erro de sintaxe "
+"porque as entidades são constructors de baixo nível e são transformadas "
+"antes que qualquer análise ocorra."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3041 book.translate.xml:3060
+msgid "Using Parameter Entities to Include Files"
+msgstr "Usando Entidades de Parâmetro para Incluir Arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3043
+msgid ""
+"Parameter entities can only be used inside an <acronym>XML</acronym> "
+"context. Including a file in an <acronym>XML</acronym> context can be used "
+"to ensure that general entities are reusable."
+msgstr ""
+"As entidades de parâmetro só podem ser usadas dentro de um contexto "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>. A inclusão de um arquivo em um contexto "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> pode ser usada para garantir que as entidades gerais "
+"sejam reutilizáveis."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3048
+msgid ""
+"Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and these chapters "
+"were reused in two different books, each book organizing the chapters in a "
+"different fashion."
+msgstr ""
+"Suponha que haja muitos capítulos no documento, e esses capítulos foram "
+"reutilizados em dois livros diferentes, cada livro organizando os capítulos "
+"de maneira diferente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3052
+msgid ""
+"The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but that quickly "
+"becomes cumbersome to manage."
+msgstr ""
+"As entidades podem ser listadas no topo de cada livro, mas isso rapidamente "
+"se torna difícil de gerenciar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3055
+msgid ""
+"Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one file, and use a "
+"parameter entity to include that file within the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Em vez disso, coloque as definições gerais da entidade em um arquivo e use "
+"uma entidade de parâmetro para incluir esse arquivo no documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3062
+msgid ""
+"Place the entity definitions in a separate file called <filename>chapters."
+"ent</filename> and containing this text:"
+msgstr ""
+"Coloque as definições de entidade em um arquivo separado chamado "
+"<filename>chapters.ent</filename> contendo este texto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3066
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM \"chapter1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM \"chapter2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM \"chapter3.xml\"&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3070
+msgid ""
+"Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents of the file. Then use the "
+"parameter entity to load the file into the document, which will then make "
+"all the general entities available for use. Then use the general entities as "
+"before:"
+msgstr ""
+"Crie uma entidade de parâmetro para se referir ao conteúdo do arquivo. Em "
+"seguida, use a entidade de parâmetro para carregar o arquivo no documento, o "
+"que tornará todas as entidades gerais disponíveis para uso. Em seguida, use "
+"as entidades gerais como antes:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3076
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities --&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM \"chapters.ent\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file --&gt;\n"
+"%chapters;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" &amp;chapter.1;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.2;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.3;\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities --&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM \"chapters.ent\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file --&gt;\n"
+"%chapters;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" &amp;chapter.1;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.2;\n"
+" &amp;chapter.3;\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3097
+msgid "Use General Entities to Include Files"
+msgstr "Use Entidades Gerais para Incluir Arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3101
+msgid ""
+"Create three files, <filename>para1.xml</filename>, <filename>para2.xml</"
+"filename>, and <filename>para3.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie três arquivos, <filename>para1.xml</filename>, <filename>para2.xml</"
+"filename> e <filename>para3.xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3105
+msgid "Put content like this in each file:"
+msgstr "Coloque conteúdo como este em cada arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3107
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3111 book.translate.xml:3164
+msgid "Edit <filename>example.xml</filename> so that it looks like this:"
+msgstr "Edite <filename>example.xml</filename> para que fique assim:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3114
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;para1;\n"
+" &amp;para2;\n"
+" &amp;para3;\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;para1;\n"
+" &amp;para2;\n"
+" &amp;para3;\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3138 book.translate.xml:3199
+msgid ""
+"Produce <filename>example.html</filename> by normalizing <filename>example."
+"xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Gere <filename>example.html</filename> ao normalizar <filename>example.xml</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:3141 book.translate.xml:3202
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3145 book.translate.xml:3206
+msgid ""
+"Load <filename>example.html</filename> into the web browser and confirm that "
+"the <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename> files have "
+"been included in <filename>example.html</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Carregue <filename>example.html</filename> no navegador web e confirme se os "
+"arquivos <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename> foram "
+"incluídos em <filename>example.html</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3155
+msgid "Use Parameter Entities to Include Files"
+msgstr "Use Entidades de Parâmetro para Incluir Arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3158
+msgid "The previous steps must have completed before this step."
+msgstr "As etapas anteriores devem ser concluídas antes dessa etapa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3167
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM \"entities.ent\"&gt; %entities;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;para1;\n"
+" &amp;para2;\n"
+" &amp;para3;\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\"\n"
+"\"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd\" [\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM \"entities.ent\"&gt; %entities;\n"
+"]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;para1;\n"
+" &amp;para2;\n"
+" &amp;para3;\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3188
+msgid ""
+"Create a new file called <filename>entities.ent</filename> with this content:"
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um novo arquivo chamado <filename>entities.ent</filename> com este "
+"conteúdo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3192
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3218
+msgid "Marked Sections"
+msgstr "Seções Marcadas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3220
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> provides a mechanism to indicate that particular "
+"pieces of the document should be processed in a special way. These are "
+"called <quote>marked sections</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> fornece um mecanismo para indicar que partes "
+"específicas do documento devem ser processadas de uma maneira especial. "
+"Estes são chamados de <quote>seções marcadas</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3226
+msgid "Structure of a Marked Section"
+msgstr "Estrutura de uma Seção Marcada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3228
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[\n"
+" Contents of marked section\n"
+"]]&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[\n"
+" Contents of marked section\n"
+"]]&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3233
+msgid ""
+"As expected of an <acronym>XML</acronym> construct, a marked section starts "
+"with <literal>&lt;!</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Como esperado de um construct <acronym>XML</acronym>, uma seção marcada "
+"começa com <literal>&lt;!</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3236
+msgid "The first square bracket begins the marked section."
+msgstr "O primeiro colchete inicia a seção marcada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3238
+msgid ""
+"<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable> describes how this marked section is to "
+"be processed by the parser."
+msgstr ""
+"<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable> descreve como esta seção marcada deve ser "
+"processada pelo parser."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3241
+msgid ""
+"The second square bracket indicates the start of the marked section's "
+"content."
+msgstr "O segundo colchete indica o início do conteúdo da seção marcada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3244
+msgid ""
+"The marked section is finished by closing the two square brackets, and then "
+"returning to the document context from the <acronym>XML</acronym> context "
+"with <literal>&gt;</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"A seção marcada é concluída, fechando os dois colchetes e, em seguida, "
+"retornando ao contexto do documento do contexto <acronym>XML</acronym> com "
+"<literal>&gt;</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3250
+msgid "Marked Section Keywords"
+msgstr "Palavras-chave da Seção Marcada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3253
+msgid "<literal>CDATA</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>CDATA</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3255
+msgid ""
+"These keywords denote the marked sections <emphasis>content model</"
+"emphasis>, and allow you to change it from the default."
+msgstr ""
+"Essas palavras-chave indicam as seções marcadas pelo <emphasis>modelo de "
+"conteúdo</emphasis> e permitem que você a altere do padrão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3259
+msgid ""
+"When an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser is processing a document, it keeps "
+"track of the <quote>content model</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando um <acronym>XML</acronym> parser está processando um documento, ele "
+"acompanha o <quote>modelo de conteúdo</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3263
+msgid ""
+"The content model describes the content the parser is expecting to see and "
+"what it will do with that content."
+msgstr ""
+"O modelo de conteúdo descreve o conteúdo que o parser espera ver e o que ele "
+"fará com esse conteúdo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3267
+msgid "The <literal>CDATA</literal> content model is one of the most useful."
+msgstr "O modelo de conteúdo <literal>CDATA</literal> é um dos mais úteis."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3270
+msgid ""
+"<literal>CDATA</literal> is for <quote>Character Data</quote>. When the "
+"parser is in this content model, it expects to see only characters. In this "
+"model the <literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> symbols lose "
+"their special status, and will be treated as ordinary characters."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>CDATA</literal> é para <quote>Dados de Caractere</quote>. Quando o "
+"parser está neste modelo de conteúdo, ele espera ver apenas caracteres. "
+"Nesse modelo, os símbolos <literal>&lt;</literal> e <literal>&amp;</literal> "
+"perdem seu status especial e serão tratados como caracteres comuns."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3278
+msgid ""
+"When using <literal>CDATA</literal> in examples of text marked up in "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>, remember that the content of <literal>CDATA</"
+"literal> is not validated. The included text must be check with other means. "
+"For example, the content could be written in another document, validated, "
+"and then pasted into the <literal>CDATA</literal> section."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao usar <literal>CDATA</literal> em exemplos de texto marcados em "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>, lembre-se de que o conteúdo de <literal>CDATA</"
+"literal> não é validado. O texto incluído deve ser verificado por outros "
+"meios. Por exemplo, o conteúdo poderia ser escrito em outro documento, "
+"validado e depois colado na seção <literal>CDATA</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3288
+msgid "Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked Section"
+msgstr "Usando uma Seção Marcada <literal>CDATA</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3291
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some text that contains\n"
+" many <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;lt;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> and <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;amp;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
+" symbols. The sample text is a fragment of\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>. The surrounding text (<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> and\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>) are from DocBook.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>&lt;![CDATA[<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a sample that shows some of the\n"
+" elements within <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>. Since the angle\n"
+" brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole\n"
+" example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for\n"
+" the left and right angle brackets throughout.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a second listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a third listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the end of the example.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>]]&gt;<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some text that contains\n"
+" many <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;lt;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> and <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>&amp;amp;<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
+" symbols. The sample text is a fragment of\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>. The surrounding text (<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> and\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>) are from DocBook.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>&lt;![CDATA[<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a sample that shows some of the\n"
+" elements within <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>. Since the angle\n"
+" brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole\n"
+" example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for\n"
+" the left and right angle brackets throughout.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a second listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>This is a third listitem<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the end of the example.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>]]&gt;<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3314
+msgid "<literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>INCLUDE</literal> e <literal>IGNORE</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3317
+msgid ""
+"When the keyword is <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, then the contents of the "
+"marked section will be processed. When the keyword is <literal>IGNORE</"
+"literal>, the marked section is ignored and will not be processed. It will "
+"not appear in the output."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando a palavra-chave é <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, o conteúdo da seção "
+"marcada será processado. Quando a palavra-chave é <literal>IGNORE</literal>, "
+"a seção marcada é ignorada e não será processada. Não aparecerá na saída."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3324
+msgid ""
+"Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked "
+"Sections"
+msgstr ""
+"Usando <literal>INCLUDE</literal> e <literal>IGNORE</literal> em Seções "
+"Marcadas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3327
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;![INCLUDE[\n"
+" This text will be processed and included.\n"
+"]]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;![IGNORE[\n"
+" This text will not be processed or included.\n"
+"]]&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;![INCLUDE[\n"
+" This text will be processed and included.\n"
+"]]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;![IGNORE[\n"
+" This text will not be processed or included.\n"
+"]]&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3336
+msgid ""
+"By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be removed from the document "
+"could be cut out, or wrapped in comments."
+msgstr ""
+"Por si só, isso não é muito útil. O texto a ser removido do documento pode "
+"ser recortado ou estar em forma de comentários."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3340
+msgid ""
+"It becomes more useful when controlled by <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
+"parameter-entities\">parameter entities</link>, yet this usage is limited to "
+"entity files."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele se torna mais útil quando controlado por <link linkend=\"xml-primer-"
+"parameter-entities\">entidades de parâmetro</link>, mas esse uso é limitado "
+"a arquivos de entidades."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3345
+msgid ""
+"For example, suppose that documentation was produced in a hard-copy version "
+"and an electronic version. Some extra text is desired in the electronic "
+"version content that was not to appear in the hard-copy."
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, suponha que a documentação tenha sido produzida em uma versão "
+"impressa e em uma versão eletrônica. Algum texto extra é desejado no "
+"conteúdo da versão eletrônica que não deveria aparecer na cópia impressa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3350
+msgid ""
+"Create an entity file that defines general entities to include each chapter "
+"and guard these definitions with a parameter entity that can be set to "
+"either <literal>INCLUDE</literal> or <literal>IGNORE</literal> to control "
+"whether the entity is defined. After these conditional general entity "
+"definitions, place one more definition for each general entity to set them "
+"to an empty value. This technique makes use of the fact that entity "
+"definitions cannot be overridden but the first definition always takes "
+"effect. So the inclusion of the chapter is controlled with the corresponding "
+"parameter entity. Set to <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, the first general "
+"entity definition will be read and the second one will be ignored. Set to "
+"<literal>IGNORE</literal>, the first definition will be ignored and the "
+"second one will take effect."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um arquivo de entidade que defina entidades gerais para incluir cada "
+"capítulo e proteja essas definições com uma entidade de parâmetro que pode "
+"ser definida como <literal>INCLUDE</literal> ou <literal>IGNORE</literal> "
+"para controlar se a entidade está definida . Após essas definições de "
+"entidades gerais condicionais, coloque mais uma definição para cada entidade "
+"geral para defini-las como um valor vazio. Essa técnica faz uso do fato de "
+"que as definições de entidade não podem ser substituídas, mas a primeira "
+"definição sempre entra em vigor. Assim, a inclusão do capítulo é controlada "
+"com a entidade de parâmetro correspondente. Definido como <literal>INCLUDE</"
+"literal>, a primeira definição de entidade geral será lida e a segunda será "
+"ignorada. Definido como <literal>IGNORE</literal>, a primeira definição será "
+"ignorada e a segunda será utilizada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3367
+msgid "Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked Section"
+msgstr "Usando uma Entidade de Parâmetro para Controlar uma Seção Marcada"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3370
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;![%electronic.copy;[\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface\tSYSTEM \"preface.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"]]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface \"\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"INCLUDE\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;![%electronic.copy;[\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface\tSYSTEM \"preface.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"]]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface \"\"&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3378
+msgid ""
+"When producing the hard-copy version, change the parameter entity's "
+"definition to:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ao produzir a versão impressa, altere a definição do parâmetro de entidade "
+"para:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3381
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\"&gt;"
+msgstr "&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy \"IGNORE\"&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3391
+msgid "Modify <filename>entities.ent</filename> to contain the following:"
+msgstr ""
+"Modifique <filename>entidades.ent</filename> para conter o seguinte texto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3394
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % conditional.text \"IGNORE\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;![%conditional.text;[\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"]]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 \"\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!ENTITY version \"1.1\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % conditional.text \"IGNORE\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;![%conditional.text;[\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM \"para1.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"]]&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para1 \"\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM \"para2.xml\"&gt;\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM \"para3.xml\"&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3408
+msgid ""
+"Normalize <filename>example.xml</filename> and notice that the conditional "
+"text is not present in the output document. Set the parameter entity guard "
+"to <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and regenerate the normalized document and the "
+"text will appear again. This method makes sense if there are more "
+"conditional chunks depending on the same condition. For example, to control "
+"generating printed or online text."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalize <filename>example.xml</filename> e observe que o texto condicional "
+"não está presente no documento de saída. Altere o parâmetro de entidade para "
+"<literal>INCLUDE</literal> e gere novamente o documento normalizado, dessa "
+"forma e o texto aparecerá novamente. Esse método faz sentido se houver mais "
+"partes condicionais dependendo da mesma condição. Por exemplo, para "
+"controlar a geração de texto impresso ou on-line."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3423
+msgid "Conclusion"
+msgstr "Conclusão"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3425
+msgid ""
+"That is the conclusion of this <acronym>XML</acronym> primer. For reasons of "
+"space and complexity, several things have not been covered in depth (or at "
+"all). However, the previous sections cover enough <acronym>XML</acronym> to "
+"introduce the organization of the <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Essa é a conclusão deste primer <acronym>XML</acronym>. Por razões de espaço "
+"e complexidade, vários assuntos não foram cobertos bem afundo. No entanto, "
+"as seções anteriores abrangem o suficiente de <acronym>XML</acronym> para "
+"apresentar a organização da documentação do <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3466
+msgid "<acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup"
+msgstr "<acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3469 book.translate.xml:4072 book.translate.xml:7338
+#: book.translate.xml:8258
+msgid "Introduction"
+msgstr "Introdução"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3471
+msgid ""
+"This chapter describes usage of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> markup language "
+"used for the FreeBSD web site."
+msgstr ""
+"Este capítulo descreve o uso da linguagem <acronym>XHTML</acronym> markup "
+"usada no site do FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3474
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the <acronym>XML</acronym> version of the "
+"HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of choice on the World Wide "
+"Web. More information can be found at <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/"
+"\">http://www.w3.org/</uri>."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> é a versão <acronym>XML</acronym> da HyperText "
+"Markup Language, a linguagem markup escolhida na World Wide Web. Mais "
+"informações podem ser encontradas em <uri xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/"
+"\">http://www.w3.org/</uri>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3479
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> is used to mark up pages on the FreeBSD web site. "
+"It is usually not used to mark up other documentation, since DocBook offers "
+"a far richer set of elements from which to choose. Consequently, "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> pages will normally only be encountered when "
+"writing for the web site."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> é usado para escrever páginas no site do FreeBSD. "
+"Geralmente não é usado para escrever outra documentação, uma vez que o "
+"DocBook oferece um conjunto muito mais rico de elementos para se escolher. "
+"Consequentemente, as páginas <acronym>XHTML</acronym> normalmente só serão "
+"encontradas ao escrever para o web site."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3486
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>HTML</acronym> has gone through a number of versions. The "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym>-compliant version described here is called "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The latest widespread version is <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym> 1.0, available in both <emphasis>strict</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>transitional</emphasis> variants."
+msgstr ""
+"O <acronym>HTML</acronym> passou por várias versões. A versão compatível com "
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> descrita aqui é chamada <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. A "
+"versão mais recente generalizada é o <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0, "
+"disponível nas variantes <emphasis>strict</emphasis> e "
+"<emphasis>transitional</emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3493
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTDs</acronym> are available from the "
+"Ports Collection in <package>textproc/xhtml</package>. They are "
+"automatically installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
+msgstr ""
+"Os <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTDs</acronym> estão disponíveis na "
+"Coleção de Ports em <package>textproc/xhtml</package>. Eles são "
+"automaticamente instalados pelo port <package>textproc/docproj</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3500
+msgid ""
+"This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> an exhaustive list of elements, since that "
+"would just repeat the documentation for <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The aim is "
+"to list those elements most commonly used. Please post questions about "
+"elements or uses not covered here to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
+"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project "
+"mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Isto <emphasis>não</emphasis> é uma lista completa de elementos, uma vez que "
+"isso apenas repetiria a documentação de <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. O objetivo "
+"é listar os elementos mais utilizados. Por favor, poste perguntas sobre "
+"elementos ou usos não abordados aqui na <link xlink:href=\"http://lists."
+"FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">lista de discussão do projeto de "
+"documentação do FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3508 book.translate.xml:4111
+msgid "Inline Versus Block"
+msgstr "Inline Versus Block"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3510 book.translate.xml:4113
+msgid ""
+"In the remainder of this document, when describing elements, "
+"<emphasis>inline</emphasis> means that the element can occur within a block "
+"element, and does not cause a line break. A <emphasis>block</emphasis> "
+"element, by comparison, will cause a line break (and other processing) when "
+"it is encountered."
+msgstr ""
+"No restante deste documento, ao descrever elementos, <emphasis>inline</"
+"emphasis> significa que o elemento pode estar dentro de um elemento de bloco "
+"e não causa uma quebra de linha. Um elemento <emphasis>block</emphasis>, por "
+"outro lado, causará uma quebra de linha (e outro processamento) quando for "
+"encontrado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3520
+msgid "Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"
+msgstr "Identificador Público Formal (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3522
+msgid ""
+"There are a number of <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>FPI</acronym>s, "
+"depending upon the version, or <emphasis>level</emphasis> of <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym> to which a document conforms. Most <acronym>XHTML</acronym> "
+"documents on the FreeBSD web site comply with the transitional version of "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem vários <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>FPI</acronym>s, dependendo "
+"da versão, ou da <emphasis>versão</emphasis> do <acronym>XHTML</acronym> ao "
+"qual um documento está em conformidade. A maioria dos documentos "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> no site do FreeBSD está de acordo com a versão de "
+"transição do <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3529
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\""
+msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3533
+msgid "Sectional Elements"
+msgstr "Seções de Elementos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3535
+msgid ""
+"An <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document is normally split into two sections. "
+"The first section, called the <emphasis>head</emphasis>, contains meta-"
+"information about the document, such as its title, the name of the author, "
+"the parent document, and so on. The second section, the <emphasis>body</"
+"emphasis>, contains content that will be displayed to the user."
+msgstr ""
+"Um documento <acronym>XHTML</acronym> é normalmente dividido em duas seções. "
+"A primeira seção, chamada de <emphasis>head</emphasis>, contém meta-"
+"informações sobre o documento, como seu título, o nome do autor, o documento "
+"pai e assim por diante. A segunda seção, o<emphasis>body</emphasis>, contém "
+"o conteúdo que será exibido ao usuário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3543
+msgid ""
+"These sections are indicated with <tag>head</tag> and <tag>body</tag> "
+"elements respectively. These elements are contained within the top-level "
+"<tag>html</tag> element."
+msgstr ""
+"Essas seções são indicadas com os elementos <tag>head</tag> e <tag>body</"
+"tag>, respectivamente. Esses elementos estão dentro do elemento <tag>html</"
+"tag> de nível superior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3549
+msgid "Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document Structure"
+msgstr "Estrutura de um Documento <acronym>XHTML</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3552
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>The Document's Title</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">html xmlns=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>The Document's Title</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">head</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">body</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">body</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">html</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3567 book.translate.xml:4711
+msgid "Block Elements"
+msgstr "Elementos Block"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3570
+msgid "Headings"
+msgstr "Cabeçalhos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3572
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> has tags to denote headings in the document at up "
+"to six different levels."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> tem tags para indicar títulos no documento em até "
+"seis níveis diferentes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3575
+msgid ""
+"The largest and most prominent heading is <tag>h1</tag>, then <tag>h2</tag>, "
+"continuing down to <tag>h6</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"O maior e mais importante título é <tag>h1</tag>, depois <tag>h2</tag>, "
+"seguindo até <tag>h6</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3579
+msgid "The element's content is the text of the heading."
+msgstr "O conteúdo do elemento é o texto do cabeçalho."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3582
+msgid "<tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>, and Other Header Tags"
+msgstr "<tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag> e Outras Tags de Cabeçalho"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3585 book.translate.xml:3620 book.translate.xml:3636
+#: book.translate.xml:3681 book.translate.xml:3713 book.translate.xml:3790
+#: book.translate.xml:3818 book.translate.xml:3840 book.translate.xml:3862
+#: book.translate.xml:3918 book.translate.xml:3935 book.translate.xml:3965
+#: book.translate.xml:3990 book.translate.xml:4730 book.translate.xml:4756
+#: book.translate.xml:4837 book.translate.xml:4871 book.translate.xml:4918
+#: book.translate.xml:4978 book.translate.xml:5039 book.translate.xml:5135
+#: book.translate.xml:5271 book.translate.xml:5433 book.translate.xml:5492
+#: book.translate.xml:5519 book.translate.xml:5549 book.translate.xml:5588
+#: book.translate.xml:5696 book.translate.xml:5753 book.translate.xml:5804
+#: book.translate.xml:5923 book.translate.xml:5991 book.translate.xml:6020
+#: book.translate.xml:6041 book.translate.xml:6083 book.translate.xml:6138
+#: book.translate.xml:6171 book.translate.xml:6188 book.translate.xml:6222
+#: book.translate.xml:6246 book.translate.xml:6726 book.translate.xml:6742
+msgid "Usage:"
+msgstr "Uso:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3587
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h1</tag>First section<tag class=\"endtag\">h1</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Document introduction goes here --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the first section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Content for the first section goes here --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h3</tag>This is the heading for the first sub-section<tag class=\"endtag\">h3</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the second section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Content for the second section goes here --&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h1</tag>First section<tag class=\"endtag\">h1</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Document introduction goes here --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the first section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Content for the first section goes here --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h3</tag>This is the heading for the first sub-section<tag class=\"endtag\">h3</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">h2</tag>This is the heading for the second section<tag class=\"endtag\">h2</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!-- Content for the second section goes here --&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3604
+msgid ""
+"Generally, an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> page should have one first level "
+"heading (<tag>h1</tag>). This can contain many second level headings "
+"(<tag>h2</tag>), which can in turn contain many third level headings. Do not "
+"leave gaps in the numbering."
+msgstr ""
+"Geralmente, uma página <acronym>XHTML</acronym> deve ter um título de "
+"primeiro nível (<tag>h1</tag>). Nela pode conter muitos títulos de segundo "
+"nível (<tag>h2</tag>), que por sua vez podem conter muitos cabeçalhos de "
+"terceiro nível. Não deixe lacunas na numeração."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3612 book.translate.xml:4714
+msgid "Paragraphs"
+msgstr "Parágrafos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3614
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> supports a single paragraph element, <tag>p</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"O <acronym>XHTML</acronym> suporta um único elemento de parágrafo, <tag>p</"
+"tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3618
+msgid "<tag>p</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3622
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n"
+" other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n"
+" other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3628 book.translate.xml:4743
+msgid "Block Quotations"
+msgstr "Bloco de Citações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3630
+msgid ""
+"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that will "
+"appear in a separate paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+"Um bloco de citação é uma citação estendida de outro documento que aparecerá "
+"em um parágrafo separado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3634 book.translate.xml:4754
+msgid "<tag>blockquote</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>blockquote</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3638
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form\n"
+" a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic\n"
+" Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general\n"
+" Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our\n"
+" Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the\n"
+" United States of America.<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form\n"
+" a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic\n"
+" Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general\n"
+" Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our\n"
+" Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the\n"
+" United States of America.<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3650
+msgid "Lists"
+msgstr "Listas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3652
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> can present the user with three types of lists: "
+"ordered, unordered, and definition."
+msgstr ""
+"O <acronym>XHTML</acronym> pode apresentar ao usuário três tipos de listas: "
+"ordenadas, desordenadas e de definição."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3655
+msgid ""
+"Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries in an unordered "
+"list will be preceded by bullet points. Definition lists have two sections "
+"for each entry. The first section is the term being defined, and the second "
+"section is the definition."
+msgstr ""
+"Entradas em uma lista ordenada serão numeradas, enquanto as entradas em uma "
+"lista não ordenada serão precedidas por marcadores. Listas de definições têm "
+"duas seções para cada entrada. A primeira seção é o termo que está sendo "
+"definido e a segunda seção é a definição."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3661
+msgid ""
+"Ordered lists are indicated by the <tag>ol</tag> element, unordered lists by "
+"the <tag>ul</tag> element, and definition lists by the <tag>dl</tag> element."
+msgstr ""
+"As listas ordenadas são indicadas pelo elemento <tag>ol</tag>, listas não "
+"ordenadas pelo elemento <tag>ul</tag> e listas de definição pelo elemento "
+"<tag>dl</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3666
+msgid ""
+"Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated by the <tag>li</"
+"tag> element. A listitem can contain textual content, or it may be further "
+"wrapped in one or more <tag>p</tag> elements."
+msgstr ""
+"As listas ordenadas e não ordenadas contêm listitens, indicadas pelo "
+"elemento <tag>li</tag>. Um listitem pode conter conteúdo textual ou pode ser "
+"envoltos em um ou mais elementos <tag>p</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3671
+msgid ""
+"Definition lists contain definition terms (<tag>dt</tag>) and definition "
+"descriptions (<tag>dd</tag>). A definition term can only contain inline "
+"elements. A definition description can contain other block elements."
+msgstr ""
+"As listas de definições contêm termos de definição (<tag>dt</tag>) e "
+"descrições de definição (<tag>dd</tag>). Um termo de definição pode conter "
+"apenas elementos in-line. Uma descrição de definição pode conter outros "
+"elementos de bloco."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3678
+msgid "<tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3683
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An unordered list. Listitems will probably be\n"
+" preceded by bullets.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>First item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Second item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Third item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple\n"
+" paragraphs. Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be\n"
+" numbered.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">ol</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first item. It only has one paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the second paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first and only paragraph of the third\n"
+" item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">ol</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An unordered list. Listitems will probably be\n"
+" preceded by bullets.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">ul</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>First item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Second item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag>Third item<tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">ul</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>An ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple\n"
+" paragraphs. Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be\n"
+" numbered.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">ol</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first item. It only has one paragraph.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the second paragraph of the second item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">li</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is the first and only paragraph of the third\n"
+" item.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">li</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">ol</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3711
+msgid "Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag>"
+msgstr "Listas de Definição com <tag>dl</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3715
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">dl</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 1<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 2 of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 2<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 2.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 3<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 3.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">dl</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">dl</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 1<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 2 of definition 1.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 2<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 2.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dt</tag>Term 3<tag class=\"endtag\">dt</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">dd</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 3.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">dd</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">dl</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3734
+msgid "Pre-formatted Text"
+msgstr "Texto Pré-formatado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3736
+msgid ""
+"Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is in the file. Text "
+"is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces and line breaks are shown exactly "
+"as they are in the file."
+msgstr ""
+"Texto pré-formatado é apresentado para o usuário exatamente como está no "
+"arquivo. O texto é mostrado em uma fonte fixa. Vários espaços e quebras de "
+"linha são mostrados exatamente como estão no arquivo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3741
+msgid "Wrap pre-formatted text in the <tag>pre</tag> element."
+msgstr "Deixe o texto pré-formatado no elemento <tag>pre</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3745
+msgid "<tag>pre</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>pre</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3747
+msgid ""
+"For example, the <tag>pre</tag> tags could be used to mark up an email "
+"message:"
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, as tags <tag>pre</tag> podem ser usadas para marcar uma "
+"mensagem de email:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3750
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">pre</tag> From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
+" To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
+" Subject: New documentation available\n"
+"\n"
+" There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD\n"
+" Documentation Project available at\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&amp;gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" Comments appreciated.\n"
+"\n"
+" N<tag class=\"endtag\">pre</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">pre</tag> From: nik@FreeBSD.org\n"
+" To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
+" Subject: New documentation available\n"
+"\n"
+" There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD\n"
+" Documentation Project available at\n"
+"\n"
+" &amp;lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&amp;gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" Comments appreciated.\n"
+"\n"
+" N<tag class=\"endtag\">pre</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3763
+msgid ""
+"Keep in mind that <literal>&lt;</literal> and <literal>&amp;</literal> still "
+"are recognized as special characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the "
+"example shown had to use <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> instead of <literal>&lt;"
+"</literal>. For consistency, <literal>&amp;gt;</literal> was used in place "
+"of <literal>&gt;</literal>, too. Watch out for the special characters that "
+"may appear in text copied from a plain-text source, like an email message or "
+"program code."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenha em mente que <literal>&lt;</literal> e <literal>&amp;</literal> ainda "
+"são reconhecidos como caracteres especiais no texto pré-formatado. É por "
+"isso que o exemplo mostrado teve que usar <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> em vez "
+"de <literal>&lt;</literal>. Para consistência, o <literal>&amp;gt;</literal> "
+"também foi usado no lugar de <literal>&gt;</literal>. Fique atento com os "
+"caracteres especiais que podem aparecer no texto copiado de uma fonte de "
+"texto simples, como uma mensagem de e-mail ou código de programa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3776 book.translate.xml:5244
+msgid "Tables"
+msgstr "Tabelas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3778
+msgid ""
+"Mark up tabular information using the <tag>table</tag> element. A table "
+"consists of one or more table rows (<tag>tr</tag>), each containing one or "
+"more cells of table data (<tag>td</tag>). Each cell can contain other block "
+"elements, such as paragraphs or lists. It can also contain another table "
+"(this nesting can repeat indefinitely). If the cell only contains one "
+"paragraph then the <tag>p</tag>element is not needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Marque as informações tabulares usando o elemento <tag>table</tag>. Uma "
+"tabela consiste em uma ou mais linhas da tabela (<tag>tr</tag>), cada uma "
+"contendo uma ou mais células de dados da tabela (<tag>td</tag>). Cada célula "
+"pode conter outros elementos de bloco, como parágrafos ou listas. Também "
+"pode conter outra tabela (esse aninhamento pode repetir indefinidamente). Se "
+"a célula contiver apenas um parágrafo, o elemento <tag>p</tag> não será "
+"necessário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3788
+msgid "Simple Use of <tag>table</tag>"
+msgstr "Uso Simples de <tag>table</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3792
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3809
+msgid ""
+"A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the <tag class="
+"\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> or <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag> "
+"attributes with values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma célula pode abranger várias linhas e colunas adicionando os atributos "
+"<tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> ou <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</"
+"tag> com valores para o número de linhas ou colunas a serem abrangido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3815
+msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag>"
+msgstr "Usando <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3820
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to\n"
+" it on the right.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Long and thin<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to\n"
+" it on the right.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Long and thin<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3837
+msgid "Using <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag>"
+msgstr "Usando <tag class=\"attribute\">colspan</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3842
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below it.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\"</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below it.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\"</tag>Top cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3858
+msgid ""
+"Using <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> and <tag class=\"attribute"
+"\">colspan</tag> Together"
+msgstr ""
+"Usando <tag class=\"attribute\">rowspan</tag> e <tag class=\"attribute"
+"\">colspan</tag> Juntos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3864
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of\n"
+" cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\" rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Top left large cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" &lt;!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into\n"
+" this row, the first &lt;td&gt; will occur on its\n"
+" right --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Middle right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom middle cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of\n"
+" cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">table</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td colspan=\"2\" rowspan=\"2\"</tag>Top left large cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" &lt;!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into\n"
+" this row, the first &lt;td&gt; will occur on its\n"
+" right --&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Middle right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tr</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom middle cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class=\"endtag\">td</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tr</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">table</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3895 book.translate.xml:5471
+msgid "In-line Elements"
+msgstr "Elementos In-line"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3898 book.translate.xml:5474
+msgid "Emphasizing Information"
+msgstr "Realçando Informação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3900
+msgid ""
+"Two levels of emphasis are available in <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, <tag>em</"
+"tag> and <tag>strong</tag>. <tag>em</tag> is for a normal level of emphasis "
+"and <tag>strong</tag> indicates stronger emphasis."
+msgstr ""
+"Dois níveis de ênfase estão disponíveis em <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, "
+"<tag>em</tag> e <tag>strong</tag>. <tag>em</tag> é para um nível normal de "
+"ênfase e <tag>strong</tag> indica ênfase mais forte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3906
+msgid ""
+"<tag>em</tag> is typically rendered in italic and <tag>strong</tag> is "
+"rendered in bold. This is not always the case, and should not be relied "
+"upon. According to best practices, web pages only hold structural and "
+"semantical information, and stylesheets are later applied to them. Think of "
+"semantics, not formatting, when using these tags."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>em</tag> é normalmente renderizado em itálico e o <tag>strong</tag> é "
+"renderizado em negrito. Isso nem sempre assim e não deve ser considerado ao "
+"pé da letra. De acordo com as práticas recomendadas, as páginas web "
+"armazenam apenas informações estruturais e semânticas, e as folhas de estilo "
+"são aplicadas posteriormente a elas. Pense na semântica, não na formatação, "
+"ao usar essas tags."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3915
+msgid "<tag>em</tag> and <tag>strong</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>em</tag> e <tag>strong</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3920
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>This<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> has been emphasized, while\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">strong</tag>this<tag class=\"endtag\">strong</tag> has been strongly emphasized.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">em</tag>This<tag class=\"endtag\">em</tag> has been emphasized, while\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">strong</tag>this<tag class=\"endtag\">strong</tag> has been strongly emphasized.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3926
+msgid "Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text"
+msgstr "Indicando Texto Fixo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3928
+msgid ""
+"Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch (typewriter) typeface is "
+"tagged with <tag>tt</tag> (for <quote>teletype</quote>)."
+msgstr ""
+"O conteúdo que deve ser renderizado em um tipo fixo de texto (typewriter) é "
+"marcado com <tag>tt</tag> (para <quote>teletype</quote>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3933
+msgid "<tag>tt</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>tt</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3937
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>/etc<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>/etc<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3943 book.translate.xml:6564
+msgid "Links"
+msgstr "Links"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3946
+msgid "Links are also inline elements."
+msgstr "Links também são elementos in-line."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3950 book.translate.xml:6659
+msgid "Linking to Other Documents on the Web"
+msgstr "Criando Links para Outros Documentos na Web"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3952
+msgid ""
+"A link points to the <acronym>URL</acronym> of a document on the web. The "
+"link is indicated with <tag>a</tag>, and the <tag class=\"attribute\">href</"
+"tag> attribute contains the <acronym>URL</acronym> of the target document. "
+"The content of the element becomes the link, indicated to the user by "
+"showing it in a different color or with an underline."
+msgstr ""
+"Um link aponta para uma <acronym>URL</acronym> de um documento na web. O "
+"link é indicado com a <tag>a</tag>, e o atributo <tag class=\"attribute"
+"\">href</tag> contém a <acronym>URL</acronym> do documento de destino. O "
+"conteúdo do elemento se torna o link, indicado ao usuário, mostrando-o em "
+"uma cor diferente ou com um sublinhado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3962
+msgid "Using <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"...\"</tag>"
+msgstr "Usando <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"...\"</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3967
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information is available at the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"http://www.&amp;os;.org/\"</tag>&amp;os; web site<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information is available at the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"http://www.&amp;os;.org/\"</tag>&amp;os; web site<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3971
+msgid "This link always takes the user to the top of the linked document."
+msgstr "Esse link sempre leva o usuário ao topo do documento que foi linkado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3976
+msgid "Linking to Specific Parts of Documents"
+msgstr "Criando Links para Partes Específicas de Documentos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3978
+msgid ""
+"To link to a specific point within a document, that document must include an "
+"<emphasis>anchor</emphasis> at the desired point. Anchors are included by "
+"setting the <tag class=\"attribute\">id</tag> attribute of an element to a "
+"name. This example creates an anchor by setting the <tag class=\"attribute"
+"\">id</tag> attribute of a <tag class=\"element\">p</tag> element."
+msgstr ""
+"Para linkar a um ponto específico dentro de um documento, esse documento "
+"deve incluir uma <emphasis>âncora</emphasis> no ponto desejado. As âncoras "
+"são incluídas configurando o atributo <tag class=\"attribute\">id</tag> de "
+"um elemento para um nome. Este exemplo cria uma âncora definindo o atributo "
+"<tag class=\"attribute\">id</tag> de um elemento <tag class=\"element\">p</"
+"tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:3988
+msgid "Creating an Anchor"
+msgstr "Criando uma Âncora"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:3992
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p id=\"samplepara\"</tag>This paragraph can be referenced\n"
+" in other links with the name <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>samplepara<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p id=\"samplepara\"</tag>This paragraph can be referenced\n"
+" in other links with the name <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>samplepara<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:3996
+msgid ""
+"Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include a <literal>#</"
+"literal> symbol and the anchor's <acronym>ID</acronym> at the end of the "
+"<acronym>URL</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Links para âncoras são semelhantes aos links simples, mas incluem um símbolo "
+"<literal>#</literal> e o <acronym>ID</acronym> da âncora no final da "
+"<acronym>URL</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4002
+msgid "Linking to a Named Part of a Different Document"
+msgstr "Criando Link para uma Parte Nomeada de um Outro Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4005
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example is part of a document called "
+"<filename>foo.html</filename>. A link to that specific paragraph in the "
+"document is constructed in this example."
+msgstr ""
+"O exemplo <literal>samplepara</literal> é parte de um documento chamado "
+"<filename>foo.html</filename>. Um link para esse parágrafo específico no "
+"documento é construído neste exemplo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4010
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"foo.html#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>foo.html<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"foo.html#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tt</tag>foo.html<tag class=\"endtag\">tt</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4015
+msgid ""
+"To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit the document's "
+"<acronym>URL</acronym>, and just use the <literal>#</literal> symbol "
+"followed by the name of the anchor."
+msgstr ""
+"Para vincular-se a uma âncora nomeada no mesmo documento, omita a "
+"<acronym>URL</acronym>do documento, e use apenas o símbolo <literal>#</"
+"literal> seguido do nome da âncora."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4021
+msgid "Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document"
+msgstr "Criando Link para uma Parte Nomeada no Mesmo Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4023
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>samplepara</literal> example resides in this document. To link "
+"to it:"
+msgstr ""
+"O exemplo <literal>samplepara</literal> reside neste documento. Para "
+"vincular a ele:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4026
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of this\n"
+" document.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">p</tag>More information can be found in the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">a href=\"#samplepara\"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class=\"endtag\">a</tag> of this\n"
+" document.<tag class=\"endtag\">p</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4069
+msgid "DocBook Markup"
+msgstr "DocBook Markup"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4074
+msgid ""
+"This chapter is an introduction to DocBook as it is used for FreeBSD "
+"documentation. DocBook is a large and complex markup system, but the subset "
+"described here covers the parts that are most widely used for FreeBSD "
+"documentation. While a moderate subset is covered, it is impossible to "
+"anticipate every situation. Please post questions that this document does "
+"not answer to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Este capítulo é uma introdução ao DocBook e como ele é usado na documentação "
+"do FreeBSD. O DocBook é um sistema de marcação extenso e complexo, mas o "
+"subconjunto descrito aqui abrange as partes mais usadas para a documentação "
+"do FreeBSD. Enquanto um subconjunto moderado é coberto, é impossível "
+"antecipar todas as situações. Por favor, poste questões que este documento "
+"não responde à <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
+"freebsd-doc\">lista de discussão do projeto de documentação do FreeBSD</"
+"link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: footnote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4085
+msgid ""
+"A short history can be found under <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open."
+"org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41\">http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/intro."
+"shtml#d0e41</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um breve histórico pode ser encontrado em <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
+"oasis-open.org/docbook/intro.shtml#d0e41\">http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/"
+"intro.shtml#d0e41</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4082
+msgid ""
+"DocBook was originally developed by HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly &amp; "
+"Associates to be a Document Type Definition (<acronym>DTD</acronym>) for "
+"writing technical documentation <_:footnote-1/>. Since 1998 it is maintained "
+"by the <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/tc_home.php?"
+"wg_abbrev=docbook\"> DocBook Technical Committee</link>. As such, and unlike "
+"LinuxDoc and <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, DocBook is very heavily oriented "
+"towards markup that describes <emphasis>what</emphasis> something is, rather "
+"than describing <emphasis>how</emphasis> it should be presented."
+msgstr ""
+"DocBook foi originalmente desenvolvido por HaL Computer Systems and O'Reilly "
+"&amp; Associates para ser uma Definição de Tipo de Documento (<acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym>) para escrever documentação técnica <_:footnote-1/>. Desde 1998, "
+"ele é mantido pelo <link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/committees/"
+"tc_home.php?wg_abbrev=docbook\">Comitê Técnico do DocBook</link>. Como tal, "
+"e ao contrário do LinuxDoc e do <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, o DocBook é "
+"fortemente orientado para um markup que descreve <emphasis>o que</emphasis> "
+"alguma coisa é, em vez de descrever <emphasis>como</emphasis> deve ser "
+"apresentado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4093
+msgid ""
+"The DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is available from the Ports Collection in "
+"the <package>textproc/docbook-xml</package> port. It is automatically "
+"installed as part of the <package>textproc/docproj</package> port."
+msgstr ""
+"O DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> está disponível na coleção Ports "
+"<package>textproc/docbook-xml</package>. Ele é instalado automaticamente "
+"como parte do port <package>textproc/docproj</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4101
+msgid "Formal Versus Informal"
+msgstr "Formal Versus Informal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4103
+msgid ""
+"Some elements may exist in two forms, <emphasis>formal</emphasis> and "
+"<emphasis>informal</emphasis>. Typically, the formal version of the element "
+"will consist of a title followed by the informal version of the element. The "
+"informal version will not have a title."
+msgstr ""
+"Alguns elementos podem existir em duas formas, <emphasis>formal</emphasis> e "
+"<emphasis>informal</emphasis>. Normalmente, a versão formal do elemento "
+"consistirá em um título seguido pela versão informal do elemento. A versão "
+"informal não terá um título."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4123
+msgid "FreeBSD Extensions"
+msgstr "Extensões do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4125
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD Documentation Project has extended the DocBook <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> with additional elements and entities. These additions serve to "
+"make some of the markup easier or more precise."
+msgstr ""
+"O Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD estendeu o DocBook <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> com elementos e entidades adicionais. Essas adições servem para "
+"tornar algumas das marcações mais fáceis ou mais precisas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4130
+msgid ""
+"Throughout the rest of this document, the term <quote>DocBook</quote> is "
+"used to mean the FreeBSD-extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao longo deste documento, o termo <quote>DocBook</quote> é usado para "
+"indicar o DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> estendido do FreeBSD."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4135
+msgid ""
+"Most of these extensions are not unique to FreeBSD, it was just felt that "
+"they were useful enhancements for this particular project. Should anyone "
+"from any of the other *nix camps (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux, …) be interested "
+"in collaborating on a standard DocBook extension set, please contact "
+"Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria dessas extensões não é exclusiva do FreeBSD, foi apenas "
+"identificado que elas eram melhorias úteis para este projeto. Se alguém de "
+"qualquer um dos outros *nix (NetBSD, OpenBSD, Linux,…) estiverem "
+"interessados em colaborar em um conjunto de extensão DocBook padrão, entre "
+"em contato com a Equipe de Engenharia de Documentação <email>doceng@FreeBSD."
+"org</email>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4144
+msgid "FreeBSD Elements"
+msgstr "Elementos do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4146
+msgid ""
+"The additional FreeBSD elements are not (currently) in the Ports Collection. "
+"They are stored in the FreeBSD Subversion tree, as <link xlink:href=\"http://"
+"svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd\">head/share/xml/freebsd."
+"dtd</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os elementos adicionais do FreeBSD não estão (atualmente) na Coleção de "
+"Ports. Eles são armazenados na repositório Subversion do FreeBSD, como <link "
+"xlink:href=\"http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/share/xml/freebsd.dtd\">head/"
+"share/xml/freebsd.dtd</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4150
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD-specific elements used in the examples below are clearly marked."
+msgstr ""
+"Os elementos específicos do FreeBSD usados ​​nos exemplos abaixo estão "
+"claramente marcados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4155
+msgid "FreeBSD Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4157
+msgid ""
+"This table shows some of the most useful entities available in the "
+"<acronym>FDP</acronym>. For a complete list, see the <filename>*.ent</"
+"filename> files in <filename>doc/share/xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta tabela mostra algumas das entidades mais úteis disponíveis no "
+"<acronym>FDP</acronym>. Para obter uma lista completa, consulte os arquivos "
+"<filename>*.ent</filename> em <filename>doc/share/xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4177
+msgid "<emphasis>FreeBSD Name Entities</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Entidades de Nome do FreeBSD</emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4182
+msgid "<literal>&amp;os;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;os;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4183
+msgid "<literal>FreeBSD</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>FreeBSD</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4188
+msgid "<literal>&amp;os.stable;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;os.stable;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4189
+msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-STABLE</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>FreeBSD-STABLE</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4194
+msgid "<literal>&amp;os.current;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;os.current;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4195
+msgid "<literal>FreeBSD-CURRENT</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>FreeBSD-CURRENT</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4206
+msgid "Manual Page Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades de Página de Manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4211
+msgid "<literal>&amp;man.ls.1;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;man.ls.1;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4212
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4213
+msgid ""
+"Usage: <literal>&amp;man.ls.1; is the manual page for &lt;command&gt;ls&lt;/"
+"command&gt;.</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: <literal>&amp;man.ls.1; é a página de manual para o &lt;command&gt;"
+"ls&lt;/command&gt;.</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4219
+msgid "<literal>&amp;man.cp.1;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;man.cp.1;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4220 book.translate.xml:8909
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>cp</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4221
+msgid ""
+"Usage: <literal>The manual page for &lt;command&gt;cp&lt;/command&gt; is "
+"&amp;man.cp.1;.</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: <literal> A página de manual para &lt;command&gt;cp&lt;/command&gt; é "
+"&amp;man.cp.1;.</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4227
+msgid ""
+"<literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable>;</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable>;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4228
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>link to <replaceable>command</replaceable> manual page in section "
+"<replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>link para a página de manual <replaceable>command</replaceable> na "
+"seção <replaceable>sectionnumber</replaceable></emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4232
+msgid ""
+"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/cgi/"
+"man.cgi\">FreeBSD manual pages</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"As entidades são definidas para todas as <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/cgi/man.cgi\">páginas de manual do FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4244
+msgid "FreeBSD Mailing List Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades das Listas de Email do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4249
+msgid "<literal>&amp;a.doc;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;a.doc;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4250
+msgid ""
+"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
+"freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link></literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
+"freebsd-doc\">Lista de discussão do projeto de documentação do FreeBSD</"
+"link> </literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4251
+msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &amp;a.doc;.</literal>"
+msgstr "Uso: <literal>Um link para a &amp;a.doc;.</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4256
+msgid "<literal>&amp;a.questions;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;a.questions;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4257
+msgid ""
+"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
+"freebsd-questions\">FreeBSD general questions mailing list</link></literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal><link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/"
+"freebsd-questions\">Lista de discussão de assuntos gerais do FreeBSD</link></"
+"literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4258
+msgid "Usage: <literal>A link to the &amp;a.questions;.</literal>"
+msgstr "Uso: <literal> Um link para a &amp;a.questions;.</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4263
+msgid "<literal>&amp;a.<replaceable>listname</replaceable>;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;a.<replaceable>listname</replaceable>;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4264
+msgid "<emphasis>link to <replaceable>listname</replaceable></emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>link para <replaceable>listname</replaceable></emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4266
+msgid ""
+"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/eresources.html#eresources-mail\">FreeBSD "
+"mailing lists</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Foram criadas entidades para todas as <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/eresources.html#eresources-mail\">listas "
+"de email do FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4277
+msgid "FreeBSD Document Link Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades de Link de Documento do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4282
+msgid "<literal>&amp;url.books.handbook;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;url.books.handbook;</literal>a"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4283
+msgid "<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4284
+msgid ""
+"Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/"
+"advanced-networking.html\"&gt;Advanced Networking&lt;/link&gt; chapter of "
+"the Handbook.</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: <literal> Um link para o capítulo &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books."
+"handbook;/advanced-networking.html\"&gt;Rede Avançado&lt;/link&gt; do "
+"Handbook.</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4291
+msgid "<literal>&amp;url.books.<replaceable>bookname</replaceable>;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;url.books.<replaceable>bookname</replaceable>;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4292
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>bookname</replaceable></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>caminho relativo para<replaceable>bookname</replaceable></emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4294
+msgid ""
+"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/\">FreeBSD books</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"As entidades são definidas para todos os <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/\">livros FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4299
+msgid "<literal>&amp;url.articles.committers-guide;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;url.articles.committers-guide;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4300
+msgid ""
+"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide</"
+"literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/committers-guide</"
+"literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4301
+msgid ""
+"Usage: <literal>A link to the &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles."
+"committers-guide;\"&gt;Committer's Guide&lt;/link&gt; article.</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"Uso: <literal>Um link para o artigo &lt;link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles."
+"committers-guide;\"&gt;Guia dos Committer's&lt;/link&gt;.</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4308
+msgid ""
+"<literal>&amp;url.articles.<replaceable>articlename</replaceable>;</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>&amp;url.articles.<replaceable>articlename</replaceable>;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4309
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>relative path to <replaceable>articlename</replaceable></emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>caminho relativo para <replaceable>articlename</replaceable></"
+"emphasis>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4311
+msgid ""
+"Entities are defined for all the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/\">FreeBSD articles</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"As entidades são definidas para todos os <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/\">artigos do FreeBSD</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4322
+msgid "Other Operating System Name Entities"
+msgstr "Outras Entidades de Sistema Operacional"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4327
+msgid "<literal>&amp;linux;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;linux;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4328
+msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>"
+msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4329
+msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark> operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"O sistema operacional <trademark class=\"registered\">Linux</trademark>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4333 book.translate.xml:9543
+msgid "<literal>&amp;unix;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;unix;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4334 book.translate.xml:9542
+msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>"
+msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4335
+msgid "The <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark> operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"O sistema operacional <trademark class=\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4339
+msgid "<literal>&amp;windows;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;windows;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4340
+msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
+msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4341
+msgid ""
+"The <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark> operating system."
+msgstr ""
+"O sistema operacional <trademark class=\"registered\">Windows</trademark>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4351
+msgid "Miscellaneous Entities"
+msgstr "Entidades Diversas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4356
+msgid "<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4358
+msgid "The <systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem> user prompt."
+msgstr ""
+"O prompt de usuário <systemitem class=\"username\"> root </systemitem>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4363
+msgid "<literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4365
+msgid "A prompt for an unprivileged user."
+msgstr "Um prompt para um usuário sem privilégios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4369
+msgid "<literal>&amp;postscript;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;postscript;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4370
+msgid "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
+msgstr "<trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4371
+msgid ""
+"The <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</trademark> programming "
+"language."
+msgstr ""
+"A linguagem de programação <trademark class=\"registered\">PostScript</"
+"trademark>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4376
+msgid "<literal>&amp;tex;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;tex;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4377
+msgid "<application>TeX</application>"
+msgstr "<application>TeX</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4378
+msgid "The <application>TeX</application> typesetting language."
+msgstr "A linguagem de composição tipográfica <application>TeX</application>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4383
+msgid "<literal>&amp;xorg;</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>&amp;xorg;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4384
+msgid "Xorg"
+msgstr "Xorg"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:4385
+msgid "The Xorg open source X Window System."
+msgstr "Xorg, Sistema X Window de código aberto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4395
+msgid "Formal Public Identifier (FPI)"
+msgstr "Identificador Público Formal (FPI)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4397
+msgid ""
+"In compliance with the DocBook guidelines for writing <acronym>FPI</"
+"acronym>s for DocBook customizations, the <acronym>FPI</acronym> for the "
+"FreeBSD extended DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> is:"
+msgstr ""
+"Em conformidade com as diretrizes do DocBook, para escrever <acronym>FPI</"
+"acronym>s customizadas do DocBook, o <acronym>FPI</acronym> para o DocBook "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym> estendido do FreeBSD é:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4402
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\""
+msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.2-Based Extension//EN\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4406
+msgid "Document Structure"
+msgstr "Estrutura do Documento"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4408
+msgid ""
+"DocBook allows structuring documentation in several ways. The FreeBSD "
+"Documentation Project uses two primary types of DocBook document: the book "
+"and the article."
+msgstr ""
+"O DocBook permite a documentação de estruturação de várias maneiras. O "
+"Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD usa dois tipos principais de documentos "
+"do DocBook: o book e o article."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4412
+msgid ""
+"Books are organized into <tag>chapter</tag>s. This is a mandatory "
+"requirement. There may be <tag>part</tag>s between the book and the chapter "
+"to provide another layer of organization. For example, the Handbook is "
+"arranged in this way."
+msgstr ""
+"Os livros (books) são organizados em <tag>chapter</tag> s. Este é um "
+"requisito obrigatório. Pode haver <tag>part</tag>es entre o livro e o "
+"capítulo para fornecer outra camada de organização. Por exemplo, o Handbook "
+"é organizado dessa maneira."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4418
+msgid ""
+"A chapter may (or may not) contain one or more sections. These are indicated "
+"with the <tag>sect1</tag> element. If a section contains another section "
+"then use the <tag>sect2</tag> element, and so on, up to <tag>sect5</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um capítulo(chapter) pode (ou não) conter uma ou mais seções. Estes são "
+"indicados com o elemento <tag>sect1</tag>. Se uma seção contiver outra "
+"seção, use o elemento <tag>sect2</tag> e assim por diante, até <tag>sect5</"
+"tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4424
+msgid "Chapters and sections contain the remainder of the content."
+msgstr "Capítulos e seções contêm o restante do conteúdo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4427
+msgid ""
+"An article is simpler than a book, and does not use chapters. Instead, the "
+"content of an article is organized into one or more sections, using the same "
+"<tag>sect1</tag> (and <tag>sect2</tag> and so on) elements that are used in "
+"books."
+msgstr ""
+"Um artigo é mais simples que um livro e não utiliza capítulos. Em vez disso, "
+"o conteúdo de um artigo é organizado em uma ou mais seções, usando os mesmos "
+"elementos <tag>sect1</tag> (e <tag>sect2</tag> e assim por diante) que são "
+"usados ​​em livros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4433
+msgid ""
+"The nature of the document being written should be used to determine whether "
+"it is best marked up as a book or an article. Articles are well suited to "
+"information that does not need to be broken down into several chapters, and "
+"that is, relatively speaking, quite short, at up to 20-25 pages of content. "
+"Books are best suited to information that can be broken up into several "
+"chapters, possibly with appendices and similar content as well."
+msgstr ""
+"A natureza do documento que está sendo escrito deve ser usada para "
+"determinar se ele é melhor marcado como um livro ou um artigo. Os artigos "
+"são adequados à informação que não precisa ser dividida em vários capítulos, "
+"ou seja, relativamente curta, em até 20-25 páginas de conteúdo. Os livros "
+"são mais adequados para informações que podem ser divididas em vários "
+"capítulos, possivelmente com apêndices e conteúdo similar também."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4442
+msgid ""
+"The <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docs.html\">FreeBSD tutorials</"
+"link> are all marked up as articles, while this document, the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/index.html\">FAQ</"
+"link>, and the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"books/handbook/index.html\">Handbook</link> are all marked up as books, for "
+"example."
+msgstr ""
+"Os <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docs.html\">Tutoriais do FreeBSD</"
+"link> estão todos marcados como artigos, enquanto este documento, o <link "
+"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/faq/index.html"
+"\">FAQ</link> e o <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"books/handbook/index.html\">Handbook</link> estão todos marcados como "
+"livros, por exemplo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4449
+msgid "Starting a Book"
+msgstr "Iniciando um Livro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4451
+msgid ""
+"The content of a book is contained within the <tag>book</tag> element. As "
+"well as containing structural markup, this element can contain elements that "
+"include additional information about the book. This is either meta-"
+"information, used for reference purposes, or additional content used to "
+"produce a title page."
+msgstr ""
+"O conteúdo de um livro está dentro do elemento <tag>book</tag>. Além de "
+"conter marcação estrutural, esse elemento pode conter elementos que incluem "
+"informações adicionais sobre o livro. Isso é uma meta-informação, usada para "
+"fins de referência ou conteúdo adicional usado para produzir um título de "
+"página"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4458 book.translate.xml:4513
+msgid "This additional information is contained within <tag>info</tag>."
+msgstr "Esta informação adicional está em um elemento <tag>info</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4462
+msgid "Boilerplate <tag>book</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>book</tag> com <tag>info</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4468
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">book</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class=\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">book</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your Title Here</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class=\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the book's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4504
+msgid "Starting an Article"
+msgstr "Iniciando um Artigo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4506
+msgid ""
+"The content of the article is contained within the <tag>article</tag> "
+"element. As well as containing structural markup, this element can contain "
+"elements that include additional information about the article. This is "
+"either meta-information, used for reference purposes, or additional content "
+"used to produce a title page."
+msgstr ""
+"O conteúdo do artigo está dentro do elemento <tag>article</tag>. Além de "
+"conter marcação estrutural, esse elemento pode conter elementos que incluem "
+"informações adicionais sobre o artigo. Isso é uma meta-informação, usada "
+"para fins de referência ou conteúdo adicional usado para produzir um título "
+"de página."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4517
+msgid "Boilerplate <tag>article</tag> with <tag>info</tag>"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>article</tag> com <tag>info</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4523
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">article</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class=\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">article</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag><replaceable>Your title here</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag><replaceable>Your first name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag><replaceable>Your surname</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag><replaceable>Your email address</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag><replaceable>1998</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder role=\"mailto:<replaceable>your email address</replaceable>\"</tag><replaceable>Your name</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">releaseinfo</tag>$FreeBSD$<tag class=\"endtag\">releaseinfo</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><replaceable>Include an abstract of the article's contents here.</replaceable><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4559
+msgid "Indicating Chapters"
+msgstr "Criando Capítulos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4561
+msgid ""
+"Use <tag>chapter</tag> to mark up your chapters. Each chapter has a "
+"mandatory <tag>title</tag>. Articles do not contain chapters, they are "
+"reserved for books."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <tag>chapter</tag> para marcar seus capítulos. Cada capítulo tem um "
+"<tag>title</tag> obrigatório. Os artigos não contêm capítulos, eles são "
+"reservados para livros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4567
+msgid "A Simple Chapter"
+msgstr "Um Capítulo Simples"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4569
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>The Chapter's Title<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>The Chapter's Title<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4576
+msgid ""
+"A chapter cannot be empty; it must contain elements in addition to "
+"<tag>title</tag>. If you need to include an empty chapter then just use an "
+"empty paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+"Um capítulo não pode estar vazio; ele deve conter elementos além do "
+"<tag>title</tag>. Se você precisar incluir um capítulo vazio, basta usar um "
+"parágrafo vazio."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4582
+msgid "Empty Chapters"
+msgstr "Capítulos Vazios"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4584
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>This is An Empty Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>This is An Empty Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4593
+msgid "Sections Below Chapters"
+msgstr "Seções Abaixo dos Capítulos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4595
+msgid ""
+"In books, chapters may (but do not need to) be broken up into sections, "
+"subsections, and so on. In articles, sections are the main structural "
+"element, and each article must contain at least one section. Use the "
+"<tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> element. The <replaceable>n</"
+"replaceable> indicates the section number, which identifies the section "
+"level."
+msgstr ""
+"Nos livros, os capítulos podem (mas não precisam) ser divididos em seções, "
+"subseções e assim por diante. Nos artigos, as seções são o principal "
+"elemento estrutural e cada artigo deve conter pelo menos uma seção. Use o "
+"elemento <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag>. O <replaceable>n</"
+"replaceable> indica o número da seção, que identifica o nível da seção."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4603
+msgid ""
+"The first <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> is <tag>sect1</tag>. "
+"You can have one or more of these in a chapter. They can contain one or more "
+"<tag>sect2</tag> elements, and so on, down to <tag>sect5</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira <tag>sect<replaceable>n</replaceable></tag> é <tag>sect1</tag>. "
+"Você pode ter um ou mais destes em um capítulo. Eles podem conter um ou mais "
+"elementos <tag>sect2</tag> e assim por diante, até <tag>sect5</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4611
+msgid "Sections in Chapters"
+msgstr "Seções em Capítulos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4613
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>A Sample Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Some text in the chapter.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect3</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t…\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect3</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Sub-Section (1.2.2)<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>A Sample Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Some text in the chapter.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect3</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>First Sub-Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"\t…\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect3</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Second Sub-Section (1.2.2)<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4647
+msgid ""
+"Section numbers are automatically generated and prepended to titles when the "
+"document is rendered to an output format. The generated section numbers and "
+"titles from the example above will be:"
+msgstr ""
+"Os números de seção são gerados automaticamente e anexados aos títulos "
+"quando o documento é renderizado em um formato de saída. Os números de seção "
+"e títulos gerados a partir do exemplo acima serão:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4654
+msgid "1.1. First Section"
+msgstr "1.1. First Section"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4658
+msgid "1.2. Second Section"
+msgstr "1.2. Second Section"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4662
+msgid "1.2.1. First Sub-Section"
+msgstr "1.2.1. First Sub-Section"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4666
+msgid "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section"
+msgstr "1.2.1.1. First Sub-Sub-Section"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4670
+msgid "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section"
+msgstr "1.2.2. Second Sub-Section"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4677
+msgid "Subdividing Using <tag>part</tag> Elements"
+msgstr "Subdividindo Utilizando Elementos <tag>part</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4680
+msgid ""
+"<tag>part</tag>s introduce another level of organization between <tag>book</"
+"tag> and <tag>chapter</tag> with one or more <tag>part</tag>s. This cannot "
+"be done in an <tag>article</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>part</tag>es adiciona outro nível de organização entre <tag>book</tag> "
+"e <tag>chapter</tag> com uma ou mais <tag>part</tag>es. Isso não pode ser "
+"utilizado em um <tag>article</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4686
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">part</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Overview<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>What is FreeBSD?<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>History<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">part</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">part</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Overview<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>What is FreeBSD?<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>History<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">part</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4716
+msgid ""
+"DocBook supports three types of paragraphs: <tag>formalpara</tag>, "
+"<tag>para</tag>, and <tag>simpara</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"O DocBook suporta três tipos de parágrafos: <tag>formalpara</tag>, "
+"<tag>para</tag> e <tag>simpara</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4720
+msgid ""
+"Almost all paragraphs in FreeBSD documentation use <tag>para</tag>. "
+"<tag>formalpara</tag> includes a <tag>title</tag> element, and <tag>simpara</"
+"tag> disallows some elements from within <tag>para</tag>. Stick with "
+"<tag>para</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Quase todos os parágrafos da documentação do FreeBSD usam <tag>para</tag>. "
+"<tag>formalpara</tag> inclui um elemento <tag>title</tag>, e <tag>simpara</"
+"tag> desabilita alguns elementos de um <tag>para</tag>. Utilize mais o <tag> "
+"para </tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4728
+msgid "<tag>para</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de um <tag>para</tag> "
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4732
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n"
+" other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any\n"
+" other element.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4735 book.translate.xml:4773 book.translate.xml:4850
+#: book.translate.xml:4881 book.translate.xml:4940 book.translate.xml:5002
+#: book.translate.xml:5077 book.translate.xml:5153 book.translate.xml:5212
+#: book.translate.xml:5296 book.translate.xml:5337 book.translate.xml:5446
+#: book.translate.xml:5498 book.translate.xml:5527 book.translate.xml:5555
+#: book.translate.xml:5603 book.translate.xml:5715 book.translate.xml:5765
+#: book.translate.xml:5812 book.translate.xml:5949 book.translate.xml:5997
+#: book.translate.xml:6026 book.translate.xml:6047 book.translate.xml:6099
+#: book.translate.xml:6145 book.translate.xml:6175 book.translate.xml:6198
+#: book.translate.xml:6228 book.translate.xml:6250 book.translate.xml:6702
+#: book.translate.xml:6716 book.translate.xml:6731 book.translate.xml:6749
+msgid "Appearance:"
+msgstr "Aparência:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4737
+msgid "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element."
+msgstr "This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any other element."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4745
+msgid ""
+"A block quotation is an extended quotation from another document that should "
+"not appear within the current paragraph. These are rarely needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma cotação em bloco é uma cotação estendida de outro documento que não deve "
+"aparecer no parágrafo atual. Estes raramente são necessários."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4749
+msgid ""
+"Blockquotes can optionally contain a title and an attribution (or they can "
+"be left untitled and unattributed)."
+msgstr ""
+"Os blockquotes podem, opcionalmente, conter um título e uma atribuição (ou "
+"podem ser deixados sem título e sem atribuição)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4758
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preamble to the Constitution of the United States<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">attribution</tag>Copied from a web site somewhere<tag class=\"endtag\">attribution</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more\n"
+" perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,\n"
+" provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and\n"
+" secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do\n"
+" ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of\n"
+" America.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">blockquote</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preamble to the Constitution of the United States<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">attribution</tag>Copied from a web site somewhere<tag class=\"endtag\">attribution</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more\n"
+" perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility,\n"
+" provide for the common defence, promote the general Welfare, and\n"
+" secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our Posterity, do\n"
+" ordain and establish this Constitution for the United States of\n"
+" America.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">blockquote</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4775
+msgid "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:"
+msgstr "A small excerpt from the US Constitution:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4778
+msgid "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States"
+msgstr "Preamble to the Constitution of the United States"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/attribution
+#: book.translate.xml:4781
+msgid "Copied from a web site somewhere"
+msgstr "Copiado de um site qualquer"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4784
+msgid ""
+"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, "
+"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common "
+"defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to "
+"ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for "
+"the United States of America."
+msgstr ""
+"We the People of the United States, in Order to form a more perfect Union, "
+"establish Justice, insure domestic Tranquility, provide for the common "
+"defence, promote the general Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to "
+"ourselves and our Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for "
+"the United States of America."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4796
+msgid "Tips, Notes, Warnings, Cautions, and Important Information"
+msgstr "Dicas, Notas, Avisos, Cuidados e Informações Importantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4799
+msgid ""
+"Extra information may need to be separated from the main body of the text. "
+"Typically this is <quote>meta</quote> information of which the user should "
+"be aware."
+msgstr ""
+"Informações adicionais podem precisar ser separadas do texto principal. "
+"Normalmente, essa é a informação <quote>meta</quote> da qual o usuário deve "
+"estar ciente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4804
+msgid ""
+"Several types of admonitions are available: <tag>tip</tag>, <tag>note</tag>, "
+"<tag>warning</tag>, <tag>caution</tag>, and <tag>important</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Vários tipos de informações estão disponíveis: <tag>tip</tag>, <tag>note</"
+"tag>, <tag>warning</tag>, <tag>caution</tag>, e <tag>important</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4809
+msgid ""
+"Which admonition to choose depends on the situation. The DocBook "
+"documentation suggests:"
+msgstr ""
+"O tipo a ser escolhido depende da situação. A documentação do DocBook sugere:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4815
+msgid "Note is for information that should be heeded by all readers."
+msgstr ""
+"A nota é para informações onde todos os leitores devem prestar atenção."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4820
+msgid "Important is a variation on Note."
+msgstr "Importante é uma variação de Nota."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4824
+msgid ""
+"Caution is for information regarding possible data loss or software damage."
+msgstr ""
+"Cuidado é para informações sobre possíveis perdas de dados ou danos ao "
+"software."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4829
+msgid ""
+"Warning is for information regarding possible hardware damage or injury to "
+"life or limb."
+msgstr ""
+"Aviso é para informações sobre possíveis danos ao hardware, sobre risco de "
+"vida ou de ferimento a um membro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4835
+msgid "<tag>tip</tag> and <tag>important</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Example de <tag>tip</tag> e <tag>important</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4839
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">tip</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; may reduce stress.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">tip</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">important</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions\n"
+" are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the\n"
+" intended effect.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">important</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">tip</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; may reduce stress.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">tip</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">important</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions\n"
+" are visually jarring and can have the opposite of the\n"
+" intended effect.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">important</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4853
+msgid "FreeBSD may reduce stress."
+msgstr "FreeBSD may reduce stress."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4857
+msgid ""
+"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring "
+"and can have the opposite of the intended effect."
+msgstr ""
+"Please use admonitions sparingly. Too many admonitions are visually jarring "
+"and can have the opposite of the intended effect."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4866
+msgid "Examples can be shown with <tag>example</tag>."
+msgstr "Exemplos podem ser apresentados com <tag>example</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4869
+msgid "<tag>example</tag> Source"
+msgstr "<tag>example</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4873
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">example</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Empty files can be created easily:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>touch file1 file2 file3<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">example</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">example</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Empty files can be created easily:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>touch file1 file2 file3<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">example</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4884
+msgid "Rendered <tag>example</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag>example</tag> Renderizado"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4886
+msgid "Empty files can be created easily:"
+msgstr "Empty files can be created easily:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:4888
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>touch file1 file2 file3</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>touch file1 file2 file3</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4893
+msgid "Lists and Procedures"
+msgstr "Listas e Procedimentos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4895
+msgid ""
+"Information often needs to be presented as lists, or as a number of steps "
+"that must be carried out in order to accomplish a particular goal."
+msgstr ""
+"Muitas vezes, as informações precisam ser apresentadas como listas ou como "
+"uma série de etapas que devem ser realizadas para atingir um objetivo "
+"específico."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4899
+msgid ""
+"To do this, use <tag>itemizedlist</tag>, <tag>orderedlist</tag>, "
+"<tag>variablelist</tag>, or <tag>procedure</tag>. There are other types of "
+"list elements in DocBook, but we will not cover them here."
+msgstr ""
+"Para fazer isso, utilize <tag>itemizedlist</tag>, <tag>orderedlist</tag>, "
+"<tag>variablelist</tag> ou <tag>procedure</tag>. Existem outros tipos de "
+"elementos de lista no DocBook, mas não os cobriremos aqui."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4904
+msgid ""
+"<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> are similar to their "
+"counterparts in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, <tag>ul</tag> and <tag>ol</tag>. "
+"Each one consists of one or more <tag>listitem</tag> elements, and each "
+"<tag>listitem</tag> contains one or more block elements. The <tag>listitem</"
+"tag> elements are analogous to <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>li</tag> tags. "
+"However, unlike HTML, they are required."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>itemizedlist</tag> e <tag>orderedlist</tag> são semelhantes às suas "
+"contrapartes em <acronym>HTML</acronym>, <tag>ul</tag> e <tag>ol</tag>. Cada "
+"um consiste em um ou mais elementos <tag>listitem</tag>, e cada "
+"<tag>listitem</tag> contém um ou mais elementos de bloco. Os elementos "
+"<tag>listitem</tag> são análogos às tags <tag>li</tag> do <acronym>HTML</"
+"acronym>. No entanto, ao contrário do HTML, eles são obrigatórios."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4915
+msgid "<tag>itemizedlist</tag> and <tag>orderedlist</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>itemizedlist</tag> e <tag>orderedlist</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4920
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first itemized item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second itemized item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">orderedlist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first ordered item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second ordered item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">orderedlist</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first itemized item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second itemized item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">itemizedlist</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">orderedlist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first ordered item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the second ordered item.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">orderedlist</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4944
+msgid "This is the first itemized item."
+msgstr "This is the first itemized item."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4948
+msgid "This is the second itemized item."
+msgstr "This is the second itemized item."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4954
+msgid "This is the first ordered item."
+msgstr "This is the first ordered item."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4958
+msgid "This is the second ordered item."
+msgstr "This is the second ordered item."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#docbook-markup-varlist
+#: book.translate.xml:4963
+msgid ""
+"An alternate and often useful way of presenting information is the "
+"<tag>variablelist</tag>. These are lists where each entry has a term and a "
+"description. They are well suited for many types of descriptions, and "
+"present information in a form that is often easier for the reader than "
+"sections and subsections."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma maneira alternativa e frequentemente útil de apresentar informações é a "
+"<tag>variablelist</tag>. Estas são listas onde cada entrada tem um termo e "
+"uma descrição. Eles são adequados para muitos tipos de descrições e "
+"apresentam informações de uma forma que geralmente é mais fácil para o "
+"leitor do que seções e subseções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:4971
+msgid ""
+"A <tag>variablelist</tag> has a <tag>title</tag>, and then pairs of "
+"<tag>term</tag> and <tag>listitem</tag> entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma <tag>variablelist</tag> tem um <tag>title</tag> e, em seguida, pares de "
+"entradas <tag>term</tag> e <tag>listitem</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:4976
+msgid "<tag>variablelist</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo<tag>variablelist</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:4980
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">variablelist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Parallel<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive\n"
+"\tat the same time over multiple communications\n"
+"\tchannels.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Serial<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In serial communications, bits arrive one at a\n"
+"\ttime over a single communications\n"
+"\tchannel.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">variablelist</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">variablelist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Parallel<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive\n"
+"\tat the same time over multiple communications\n"
+"\tchannels.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">term</tag>Serial<tag class=\"endtag\">term</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>In serial communications, bits arrive one at a\n"
+"\ttime over a single communications\n"
+"\tchannel.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">listitem</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">varlistentry</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">variablelist</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5006
+msgid "Parallel"
+msgstr "Parallel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5009
+msgid ""
+"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over "
+"multiple communications channels."
+msgstr ""
+"In parallel communications, groups of bits arrive at the same time over "
+"multiple communications channels."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5016
+msgid "Serial"
+msgstr "Serial"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5019
+msgid ""
+"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single "
+"communications channel."
+msgstr ""
+"In serial communications, bits arrive one at a time over a single "
+"communications channel."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5026
+msgid ""
+"A <tag>procedure</tag> shows a series of <tag>step</tag>s, which may in turn "
+"consist of more <tag>step</tag>s or <tag>substep</tag>s. Each <tag>step</"
+"tag> contains block elements and may include an optional title."
+msgstr ""
+"Um <tag>procedure</tag> mostra uma série de <tag>step</tag>s, que por sua "
+"vez consistem em mais <tag>step</tag>s ou <tag>substep</tag>s. Cada "
+"<tag>step</tag> contém elementos de bloco e pode incluir um título opcional."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5031
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes, steps are not sequential, but present a choice: do "
+"<emphasis>this</emphasis> or do <emphasis>that</emphasis>, but not both. For "
+"these alternative choices, use <tag>stepalternatives</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Às vezes, os passos não são sequenciais, mas apresentam uma escolha: fazer "
+"<emphasis>isso</emphasis> ou fazer <emphasis>aquilo</emphasis>, mas não "
+"ambos. Para essas escolhas alternativas, use <tag>stepalternatives</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5037
+msgid "<tag>procedure</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>procedure</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5041
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">procedure</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Then do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">substeps</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this smaller thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this other smaller thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">substeps</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Finally, do one of these:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go left.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go right.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">procedure</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">procedure</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Then do this.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">substeps</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this smaller thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>And now do this other smaller thing.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">substeps</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Finally, do one of these:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go left.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">step</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Go right.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">stepalternatives</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">step</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">procedure</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5081
+msgid "Do this."
+msgstr "Do this."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5085
+msgid "Then do this."
+msgstr "Then do this."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5091
+msgid "And now do this small thing."
+msgstr "And now do this small thing."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5095
+msgid "And this other small thing."
+msgstr "And this other small thing."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5101
+msgid "Finally, do one of these:"
+msgstr "Finally, do one of these:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5105
+msgid "Go left."
+msgstr "Go left."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5109
+msgid "Go right."
+msgstr "Go right."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5118
+msgid "Showing File Samples"
+msgstr "Mostrando Exemplos de Arquivos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5120
+msgid ""
+"Fragments of a file (or perhaps a complete file) are shown by wrapping them "
+"in the <tag>programlisting</tag> element."
+msgstr ""
+"Fragmentos de um arquivo (ou talvez um arquivo completo) são mostrados "
+"agrupando-os no elemento <tag>programlisting</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5124
+msgid ""
+"White space and line breaks within <tag>programlisting</tag> <emphasis>are</"
+"emphasis> significant. In particular, this means that the opening tag should "
+"appear on the same line as the first line of the output, and the closing tag "
+"should appear on the same line as the last line of the output, otherwise "
+"spurious blank lines may be included."
+msgstr ""
+"Espaço em branco e quebra de linha dentro de <tag>programlisting</tag> "
+"<emphasis>são</emphasis> importantes. Em particular, isso significa que a "
+"tag de abertura deve aparecer na mesma linha que a primeira linha da saída, "
+"e a tag de fechamento deve aparecer na mesma linha da última linha da saída, "
+"caso contrário linhas vazias podem ser incluídas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5133
+msgid "<tag>programlisting</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>programlisting</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5137
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
+" this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"int\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
+" return 0;\n"
+"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
+" this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"int\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
+" return 0;\n"
+"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5149
+msgid ""
+"Notice how the angle brackets in the <literal>#include</literal> line need "
+"to be referenced by their entities instead of being included literally."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe como os colchetes angulares na linha <literal>#include</literal> "
+"precisam ser referenciados por suas entidades, em vez de serem incluídos "
+"literalmente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5155 book.translate.xml:5214
+msgid "When finished, the program will look like this:"
+msgstr "When finished, the program will look like this:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5157
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"int\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
+" return 0;\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"int\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\");\n"
+" return 0;\n"
+"}"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5169
+msgid "Callouts"
+msgstr "Chamadas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5171
+msgid ""
+"A callout is a visual marker for referring to a piece of text or specific "
+"position within an example."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma chamada é um marcador visual para se referenciar a um texto ou a uma "
+"posição específica em um exemplo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5175
+msgid ""
+"Callouts are marked with the <tag>co</tag> element. Each element must have a "
+"unique <literal>id</literal> assigned to it. After the example, include a "
+"<tag>calloutlist</tag> that describes each callout."
+msgstr ""
+"As chamadas são marcadas com o elemento <tag>co</tag>. Cada elemento deve "
+"ter um <literal>id</literal> único atribuído a ele. Após o exemplo, inclua "
+"uma <tag>calloutlist</tag> que descreve cada frase de destaque."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5182
+msgid "<tag>co</tag> and <tag>calloutlist</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>co</tag> e <tag>calloutlist</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5185
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
+" this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"int <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
+"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">calloutlist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Includes the standard IO header file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Specifies that <tag class=\"starttag\">function</tag>main()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> returns an\n"
+" int.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">function</tag>printf()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> call that writes\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>hello, world<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> to standard output.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">calloutlist</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When finished, the program will look like\n"
+" this:<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>#include &amp;lt;stdio.h&amp;gt; <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"int <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <tag class=\"emptytag\">co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
+"}<tag class=\"endtag\">programlisting</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">calloutlist</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-include\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Includes the standard IO header file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-return\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Specifies that <tag class=\"starttag\">function</tag>main()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> returns an\n"
+" int.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">callout arearefs=\"co-ex-printf\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">function</tag>printf()<tag class=\"endtag\">function</tag> call that writes\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>hello, world<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> to standard output.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">callout</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">calloutlist</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5216
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; <co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"/>\n"
+"\n"
+"int <co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"/>\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"/>\n"
+"}"
+msgstr ""
+"#include &lt;stdio.h&gt; <co xml:id=\"co-ex-include\"/>\n"
+"\n"
+"int <co xml:id=\"co-ex-return\"/>\n"
+"main(void)\n"
+"{\n"
+" printf(\"hello, world\\n\"); <co xml:id=\"co-ex-printf\"/>\n"
+"}"
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5226
+msgid "Includes the standard IO header file."
+msgstr "Includes the standard IO header file."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5230
+msgid "Specifies that <function>main()</function> returns an int."
+msgstr "Specifies that <function>main()</function> returns an int."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5235
+msgid ""
+"The <function>printf()</function> call that writes <literal>hello, world</"
+"literal> to standard output."
+msgstr ""
+"The <function>printf()</function> call that writes <literal>hello, world</"
+"literal> to standard output."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5246
+msgid ""
+"Unlike <acronym>HTML</acronym>, DocBook does not need tables for layout "
+"purposes, as the stylesheet handles those issues. Instead, just use tables "
+"for marking up tabular data."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao contrário de <acronym>HTML</acronym>, o DocBook não precisa de tabelas "
+"para fins de layout, já que a folha de estilo lida com esses problemas. Em "
+"vez disso, basta usar tabelas para marcar dados tabulares."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5251
+msgid ""
+"In general terms (and see the DocBook documentation for more detail) a table "
+"(which can be either formal or informal) consists of a <tag>table</tag> "
+"element. This contains at least one <tag>tgroup</tag> element, which "
+"specifies (as an attribute) the number of columns in this table group. "
+"Within the tablegroup there is one <tag>thead</tag> element, which contains "
+"elements for the table headings (column headings), and one <tag>tbody</tag> "
+"which contains the body of the table."
+msgstr ""
+"Em termos gerais (e veja a documentação do DocBook para mais detalhes), uma "
+"tabela (que pode ser formal ou informal) consiste em um elemento <tag>table</"
+"tag>. Este contém pelo menos um elemento <tag>tgroup</tag>, que especifica "
+"(como um atributo) o número de colunas neste grupo de tabelas. Dentro do "
+"tgroup há um elemento <tag>thead</tag>, que contém elementos para os títulos "
+"da tabela (cabeçalhos da coluna), e um <tag>tbody</tag> que contém o corpo "
+"da tabela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5262
+msgid ""
+"Both <tag>tgroup</tag> and <tag>thead</tag> contain <tag>row</tag> elements, "
+"which in turn contain <tag>entry</tag> elements. Each <tag>entry</tag> "
+"element specifies one cell in the table."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos <tag>tgroup</tag> e <tag>thead</tag> contêm elementos <tag>row</tag>, "
+"que por sua vez contêm elementos <tag>entry</tag>. Cada elemento <tag>entry</"
+"tag> especifica uma célula na tabela."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5269
+msgid "<tag>informaltable</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>informaltable</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5273
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">informaltable pgwide=\"1\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tgroup cols=\"2\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">thead</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">thead</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tbody</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tbody</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tgroup</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">informaltable</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">informaltable pgwide=\"1\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tgroup cols=\"2\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">thead</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>This is Column Head 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">thead</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">tbody</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 1, column 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">row</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 1<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">entry</tag>Row 2, column 2<tag class=\"endtag\">entry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">row</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tbody</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">tgroup</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">informaltable</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:5302 book.translate.xml:5343
+msgid "This is Column Head 1"
+msgstr "This is Column Head 1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:5303 book.translate.xml:5344
+msgid "This is Column Head 2"
+msgstr "This is Column Head 2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:5309 book.translate.xml:5350
+msgid "Row 1, column 1"
+msgstr "Row 1, column 1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:5310 book.translate.xml:5351
+msgid "Row 1, column 2"
+msgstr "Row 1, column 2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:5314 book.translate.xml:5355
+msgid "Row 2, column 1"
+msgstr "Row 2, column 1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:5315 book.translate.xml:5356
+msgid "Row 2, column 2"
+msgstr "Row 2, column 2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5322
+msgid ""
+"Always use the <literal>pgwide</literal> attribute with a value of "
+"<literal>1</literal> with the <tag>informaltable</tag> element. A bug in "
+"Internet Explorer can cause the table to render incorrectly if this is "
+"omitted."
+msgstr ""
+"Sempre use o atributo <literal>pgwide</literal> com um valor <literal>1</"
+"literal> com o elemento <tag>informaltable</tag>. Um erro no Internet "
+"Explorer pode fazer com que a tabela seja renderizada incorretamente se isso "
+"for omitido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5328
+msgid ""
+"Table borders can be suppressed by setting the <literal>frame</literal> "
+"attribute to <literal>none</literal> in the <tag>informaltable</tag> "
+"element. For example, <literal>informaltable frame=\"none\"</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"As bordas da tabela podem ser escondidas configurando o atributo "
+"<literal>frame</literal> para <literal>none</literal> no elemento "
+"<tag>informaltable</tag>. Por exemplo, <literal>informaltable frame=\"none"
+"\"</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5334
+msgid "Table with <literal>frame=\"none\"</literal> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de Tabela com <literal>frame=\"none\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5365
+msgid "Examples for the User to Follow"
+msgstr "Exemplos para o Usuário Seguir"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5367
+msgid ""
+"Examples for the user to follow are often necessary. Typically, these will "
+"consist of dialogs with the computer; the user types in a command, the user "
+"gets a response back, the user types another command, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"Exemplos para o usuário seguir são freqüentemente necessários. Normalmente, "
+"eles consistem em diálogos com o computador; o usuário digita um comando, o "
+"usuário recebe uma resposta de volta, o usuário digita outro comando e assim "
+"por diante."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5372
+msgid "A number of distinct elements and entities come into play here."
+msgstr "Vários elementos e entidades podem ser utilizados nestes casos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5377
+msgid "<tag>screen</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag>screen</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5380
+msgid ""
+"Everything the user sees in this example will be on the computer screen, so "
+"the next element is <tag>screen</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tudo o que o usuário vê neste exemplo estará na tela do computador, então o "
+"próximo elemento é <tag> screen </tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5384
+msgid "Within <tag>screen</tag>, white space is significant."
+msgstr "Dentro da <tag>screen</tag>, o espaço em branco é significativo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5390
+msgid ""
+"<tag>prompt</tag>, <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;"
+"prompt.user;</literal>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>prompt</tag>, <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;"
+"prompt.user;</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5395
+msgid ""
+"Some of the things the user will be seeing on the screen are prompts from "
+"the computer (either from the operating system, command shell, or "
+"application). These should be marked up using <tag>prompt</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas das coisas que o usuário irá visualizar na tela são prompts do "
+"computador (seja do sistema operacional, da linha de comando shell ou de uma "
+"aplicação). Estes prompts devem ser marcados usando <tag>prompt</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5401
+msgid ""
+"As a special case, the two shell prompts for the normal user and the root "
+"user have been provided as entities. To indicate the user is at a shell "
+"prompt, use one of <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;"
+"prompt.user;</literal> as necessary. They do not need to be inside "
+"<tag>prompt</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por serem especiais, os prompts de shell do usuário normal e do usuário root "
+"estão disponíveis como uma entidade. Sempre que quiser indicar que o usuário "
+"está em um prompt do shell, use <literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> para o "
+"usuário root e <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal> para o usuário normal, "
+"conforme for necessário. Estas entidades não precisam estar dentro de um "
+"<tag>prompt</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5410
+msgid ""
+"<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> and <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</"
+"literal> are FreeBSD extensions to DocBook, and are not part of the original "
+"<acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>&amp;prompt.root;</literal> e <literal>&amp;prompt.user;</literal> "
+"são extensões do FreeBSD ao DocBook e não são parte do <acronym>DTD</"
+"acronym> original."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5419
+msgid "<tag>userinput</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag>userinput</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5422
+msgid ""
+"When displaying text that the user should type in, wrap it in "
+"<tag>userinput</tag> tags. It will be displayed differently than system "
+"output text."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao exibir o texto que o usuário deve digitar, coloque-o nas tags "
+"<tag>userinput</tag>. Ele provavelmente será mostrado diferente para o "
+"usuário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5430
+msgid "<tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>, and <tag>userinput</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplos <tag>screen</tag>, <tag>prompt</tag>, e <tag>userinput</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5435
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"foo1\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"foo3\n"
+"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1 | grep foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>su<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>Password: <tag class=\"endtag\">prompt</tag>\n"
+"&amp;prompt.root; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>cat foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"This is the file called 'foo2'<tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"foo1\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"foo3\n"
+"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>ls -1 | grep foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>su<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>Password: <tag class=\"endtag\">prompt</tag>\n"
+"&amp;prompt.root; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>cat foo2<tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag>\n"
+"This is the file called 'foo2'<tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:5448
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1</userinput>\n"
+"foo1\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"foo3\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1 | grep foo2</userinput>\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>Password: </prompt>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat foo2</userinput>\n"
+"This is the file called 'foo2'"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1</userinput>\n"
+"foo1\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"foo3\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls -1 | grep foo2</userinput>\n"
+"foo2\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>su</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>Password: </prompt>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cat foo2</userinput>\n"
+"This is the file called 'foo2'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5461
+msgid ""
+"Even though we are displaying the contents of the file <filename>foo2</"
+"filename>, it is <emphasis>not</emphasis> marked up as <tag>programlisting</"
+"tag>. Reserve <tag>programlisting</tag> for showing fragments of files "
+"outside the context of user actions."
+msgstr ""
+"Ainda que estejamos mostrando o conteúdo do arquivo <filename>foo2</"
+"filename>, ele <emphasis>não</emphasis> está marcado como "
+"<tag>programlisting</tag>. Deixe o <tag>programlisting</tag> para mostrar "
+"fragmentos de arquivos fora do contexto de ações do usuário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5476
+msgid ""
+"To emphasize a particular word or phrase, use <tag>emphasis</tag>. This may "
+"be presented as italic, or bold, or might be spoken differently with a text-"
+"to-speech system."
+msgstr ""
+"Para enfatizar uma palavra ou frase em particular, use <tag>emphasis</tag>. "
+"Isso pode ser apresentado em itálico ou negrito, ou pode ser falado "
+"diferentemente com um sistema de conversão de texto em fala."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5481
+msgid ""
+"There is no way to change the presentation of the emphasis within the "
+"document, no equivalent of <acronym>HTML</acronym>'s <tag>b</tag> and "
+"<tag>i</tag>. If the information being presented is important, then consider "
+"presenting it in <tag>important</tag> rather than <tag>emphasis</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Não há uma maneira de mudar a apresentação da ênfase no documento, não "
+"existe um equivalente a <tag>b</tag> e <tag>i</tag> do <acronym>HTML</"
+"acronym> . Se as informações apresentadas forem importantes, considere "
+"apresentá-las em <tag>important</tag> em vez de <tag>emphasis</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5490
+msgid "<tag>emphasis</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>emphasis</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5494
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; is without doubt <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>the<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag>\n"
+" premiere &amp;unix;-like operating system for the Intel\n"
+" architecture.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>&amp;os; is without doubt <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>the<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag>\n"
+" premiere &amp;unix;-like operating system for the Intel\n"
+" architecture.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5500
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis> premiere <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system for the Intel "
+"architecture."
+msgstr ""
+"FreeBSD is without doubt <emphasis>the</emphasis> premiere <trademark class="
+"\"registered\">UNIX</trademark>-like operating system for the Intel "
+"architecture."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5507 book.translate.xml:9239
+msgid "Acronyms"
+msgstr "Siglas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5509
+msgid ""
+"Many computer terms are <emphasis>acronyms</emphasis>, words formed from the "
+"first letter of each word in a phrase. Acronyms are marked up into "
+"<tag>acronym</tag> elements. It is helpful to the reader when an acronym is "
+"defined on the first use, as shown in the example below."
+msgstr ""
+"Muitos termos de computador são <emphasis>siglas</emphasis>, palavras "
+"formadas a partir da primeira letra de cada palavra em uma frase. Os "
+"acrônimos são marcados com elementos <tag>acronym</tag>. É útil para o "
+"leitor quando um acrônimo é definido no primeiro uso, como mostrado no "
+"exemplo abaixo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5517
+msgid "<tag>acronym</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>acronym</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5521
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) 1149\n"
+" defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of\n"
+" Internet Protocol (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) data. The\n"
+" quantity of <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> data currently\n"
+" transmitted in that manner is unknown.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Request For Comments (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) 1149\n"
+" defined the use of avian carriers for transmission of\n"
+" Internet Protocol (<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag>) data. The\n"
+" quantity of <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> data currently\n"
+" transmitted in that manner is unknown.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5529
+msgid ""
+"Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149 defined the use of avian "
+"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) data. "
+"The quantity of <acronym>IP</acronym> data currently transmitted in that "
+"manner is unknown."
+msgstr ""
+"Request For Comments (<acronym>RFC</acronym>) 1149 defined the use of avian "
+"carriers for transmission of Internet Protocol (<acronym>IP</acronym>) data. "
+"The quantity of <acronym>IP</acronym> data currently transmitted in that "
+"manner is unknown."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5538
+msgid "Quotations"
+msgstr "Citações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5540
+msgid ""
+"To quote text from another document or source, or to denote a phrase that is "
+"used figuratively, use <tag>quote</tag>. Most of the markup tags available "
+"for normal text are also available from within a <tag>quote</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para citar texto de outro documento ou fonte, ou para denotar uma frase que "
+"é usada de forma figurada, use <tag>quote</tag>. A maioria das tags de "
+"marcação disponíveis para texto normal também está disponível em <tag>quote</"
+"tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5547
+msgid "<tag>quote</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>quote</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5551
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">quote</tag>boundary between local and public administration<tag class=\"endtag\">quote</tag>,\n"
+" as <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> 1535 calls it.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">quote</tag>boundary between local and public administration<tag class=\"endtag\">quote</tag>,\n"
+" as <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>RFC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> 1535 calls it.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5557
+msgid ""
+"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the <quote>boundary "
+"between local and public administration</quote>, as <acronym>RFC</acronym> "
+"1535 calls it."
+msgstr ""
+"However, make sure that the search does not go beyond the <quote>boundary "
+"between local and public administration</quote>, as <acronym>RFC</acronym> "
+"1535 calls it."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5565
+msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations"
+msgstr "Teclas, Botões do Mouse e Combinações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5567
+msgid ""
+"To refer to a specific key on the keyboard, use <tag>keycap</tag>. To refer "
+"to a mouse button, use <tag>mousebutton</tag>. And to refer to combinations "
+"of key presses or mouse clicks, wrap them all in <tag>keycombo</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para se referir a uma tecla específica no teclado, use <tag>keycap</tag>. "
+"Para se referir a um botão do mouse, use <tag>mousebutton</tag>. E para se "
+"referir a combinações de pressionamentos de teclas ou cliques do mouse, "
+"coloque todos eles em <tag>keycombo</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5573
+msgid ""
+"<tag>keycombo</tag> has an attribute called <literal>action</literal>, which "
+"may be one of <literal>click</literal>, <literal>double-click</literal>, "
+"<literal>other</literal>, <literal>press</literal>, <literal>seq</literal>, "
+"or <literal>simul</literal>. The last two values denote whether the keys or "
+"buttons should be pressed in sequence, or simultaneously."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>keycombo</tag> tem um atributo chamado <literal>action</literal>, que "
+"pode ser um dos <literal>click</literal>, <literal>double-click</literal>, "
+"<literal>other</literal>, <literal>press</literal>, <literal>seq</literal>, "
+"ou <literal>simul</literal>. Os dois últimos valores indicam se as teclas ou "
+"botões devem ser pressionados em sequência ou simultaneamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5581
+msgid ""
+"The stylesheets automatically add any connecting symbols, such as <literal>"
+"+</literal>, between the key names, when wrapped in <tag>keycombo</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"As folhas de estilo adicionam automaticamente quaisquer símbolos de conexão, "
+"como <literal>+</literal>, entre os nomes das chaves, quando agrupados em "
+"<tag>keycombo</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5586
+msgid "Keys, Mouse Buttons, and Combinations Example"
+msgstr "Exemplos de Teclas, Botões do Mouse e Combinações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5590
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>F1<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To exit <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>vi<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag> without saving changes, type\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"seq\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Esc<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>:<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>q<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>!<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>My window manager is configured so that\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">mousebutton</tag>right<tag class=\"endtag\">mousebutton</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag> mouse button is used to move windows.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To switch to the second virtual terminal, press\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>F1<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To exit <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>vi<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag> without saving changes, type\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"seq\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Esc<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>:<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>q<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>!<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>My window manager is configured so that\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">keycombo action=\"simul\"</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">keycap</tag>Alt<tag class=\"endtag\">keycap</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">mousebutton</tag>right<tag class=\"endtag\">mousebutton</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">keycombo</tag> mouse button is used to move windows.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5605
+msgid ""
+"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press <keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\"><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"To switch to the second virtual terminal, press <keycombo action=\"simul"
+"\"><keycap>Alt</keycap> <keycap>F1</keycap></keycombo>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5609
+msgid ""
+"To exit <command>vi</command> without saving changes, type <keycombo action="
+"\"seq\"> <keycap>Esc</keycap> <keycap>:</keycap> <keycap>q</keycap> <keycap>!"
+"</keycap></keycombo>."
+msgstr ""
+"To exit <command>vi</command> without saving changes, type <keycombo action="
+"\"seq\"> <keycap>Esc</keycap> <keycap>:</keycap> <keycap>q</keycap> <keycap>!"
+"</keycap></keycombo>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5616
+msgid ""
+"My window manager is configured so that <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <mousebutton>right</mousebutton></keycombo> mouse "
+"button is used to move windows."
+msgstr ""
+"My window manager is configured so that <keycombo action=\"simul\"> "
+"<keycap>Alt</keycap> <mousebutton>right</mousebutton></keycombo> mouse "
+"button is used to move windows."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5625
+msgid "Applications, Commands, Options, and Cites"
+msgstr "Aplicativos, Comandos, Opções e Citações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5627
+msgid ""
+"Both applications and commands are frequently referred to when writing "
+"documentation. The distinction between them is that an application is the "
+"name of a program or suite of programs that fulfill a particular task. A "
+"command is the filename of a program that the user can type and run at a "
+"command line."
+msgstr ""
+"Ambos os aplicativos e comandos são frequentemente utiilzados ao escrever "
+"uma documentação. A distinção entre eles é que um aplicativo é o nome de um "
+"programa ou conjunto de programas que preenche uma tarefa específica. Um "
+"comando é o nome do arquivo de um programa que o usuário pode digitar e "
+"executar em uma linha de comando."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5634
+msgid ""
+"It is often necessary to show some of the options that a command might take."
+msgstr ""
+"Muitas vezes é necessário mostrar algumas das opções que um comando pode ter."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5637
+msgid ""
+"Finally, it is often useful to list a command with its manual section "
+"number, in the <quote>command(number)</quote> format so common in Unix "
+"manuals."
+msgstr ""
+"Finalmente, muitas vezes é útil listar um comando com seu número de seção do "
+"manual, no formato <quote>command(number)</quote> que é comum em manuais "
+"Unix."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5641
+msgid "Mark up application names with <tag>application</tag>."
+msgstr "Marque nomes de aplicações com <tag>application</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5644
+msgid ""
+"To list a command with its manual section number (which should be most of "
+"the time) the DocBook element is <tag>citerefentry</tag>. This will contain "
+"a further two elements, <tag>refentrytitle</tag> and <tag>manvolnum</tag>. "
+"The content of <tag>refentrytitle</tag> is the name of the command, and the "
+"content of <tag>manvolnum</tag> is the manual page section."
+msgstr ""
+"Para listar um comando com seu número de seção do manual (que deve ser "
+"utilizado com maior frequência), o elemento DocBook é <tag>citerefentry</"
+"tag>. Isto irá conter mais dois elementos, <tag>refentrytitle</tag> e "
+"<tag>manvolnum</tag>. O conteúdo de <tag>refentrytitle</tag> é o nome do "
+"comando, e o conteúdo do <tag>manvolnum</tag> é a seção da página de manual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5654
+msgid ""
+"This can be cumbersome to write, and so a series of <link linkend=\"xml-"
+"primer-general-entities\">general entities</link> have been created to make "
+"this easier. Each entity takes the form <literal>&amp;man."
+"<replaceable>manual-page</replaceable>.<replaceable>manual-section</"
+"replaceable>;</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso pode ser trabalhoso para escrever e assim uma série de <link linkend="
+"\"xml-primer-general-entities\">entidades gerais</link> foram criadas para "
+"tornar esse processo mais fácil. Cada entidade assume o formato "
+"<literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>manual-page</replaceable>.<replaceable>manual-"
+"section</replaceable>;</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5660
+msgid ""
+"The file that contains these entities is in <filename>doc/share/xml/man-refs."
+"ent</filename>, and can be referred to using this <acronym>FPI</acronym>:"
+msgstr ""
+"O arquivo que contém essas entidades está em <filename>doc/share/xml/man-"
+"refs.ent</filename> e pode ser referenciado usando este <acronym>FPI</"
+"acronym>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5664
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\""
+msgstr "PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5666
+msgid ""
+"Therefore, the introduction to FreeBSD documentation will usually include "
+"this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Portanto, a introdução à documentação do FreeBSD geralmente incluirá isto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5669
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN\" [\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % man PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\"&gt;\n"
+"%man;\n"
+"\n"
+"…\n"
+"\n"
+"]&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook V4.1-Based Extension//EN\" [\n"
+"\n"
+"&lt;!ENTITY % man PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//ENTITIES DocBook Manual Page Entities//EN\"&gt;\n"
+"%man;\n"
+"\n"
+"…\n"
+"\n"
+"]&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5678
+msgid ""
+"Use <tag>command</tag> to include a command name <quote>in-line</quote> but "
+"present it as something the user should type."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <tag>command</tag> para incluir um nome de comando <quote>in-line</"
+"quote>, mas mostre como algo que o usuário deve digitar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5682
+msgid ""
+"Use <tag>option</tag> to mark up the options which will be passed to a "
+"command."
+msgstr ""
+"Use <tag>option</tag> para marcar as opções que serão passadas para um "
+"comando."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5685
+msgid ""
+"When referring to the same command multiple times in close proximity, it is "
+"preferred to use the <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation to markup the first "
+"reference and use <tag>command</tag> to markup subsequent references. This "
+"makes the generated output, especially <acronym>HTML</acronym>, appear "
+"visually better."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao se referir ao mesmo comando várias vezes nas proximidades, é preferível "
+"usar a notação <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> para marcação a primeira "
+"referência e use <tag>command</tag> para marcar as referências subsequentes. "
+"Isso faz com que a saída gerada, especialmente <acronym>HTML</acronym>, "
+"apareça visualmente melhor."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5694
+msgid "Applications, Commands, and Options Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de Aplicações, Comandos e Opções"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> is the most\n"
+" widely used Unix mail application.<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> includes the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, &amp;man.mailq.1;, and &amp;man.newaliases.1;\n"
+" programs.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>One of the command line parameters to <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, <tag class=\"starttag\">option</tag>-bp<tag class=\"endtag\">option</tag>, will display the current\n"
+" status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command\n"
+" line by running <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>sendmail -bp<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> is the most\n"
+" widely used Unix mail application.<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag>Sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">application</tag> includes the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, &amp;man.mailq.1;, and &amp;man.newaliases.1;\n"
+" programs.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>One of the command line parameters to <tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>sendmail<tag class=\"endtag\">refentrytitle</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>8<tag class=\"endtag\">manvolnum</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">citerefentry</tag>, <tag class=\"starttag\">option</tag>-bp<tag class=\"endtag\">option</tag>, will display the current\n"
+" status of messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command\n"
+" line by running <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>sendmail -bp<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5717
+msgid ""
+"<application>Sendmail</application> is the most widely used Unix mail "
+"application."
+msgstr ""
+"<application> Sendmail </application> é o aplicativo de email Unix mais "
+"utilizado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5720
+msgid ""
+"<application>Sendmail</application> includes the <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailq</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, and "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newaliases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> programs."
+msgstr ""
+"O <application> Sendmail </application> inclui o os programas <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mailq</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>, e o "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>newaliases</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5727
+msgid ""
+"One of the command line parameters to <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle> <manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry>, <option>-bp</option>, will display the current status of "
+"messages in the mail queue. Check this on the command line by running "
+"<command>sendmail -bp</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um dos parâmetros da linha de comando para o <citerefentry> "
+"<refentrytitle>sendmail</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum> </"
+"citerefentry>, <option>-bp</option>, exibirá o status atual das mensagens no "
+"fila de email. Verifique isso na linha de comando executando "
+"<command>sendmail -bp</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5738
+msgid ""
+"Notice how the <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable>command</replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> notation is easier to follow."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe como a notação <literal>&amp;man.<replaceable></replaceable>."
+"<replaceable>section</replaceable>;</literal> é mais fácil de ser seguida."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5745
+msgid "Files, Directories, Extensions, Device Names"
+msgstr "Arquivos, Diretórios, Extensões, Nomes de Dispositivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5747
+msgid ""
+"To refer to the name of a file, a directory, a file extension, or a device "
+"name, use <tag>filename</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para se referir ao nome de um arquivo, um diretório, uma extensão de arquivo "
+"ou um nome de dispositivo, use <tag>filename</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5751
+msgid "<tag>filename</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>filename</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5755
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The source for the Handbook in English is found in\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
+" The main file is called <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>book.xml<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
+" There is also a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> and a\n"
+" number of files with a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.ent<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> extension.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>kbd0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> is the first keyboard detected\n"
+" by the system, and appears in\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/dev<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> O código fonte do Handbook em inglês é encontrada em\n"
+"  <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/usr/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
+"  O arquivo principal é chamado <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>book.xml<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.\n"
+"  Há também um <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> e vários arquivos com a extensão <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.ent<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>kbd0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> é o primeiro teclado detectado\n"
+"  pelo sistema e aparece em\n"
+"  <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>/dev<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>. <tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5767
+msgid ""
+"The source for the Handbook in English is found in <filename>/usr/doc/en_US."
+"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>. The main file is called <filename>book."
+"xml</filename>. There is also a <filename>Makefile</filename> and a number "
+"of files with a <filename>.ent</filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+"O código fonte do Handbook em inglês é encontrada em <filename>/usr/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/</filename>. O arquivo principal é chamado "
+"<filename>book.xml</filename>. Há também um <filename>Makefile</filename> e "
+"vários arquivos com a extensão <filename>.ent</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5773
+msgid ""
+"<filename>kbd0</filename> is the first keyboard detected by the system, and "
+"appears in <filename>/dev</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"<filename>kbd0</filename> é o primeiro teclado detectado pelo sistema e "
+"aparece em <filename>/dev</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5780
+msgid "The Name of Ports"
+msgstr "Nome dos Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5783 book.translate.xml:5827 book.translate.xml:6059
+msgid "FreeBSD Extension"
+msgstr "Extensão FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5785 book.translate.xml:5829 book.translate.xml:6061
+msgid ""
+"These elements are part of the FreeBSD extension to DocBook, and do not "
+"exist in the original DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes elementos fazem parte da extensão do FreeBSD ao DocBook, e não existem "
+"no DocBook <acronym>DTD</acronym> original."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5790
+msgid ""
+"To include the name of a program from the FreeBSD Ports Collection in the "
+"document, use the <tag>package</tag> tag. Since the Ports Collection can be "
+"installed in any number of locations, only include the category and the port "
+"name; do not include <filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para incluir o nome de um programa da Coleção de Ports do FreeBSD no "
+"documento, use a tag <tag>package</tag>. Como a Coleção de Ports pode ser "
+"instalada em qualquer local, inclua apenas a categoria e o nome do port; não "
+"inclua <filename>/usr/ports</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5796
+msgid ""
+"By default, <tag>package</tag> refers to a binary package. To refer to a "
+"port that will be built from source, set the <literal>role</literal> "
+"attribute to <literal>port</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por padrão, <tag>package</tag> refere-se a um pacote binário. Para se "
+"referir a um port que será compilado a partir do código fonte, configure o "
+"atributo <literal>role</literal> para <literal>port</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5802
+msgid "<tag>package</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>package</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5806
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Install the <tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> binary\n"
+" package to view network traffic.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">package role=\"port\"</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> can also be\n"
+" built and installed from the Ports Collection.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Instale o pacote binário <tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> para\n"
+" visualizar o tráfego de rede.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">package role=\"port\"</tag>net/wireshark<tag class=\"endtag\">package</tag> também pode ser\n"
+" compilado e instalado pela Coleção de Ports.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5814
+msgid ""
+"Install the <package>net/wireshark</package> binary package to view network "
+"traffic."
+msgstr ""
+"Instale o pacote binário <package>net/wireshark</package> para visualizar o "
+"tráfego de rede."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5817
+msgid ""
+"<package role=\"port\">net/wireshark</package> can also be built and "
+"installed from the Ports Collection."
+msgstr ""
+"O <package role=\"port\">net/wireshark</package> também pode ser\n"
+" compilado e instalado pela Coleção de Ports."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5823
+msgid ""
+"Hosts, Domains, IP Addresses, User Names, Group Names, and Other System Items"
+msgstr ""
+"Hosts, Domínios, Endereços IP, Usuário, Grupo e Outros Itens do Sistema"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5834
+msgid ""
+"Information for <quote>system items</quote> is marked up with "
+"<tag>systemitem</tag>. The <literal>class</literal> attribute is used to "
+"identify the particular type of information shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Informações para <quote>itens do sistema</quote> estão marcadas com "
+"<tag>systemitem</tag>. O atributo <literal>class</literal> é usado para "
+"identificar o tipo específico de informação mostrada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5841
+msgid "<literal>class=\"domainname\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"domainname\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5844
+msgid ""
+"The text is a domain name, such as <literal>FreeBSD.org</literal> or "
+"<literal>ngo.org.uk</literal>. There is no hostname component."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto é um nome de domínio, como <literal>FreeBSD.org</literal> ou "
+"<literal>ngo.org.uk</literal>. Não há nenhum componente de nome de host."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5852
+msgid "<literal>class=\"etheraddress\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"etheraddress\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5855
+msgid ""
+"The text is an Ethernet <acronym>MAC</acronym> address, expressed as a "
+"series of 2 digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto é um endereço Ethernet <acronym>MAC</acronym>, expresso como uma "
+"série de números hexadecimais de 2 dígitos separados por dois pontos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5862
+msgid "<literal>class=\"fqdomainname\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"fqdomainname\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5865
+msgid ""
+"The text is a Fully Qualified Domain Name, with both hostname and domain "
+"name parts."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto é um nome de domínio FQDM, com ambos nome de domínio e hostname."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5871
+msgid "<literal>class=\"ipaddress\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"ipaddress\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5874
+msgid ""
+"The text is an <acronym>IP</acronym> address, probably expressed as a dotted "
+"quad."
+msgstr "O texto é um endereço de <acronym>IP</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5880
+msgid "<literal>class=\"netmask\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"netmask\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5883
+msgid ""
+"The text is a network mask, which might be expressed as a dotted quad, a "
+"hexadecimal string, or as a <literal>/</literal> followed by a number "
+"(<acronym>CIDR</acronym> notation)."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto é uma máscara de rede, que pode ser expressa igual a um IP, uma "
+"sequência hexadecimal ou como um <literal>/</literal> seguido por um número "
+"(notação <acronym>CIDR</acronym>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5891
+msgid "<literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5894
+msgid ""
+"With <literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal> the marked up information is "
+"the simple hostname, such as <literal>freefall</literal> or "
+"<literal>wcarchive</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Com <literal>class=\"systemname\"</literal>, as informações marcadas são o "
+"nome do host simples, como <literal>freefall</literal> ou "
+"<literal>wcarchive</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5902
+msgid "<literal>class=\"username\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"username\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5905
+msgid "The text is a username, like <literal>root</literal>."
+msgstr "O texto é um nome de usuário, como <literal>root</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:5911
+msgid "<literal>class=\"groupname\"</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>class=\"groupname\"</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5914
+msgid "The text is a groupname, like <literal>wheel</literal>."
+msgstr "O texto é um grupo, como <literal>wheel</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5921
+msgid "<tag>systemitem</tag> and Classes Example"
+msgstr "Exemplos <tag>systemitem</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5925
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred to by the\n"
+" name <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"systemname\"</tag>localhost<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>, which will have the IP\n"
+" address <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"</tag>127.0.0.1<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"domainname\"</tag>FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>\n"
+" domain contains a number of different hosts, including\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>freefall.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> and\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>bento.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When adding an <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> alias to an\n"
+" interface (using <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>ifconfig<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>)\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>always<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> use a netmask of\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>255.255.255.255<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> (which can\n"
+" also be expressed as\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>0xffffffff<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>).<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address uniquely identifies\n"
+" every network card in existence. A typical\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address looks like\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"etheraddress\"</tag>08:00:20:87:ef:d0<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To carry out most system administration functions\n"
+" requires logging in as <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The local machine can always be referred to by the\n"
+" name <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"systemname\"</tag>localhost<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>, which will have the IP\n"
+" address <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"ipaddress\"</tag>127.0.0.1<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"domainname\"</tag>FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>\n"
+" domain contains a number of different hosts, including\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>freefall.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> and\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\"</tag>bento.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>When adding an <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>IP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> alias to an\n"
+" interface (using <tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>ifconfig<tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>)\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>always<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> use a netmask of\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>255.255.255.255<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> (which can\n"
+" also be expressed as\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"netmask\"</tag>0xffffffff<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>).<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address uniquely identifies\n"
+" every network card in existence. A typical\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>MAC<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> address looks like\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"etheraddress\"</tag>08:00:20:87:ef:d0<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>To carry out most system administration functions\n"
+" requires logging in as <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5951
+msgid ""
+"The local machine can always be referred to by the name "
+"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, which will have the IP address "
+"<systemitem class=\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"A máquina local sempre pode ser referenciada pelo nome "
+"<systemitem>localhost</systemitem>, que terá o endereço IP <systemitem class="
+"\"ipaddress\">127.0.0.1</systemitem>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5956
+msgid ""
+"The <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> domain "
+"contains a number of different hosts, including <systemitem class="
+"\"fqdomainname\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> and <systemitem class="
+"\"fqdomainname\">bento.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"O domínio <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname\">FreeBSD.org</systemitem> contém "
+"vários hosts diferentes, incluindo <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
+"\">freefall.FreeBSD.org</systemitem> e <systemitem class=\"fqdomainname"
+"\">bento.FreeBSD.org</systemitem>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5962
+msgid ""
+"When adding an <acronym>IP</acronym> alias to an interface (using "
+"<command>ifconfig</command>) <emphasis>always</emphasis> use a netmask of "
+"<systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> (which can also "
+"be expressed as <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</systemitem>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Ao adicionar um alias de <acronym>IP</acronym> a uma interface (usando "
+"<command>ifconfig</command>) <emphasis>sempre</emphasis> use uma máscara de "
+"rede de <systemitem class=\"netmask\">255.255.255.255</systemitem> (que "
+"também pode ser expressa como <systemitem class=\"netmask\">0xffffffff</"
+"systemitem>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5969
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>MAC</acronym> address uniquely identifies every network card in "
+"existence. A typical <acronym>MAC</acronym> address looks like <systemitem "
+"class=\"etheraddress\">08:00:20:87:ef:d0</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"O endereço <acronym>MAC</acronym> identifica exclusivamente todas as placas "
+"de rede existentes. Um endereço <acronym>MAC</acronym> típico se parece com "
+"<systemitem class=\"etheraddress\">08:00:20:87:ef:d0</systemitem>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5973
+msgid ""
+"To carry out most system administration functions requires logging in as "
+"<systemitem class=\"username\">root</systemitem>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para executar a maioria das funções de administração do sistema, é "
+"necessário efetuar login como <systemitem class=\"username\">root</"
+"systemitem>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5980
+msgid "Uniform Resource Identifiers (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)"
+msgstr "Identificadores Uniformes de Recursos (<acronym>URI</acronym>s)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5983
+msgid ""
+"Occasionally it is useful to show a Uniform Resource Identifier "
+"(<acronym>URI</acronym>) without making it an active hyperlink. The "
+"<tag>uri</tag> element makes this possible:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ocasionalmente, é útil mostrar um Identificador de Recurso Uniforme "
+"(<acronym>URI</acronym>) sem torná-lo um hiperlink ativo. O elemento "
+"<tag>uri</tag> torna isso possível:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:5989
+msgid "<tag>uri</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>uri</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:5993
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text:\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">uri</tag>https://www.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">uri</tag>. It does not\n"
+" create a link.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Esta <acronym>URL</acronym> é mostrada apenas como texto:\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">uri</tag>https://www.FreeBSD.org<tag class=\"endtag\">uri</tag>. Não é criado um link.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:5999
+msgid ""
+"This <acronym>URL</acronym> shows only as text: <uri>https://www.FreeBSD."
+"org</uri>. It does not create a link."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta <acronym>URL</acronym> é mostrada apenas como texto: <uri>https://www."
+"FreeBSD.org</uri>. Não é criado um link."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6004
+msgid "To create links, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-links\"/>."
+msgstr "Para criar links, consulte <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-links\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6009
+msgid "Email Addresses"
+msgstr "Endereços de Email"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6011
+msgid ""
+"Email addresses are marked up as <tag>email</tag> elements. In the "
+"<acronym>HTML</acronym> output format, the wrapped text becomes a hyperlink "
+"to the email address. Other output formats that support hyperlinks may also "
+"make the email address into a link."
+msgstr ""
+"Os endereços de email são marcados como elementos <tag>email</tag>. No "
+"formato de saída <acronym>HTML</acronym>, o texto marcado se torna um "
+"hiperlink para o endereço de email. Outros formatos de saída que suportam "
+"hiperlinks também podem tornar o endereço de email em um link."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6018
+msgid "<tag>email</tag> with a Hyperlink Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de Hiperlink com <tag>email</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6022
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>An email address that does not actually exist, like\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>, can be used as an\n"
+" example.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> Um endereço de email que não existe, como\n"
+"  <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>, pode ser usado como um\n"
+"  exemplo <tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6028
+msgid ""
+"An email address that does not actually exist, like <email>notreal@example."
+"com</email>, can be used as an example."
+msgstr ""
+"Um endereço de email que não existe, como <email>notreal@example.com</"
+"email>, pode ser usado como exemplo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6033
+msgid ""
+"A FreeBSD-specific extension allows setting the <literal>role</literal> "
+"attribute to <literal>nolink</literal> to prevent the creation of the "
+"hyperlink to the email address."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma extensão específica do FreeBSD permite configurar o atributo "
+"<literal>role</literal> para <literal>nolink</literal> para evitar a criação "
+"do hiperlink para o endereço de email."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6039
+msgid "<tag>email</tag> Without a Hyperlink Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>email</tag> Sem Hiperlink"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6043
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Sometimes a link to an email address like\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">email role=\"nolink\"</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag> is not\n"
+" desired.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag> Às vezes, o link para um endereço de email como\n"
+"  <tag class=\"starttag\">email role=\"nolink\"</tag>notreal@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag> não é\n"
+"  desejado.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6049
+msgid ""
+"Sometimes a link to an email address like <email role=\"nolink"
+"\">notreal@example.com</email> is not desired."
+msgstr ""
+"Às vezes, o link para um endereço de email como <email role=\"nolink"
+"\">notreal@example.com</email> não é desejado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6056
+msgid "Describing <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
+msgstr "Descrevendo <filename>Makefile</filename>s"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6066
+msgid ""
+"Two elements exist to describe parts of <filename>Makefile</filename>s, "
+"<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem dois elementos para descrever partes de <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename>s, <tag>buildtarget</tag> e <tag>varname</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6070
+msgid ""
+"<tag>buildtarget</tag> identifies a build target exported by a "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> that can be given as a parameter to "
+"<command>make</command>. <tag>varname</tag> identifies a variable that can "
+"be set (in the environment, on the command line with <command>make</"
+"command>, or within the <filename>Makefile</filename>) to influence the "
+"process."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>buildtarget</tag> identifica um destino de compilação exportado por um "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> que pode ser fornecido como um parâmetro para "
+"o <command>make</command>. <tag>varname</tag> identifica uma variável que "
+"pode ser definida (no ambiente, na linha de comando com o <command>make</"
+"command>, ou dentro do <filename>Makefile</filename>) para influenciar o "
+"processo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6080
+msgid "<tag>buildtarget</tag> and <tag>varname</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>buildtarget</tag> e <tag>varname</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6085
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>\n"
+" are <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> and\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Typically, invoking <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will\n"
+" rebuild the application, and invoking\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will remove the temporary\n"
+" files (<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.o<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> for example) created by the\n"
+" build process.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> may be controlled by a\n"
+" number of variables, including <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>CLOBBER<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>\n"
+" and <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>RECURSE<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Two common targets in a <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>Makefile<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag>\n"
+" are <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> and\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Typically, invoking <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>all<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will\n"
+" rebuild the application, and invoking\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> will remove the temporary\n"
+" files (<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>.o<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> for example) created by the\n"
+" build process.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">buildtarget</tag>clean<tag class=\"endtag\">buildtarget</tag> may be controlled by a\n"
+" number of variables, including <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>CLOBBER<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>\n"
+" and <tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>RECURSE<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: para/buildtarget
+#: book.translate.xml:6102 book.translate.xml:6105
+msgid "all"
+msgstr "all"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6101
+msgid ""
+"Two common targets in a <filename>Makefile</filename> are <_:buildtarget-1/> "
+"and <_:buildtarget-2/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dois alvos comuns em um <filename>Makefile</filename> são <_:buildtarget-1/> "
+"e <_:buildtarget-2/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6105
+msgid ""
+"Typically, invoking <_:buildtarget-1/> will rebuild the application, and "
+"invoking <_:buildtarget-2/> will remove the temporary files (<filename>.o</"
+"filename> for example) created by the build process."
+msgstr ""
+"Normalmente, invocar <_:buildtarget-1/> irá reconstruir o aplicativo, e "
+"invocar <_:buildtarget-2/> removerá os arquivos temporários (<filename>.o</"
+"filename> por exemplo) criados pelo processo de compilação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6111
+msgid ""
+"<_:buildtarget-1/> may be controlled by a number of variables, including "
+"<varname>CLOBBER</varname> and <varname>RECURSE</varname>."
+msgstr ""
+"<_:buildtarget-1/> pode ser controlado por várias de variáveis, incluindo "
+"<varname>CLOBBER</varname> e <varname>RECURSE</varname>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6118
+msgid "Literal Text"
+msgstr "Texto Literal"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6120
+msgid ""
+"Literal text, or text which should be entered verbatim, is often needed in "
+"documentation. This is text that is excerpted from another file, or which "
+"should be copied exactly as shown from the documentation into another file."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto literal, ou texto que deve ser inserido na íntegra, é frequentemente "
+"necessário na documentação. Este é um texto extraído de outro arquivo ou que "
+"deve ser copiado exatamente como mostrado na documentação em um outro "
+"arquivo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6125
+msgid ""
+"Some of the time, <tag>programlisting</tag> will be sufficient to denote "
+"this text. But <tag>programlisting</tag> is not always appropriate, "
+"particularly when you want to include a portion of a file <quote>in-line</"
+"quote> with the rest of the paragraph."
+msgstr ""
+"Na maioria das vezes, <tag>programlisting</tag> será suficiente para denotar "
+"este texto. Mas <tag>programlisting</tag> nem sempre é apropriado, "
+"particularmente quando você quer incluir uma parte de um arquivo <quote>in-"
+"line</quote> com o resto do parágrafo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6132
+msgid "On these occasions, use <tag>literal</tag>."
+msgstr "Nestes casos, use <tag>literal</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6136
+msgid "<tag>literal</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>literal</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6140
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers 10<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> line in the kernel\n"
+" configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is\n"
+" a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
+" support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers 10<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> line in the kernel\n"
+" configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is\n"
+" a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
+" support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6147
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>maxusers 10</literal> line in the kernel configuration file "
+"determines the size of many system tables, and is a rough guide to how many "
+"simultaneous logins the system will support."
+msgstr ""
+"A linha <literal>maxusers 10</literal> no arquivo de configuração do kernel "
+"determina o tamanho de muitas tabelas do sistema e é um guia aproximado de "
+"quantos logins simultâneos o sistema suportará."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6155
+msgid "Showing Items That the User <emphasis>Must</emphasis> Fill In"
+msgstr "Mostrando Itens que o Usuário <emphasis>Deve</emphasis> Preencher"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6158
+msgid ""
+"There will often be times when the user is shown what to do, or referred to "
+"a file or command line, but cannot simply copy the example provided. "
+"Instead, they must supply some information themselves."
+msgstr ""
+"Haverá diversos momentos em que o usuário irá ver o que fazer, ou será "
+"referenciado a um arquivo ou linha de comando, mas não poderá simplesmente "
+"copiar o exemplo fornecido. Em vez disso, eles precisam fornecer algumas "
+"informações."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6163
+msgid ""
+"<tag>replaceable</tag> is designed for this eventuality. Use it "
+"<emphasis>inside</emphasis> other elements to indicate parts of that "
+"element's content that the user must replace."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>replaceable</tag> é projetado para essa eventualidade. Use isso "
+"<emphasis>dentro</emphasis> de outros elementos para indicar partes do "
+"conteúdo desse elemento que o usuário deve substituir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6169
+msgid "<tag>replaceable</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo de <tag>replaceable</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6173
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>man <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>command<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>man <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>command<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">userinput</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6178
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man <replaceable>command</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6181
+msgid ""
+"<tag>replaceable</tag> can be used in many different elements, including "
+"<tag>literal</tag>. This example also shows that <tag>replaceable</tag> "
+"should only be wrapped around the content that the user <emphasis>is</"
+"emphasis> meant to provide. The other content should be left alone."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>replaceable</tag> pode ser usado em diversos elementos, incluindo "
+"<tag>literal</tag>. Este exemplo também mostra que o <tag>replaceable</tag> "
+"deve estar apenas em torno do conteúdo que o usuário <emphasis>está</"
+"emphasis> destinado a fornecer. O outro conteúdo deve ser deixado de lado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6190
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
+" line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system\n"
+" tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
+" support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>For a desktop workstation, <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>32<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> is a good value\n"
+" for <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>maxusers <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag>\n"
+" line in the kernel configuration file determines the size of many system\n"
+" tables, and is a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will\n"
+" support.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>For a desktop workstation, <tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>32<tag class=\"endtag\">literal</tag> is a good value\n"
+" for <tag class=\"starttag\">replaceable</tag>n<tag class=\"endtag\">replaceable</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6200
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> line in the "
+"kernel configuration file determines the size of many system tables, and is "
+"a rough guide to how many simultaneous logins the system will support."
+msgstr ""
+"A linha <literal>maxusers <replaceable>n</replaceable></literal> no arquivo "
+"de configuração do kernel determina o tamanho de muitas tabelas do sistema e "
+"é um guia aproximado de quantos logins simultâneos o sistema suportará."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6206
+msgid ""
+"For a desktop workstation, <literal>32</literal> is a good value for "
+"<replaceable>n</replaceable>."
+msgstr ""
+"Para uma estação de trabalho, <literal> 32 </literal> é um bom valor para "
+"<replaceable>n</replaceable>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6212
+msgid "Showing <acronym>GUI</acronym> Buttons"
+msgstr "Mostrando Botões <acronym>GUI</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6214
+msgid ""
+"Buttons presented by a graphical user interface are marked with "
+"<tag>guibutton</tag>. To make the text look more like a graphical button, "
+"brackets and non-breaking spaces are added surrounding the text."
+msgstr ""
+"Os botões apresentados por uma interface gráfica do usuário são marcados com "
+"<tag>guibutton</tag>. Para tornar o texto mais parecido com um botão "
+"gráfico, colchetes e espaços não separáveis ​​são adicionados em volta do "
+"texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6220
+msgid "<tag>guibutton</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>guibutton</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6224
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Edit the file, then click\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">guibutton</tag>[&amp;nbsp;Save&amp;nbsp;]<tag class=\"endtag\">guibutton</tag> to save the\n"
+" changes.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Edit the file, then click\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">guibutton</tag>[&amp;nbsp;Save&amp;nbsp;]<tag class=\"endtag\">guibutton</tag> to save the\n"
+" changes.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6230
+msgid ""
+"Edit the file, then click <guibutton>[ Save ]</guibutton> to save the "
+"changes."
+msgstr ""
+"Edite o arquivo e clique em <guibutton>[Salvar]</guibutton> para salvar as "
+"alterações."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6237
+msgid "Quoting System Errors"
+msgstr "Citações de Erros do Sistema"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6239
+msgid ""
+"System errors generated by FreeBSD are marked with <tag>errorname</tag>. "
+"This indicates the exact error that appears."
+msgstr ""
+"Erros de sistema gerados pelo FreeBSD são marcados com <tag>errorname</tag>. "
+"Isso indica o erro exato que aparece."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6244
+msgid "<tag>errorname</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>errorname</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6248
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">errorname</tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class=\"endtag\">errorname</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag><tag class=\"starttag\">errorname</tag>Panic: cannot mount root<tag class=\"endtag\">errorname</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">screen</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6253
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname>"
+msgstr "<errorname>Panic: cannot mount root</errorname>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6260
+msgid "Images"
+msgstr "Imagens"
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6263
+msgid ""
+"Image support in the documentation is somewhat experimental. The mechanisms "
+"described here are unlikely to change, but that is not guaranteed."
+msgstr ""
+"O suporte de imagem na documentação é um pouco experimental. Os mecanismos "
+"descritos aqui provavelmente não mudarão, mas isso não é garantido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6267
+msgid ""
+"To provide conversion between different image formats, the <package>graphics/"
+"ImageMagick</package> port must be installed. This port is not included in "
+"the <package>textproc/docproj</package> meta port, and must be installed "
+"separately."
+msgstr ""
+"Para fornecer conversão entre diferentes formatos de imagem, o port "
+"<package>graphics/ImageMagick</package> deve estar instalado. Esse port não "
+"está incluído no meta port <package>textproc/docproj</package> e deve ser "
+"instalado separadamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6273
+msgid ""
+"A good example of the use of images is the <filename>doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"articles/vm-design/</filename> document. Examine the files in that directory "
+"to see how these elements are used together. Build different output formats "
+"to see how the format determines what images are shown in the rendered "
+"document."
+msgstr ""
+"Um bom exemplo do uso de imagens é o documento <filename>graphics/"
+"ImageMagick</filename>. Examine os arquivos nesse diretório para ver como "
+"esses elementos são usados ​​juntos. Crie formatos de saída diferentes para "
+"ver como o formato determina quais imagens são mostradas no documento "
+"renderizado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6282
+msgid "Image Formats"
+msgstr "Formatos de Imagem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6284
+msgid ""
+"The following image formats are currently supported. An image file will "
+"automatically be converted to bitmap or vector image depending on the output "
+"document format."
+msgstr ""
+"Os seguintes formatos de imagem são suportados atualmente. Um arquivo de "
+"imagem será automaticamente convertido em bitmap ou imagem vetorial, "
+"dependendo do formato do documento de saída."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6288
+msgid ""
+"These are the <emphasis>only</emphasis> formats in which images should be "
+"committed to the documentation repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes são os formatos <emphasis>somente</emphasis> nos quais as imagens "
+"devem ser enviadas para o repositório de documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:6294
+msgid "<acronym>EPS</acronym> (Encapsulated Postscript)"
+msgstr "<acronym>EPS</acronym> (Encapsulated Postscript)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6298
+msgid ""
+"Images that are primarily vector based, such as network diagrams, time "
+"lines, and similar, should be in this format. These images have a <filename>."
+"eps</filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+"Imagens com base principalmente em vetores, como diagramas de rede, linhas "
+"de tempo e similares, devem estar nesse formato. Estas imagens têm uma "
+"extensão <filename>.eps</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:6306
+msgid "<acronym>PNG</acronym> (Portable Network Graphic)"
+msgstr "<acronym>PNG</acronym> (Portable Network Graphic)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6310
+msgid ""
+"For bitmaps, such as screen captures, use this format. These images have the "
+"<filename>.png</filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+"Para bitmaps, como capturas de tela, use este formato. Essas imagens têm a "
+"extensão <filename>.png</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:6317
+msgid "<acronym>PIC</acronym> (PIC graphics language)"
+msgstr "<acronym>PIC</acronym> (PIC graphics language)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6320
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>PIC</acronym> is a language for drawing simple vector-based figures "
+"used in the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pic</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> utility. These images have the <filename>.pic</"
+"filename> extension."
+msgstr ""
+"<acronym>PIC</acronym> é uma linguagem para desenhar figuras baseadas em "
+"vetor simples usadas no utilitário <citerefentry><refentrytitle>pic</"
+"refentrytitle> <manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry>. Essas imagens têm a "
+"extensão <filename>.pic</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:6328
+msgid "<acronym>SCR</acronym> (SCReen capture)"
+msgstr "<acronym>SCR</acronym> (SCReen capture)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6331
+msgid ""
+"This format is specific to screenshots of console output. The following "
+"command generates an SCR file <filename>shot.scr</filename> from video "
+"buffer of <filename>/dev/ttyv0</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Este formato é específico para capturas de tela da saída do console. O "
+"seguinte comando gera um arquivo SCR <filename>shot.scr</filename> do buffer "
+"de vídeo <filename>/dev/ttyv0</filename>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6336
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>vidcontrol -p</command> &lt; <filename><replaceable>/dev/ttyv0</replaceable></filename> &gt; <filename><replaceable>shot.scr</replaceable></filename></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput><command>vidcontrol -p</command> &lt; <filename><replaceable>/dev/ttyv0</replaceable></filename> &gt; <filename><replaceable>shot.scr</replaceable></filename></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6338
+msgid ""
+"This is preferable to <acronym>PNG</acronym> format for screenshots because "
+"the <acronym>SCR</acronym> file contains plain text of the command lines so "
+"that it can be converted to a <acronym>PNG</acronym> image or a plain text "
+"depending on the output document format."
+msgstr ""
+"É preferível o formato <acronym>PNG</acronym> para capturas de tela porque o "
+"arquivo <acronym>SCR</acronym> contém texto sem formatação das linhas de "
+"comando para que possa ser convertido em uma imagem <acronym>PNG</acronym> "
+"ou um texto simples, dependendo do formato do documento de saída."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6348
+msgid ""
+"Use the appropriate format for each image. Documentation will often have a "
+"mix of <acronym>EPS</acronym> and <acronym>PNG</acronym> images. The "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename>s ensure that the correct format image is "
+"chosen depending on the output format used. <emphasis>Do not commit the same "
+"image to the repository in two different formats</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Use o formato apropriado para cada imagem. A documentação geralmente tem uma "
+"mistura de imagens <acronym>EPS</acronym> e <acronym>PNG</acronym>. O "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> assegura que a imagem de formato correta seja "
+"escolhida dependendo do formato de saída usado. <emphasis> Não envie a mesma "
+"imagem ao repositório em dois formatos diferentes</emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: important/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6357
+msgid ""
+"The Documentation Project may eventually switch to using the <acronym>SVG</"
+"acronym> (Scalable Vector Graphic) format for vector images. However, the "
+"current state of <acronym>SVG</acronym> capable editing tools makes this "
+"impractical."
+msgstr ""
+"O Projeto de Documentação pode eventualmente mudar para o formato "
+"<acronym>SVG</acronym> (Scalable Vector Graphic) para imagens vetoriais. No "
+"entanto, o estado atual das ferramentas de edição compatíveis com "
+"<acronym>SVG</acronym> torna isso inviável."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6366
+msgid "Image File Locations"
+msgstr "Localizações das Imagens"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6368
+msgid ""
+"Image files can be stored in one of several locations, depending on the "
+"document and image:"
+msgstr ""
+"As imagens podem ser armazenados em um dos diversos locais abaixo, "
+"dependendo do documento e da imagem:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6373
+msgid ""
+"In the same directory as the document itself, usually done for articles and "
+"small books that keep all their files in a single directory."
+msgstr ""
+"No mesmo diretório do documento em si, geralmente feito para artigos e "
+"pequenos livros que mantêm todos os arquivos em um único diretório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6379
+msgid ""
+"In a subdirectory of the main document. Typically done when a large book "
+"uses separate subdirectories to organize individual chapters."
+msgstr ""
+"Em um subdiretório do documento principal. Geralmente feito quando um livro "
+"grande usa subdiretórios separados para organizar capítulos individuais."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6383
+msgid ""
+"When images are stored in a subdirectory of the main document directory, the "
+"subdirectory name must be included in their paths in the <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename> and the <tag>imagedata</tag> element."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando as imagens são armazenadas em um subdiretório do diretório do "
+"documento principal, o nome do subdiretório deve ser incluído em seus "
+"caminhos no <filename>Makefile</filename> e no elemento <tag>imagedata</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6391
+msgid ""
+"In a subdirectory of <filename>doc/share/images</filename> named after the "
+"document. For example, images for the Handbook are stored in <filename>doc/"
+"share/images/books/handbook</filename>. Images that work for multiple "
+"translations are stored in this upper level of the documentation file tree. "
+"Generally, these are images that can be used unchanged in non-English "
+"translations of the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Em um subdiretório de <filename>doc/share/images</filename> nomeado após o "
+"documento. Por exemplo, as imagens do Handbook estão armazenadas em "
+"<filename>doc/share/images/books/handbook</filename>. Imagens que funcionam "
+"para várias traduções são armazenadas neste nível superior da árvore de "
+"arquivos da documentação. Geralmente, estas são imagens que podem ser usadas "
+"inalteradas em traduções não inglesas do documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6404
+msgid "Image Markup"
+msgstr "Marcação em Imagem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6406
+msgid ""
+"Images are included as part of a <tag>mediaobject</tag>. The "
+"<tag>mediaobject</tag> can contain other, more specific objects. We are "
+"concerned with two, the <tag>imageobject</tag> and the <tag>textobject</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"As imagens são incluídas como parte de um <tag>mediaobject</tag>. O "
+"<tag>mediaobject</tag> pode conter outros objetos mais específicos. Estamos "
+"preocupados com dois, o <tag>imageobject</tag> e o <tag>textobject</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6411
+msgid ""
+"Include one <tag>imageobject</tag>, and two <tag>textobject</tag> elements. "
+"The <tag>imageobject</tag> will point to the name of the image file without "
+"the extension. The <tag>textobject</tag> elements contain information that "
+"will be presented to the user as well as, or instead of, the image itself."
+msgstr ""
+"Inclua um <tag>imageobject</tag> e dois elementos <tag>textobject</tag>. O "
+"<tag>imageobject</tag> apontará para o nome do arquivo de imagem sem a "
+"extensão. Os elementos <tag>textobject</tag> contêm informações que serão "
+"apresentadas ao usuário, bem como, ou em vez da própria imagem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6418
+msgid ""
+"Text elements are shown to the reader in several situations. When the "
+"document is viewed in <acronym>HTML</acronym>, text elements are shown while "
+"the image is loading, or if the mouse pointer is hovered over the image, or "
+"if a text-only browser is being used. In formats like plain text where "
+"graphics are not possible, the text elements are shown instead of the "
+"graphical ones."
+msgstr ""
+"Elementos de texto são mostrados ao leitor em várias situações. Quando o "
+"documento é exibido em <acronym>HTML</acronym>, elementos de texto são "
+"mostrados enquanto a imagem está sendo carregada ou se o ponteiro do mouse "
+"estiver sobre a imagem ou se um navegador somente texto estiver sendo usado. "
+"Em formatos como texto simples, onde os gráficos não são possíveis, os "
+"elementos de texto são mostrados em vez dos gráficos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6426
+msgid ""
+"This example shows how to include an image called <filename>fig1.png</"
+"filename> in a document. The image is a rectangle with an A inside it:"
+msgstr ""
+"Este exemplo mostra como incluir uma imagem chamada <filename>fig1.png</"
+"filename> em um documento. A imagem é um retângulo com um A dentro dela:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6430
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-ext\"/>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">literallayout class=\"monospaced\"</tag>+---------------+ <co xml:id=\"co-image-literal\"/>\n"
+"| A |\n"
+"+---------------+<tag class=\"endtag\">literallayout</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">phrase</tag>A picture<tag class=\"endtag\">phrase</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-phrase\"/>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-ext\"/>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">literallayout class=\"monospaced\"</tag>+---------------+ <co xml:id=\"co-image-literal\"/>\n"
+"| A |\n"
+"+---------------+<tag class=\"endtag\">literallayout</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">phrase</tag>A picture<tag class=\"endtag\">phrase</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-phrase\"/>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">textobject</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6448
+msgid ""
+"Include an <tag>imagedata</tag> element inside the <tag>imageobject</tag> "
+"element. The <literal>fileref</literal> attribute should contain the "
+"filename of the image to include, without the extension. The stylesheets "
+"will work out which extension should be added to the filename automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"Inclua um elemento <tag>imagedata</tag> dentro do elemento <tag>imageobject</"
+"tag>. O atributo <literal>fileref</literal> deve conter o nome do arquivo da "
+"imagem a ser incluída, sem a extensão. As folhas de estilo irão descobrir "
+"qual extensão deve ser adicionada ao nome do arquivo automaticamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6458
+msgid ""
+"The first <tag>textobject</tag> contains a <tag>literallayout</tag> element, "
+"where the <literal>class</literal> attribute is set to <literal>monospaced</"
+"literal>. This is an opportunity to demonstrate <acronym>ASCII</acronym> art "
+"skills. This content will be used if the document is converted to plain text."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro <tag>textobject</tag> contém um elemento <tag>literallayout</"
+"tag>, onde o atributo <literal>class</literal> é definido como "
+"<literal>monospaced</literal>. Esta é uma oportunidade para demonstrar "
+"habilidades artísticas em <acronym>ASCII</acronym>. Este conteúdo será usado "
+"se o documento for convertido em texto simples."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6466
+msgid ""
+"Notice how the first and last lines of the content of the "
+"<tag>literallayout</tag> element butt up next to the element's tags. This "
+"ensures no extraneous white space is included."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe como a primeira e a última linha do conteúdo do elemento "
+"<tag>literallayout</tag> aparecem ao lado das tags do elemento. Isso garante "
+"que nenhum espaço em branco seja incluído."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6473
+msgid ""
+"The second <tag>textobject</tag> contains a single <tag>phrase</tag> "
+"element. The contents of this phrase will become the <literal>alt</literal> "
+"attribute for the image when this document is converted to <acronym>HTML</"
+"acronym>."
+msgstr ""
+"O segundo <tag>textobject</tag> contém um único elemento <tag>phrase</tag>. "
+"O conteúdo desta frase se tornará o atributo <literal>alt</literal> para a "
+"imagem quando este documento for convertido para <acronym>HTML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6483
+msgid "Image <filename>Makefile</filename> Entries"
+msgstr "Entradas de Imagem no <filename>Makefile</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6485
+msgid ""
+"Images must be listed in the <filename>Makefile</filename> in the "
+"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable. This variable must contain the names of "
+"all the <emphasis>source</emphasis> images. For example, if there are three "
+"figures, <filename>fig1.eps</filename>, <filename>fig2.png</filename>, "
+"<filename>fig3.png</filename>, then the <filename>Makefile</filename> should "
+"have lines like this in it."
+msgstr ""
+"As imagens devem estar listadas no <filename>Makefile</filename> na variável "
+"<varname>IMAGES</varname>. Esta variável deve conter os nomes de todas as "
+"imagens <emphasis>source</emphasis>. Por exemplo, se houver três figuras, "
+"<filename>fig1.eps</filename>, <filename>fig2.png</filename>, <filename>fig3."
+"png</filename>, então o <filename>Makefile</filename> deve ter linhas como "
+"esta."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6494
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"…\n"
+"IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png\n"
+"…"
+msgstr ""
+"…\n"
+"IMAGES= fig1.eps fig2.png fig3.png\n"
+"…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6498 book.translate.xml:7088
+msgid "or"
+msgstr "ou"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6500
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"…\n"
+"IMAGES= fig1.eps\n"
+"IMAGES+= fig2.png\n"
+"IMAGES+= fig3.png\n"
+"…"
+msgstr ""
+"…\n"
+"IMAGES= fig1.eps\n"
+"IMAGES+= fig2.png\n"
+"IMAGES+= fig3.png\n"
+"…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6506
+msgid ""
+"Again, the <filename>Makefile</filename> will work out the complete list of "
+"images it needs to build the source document, you only need to list the "
+"image files <emphasis>you</emphasis> provided."
+msgstr ""
+"Novamente, o <filename>Makefile</filename> irá elaborar a lista completa de "
+"imagens necessárias para compilar o documento, você só precisa listar os "
+"arquivos de imagem que <emphasis>você</emphasis> forneceu."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6513
+msgid "Images and Chapters in Subdirectories"
+msgstr "Imagens e Capítulos em Subdiretórios"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6515
+msgid ""
+"Be careful when separating documentation into smaller files in different "
+"directories (see <xref linkend=\"xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities\"/>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Tenha cuidado ao separar a documentação em arquivos menores em diretórios "
+"diferentes (consulte <xref linkend=\"xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities\"/"
+">)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6518
+msgid ""
+"Suppose there is a book with three chapters, and the chapters are stored in "
+"their own directories, called <filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename>, "
+"<filename>chapter2/chapter.xml</filename>, and <filename>chapter3/chapter."
+"xml</filename>. If each chapter has images associated with it, place those "
+"images in each chapter's subdirectory (<filename>chapter1/</filename>, "
+"<filename>chapter2/</filename>, and <filename>chapter3/</filename>)."
+msgstr ""
+"Imagine que haja um livro com três capítulos e os capítulos sejam "
+"armazenados em seus próprios diretórios, chamados <filename>chapter1/chapter."
+"xml</filename>, <filename>chapter2/chapter.xml</filename> e "
+"<filename>chapter3/chapter.xml</filename>. Se cada capítulo tiver imagens "
+"associadas, coloque essas imagens no subdiretório de cada capítulo "
+"(<filename>chapter1/</filename>, <filename>chapter2/</filename>, e "
+"<filename>chapter3/</filename>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6528
+msgid ""
+"However, doing this requires including the directory names in the "
+"<varname>IMAGES</varname> variable in the <filename>Makefile</filename>, "
+"<emphasis>and</emphasis> including the directory name in the <tag>imagedata</"
+"tag> element in the document."
+msgstr ""
+"No entanto, fazer isso requer a inclusão dos nomes de diretório na variável "
+"<varname>IMAGES</varname> no <filename>Makefile</filename>, <emphasis>e</"
+"emphasis> a inclusão do nome do diretório no elemento <tag>imagedata</tag> "
+"no documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6534
+msgid ""
+"For example, if the book has <filename>chapter1/fig1.png</filename>, then "
+"<filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename> should contain:"
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, se o livro tiver <filename>chapter1/fig1.png</filename>, então "
+"<filename>chapter1/chapter.xml</filename> deve conter:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6539
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"chapter1/fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-dir\"/>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">mediaobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"emptytag\">imagedata fileref=\"chapter1/fig1\"</tag> <co xml:id=\"co-image-dir\"/>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">imageobject</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" …\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">mediaobject</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6550
+msgid ""
+"The directory name must be included in the <literal>fileref</literal> "
+"attribute."
+msgstr ""
+"O nome do diretório deve ser incluído no atributo <literal>fileref</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6555
+msgid "The <filename>Makefile</filename> must contain:"
+msgstr "O <filename>Makefile</filename> deve conter:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6557
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"…\n"
+"IMAGES= chapter1/fig1.png\n"
+"…"
+msgstr ""
+"…\n"
+"IMAGES= chapter1/fig1.png\n"
+"…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6567
+msgid ""
+"Links are also in-line elements. To show a <acronym>URI</acronym> without "
+"creating a link, see <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-uri\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Links também são elementos in-line. Para mostrar uma <acronym>URI</acronym> "
+"sem criar um link, consulte <xref linkend=\"docbook-markup-uri\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6573
+msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> Attributes"
+msgstr "Atributos <literal>xml:id</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6575
+msgid ""
+"Most DocBook elements accept an <literal>xml:id</literal> attribute to give "
+"that part of the document a unique name. The <literal>xml:id</literal> can "
+"be used as a target for a crossreference or link."
+msgstr ""
+"A maioria dos elementos DocBook aceita um atributo <literal>xml:id</literal> "
+"para dar a essa parte do documento um nome exclusivo. O <literal>xml:id</"
+"literal> pode ser usado como um destino para uma referência cruzada ou link."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6580
+msgid ""
+"Any portion of the document that will be a link target must have an "
+"<literal>xml:id</literal> attribute. Assigning an <literal>xml:id</literal> "
+"to all chapters and sections, even if there are no current plans to link to "
+"them, is a good idea. These <literal>xml:id</literal>s can be used as unique "
+"reference points by anyone referring to the <acronym>HTML</acronym> version "
+"of the document."
+msgstr ""
+"Qualquer parte do documento que será um destino de link deve ter um atributo "
+"<literal>xml:id</literal>. Atribuir um <literal>xml:id</literal> a todos os "
+"capítulos e seções, mesmo que não haja planos atuais para criar link para "
+"eles, é uma boa ideia. Esses <literal>xml:id</literal> s podem ser usados ​​"
+"como pontos de referência exclusivos por qualquer pessoa que se refira à "
+"versão do documento <acronym>HTML</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6589
+msgid "<literal>xml:id</literal> on Chapters and Sections Example"
+msgstr "<literal>xml:id</literal> em Ccapítulos e sSeções de eExemplo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6592
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the introduction. It contains a subsection,\n"
+" which is identified as well.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1 xml:id=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>More Details<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a subsection.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter xml:id=\"introduction\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the introduction. It contains a subsection,\n"
+" which is identified as well.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1 xml:id=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>More Details<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is a subsection.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6606
+msgid ""
+"Use descriptive values for <literal>xml:id</literal> names. The values must "
+"be unique within the entire document, not just in a single file. In the "
+"example, the subsection <literal>xml:id</literal> is constructed by "
+"appending text to the chapter <literal>xml:id</literal>. This ensures that "
+"the <literal>xml:id</literal>s are unique. It also helps both reader and "
+"anyone editing the document to see where the link is located within the "
+"document, similar to a directory path to a file."
+msgstr ""
+"Use valores descritivos para nomes de <literal>xml:id</literal>. Os valores "
+"devem ser exclusivos em todo o documento, não apenas em um único arquivo. No "
+"exemplo, a subseção <literal>xml:id</literal> é construída anexando o texto "
+"ao capítulo <literal>xml:id</literal>. Isso garante que os <literal>xml:id</"
+"literal> s sejam exclusivos. Ele também ajuda o leitor e qualquer um que "
+"editar o documento a ver onde o link está localizado no documento, "
+"semelhante a um caminho de diretório para um arquivo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6618
+msgid "Crossreferences with <literal>xref</literal>"
+msgstr "Referências Cruzadas com <literal>xref</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6620
+msgid ""
+"<tag>xref</tag> provides the reader with a link to jump to another section "
+"of the document. The target <literal>xml:id</literal> is specified in the "
+"<literal>linkend</literal> attribute, and <tag>xref</tag> generates the link "
+"text automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>xref</tag> fornece ao leitor um link para ir para outra seção do "
+"documento. O destino <literal>xml:id</literal> é especificado no atributo "
+"<literal>linkend</literal> e <tag>xref</tag> gera o texto do link "
+"automaticamente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6627
+msgid "<tag>xref</tag> Example"
+msgstr "Exemplo <tag>xref</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6629
+msgid ""
+"Assume that this fragment appears somewhere in a document that includes the "
+"<literal>xml:id</literal> example shown above:"
+msgstr ""
+"Imagine que esse fragmento apareça em algum lugar em um documento que inclua "
+"o exemplo <literal>xml:id</literal> mostrado acima:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6633
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More information can be found\n"
+" in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More specific information can be found\n"
+" in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More information can be found\n"
+" in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>More specific information can be found\n"
+" in <tag class=\"emptytag\">xref linkend=\"introduction-moredetails\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6639
+msgid ""
+"The link text will be generated automatically, looking like "
+"(<emphasis>emphasized</emphasis> text indicates the link text):"
+msgstr ""
+"O texto do link será gerado automaticamente, parecendo como (O <emphasis> "
+"enfatizado</emphasis> indica o texto do link):"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6644
+msgid ""
+"More information can be found in <emphasis>Chapter 1, Introduction</"
+"emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mais informações podem ser encontradas no <emphasis>Capítulo 1, Introdução</"
+"emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6647
+msgid ""
+"More specific information can be found in <emphasis>Section 1.1, <quote>More "
+"Details</quote></emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Informações mais específicas podem ser encontradas em <emphasis>Seção 1.1, "
+"<quote>Mais Detalhes</quote></emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6653
+msgid ""
+"The link text is generated automatically from the chapter and section number "
+"and <literal>title</literal> elements."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto do link é gerado automaticamente a partir do capítulo e número da "
+"seção e elementos <literal>title</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6662
+msgid ""
+"The link element described here allows the writer to define the link text. "
+"When link text is used, it is very important to be descriptive to give the "
+"reader an idea of where the link goes. Remember that DocBook can be rendered "
+"to multiple types of media. The reader might be looking at a printed book or "
+"other form of media where there are no links. If the link text is not "
+"descriptive enough, the reader might not be able to locate the linked "
+"section."
+msgstr ""
+"O elemento link descrito aqui permite que o escritor defina o texto do link. "
+"Quando o texto do link é usado, é muito importante ser descritivo para dar "
+"ao leitor uma ideia de onde o link vai. Lembre-se que o DocBook pode ser "
+"renderizado para vários tipos de mídia. O leitor pode estar olhando para um "
+"livro impresso ou outra forma de mídia onde não há links. Se o texto do link "
+"não for descritivo o suficiente, talvez o leitor não consiga localizar a "
+"seção vinculada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6671
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>xlink:href</literal> attribute is the <acronym>URL</acronym> of "
+"the page, and the content of the element is the text that will be displayed "
+"for the user to activate."
+msgstr ""
+"O atributo <literal>xlink:href</literal> é a <acronym>URL</acronym> da "
+"página, e o conteúdo do elemento é o texto que será exibido para o usuário "
+"ativar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6676
+msgid ""
+"In many situations, it is preferable to show the actual <acronym>URL</"
+"acronym> rather than text. This can be done by leaving out the element text "
+"entirely."
+msgstr ""
+"Em muitas situações, é preferível mostrar a <acronym>URL</acronym> real em "
+"vez do texto. Isso pode ser feito deixando de fora o texto do elemento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6681
+msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Documentation Web Page Example"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag>link</tag> para um Exemplo de Página Web de Documentação do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6684
+msgid ""
+"Link to the book or article <acronym>URL</acronym> entity. To link to a "
+"specific chapter in a book, add a slash and the chapter file name, followed "
+"by an optional anchor within the chapter. For articles, link to the article "
+"<acronym>URL</acronym> entity, followed by an optional anchor within the "
+"article. <acronym>URL</acronym> entities can be found in <filename>doc/share/"
+"xml/urls.ent</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Link para uma <acronym>URL</acronym> de uma entidade. de livro ou artigo "
+"Para criar um link para um capítulo específico de um livro, adicione uma "
+"barra e o nome do arquivo do capítulo, seguido por uma âncora opcional "
+"dentro do capítulo. Para artigos, crie um link para a entidade <acronym>URL</"
+"acronym> do artigo, seguida por uma âncora opcional no artigo. As entidades "
+"<acronym>URL</acronym> podem ser encontradas em <filename>doc/share/xml/urls."
+"ent</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6693
+msgid "Usage for FreeBSD book links:"
+msgstr "Uso para links de livros do FreeBSD:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6695
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro\"</tag>SVN\n"
+" introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, then pick the nearest mirror from\n"
+" the list of <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors\"</tag>Subversion\n"
+" mirror sites<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-intro\"</tag>SVN\n"
+" introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, then pick the nearest mirror from\n"
+" the list of <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"&amp;url.books.handbook;/svn.html#svn-mirrors\"</tag>Subversion\n"
+" mirror sites<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6704
+msgid ""
+"Read the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"handbook/svn.html#svn-intro\">SVN introduction</link>, then pick the nearest "
+"mirror from the list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US."
+"ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</"
+"link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Leia a <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"handbook/svn.html#svn-intro\">Introdução ao SVN</link>, em seguida, escolha "
+"o espelho mais próximo do lista de <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">sites espelho do "
+"Subversion</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6709
+msgid "Usage for FreeBSD article links:"
+msgstr "Uso para links de artigos do FreeBSD:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6711
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read this\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;\"</tag>article\n"
+" about the BSD license<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, or just the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro\"</tag>introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Read this\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;\"</tag>article\n"
+" about the BSD license<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>, or just the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.bsdl-gpl;#intro\"</tag>introduction<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6718
+msgid ""
+"Read this <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
+"bsdl-gpl\">article about the BSD license</link>, or just the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/bsdl-gpl#intro"
+"\">introduction</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Leia este <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/"
+"bsdl-gpl\">artigo sobre a licença BSD</link>, ou apenas a sua <link xlink:"
+"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/bsdl-gpl#intro"
+"\">introdução</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6724
+msgid "<tag>link</tag> to a FreeBSD Web Page Example"
+msgstr "<tag>link</tag> para um Exemplo de Página Web do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6728
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.base;/index.html\"</tag>FreeBSD home page<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> instead.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link xlink:href=\"&amp;url.base;/index.html\"</tag>FreeBSD home page<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> instead.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6733
+msgid ""
+"Of course, you could stop reading this document and go to the <link xlink:"
+"href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\">FreeBSD home page</link> instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Claro, você pode parar de ler este documento e ir para a <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/index.html\"> página inicial do FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6739
+msgid "<tag>link</tag> to an External Web Page Example"
+msgstr "<tag>link</tag> para um Exemplo de Página Web Externa"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6744
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>GUID\n"
+" Partition Tables<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>GUID\n"
+" Partition Tables<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6751
+msgid ""
+"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">GUID Partition Tables</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"A Wikipedia tem uma excelente referência em <link xlink:href=\"http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"> Tabelas de Partição GUID</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6754
+msgid "The link text can be omitted to show the actual URL:"
+msgstr "O texto do link pode ser omitido para mostrar a URL real:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6757
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
+" GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
+" GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag><tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6761
+msgid ""
+"The same link can be entered using shorter notation instead of a separate "
+"ending tag:"
+msgstr ""
+"O mesmo link pode ser inserido usando notação mais curta em vez de uma tag "
+"de finalização separada:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:6764
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
+" GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"emptytag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Wikipedia has an excellent reference on\n"
+" GUID Partition Tables: <tag class=\"emptytag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\"</tag>.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6768
+msgid "The two methods are equivalent. Appearance:"
+msgstr "Os dois métodos são equivalentes. Aparência:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6770
+msgid ""
+"Wikipedia has an excellent reference on GUID Partition Tables: <uri xlink:"
+"href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table</uri>."
+msgstr ""
+"A Wikipedia tem uma excelente referência em Tabelas de Partição GUID: <uri "
+"xlink:href=\"http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table\">http://en."
+"wikipedia.org/wiki/GUID_Partition_Table </uri>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6809
+msgid "Style Sheets"
+msgstr "Folhas de Estilo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6811
+msgid ""
+"<acronym>XML</acronym> is concerned with content, and says nothing about how "
+"that content should be presented to the reader or rendered on paper. "
+"Multiple <emphasis>style sheet</emphasis> languages have been developed to "
+"describe visual layout, including Extensible Stylesheet Language "
+"Transformation (<acronym>XSLT</acronym>), Document Style Semantics and "
+"Specification Language (<acronym>DSSSL</acronym>), and Cascading Style "
+"Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>)."
+msgstr ""
+"O <acronym>XML</acronym> se preocupa com o conteúdo e não diz nada sobre "
+"como esse conteúdo deve ser apresentado ao leitor ou renderizado no papel. "
+"Múltiplas linguagens de <emphasis>folha de estilo</emphasis> foram "
+"desenvolvidas para descrever o layout visual, incluindo a Transformação de "
+"Linguagem de Folha de Estilo Extensível (<acronym>XSLT</acronym>), Semântica "
+"de Estilo de Documento e Linguagem de Especificação (<acronym>DSSSL</"
+"acronym> ) e Folhas de Estilo em Cascata (<acronym>CSS</acronym>)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6820
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>FDP</acronym> documents use <acronym>XSLT</acronym> stylesheets "
+"to transform DocBook into <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, and then <acronym>CSS</"
+"acronym> formatting is applied to the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> pages. "
+"Printable output is currently rendered with legacy <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> "
+"stylesheets, but this will probably change in the future."
+msgstr ""
+"Os documentos do <acronym>FDP</acronym> usam folhas de estilo <acronym>XSLT</"
+"acronym> para transformar o DocBook em <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, e então a "
+"formatação <acronym>CSS</acronym> é aplicada nas páginas <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym>. A saída imprimível é atualmente renderizada com folhas de estilo "
+"legadas do <acronym>DSSSL</acronym>, mas isso provavelmente mudará no futuro."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6829
+msgid "<acronym>CSS</acronym>"
+msgstr "<acronym>CSS</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6831
+msgid ""
+"Cascading Style Sheets (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) are a mechanism for "
+"attaching style information (font, weight, size, color, and so forth) to "
+"elements in an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document without abusing "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> to do so."
+msgstr ""
+"Folhas de estilos em cascata (<acronym>CSS</acronym>) são um mecanismo para "
+"anexar informações de estilo (font, weight, size, color e assim por diante) "
+"a elementos em um documento <acronym>XHTML</acronym> sem abusar de "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> para o fazer."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6838
+msgid "The DocBook Documents"
+msgstr "Os Documentos DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6840
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD <acronym>XSLT</acronym> and <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> stylesheets "
+"refer to <filename>docbook.css</filename>, which is expected to be present "
+"in the same directory as the <acronym>XHTML</acronym> files. The project-"
+"wide <acronym>CSS</acronym> file is copied from <filename>doc/share/misc/"
+"docbook.css</filename> when documents are converted to <acronym>XHTML</"
+"acronym>, and is installed automatically."
+msgstr ""
+"As folhas de estilo <acronym>XSLT</acronym> e <acronym>DSSSL</acronym> do "
+"FreeBSD se referem a <filename>docbook.css</filename>, que deve estar "
+"presente no mesmo diretório que os arquivos <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. O "
+"arquivo <acronym>CSS</acronym> de todo o projeto é copiado de <filename>doc/"
+"share/misc/docbook.css</filename> quando os documentos são convertidos para "
+"<acronym>XHTML</acronym> e são instalados automaticamente ."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:6884
+msgid "Translations"
+msgstr "Traduções"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6886
+msgid ""
+"This is the FAQ for people translating the FreeBSD documentation (FAQ, "
+"Handbook, tutorials, manual pages, and others) to different languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Este é o FAQ para pessoas que estão traduzindo a documentação do FreeBSD "
+"(FAQ, Handbook, tutoriais, páginas de manual e outros) para diferentes "
+"idiomas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6890
+msgid ""
+"It is <emphasis>very</emphasis> heavily based on the translation FAQ from "
+"the FreeBSD German Documentation Project, originally written by Frank "
+"Gründer <email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email> and translated back to "
+"English by Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email>."
+msgstr ""
+"Ele é <emphasis>fortemente</emphasis> baseado na tradução do FAQ do Projeto "
+"de Documentação Alemão do FreeBSD, originalmente escrito por Frank Gründer "
+"<email>elwood@mc5sys.in-berlin.de</email> e traduzido de volta para o inglês "
+"por Bernd Warken <email>bwarken@mayn.de</email>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6896
+msgid ""
+"The FAQ is maintained by the Documentation Engineering Team "
+"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
+msgstr ""
+"O FAQ é mantido pela Equipe de Engenharia de Documentação "
+"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6901
+msgid "What do <phrase>i18n</phrase> and <phrase>l10n</phrase> mean?"
+msgstr "O que significa <phrase>i18n</phrase> e <phrase>l10n</phrase>?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6906
+msgid ""
+"<phrase>i18n</phrase> means <phrase>internationalization</phrase> and "
+"<phrase>l10n</phrase> means <phrase>localization</phrase>. They are just a "
+"convenient shorthand."
+msgstr ""
+"<phrase>i18n</phrase> significa <phrase>internacionalização</phrase> e "
+"<phrase>l10n</phrase> significa <phrase>localização</phrase>. São apenas uma "
+"abreviação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6911
+msgid ""
+"<phrase>i18n</phrase> can be read as <quote>i</quote> followed by 18 "
+"letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>. Similarly, <phrase>l10n</phrase> is "
+"<quote>l</quote> followed by 10 letters, followed by <quote>n</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"<phrase>i18n</phrase> pode ser lido como <quote>i</quote> seguido por 18 "
+"letras, seguido por <quote>n</quote>. Da mesma forma, <phrase>l10n</phrase> "
+"é <quote>l</quote> seguido por 10 letras, seguido por <quote>n</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6920
+msgid "Is there a mailing list for translators?"
+msgstr "Existe uma lista de discussão para tradutores?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6924
+msgid ""
+"Yes. Different translation groups have their own mailing lists. The <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html\">list of "
+"translation projects</link> has more information about the mailing lists and "
+"web sites run by each translation project. In addition there is "
+"<email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email> for general translation "
+"discussion."
+msgstr ""
+"Sim. Diferentes grupos de tradução têm suas próprias listas de discussão. A "
+"<link xlink:href=\"https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/translations.html\">lista "
+"dos projetos de tradução</link> possui mais informações sobre as listas de "
+"discussão e sites web mantidos por cada projeto de tradução. Além disso, "
+"existe a <email>freebsd-translators@freebsd.org</email> para discussão "
+"geral de tradução."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6936
+msgid "Are more translators needed?"
+msgstr "São necessários mais tradutores?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6940
+msgid ""
+"Yes. The more people work on translation the faster it gets done, and the "
+"faster changes to the English documentation are mirrored in the translated "
+"documents."
+msgstr ""
+"Sim. Quanto mais pessoas trabalham na tradução, mais rápido ela será "
+"finalizada, e mais rapidamente as mudanças na documentação em Inglês serão "
+"refletidas nos documentos traduzidos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6945
+msgid "You do not have to be a professional translator to be able to help."
+msgstr "Você não precisa ser um tradutor profissional para poder ajudar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6952
+msgid "What languages do I need to know?"
+msgstr "Quais idiomas eu preciso saber?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6956
+msgid ""
+"Ideally, you will have a good knowledge of written English, and obviously "
+"you will need to be fluent in the language you are translating to."
+msgstr ""
+"Idealmente, você deverá possuir um bom conhecimento de Inglês escrito, e "
+"obviamente, precisará ser fluente no idioma para o qual está traduzindo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6960
+msgid ""
+"English is not strictly necessary. For example, you could do a Hungarian "
+"translation of the FAQ from the Spanish translation."
+msgstr ""
+"Inglês não é estritamente necessário. Por exemplo, você poderia fazer uma "
+"tradução Húngara do FAQ da tradução em Espanhol."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6968
+msgid "What software do I need to know?"
+msgstr "Quais softwares eu preciso conhecer?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6972
+msgid ""
+"It is strongly recommended that you maintain a local copy of the FreeBSD "
+"Subversion repository (at least the documentation part). This can be done by "
+"running:"
+msgstr ""
+"É fortemente recomendado que você mantenha uma cópia local do repositório "
+"Subversion do FreeBSD (pelo menos a parte da documentação). Isso pode ser "
+"feito executando:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6976
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head/ head</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6978
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> is a "
+"public <literal>SVN</literal> server. Verify the server certificate from the "
+"list of <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Subversion mirror sites</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"https://svn.FreeBSD.org/\">svn.FreeBSD.org</link> é um "
+"servidor público <literal>SVN</literal>. Verifique o certificado do servidor "
+"na lista de <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"handbook/svn.html#svn-mirrors\">Mirrors de Subversion</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6984
+msgid ""
+"This will require the <package>devel/subversion</package> package to be "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Será necessário que o pacote <package>devel/subversion</package> esteja "
+"instalado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6989
+msgid ""
+"You should be comfortable using <application>svn</application>. This will "
+"allow you to see what has changed between different versions of the files "
+"that make up the documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deverá ter conhecimentos básicos de <application>svn</application>. Ele "
+"permitirá que você veja o que mudou entre as diferentes versões dos arquivos "
+"que compõem a documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:6994
+msgid ""
+"For example, to view the differences between revisions <literal>r33733</"
+"literal> and <literal>r33734</literal> of <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/"
+"fdp-primer/book.xml</filename>, run:"
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, para ver as diferenças entre as revisões <literal>r33733</"
+"literal> e <literal>r33734</literal> do <filename>en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-"
+"primer/book.xml</filename>, execute:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:6999
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn diff -r<replaceable>33733</replaceable>:<replaceable>33734</replaceable> en_US.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/book.xml</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7001
+msgid ""
+"Please see the complete explanation of using <application>Subversion</"
+"application> in FreeBSD in the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/"
+"en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html\">FreeBSD Handbook</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Por favor, veja a explicação completa de como usar o "
+"<application>Subversion</application> no FreeBSD no <link xlink:href="
+"\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/svn.html\">FreeBSD "
+"Handbook</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7009
+msgid "How do I find out who else might be translating to the same language?"
+msgstr ""
+"Como eu faço para descobrir se já existem outras pessoas traduzindo "
+"documentos para o meu idioma?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7014
+msgid ""
+"The <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html"
+"\">Documentation Project translations page</link> lists the translation "
+"efforts that are currently known about. If others are already working on "
+"translating documentation to your language, please do not duplicate their "
+"efforts. Instead, contact them to see how you can help."
+msgstr ""
+"A <link xlink:href=\"https://www.FreeBSD.org/docproj/translations.html"
+"\">página do Projeto de Tradução da Documentação</link> lista os trabalhos "
+"de tradução que são conhecidos. Se outras pessoas já estiverem trabalhando "
+"na tradução de documentação para o seu idioma, por favor, não duplique os "
+"esforços. Em vez disso, entre em contato para saber como você pode ajudar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7021
+msgid ""
+"If no one is listed on that page as translating for your language, then send "
+"a message to the <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/"
+"listinfo/freebsd-doc\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link> in "
+"case someone else is thinking of doing a translation, but has not announced "
+"it yet."
+msgstr ""
+"Se não existir nenhum projeto de tradução para o seu idioma listado nesta "
+"página, envie uma mensagem para <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
+"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">lista de discussão do projeto de documentação "
+"do FreeBSD</link> para o caso de alguém estar pensando em fazer a tradução, "
+"mas ainda não tiver anunciado nada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7030
+msgid "No one else is translating to my language. What do I do?"
+msgstr "Ninguém mais está traduzindo para o meu idioma. O que eu faço?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7035
+msgid ""
+"Congratulations, you have just started the <quote>FreeBSD <replaceable>your-"
+"language-here</replaceable> Documentation Translation Project</quote>. "
+"Welcome aboard."
+msgstr ""
+"Parabéns, você acabou de iniciar o <quote> Projeto de Tradução da "
+"Documentação do FreeBSD em <replaceable>seu idioma aqui</replaceable> </"
+"quote>. Bem vindo a bordo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7040
+msgid ""
+"First, decide whether or not you have got the time to spare. Since you are "
+"the only person working on your language at the moment it is going to be "
+"your responsibility to publicize your work and coordinate any volunteers "
+"that might want to help you."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeiro, pense se você terá o tempo necessário. Uma vez que você é a única "
+"pessoa trabalhando no seu idioma no momento, será sua a responsabilidade de "
+"publicar o seu trabalho e coordenar qualquer voluntário que queira ajudá-lo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7046
+msgid ""
+"Write an email to the Documentation Project mailing list, announcing that "
+"you are going to translate the documentation, so the Documentation Project "
+"translations page can be maintained."
+msgstr ""
+"Escreva um email para a lista de discussão do Projeto de Documentação, "
+"anunciando que você irá traduzir a documentação, assim a página do Projeto "
+"de Traduções de Documentação poderá ser atualizada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7051
+msgid ""
+"If there is already someone in your country providing FreeBSD mirroring "
+"services you should contact them and ask if you can have some webspace for "
+"your project, and possibly an email address or mailing list services."
+msgstr ""
+"Se já existir alguém em seu país provendo o espelhamento de serviços do "
+"FreeBSD, você deve contacta-lo e perguntar se você pode ter algum espaço web "
+"para seu projeto, e se possível um endereço de email ou mesmo um serviço de "
+"lista de discussão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7056
+msgid ""
+"Then pick a document and start translating. It is best to start with "
+"something fairly small—either the FAQ, or one of the tutorials."
+msgstr ""
+"Então escolha um documento e comece a traduzir. É melhor começar com algo "
+"razoavelmente pequeno—como o FAQ ou um dos tutoriais."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7064
+msgid "I have translated some documentation, where do I send it?"
+msgstr "Eu já tenho alguns documentos traduzidos, para onde eu devo enviá-los?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7069
+msgid ""
+"That depends. If you are already working with a translation team (such as "
+"the Japanese team, or the German team) then they will have their own "
+"procedures for handling submitted documentation, and these will be outlined "
+"on their web pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Isso depende. Se você já está trabalhando com uma equipe de tradução (tal "
+"como a equipe japonesa, ou a equipe alemã) então ela terá seus próprios "
+"procedimentos para manipular a documentação submetida, e estes serão "
+"descritos em seus web sites."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7075
+msgid ""
+"If you are the only person working on a particular language (or you are "
+"responsible for a translation project and want to submit your changes back "
+"to the FreeBSD project) then you should send your translation to the FreeBSD "
+"project (see the next question)."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você for a única pessoa trabalhando em um determinado idioma (ou se você "
+"é o responsável pelo projeto de tradução e quer submeter suas mudanças de "
+"volta para o projeto FreeBSD) então você deve enviar sua tradução ao Projeto "
+"FreBSD (veja pergunta seguinte)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7085
+msgid ""
+"I am the only person working on translating to this language, how do I "
+"submit my translation?"
+msgstr ""
+"Eu sou a única pessoa trabalhando na tradução para este idioma, como faço "
+"para enviar minha tradução?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7090
+msgid ""
+"We are a translation team, and want to submit documentation that our members "
+"have translated for us."
+msgstr ""
+"Somos uma equipe de tradução e queremos enviar a documentação que nossos "
+"membros traduziram para nós."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7096
+msgid ""
+"First, make sure your translation is organized properly. This means that it "
+"should drop into the existing documentation tree and build straight away."
+msgstr ""
+"Primeiro, verifique se sua tradução está organizada corretamente. Isso "
+"significa que ele deve cair na árvore de documentação existente e ser "
+"compilada de maneira correta."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7100
+msgid ""
+"Currently, the FreeBSD documentation is stored in a top level directory "
+"called <filename>head/</filename>. Directories below this are named "
+"according to the language code they are written in, as defined in ISO639 "
+"(<filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename> on a version of FreeBSD newer "
+"than 20th January 1999)."
+msgstr ""
+"Atualmente a documentação do FreeBSD é armazenada em um diretório de nível "
+"superior chamado <filename>head/</filename>. Os diretórios abaixo desse são "
+"nomeados de acordo com o código do idioma em que estão escritos, conforme "
+"definido na ISO639 (<filename>/usr/share/misc/iso639</filename> em uma "
+"versão do FreeBSD mais recente que 20 de janeiro de 1999)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7107
+msgid ""
+"If your language can be encoded in different ways (for example, Chinese) "
+"then there should be directories below this, one for each encoding format "
+"you have provided."
+msgstr ""
+"Se o seu idioma puder ser codificado de maneiras diferentes (por exemplo, "
+"Chinês), deve haver diretórios abaixo desse, um para cada formato de "
+"codificação fornecido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7111
+msgid "Finally, you should have directories for each document."
+msgstr "Finalmente, você deve ter diretórios para cada documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7114
+msgid "For example, a hypothetical Swedish translation might look like:"
+msgstr "Por exemplo, em uma hipotética tradução Sueca ficaria assim:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7117
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"head/\n"
+" sv_SE.ISO8859-1/\n"
+" Makefile\n"
+" htdocs/\n"
+" docproj/\n"
+" books/\n"
+" faq/\n"
+" Makefile\n"
+" book.xml"
+msgstr ""
+"head/\n"
+" sv_SE.ISO8859-1/\n"
+" Makefile\n"
+" htdocs/\n"
+" docproj/\n"
+" books/\n"
+" faq/\n"
+" Makefile\n"
+" book.xml"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7127
+msgid ""
+"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal> is the name of the translation, in "
+"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
+"replaceable></filename> form. Note the two Makefiles, which will be used to "
+"build the documentation."
+msgstr ""
+"<literal>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</literal> é o nome da tradução, no formato "
+"<filename> <replaceable>lang</replaceable>.<replaceable>encoding</"
+"replaceable> </filename>. Repare nos dois Makefiles, que serão usados ​​para "
+"compilar a documentação."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7133
+msgid ""
+"Use <citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> and <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> to compress up your "
+"documentation, and send it to the project."
+msgstr ""
+"Use<citerefentry><refentrytitle>tar</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> e <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> para compactar sua "
+"documentação e enviá-lo para o projeto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7136
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd doc</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd doc</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>tar cf swedish-docs.tar sv_SE.ISO8859-1</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>gzip -9 swedish-docs.tar</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7140
+msgid ""
+"Put <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> somewhere. If you do not have "
+"access to your own webspace (perhaps your ISP does not let you have any) "
+"then you can email Documentation Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</"
+"email>, and arrange to email the files when it is convenient."
+msgstr ""
+"Coloque <filename>swedish-docs.tar.gz</filename> em algum lugar. Se você não "
+"tiver acesso ao seu próprio espaço web (talvez seu ISP não disponibilize "
+"um), envie um email para a Equipe de Engenharia da Documentação "
+"<email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email> e combine o envio dos arquivos por email "
+"conveniente quando for conveniente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7146
+msgid ""
+"Either way, you should use Bugzilla to submit a report indicating that you "
+"have submitted the documentation. It would be very helpful if you could get "
+"other people to look over your translation and double check it first, since "
+"it is unlikely that the person committing it will be fluent in the language."
+msgstr ""
+"De qualquer maneira, você deve usar o Bugzilla para enviar um relatório "
+"indicando que você enviou a documentação. Seria muito útil se você conseguir "
+"outras pessoas para checar sua tradução primeiro, já que é improvável que a "
+"pessoa que irá fazer o commit seja fluente no idioma."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7153
+msgid ""
+"Someone (probably the Documentation Project Manager, currently Documentation "
+"Engineering Team <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>) will then take your "
+"translation and confirm that it builds. In particular, the following things "
+"will be looked at:"
+msgstr ""
+"Alguém (provavelmente o Gerente do Projeto de Documentação, atualmente "
+"Equipe de Engenharia de Documentação <email>doceng@FreeBSD.org</email>) irá "
+"então pegar sua tradução e checar se ela compila. Em particular, as "
+"seguintes coisas serão analisadas:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7160
+msgid "Do all your files use RCS strings (such as \"ID\")?"
+msgstr "Todos os seus arquivos usam strings RCS (tais como \"ID\")?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7165
+msgid ""
+"Does <command>make all</command> in the <filename>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</filename> "
+"directory work correctly?"
+msgstr ""
+"O <command>make all</command> no diretório <filename>sv_SE.ISO8859-1</"
+"filename> funciona corretamente?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7171
+msgid "Does <command>make install</command> work correctly?"
+msgstr "O <command>make install</command> funciona corretamente?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7176
+msgid ""
+"If there are any problems then whoever is looking at the submission will get "
+"back to you to work them out."
+msgstr ""
+"Se houver algum problema, quem estiver validando a submissão irá entrar em "
+"contato para que seja feito as correções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7179
+msgid ""
+"If there are no problems your translation will be committed as soon as "
+"possible."
+msgstr ""
+"Se não houver problemas, sua tradução será disponibilizada o mais rápido "
+"possível."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7186
+msgid "Can I include language or country specific text in my translation?"
+msgstr ""
+"Posso incluir um texto específico do idioma ou do país em minha tradução?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7191
+msgid "We would prefer that you did not."
+msgstr "Nós preferimos que você não faça isso."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7193
+msgid ""
+"For example, suppose that you are translating the Handbook to Korean, and "
+"want to include a section about retailers in Korea in your Handbook."
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, suponha que você esteja traduzindo o Handbook para o Coreano e "
+"queira incluir uma seção sobre varejistas na Coreia em seu Handbook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7197
+msgid ""
+"There is no real reason why that information should not be in the English "
+"(or German, or Spanish, or Japanese, or …) versions as well. It is feasible "
+"that an English speaker in Korea might try to pick up a copy of FreeBSD "
+"whilst over there. It also helps increase FreeBSD's perceived presence "
+"around the globe, which is not a bad thing."
+msgstr ""
+"Não há razão pela qual esta informação não deva estar nas versões em Inglês "
+"(ou Alemão, ou Espanhol, ou Japonâs, ou …). É possível que uma pessoa que "
+"fale Inglês na Coréia possa tentar obter uma cópia do FreeBSD enquanto "
+"esteja ali. Isso também ajuda a aumentar a presença perceptível do FreeBSD "
+"ao redor do mundo, o que não é uma coisa ruim."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7205
+msgid ""
+"If you have country specific information, please submit it as a change to "
+"the English Handbook (using Bugzilla) and then translate the change back to "
+"your language in the translated Handbook."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você tiver informações específicas do país, submeta-as como uma alteração "
+"do Handbook em Inglês (usando o Bugzilla) e em seguida, traduza a alteração "
+"de volta para o seu idioma no Handbook traduzido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7210
+msgid "Thanks."
+msgstr "Obrigado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7216
+msgid "How should language specific characters be included?"
+msgstr "Como os caracteres específicos do idioma podem ser incluídos?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7221
+msgid ""
+"Non-ASCII characters in the documentation should be included using SGML "
+"entities."
+msgstr ""
+"Caracteres não-ASCII na documentação devem ser incluídos usando entidades "
+"SGML."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7224
+msgid ""
+"Briefly, these look like an ampersand (&amp;), the name of the entity, and a "
+"semi-colon (;)."
+msgstr ""
+"Resumidamente, eles se parecem com um \"e\" comercial (&amp;), o nome da "
+"entidade e um ponto e vírgula (;)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7227
+msgid ""
+"The entity names are defined in ISO8879, which is in the ports tree as "
+"<package>textproc/iso8879</package>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os nomes das entidades são definidos em ISO8879, que está na árvore de ports "
+"em <package>textproc/iso8879</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7230
+msgid "A few examples include:"
+msgstr "Alguns exemplos incluem:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: book.translate.xml:7233
+msgid "Entity"
+msgstr "Entidade"
+
+#. (itstool) path: segmentedlist/segtitle
+#: book.translate.xml:7235
+msgid "Appearance"
+msgstr "Aparência"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7240
+msgid "&amp;eacute;"
+msgstr "&amp;eacute;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7241
+msgid "é"
+msgstr "é"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7242
+msgid "Small <quote>e</quote> with an acute accent"
+msgstr "<quote>e</quote> minúsculo com acento agudo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7246
+msgid "&amp;Eacute;"
+msgstr "&amp;Eacute;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7247
+msgid "É"
+msgstr "É"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7248
+msgid "Large <quote>E</quote> with an acute accent"
+msgstr "<quote>E</quote> maiúsculo com acento agudo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7252
+msgid "&amp;uuml;"
+msgstr "&amp;uuml;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7253
+msgid "ü"
+msgstr "ü"
+
+#. (itstool) path: seglistitem/seg
+#: book.translate.xml:7254
+msgid "Small <quote>u</quote> with an umlaut"
+msgstr "<quote>u</quote> minúsculo com trema"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7258
+msgid ""
+"After you have installed the iso8879 port, the files in <filename>/usr/local/"
+"share/xml/iso8879</filename> contain the complete list."
+msgstr ""
+"Depois de instalar o port iso8879, os arquivos em <filename> /usr/local/"
+"share/xml/iso8879</filename> conterão a lista completa."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7266
+msgid "Addressing the reader"
+msgstr "Dirigindo-se ao leitor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7270
+msgid ""
+"In the English documents, the reader is addressed as <quote>you</quote>, "
+"there is no formal/informal distinction as there is in some languages."
+msgstr ""
+"Nos documentos em Inglês, o leitor é tratado por <quote>você</quote>, não há "
+"distinção entre formal/informal como existe em alguns idiomas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7274
+msgid ""
+"If you are translating to a language which does distinguish, use whichever "
+"form is typically used in other technical documentation in your language. If "
+"in doubt, use a mildly polite form."
+msgstr ""
+"Se você estiver traduzindo para um idioma que tenha esta distinção, use "
+"qualquer forma que normalmente é usada em outras documentações técnicas. Na "
+"dúvida, use a forma mais educada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: question/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7283
+msgid "Do I need to include any additional information in my translations?"
+msgstr "Preciso incluir informações adicionais nas minhas traduções?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7288
+msgid "Yes."
+msgstr "Sim."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7290
+msgid ""
+"The header of the English version of each document will look something like "
+"this:"
+msgstr ""
+"O cabeçalho da versão em Inglês de cada documento será algo parecido com "
+"isto:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7293
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!--\n"
+" The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
+"\n"
+" $FreeBSD$\n"
+"--&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!--\n"
+" The FreeBSD Documentation Project\n"
+"\n"
+" $FreeBSD$\n"
+"--&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7299
+msgid ""
+"The exact boilerplate may change, but it will always include a $FreeBSD$ "
+"line and the phrase <literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal>. "
+"Note that the $FreeBSD part is expanded automatically by Subversion, so it "
+"should be empty (just <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>) for new files."
+msgstr ""
+"O forma exata pode mudar, mas sempre incluirá uma linha $FreeBSD$ e a frase "
+"<literal>The FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal>. Note que a parte do "
+"$FreeBSD é expandida automaticamente pelo Subversion, portanto ela deve "
+"estar vazia (apenas <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal>) para novos arquivos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7307
+msgid ""
+"Your translated documents should include their own $FreeBSD$ line, and "
+"change the <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> line to "
+"<literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation "
+"Project</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Seus documentos traduzidos devem incluir sua própria linha $FreeBSD$, e "
+"mudar a linha <literal>FreeBSD Documentation Project</literal> para "
+"<literal>The FreeBSD <replaceable>language</replaceable> Documentation "
+"Project</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7313
+msgid ""
+"In addition, you should add a third line which indicates which revision of "
+"the English text this is based on."
+msgstr ""
+"Você deve ainda adicionar uma terceira linha que indicará qual revisão do "
+"texto em inglês o texto é baseado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7316
+msgid "So, the Spanish version of this file might start:"
+msgstr "Assim, a versão em Espanhol desse arquivo pode começar com:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: answer/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7318
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!--\n"
+" The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
+"\n"
+" $FreeBSD$\n"
+" Original revision: r38674\n"
+"--&gt;"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!--\n"
+" The FreeBSD Spanish Documentation Project\n"
+"\n"
+" $FreeBSD$\n"
+" Original revision: r38674\n"
+"--&gt;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7335
+msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> Translations"
+msgstr "Traduções <acronym>PO</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7340
+msgid ""
+"The <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/\"><acronym>GNU</"
+"acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> system offers translators "
+"an easy way to create and maintain translations of documents. Translatable "
+"strings are extracted from the original document into a <acronym>PO</"
+"acronym> (Portable Object) file. Translated versions of the strings are "
+"entered with a separate editor. The strings can be used directly or built "
+"into a complete translated version of the original document."
+msgstr ""
+"O <link xlink:href=\"http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/\"><acronym>GNU</"
+"acronym> <application>gettext</application></link> oferece aos tradutores "
+"uma maneira fácil de criar e manter traduções de documentos. Sequências "
+"traduzíveis são extraídas do documento original em um arquivo <acronym>PO</"
+"acronym> (Portable Object). Versões traduzidas das strings são inseridas com "
+"um editor separado. As strings podem ser usadas diretamente ou incorporadas "
+"em uma versão traduzida completa do documento original."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7353
+msgid ""
+"The procedure shown in <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/> is assumed "
+"to have already been performed, but the <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> option "
+"must be enabled in the <package role=\"port\">textproc/docproj</package> "
+"port. If that option was not enabled, display the options menu and enable "
+"it, then reinstall the port:"
+msgstr ""
+"Supõe-se que o procedimento mostrado em <xref linkend=\"overview-quick-start"
+"\"/>já tenha sido executado, mas a opção <literal>TRANSLATOR</literal> deve "
+"estar ativada no port <package role=\"port\">textproc/docproj</package>. Se "
+"essa opção não estiver ativada, exiba o menu de opções, ative-a e reinstale "
+"o port:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7361
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make config</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean deinstall install clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/textproc/docproj</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make config</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make clean deinstall install clean</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7365
+msgid ""
+"This example shows the creation of a Spanish translation of the short <link "
+"xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds"
+"\">Leap Seconds</link> article."
+msgstr ""
+"Este exemplo mostra a criação de uma tradução em Espanhol do pequeno artigo "
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
+"seconds\">Leap Seconds</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7370
+msgid "Install a <acronym>PO</acronym> Editor"
+msgstr "Instale um Editor <acronym>PO</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7373
+msgid ""
+"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is needed to edit translation files. This "
+"example uses <package role=\"ports\">editors/poedit</package>."
+msgstr ""
+"É necessário um editor <acronym>PO</acronym> para editar os arquivos de "
+"tradução. Este exemplo utiliza o <package role=\"ports\">editors/poedit</"
+"package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7377
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>cd /usr/ports/editors/poedit</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>#</prompt> <userinput>make install clean</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7383
+msgid "Initial Setup"
+msgstr "Configuração Inicial"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7385
+msgid ""
+"When a new translation is first created, the directory structure and "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> must be created or copied from the English "
+"original:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando uma nova tradução é criada pela primeira vez, a estrutura do "
+"diretório e o <filename>Makefile</filename> devem ser criados ou copiados do "
+"original em Inglês:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7390
+msgid ""
+"Create a directory for the new translation. The English article source is in "
+"<filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>. The "
+"Spanish translation will go in <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
+"seconds/</filename>. The path is the same except for the name of the "
+"language directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um diretório para a nova tradução. O código fonte do artigo em Inglês "
+"está em <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</filename>. A "
+"tradução em Espanhol estará em <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-"
+"seconds/</filename>. O caminho é o mesmo, exceto pelo nome do diretório de "
+"idiomas."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7398
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir --parents ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7402
+msgid ""
+"Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original document into the "
+"translation directory:"
+msgstr ""
+"Copie o <filename>Makefile</filename> do documento original para o diretório "
+"de tradução:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7405
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \\\n"
+" ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/Makefile \\\n"
+" ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7411
+msgid "Translation"
+msgstr "Tradução"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7413
+msgid ""
+"Translating a document consists of two steps: extracting translatable "
+"strings from the original document, and entering translations for those "
+"strings. These steps are repeated until the translator feels that enough of "
+"the document has been translated to produce a usable translated document."
+msgstr ""
+"A tradução de um documento consiste em duas etapas: extrair strings "
+"traduzíveis do documento original e inserir as traduções dessas strings. "
+"Essas etapas são repetidas até que o tradutor sinta que o documento foi "
+"traduzido o suficiente para produzir um documento traduzido que seja "
+"utilizável."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7421
+msgid ""
+"Extract the translatable strings from the original English version into a "
+"<acronym>PO</acronym> file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Extraia as strings traduzíveis da versão original em Inglês para um arquivo "
+"<acronym>PO</acronym>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7424
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7429
+msgid ""
+"Use a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor to enter translations in the <acronym>PO</"
+"acronym> file. There are several different editors available. "
+"<filename>poedit</filename> from <package role=\"port\">editors/poedit</"
+"package> is shown here."
+msgstr ""
+"Use um editor <acronym>PO</acronym> para inserir as traduções no arquivo "
+"<acronym>PO</acronym>. Existem vários editores diferentes disponíveis. O "
+"<filename>poedit</filename> do <package role=\"port\">editors/poedit</"
+"package> é mostrado aqui."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7435
+msgid ""
+"The <acronym>PO</acronym> file name is the two-character language code "
+"followed by an underline and a two-character region code. For Spanish, the "
+"file name is <filename>es_ES.po</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"O nome do arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym> é o código de idioma de dois "
+"caracteres seguido por um código de região de também dois caracteres, "
+"seprados por um underline. Para espanhol, o nome do arquivo é "
+"<filename>es_ES.po</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7440 book.translate.xml:7888
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>poedit es_ES.po</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: procedure/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7445
+msgid "Generating a Translated Document"
+msgstr "Gerando um Documento Traduzido"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7448
+msgid "Generate the translated document:"
+msgstr "Gere o documento traduzido:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7450
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/leap-seconds/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7453
+msgid ""
+"The name of the generated document matches the name of the English original, "
+"usually <filename>article.xml</filename> for articles or <filename>book.xml</"
+"filename> for books."
+msgstr ""
+"O nome do documento gerado corresponde ao nome do original em Inglês, "
+"geralmente <filename>article.xml</filename> para artigos ou <filename>book."
+"xml</filename> para livros."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7460
+msgid ""
+"Check the generated file by rendering it to <acronym>HTML</acronym> and "
+"viewing it with a web browser:"
+msgstr ""
+"Verifique o arquivo gerado renderizando-o para <acronym>HTML</acronym> e "
+"exibindo-o com um navegador web:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7464
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox article.html</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox article.html</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7471
+msgid "Creating New Translations"
+msgstr "Criando Novas Traduções"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7473
+msgid ""
+"The first step to creating a new translated document is locating or creating "
+"a directory to hold it. FreeBSD puts translated documents in a subdirectory "
+"named for their language and region in the format "
+"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>_<replaceable>REGION</replaceable></"
+"filename>. <replaceable>lang</replaceable> is a two-character lowercase "
+"code. It is followed by an underscore character and then the two-character "
+"uppercase <replaceable>REGION</replaceable> code."
+msgstr ""
+"O primeiro passo para criar um novo documento traduzido é localizar ou criar "
+"um diretório para mantê-lo. O FreeBSD coloca documentos traduzidos em um "
+"subdiretório nomeado para seu idioma e região no formato "
+"<filename><replaceable>lang</replaceable>_<replaceable>REGION</replaceable> "
+"</filename>. <replaceable>lang</replaceable> é um código minúsculo de dois "
+"caracteres. Ele é seguido por um caractere underline, em seguida, pelo "
+"código de duas letras maiúsculas <replaceable>REGION</replaceable>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: table/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7484
+msgid "Language Names"
+msgstr "Nomes de Idioma"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7489
+msgid "Language"
+msgstr "Língua"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7490
+msgid "Region"
+msgstr "Região"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7491
+msgid "Translated Directory Name"
+msgstr "Nome do Diretório Traduzido"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7492
+msgid "<acronym>PO</acronym> File Name"
+msgstr "Nome do Arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7493
+msgid "Character Set"
+msgstr "Conjunto de Caracteres"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7499
+msgid "English"
+msgstr "Inglês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7500
+msgid "United States"
+msgstr "Estados Unidos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7501
+msgid "<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>en_US.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7502
+msgid "<filename>en_US.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>en_US.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7503 book.translate.xml:7519 book.translate.xml:7527
+#: book.translate.xml:7543 book.translate.xml:7551 book.translate.xml:7599
+#: book.translate.xml:7615
+msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1"
+msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7507
+msgid "Bengali"
+msgstr "Bengali"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7508
+msgid "Bangladesh"
+msgstr "Bangladesh"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7509
+msgid "<filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>bn_BD.UTF-8</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7510
+msgid "<filename>bn_BD.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>bn_BD.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7511 book.translate.xml:7583 book.translate.xml:7591
+#: book.translate.xml:7639 book.translate.xml:7647
+msgid "<acronym>UTF</acronym>-8"
+msgstr "<acronym>UTF</acronym>-8"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7515
+msgid "Danish"
+msgstr "Dinamarquês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7516
+msgid "Denmark"
+msgstr "Dinamarca"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7517
+msgid "<filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>da_DK.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7518
+msgid "<filename>da_DK.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>da_DK.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7523
+msgid "German"
+msgstr "Alemão"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7524
+msgid "Germany"
+msgstr "Alemanha"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7525
+msgid "<filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>de_DE.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7526
+msgid "<filename>de_DE.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>de_DE.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7531
+msgid "Greek"
+msgstr "Grego"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7532
+msgid "Greece"
+msgstr "Grécia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7533
+msgid "<filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>el_GR.ISO8859-7</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7534
+msgid "<filename>el_GR.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>el_GR.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7535
+msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7"
+msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-7"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7539
+msgid "Spanish"
+msgstr "Espanhol"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7540
+msgid "Spain"
+msgstr "Espanha"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7541
+msgid "<filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>es_ES.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7542
+msgid "<filename>es_ES.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>es_ES.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7547
+msgid "French"
+msgstr "Francês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7548
+msgid "France"
+msgstr "França"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7549
+msgid "<filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>fr_FR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7550
+msgid "<filename>fr_FR.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>fr_FR.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7555
+msgid "Hungarian"
+msgstr "Húngaro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7556
+msgid "Hungary"
+msgstr "Hungria"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7557
+msgid "<filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>hu_HU.ISO8859-2</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7558
+msgid "<filename>hu_HU.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>hu_HU.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7559 book.translate.xml:7607
+msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2"
+msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7563
+msgid "Italian"
+msgstr "Italiano"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7564
+msgid "Italy"
+msgstr "Itália"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7565
+msgid "<filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>it_IT.ISO8859-15</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7566
+msgid "<filename>it_IT.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>it_IT.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7567
+msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15"
+msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-15"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7571
+msgid "Japanese"
+msgstr "Japonês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7572
+msgid "Japan"
+msgstr "Japão"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7573
+msgid "<filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>ja_JP.eucJP</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7574
+msgid "<filename>ja_JP.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>ja_JP.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7575
+msgid "<acronym>EUC</acronym> JP"
+msgstr "<acronym>EUC</acronym> JP"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7579
+msgid "Korean"
+msgstr "Coreano"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7580
+msgid "Korea"
+msgstr "Coréia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7581
+msgid "<filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>ko_KR.UTF-8</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7582
+msgid "<filename>ko_KR.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>ko_KR.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7587
+msgid "Mongolian"
+msgstr "Mongol"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7588
+msgid "Mongolia"
+msgstr "Mongólia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7589
+msgid "<filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>mn_MN.UTF-8</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7590
+msgid "<filename>mn_MN.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>mn_MN.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7595
+msgid "Dutch"
+msgstr "Holandês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7596
+msgid "Netherlands"
+msgstr "Holanda"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7597
+msgid "<filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>nl_NL.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7598
+msgid "<filename>nl_NL.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>nl_NL.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7603
+msgid "Polish"
+msgstr "Polonês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7604
+msgid "Poland"
+msgstr "Polônia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7605
+msgid "<filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>pl_PL.ISO8859-2</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7606
+msgid "<filename>pl_PL.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>pl_PL.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7611
+msgid "Portuguese"
+msgstr "Português"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7612
+msgid "Brazil"
+msgstr "Brasil"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7613
+msgid "<filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>pt_BR.ISO8859-1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7614
+msgid "<filename>pt_BR.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>pt_BR.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7619
+msgid "Russian"
+msgstr "Russo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7620
+msgid "Russia"
+msgstr "Rússia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7621
+msgid "<filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>ru_RU.KOI8-R</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7622
+msgid "<filename>ru_RU.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>ru_RU.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7623
+msgid "<acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R"
+msgstr "<acronym>KOI</acronym>8-R"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7627
+msgid "Turkish"
+msgstr "Turco"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7628
+msgid "Turkey"
+msgstr "Turquia"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7629
+msgid "<filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>tr_TR.ISO8859-9</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7630
+msgid "<filename>tr_TR.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>tr_TR.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7631
+msgid "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9"
+msgstr "<acronym>ISO</acronym> 8859-9"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7635 book.translate.xml:7643
+msgid "Chinese"
+msgstr "Chinês"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7636
+msgid "China"
+msgstr "China"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7637
+msgid "<filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>zh_CN.UTF-8</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7638
+msgid "<filename>zh_CN.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>zh_CN.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7644
+msgid "Taiwan"
+msgstr "Taiwan"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7645
+msgid "<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>zh_TW.UTF-8</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:7646
+msgid "<filename>zh_TW.po</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>zh_TW.po</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7653
+msgid ""
+"The translations are in subdirectories of the main documentation directory, "
+"here assumed to be <filename>~/doc/</filename> as shown in <xref linkend="
+"\"overview-quick-start\"/>. For example, German translations are located in "
+"<filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename>, and French translations are in "
+"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"As traduções estão em subdiretórios do diretório principal da documentação, "
+"aqui assumido como <filename>~/doc/</filename> como mostrado em <xref "
+"linkend=\"overview-quick-start\"/>. Por exemplo, as traduções em alemão "
+"estão localizadas em <filename>~/doc/de_DE.ISO8859-1/</filename> e as "
+"traduções em francês estão em <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7662
+msgid ""
+"Each language directory contains separate subdirectories named for the type "
+"of documents, usually <filename>articles/</filename> and <filename>books/</"
+"filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Cada diretório de idiomas contém subdiretórios separados para os tipos de "
+"documentos, geralmente <filename>articles/</filename> e <filename>books/</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7667
+msgid ""
+"Combining these directory names gives the complete path to an article or "
+"book. For example, the French translation of the NanoBSD article is in "
+"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</filename>, and the "
+"Mongolian translation of the Handbook is in <filename>~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/"
+"books/handbook/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"A combinação desses nomes de diretórios fornece o caminho completo para um "
+"artigo ou livro. Por exemplo, a tradução Francesa do artigo NanoBSD está em "
+"<filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</filename>, e a tradução "
+"em Mongol do manual está em <filename>~/doc/mn_MN.UTF-8/books/handbook/</"
+"filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7674
+msgid ""
+"A new language directory must be created when translating a document to a "
+"new language. If the language directory already exists, only a subdirectory "
+"in the <filename>articles/</filename> or <filename>books/</filename> "
+"directory is needed."
+msgstr ""
+"Um novo diretório de idioma deve ser criado ao traduzir um documento para um "
+"novo idioma. Se o diretório de idiomas já existir, somente um subdiretório "
+"no diretório <filename>articles/</filename> ou <filename>books/</filename> "
+"será necessário."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7680
+msgid ""
+"FreeBSD documentation builds are controlled by a <filename>Makefile</"
+"filename> in the same directory. With simple articles, the "
+"<filename>Makefile</filename> can often just be copied verbatim from the "
+"original English directory. The translation process combines multiple "
+"separate <filename>book.xml</filename> and <filename>chapter.xml</filename> "
+"files in books into a single file, so the <filename>Makefile</filename> for "
+"book translations must be copied and modified."
+msgstr ""
+"As compilações da documentação do FreeBSD são controladas por um <filename> "
+"Makefile </filename> no mesmo diretório. Com artigos simples, o <filename> "
+"Makefile </filename> muitas vezes pode ser copiado literalmente do diretório "
+"original em inglês. O processo de tradução combina vários arquivos "
+"<filename>book.xml</filename> e <filename>chapter.xml</filename> de livros "
+"em um único arquivo, portanto, o <filename> Makefile </filename> para as "
+"traduções de livros deve ser copiado e modificado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7691
+msgid "Creating a Spanish Translation of the Porter's Handbook"
+msgstr "Criando uma Tradução em Espanhol do Porter's Handbook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7694
+msgid ""
+"Create a new Spanish translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\">Porter's Handbook</link>. The "
+"original is a book in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/"
+"</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie uma nova tradução em Espanhol do <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook\">Porter's Handbook</link>. O "
+"original é um livro em <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-"
+"handbook/</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7701
+msgid ""
+"The Spanish language books directory <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</"
+"filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the Porter's "
+"Handbook is needed:"
+msgstr ""
+"O diretório de livros em Espanhol <filename>~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</"
+"filename> já existe, portanto, apenas um novo subdiretório para o Porter's "
+"Handbook é necessário:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7705
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"A porters-handbook"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"A porters-handbook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7711
+msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original book:"
+msgstr "Copie o <filename>Makefile</filename> do livro original:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7714
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7718
+msgid ""
+"Modify the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename> to only expect a "
+"single <filename>book.xml</filename>:"
+msgstr ""
+"Modifique o conteúdo do <filename>Makefile</filename> para esperar apenas um "
+"único <filename>book.xml</filename>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7722
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#\n"
+"# $FreeBSD$\n"
+"#\n"
+"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n"
+"#\n"
+"\n"
+"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC?= book\n"
+"\n"
+"FORMATS?= html-split\n"
+"\n"
+"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
+"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
+"\n"
+"# XML content\n"
+"SRCS= book.xml\n"
+"\n"
+"# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n"
+"\n"
+"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
+msgstr ""
+"#\n"
+"# $FreeBSD$\n"
+"#\n"
+"# Build the FreeBSD Porter's Handbook.\n"
+"#\n"
+"\n"
+"MAINTAINER=doc@FreeBSD.org\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC?= book\n"
+"\n"
+"FORMATS?= html-split\n"
+"\n"
+"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
+"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
+"\n"
+"# XML content\n"
+"SRCS= book.xml\n"
+"\n"
+"# Images from the cross-document image library\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/1.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/2.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/3.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/4.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/5.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/6.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/7.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/8.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/9.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/10.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/11.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/12.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/13.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/14.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/15.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/16.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/17.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/18.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/19.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/20.png\n"
+"IMAGES_LIB+= callouts/21.png\n"
+"\n"
+"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7768
+msgid ""
+"Now the document structure is ready for the translator to begin translating "
+"with <command>make po</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Agora a estrutura do documento está pronta para o tradutor começar a "
+"tradução com <command>make po</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7776
+msgid ""
+"Creating a French Translation of the <acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys Article"
+msgstr ""
+"Criando uma tradução em Francês do Artigo Chaves Open <acronym>PGP</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7779
+msgid ""
+"Create a new French translation of the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\"><acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article</"
+"link>. The original is an article in <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"articles/pgpkeys/</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie uma nova tradução em Francês do <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/"
+"doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys\">artigo Chaves Open <acronym>PGP</"
+"acronym></link>. O original é um artigo em <filename>~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"articles/pgpkeys/</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7786
+msgid ""
+"The French language article directory <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/"
+"articles/</filename> already exists, so only a new subdirectory for the "
+"<acronym>PGP</acronym> Keys article is needed:"
+msgstr ""
+"O diretório de artigos em Francês <filename>~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</"
+"filename> já existe, portanto, apenas um novo subdiretório para o artigo "
+"Chaves Open <acronym>PGP</acronym> é necessário:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7790
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
+"A pgpkeys"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn mkdir pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
+"A pgpkeys"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7796
+msgid "Copy the <filename>Makefile</filename> from the original article:"
+msgstr "Copie o <filename>Makefile</filename> do artigo original:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7799
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/fr_FR.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn cp ~/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/articles/pgpkeys/Makefile .</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7803
+msgid ""
+"Check the contents of the <filename>Makefile</filename>. Because this is a "
+"simple article, in this case the <filename>Makefile</filename> can be used "
+"unchanged. The <literal>$FreeBSD...$</literal> version string on the second "
+"line will be replaced by the version control system when this file is "
+"committed."
+msgstr ""
+"Verifique o conteúdo do <filename>Makefile</filename>. Este é um artigo "
+"simples e neste caso, o <filename>Makefile</filename> pode ser usado sem "
+"altaração. A string <literal>$FreeBSD...$</literal> na segunda linha será "
+"substituída pelo sistema de controle de versão quando este arquivo sofrer um "
+"commit."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7810
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"#\n"
+"# $FreeBSD$\n"
+"#\n"
+"# Article: PGP Keys\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC?= article\n"
+"\n"
+"FORMATS?= html\n"
+"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
+"\n"
+"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
+"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
+"\n"
+"SRCS= article.xml\n"
+"\n"
+"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
+msgstr ""
+"#\n"
+"# $FreeBSD$\n"
+"#\n"
+"# Article: PGP Keys\n"
+"\n"
+"DOC?= article\n"
+"\n"
+"FORMATS?= html\n"
+"WITH_ARTICLE_TOC?= YES\n"
+"\n"
+"INSTALL_COMPRESSED?= gz\n"
+"INSTALL_ONLY_COMPRESSED?=\n"
+"\n"
+"SRCS= article.xml\n"
+"\n"
+"# To build with just key fingerprints, set FINGERPRINTS_ONLY.\n"
+"\n"
+"URL_RELPREFIX?= ../../../..\n"
+"DOC_PREFIX?= ${.CURDIR}/../../..\n"
+"\n"
+".include \"${DOC_PREFIX}/share/mk/doc.project.mk\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7832
+msgid ""
+"With the document structure complete, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file can be "
+"created with <command>make po</command>."
+msgstr ""
+"Com a estrutura do documento completa, o arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym> pode "
+"ser criado com <command>make po</command>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7841
+msgid "Translating"
+msgstr "Traduzindo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7843
+msgid ""
+"The <application>gettext</application> system greatly reduces the number of "
+"things that must be tracked by a translator. Strings to be translated are "
+"extracted from the original document into a <acronym>PO</acronym> file. Then "
+"a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to enter the translated versions of "
+"each string."
+msgstr ""
+"O sistema <application>gettext</application> reduz bastante o número de "
+"itens que devem ser rastreados por um tradutor. As strings a serem "
+"traduzidas são extraídas do documento original em um arquivo <acronym>PO</"
+"acronym>. Em seguida, um editor <acronym>PO</acronym> é usado para inserir "
+"as traduções de cada string."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7850
+msgid ""
+"The FreeBSD <acronym>PO</acronym> translation system does not overwrite "
+"<acronym>PO</acronym> files, so the extraction step can be run at any time "
+"to update the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
+msgstr ""
+"O sistema de tradução <acronym>PO</acronym> do FreeBSD não sobrescreve os "
+"arquivos <acronym>PO</acronym>, portanto a etapa de extração pode ser "
+"executada a qualquer momento para atualizar o arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7855
+msgid ""
+"A <acronym>PO</acronym> editor is used to edit the file. <package role=\"port"
+"\">editors/poedit</package> is shown in these examples because it is simple "
+"and has minimal requirements. Other <acronym>PO</acronym> editors offer "
+"features to make the job of translating easier. The Ports Collection offers "
+"several of these editors, including <package role=\"port\">devel/"
+"gtranslator</package>."
+msgstr ""
+"Um editor <acronym>PO</acronym> é usado para editar o arquivo. <package role="
+"\"port\">editores/poedit</package> é usado nestes exemplos porque é simples "
+"e tem requisitos mínimos. Outros editores <acronym>PO</acronym> oferecem "
+"recursos para facilitar o trabalho de tradução. A Coleção de Ports oferece "
+"vários desses editores, incluindo o <package role=\"port\">devel/"
+"gtranslator</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7863
+msgid ""
+"It is important to preserve the <acronym>PO</acronym> file. It contains all "
+"of the work that translators have done."
+msgstr ""
+"É importante preservar o arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym>. Ele contém todo o "
+"trabalho que os tradutores fizeram."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7867
+msgid "Translating the Porter's Handbook to Spanish"
+msgstr "Traduzindo o Porter's Handbook para o Espanhol"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7869
+msgid "Enter Spanish translations of the contents of the Porter's Handbook."
+msgstr "Digite as traduções para o Espanhol do conteúdo do Porter's Handbook."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7874
+msgid ""
+"Change to the Spanish Porter's Handbook directory and update the "
+"<acronym>PO</acronym> file. The generated <acronym>PO</acronym> file is "
+"called <filename>es_ES.po</filename> as shown in <xref linkend=\"po-"
+"translations-language-names\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Mude para o diretório Espanhol do Porter's Handbook e atualize o arquivo "
+"<acronym>PO</acronym>. O arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym> gerado é chamado "
+"<filename>es_ES.po</filename> como mostrado em <xref linkend=\"po-"
+"translations-language-names\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:7880
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make po</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7885
+msgid "Enter translations using a <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
+msgstr "Realize as traduções usando um editor de <acronym>PO</acronym>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7895
+msgid "Tips for Translators"
+msgstr "Dicas para Tradutores"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7898 book.translate.xml:7904
+msgid "Preserving <acronym>XML</acronym> Tags"
+msgstr "Preservando Tags <acronym>XML</acronym>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7900
+msgid ""
+"Preserve <acronym>XML</acronym> tags that are shown in the English original."
+msgstr ""
+"Preserve as tags <acronym>XML</acronym> mostradas no original em Inglês."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7906
+msgid "English original:"
+msgstr "Inglês original:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7908
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "If <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> is not being used"
+msgstr "If <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> is not being used"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7910
+msgid "Spanish translation:"
+msgstr "Tradução para o Espanhol:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7912
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Si <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> no se utiliza"
+msgstr "Si <tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag>NTP<tag class=\"endtag\">acronym</tag> no se utiliza"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7917
+msgid "Preserving Spaces"
+msgstr "Preservando Espaços"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7919
+msgid ""
+"Preserve existing spaces at the beginning and end of strings to be "
+"translated. The translated version must have these spaces also."
+msgstr ""
+"Preserve os espaços existentes no início e no final das strings a serem "
+"traduzidas. A versão traduzida também deve ter esses espaços."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7925
+msgid "Verbatim Tags"
+msgstr "Tags"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7927
+msgid "The contents of some tags should be copied verbatim, not translated:"
+msgstr ""
+"O conteúdo de algumas tags devem ser copiadas igualmente, sem realizar "
+"tradução:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7932
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">citerefentry</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7936
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">command</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7940
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7944
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">literal</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7948
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">manvolnum</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7952
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">orgname</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">orgname</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7956
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">package</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7960
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">programlisting</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7964
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">prompt</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7968
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">refentrytitle</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7972
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">screen</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7976
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">userinput</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7980
+msgid "<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:7986
+msgid "<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> Strings"
+msgstr "<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> Strings"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7989
+msgid ""
+"The $FreeBSD$ version strings used in files require special handling. In "
+"examples like <xref linkend=\"po-translations-creating-example\"/>, these "
+"strings are not meant to be expanded. The English documents use "
+"<literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities to avoid including actual literal "
+"dollar signs in the file:"
+msgstr ""
+"As strings da versão $FreeBSD$ usadas nos arquivos requerem tratamento "
+"especial. Nos exemplos como <xref linkend=\"po-translations-creating-example"
+"\"/>, essas strings não devem ser expandidas. Os documentos em inglês usam "
+"entidades <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> para evitar a inclusão de sinais "
+"reais de dólar no arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:7996 book.translate.xml:8014
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&amp;dollar;FreeBSD&amp;dollar;"
+msgstr "&amp;dollar;FreeBSD&amp;dollar;"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:7998
+msgid ""
+"The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> entities are not seen as dollar signs by "
+"the version control system and so the string is not expanded into a version "
+"string."
+msgstr ""
+"As entidades <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> não são vistas como cifrões "
+"pelo sistema de controle de versão e, portanto, a string não é expandida em "
+"uma string de versão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8002
+msgid ""
+"When a <acronym>PO</acronym> file is created, the <literal>&amp;dollar;</"
+"literal> entities used in examples are replaced with actual dollar signs. "
+"The resulting literal <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> string will be wrongly "
+"expanded by the version control system when the file is committed."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando um arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym> é criado, as entidades <literal>&amp;"
+"dollar;</literal> usadas nos exemplos são substituídas por cifrões reais. A "
+"sequência literal <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> será expandida incorretamente "
+"pelo sistema de controle de versão quando o arquivo sofrer algum commit."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8009
+msgid ""
+"The same technique as used in the English documents can be used in the "
+"translation. The <literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> is used to replace the "
+"dollar sign in the translation entered into the <acronym>PO</acronym> editor:"
+msgstr ""
+"A mesma técnica usada nos documentos em Inglês pode ser usada na tradução. O "
+"<literal>&amp;dollar;</literal> é usado para substituir o sinal de dólar na "
+"tradução inserida no editor <acronym>PO</acronym>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8057
+msgid "Building a Translated Document"
+msgstr "Compilando um Documento Traduzido"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8059
+msgid ""
+"A translated version of the original document can be created at any time. "
+"Any untranslated portions of the original will be included in English in the "
+"resulting document. Most <acronym>PO</acronym> editors have an indicator "
+"that shows how much of the translation has been completed. This makes it "
+"easy for the translator to see when enough strings have been translated to "
+"make building the final document worthwhile."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma versão traduzida do documento original pode ser criada a qualquer "
+"momento. Quaisquer porções não traduzidas do original serão incluídas em "
+"Inglês no documento resultante. A maioria dos editores <acronym>PO</acronym> "
+"tem um indicador que mostra quanto da tradução foi realizada. Isso torna "
+"mais fácil para o tradutor ver quantas strings foram traduzidas para tornar "
+"a compilação do documento final utiilizável."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8069
+msgid "Building the Spanish Porter's Handbook"
+msgstr "Construindo o Porter's Handbook Espanhol"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8071
+msgid ""
+"Build and preview the Spanish version of the Porter's Handbook that was "
+"created in an earlier example."
+msgstr ""
+"Compile e visualize a versão em Espanhol do Porter's Handbook criado em um "
+"exemplo anterior."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8076
+msgid ""
+"Build the translated document. Because the original is a book, the generated "
+"document is <filename>book.xml</filename>."
+msgstr ""
+"Compile o documento traduzido. Como o original é um livro, o documento "
+"gerado é <filename>book.xml</filename>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8080
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/books/porters-handbook</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make tran</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8085
+msgid ""
+"Render the translated <filename>book.xml</filename> to <acronym>HTML</"
+"acronym> and view it with <application>Firefox</application>. This is the "
+"same procedure used with the English version of the documents, and other "
+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> can be used here in the same way. See <xref "
+"linkend=\"doc-build-rendering-common-formats\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Renderize o <filename>book.xml</filename> traduzido para <acronym>HTML</"
+"acronym> e visualize-o com o <application>Firefox</application>. Este é o "
+"mesmo procedimento usado com a versão em Inglês dos documentos, e outros "
+"<varname>FORMATS</varname> podem ser usados ​​aqui da mesma maneira. Veja "
+"<xref linkend=\"doc-build-rendering-common-formats\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8092
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>make FORMATS=html</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>firefox book.html</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8100
+msgid "Submitting the New Translation"
+msgstr "Submetendo a Nova Tradução"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8102
+msgid ""
+"Prepare the new translation files for submission. This includes adding the "
+"files to the version control system, setting additional properties on them, "
+"then creating a diff for submission."
+msgstr ""
+"Prepare os novos arquivos de tradução para envio. Isso inclui adicionar os "
+"arquivos ao sistema de controle de versão, definir propriedades adicionais e "
+"criar um diff para a submissão."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8107
+msgid ""
+"The diff files created by these examples can be attached to a <link xlink:"
+"href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?product=Documentation"
+"\">documentation bug report</link> or <link xlink:href=\"https://reviews."
+"freebsd.org/\">code review</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Os arquivos diff criados por esses exemplos podem ser anexados a um <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://bugs.freebsd.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi?"
+"product=Documentation\">relatório de bug de documentação</link> ou <link "
+"xlink:href=\"https://reviews.freebsd.org/\">revisão de código</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8113
+msgid "Spanish Translation of the NanoBSD Article"
+msgstr "Tradução Espanhola do Artigo NanoBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8117 book.translate.xml:8184
+msgid ""
+"Add a FreeBSD version string comment as the first line of the <acronym>PO</"
+"acronym> file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione a string FreeBSD na primeira linha do arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:8120 book.translate.xml:8187
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "#$FreeBSD$"
+msgstr "#$FreeBSD$"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8124 book.translate.xml:8191
+msgid ""
+"Add the <filename>Makefile</filename>, the <acronym>PO</acronym> file, and "
+"the generated <acronym>XML</acronym> translation to version control:"
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione o <filename>Makefile</filename>, o arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym> e "
+"o arquivo traduzido <acronym>XML</acronym> que foi gerado para o controle de "
+"versão:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8129
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
+"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tes_ES.po\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile\n"
+"A article.xml\n"
+"A es_ES.po"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
+"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tes_ES.po\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile\n"
+"A article.xml\n"
+"A es_ES.po"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8139 book.translate.xml:8206
+msgid ""
+"Set the <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:keywords</"
+"literal> properties on these files to <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> so "
+"<literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> strings are expanded into the path, revision, "
+"date, and author when committed:"
+msgstr ""
+"Configure as propriedades <application>Subversion</application> <literal>svn:"
+"keywords</literal> nesses arquivos para <literal>FreeBSD=%H</literal> para "
+"que as strings <literal>$FreeBSD$</literal> sejam expandidas com o caminho, "
+"revisão, data e autor quando o arquivo sofrer o commit:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8147
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'es_ES.po'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8154
+msgid ""
+"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. These are <literal>text/"
+"xml</literal> for books and articles, and <literal>text/x-gettext-"
+"translation</literal> for the <acronym>PO</acronym> file."
+msgstr ""
+"Defina os tipos <acronym>MIME</acronym> dos arquivos. Estes são "
+"<literal>text/xml</literal> para livros e artigos, e <literal>text/x-gettext-"
+"translation</literal> para o arquivo <acronym>PO</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8160
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/x-gettext-translation es_ES.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'es_ES.po'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type text/xml article.xml</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8167
+msgid ""
+"Create a diff of the new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
+"directory so the full path is shown with the filenames. This helps "
+"committers identify the target language directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um diff dos novos arquivos a partir do diretório base <filename>~/doc/</"
+"filename> para que o caminho completo seja mostrado com os nomes dos "
+"arquivos. Isso ajuda os committers a identificar o diretório do idioma de "
+"destino."
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8172
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput>svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ &gt; /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput>svn diff es_ES.ISO8859-1/articles/nanobsd/ &gt; /tmp/es_nanobsd.diff</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8179
+msgid ""
+"Korean <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> Translation of the Explaining-BSD Article"
+msgstr "Tradução Coreana <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> do Artigo Explicando o BSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8196
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
+"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tko_KR.po\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile\n"
+"A article.xml\n"
+"A ko_KR.po"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc/ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd/</userinput>\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>ls</userinput>\n"
+"Makefile\tarticle.xml\tko_KR.po\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn add Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"A Makefile\n"
+"A article.xml\n"
+"A ko_KR.po"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8213
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:keywords FreeBSD=%H Makefile article.xml ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'Makefile'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'article.xml'\n"
+"property 'svn:keywords' set on 'ko_KR.po'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8220
+msgid ""
+"Set the <acronym>MIME</acronym> types of the files. Because these files use "
+"the <acronym>UTF-8</acronym> character set, that is also specified. To "
+"prevent the version control system from mistaking these files for binary "
+"data, the <literal>fbsd:notbinary</literal> property is also set:"
+msgstr ""
+"Defina os tipos <acronym>MIME</acronym> dos arquivos. Como esses arquivos "
+"usam o conjunto de caracteres <acronym>UTF-8</acronym>, isso também é "
+"especificado. Para evitar que o sistema de controle de versão confunda esses "
+"arquivos com arquivos binários, a propriedade <literal>fbsd:notbinary</"
+"literal> também é configurada:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8227
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml</userinput>\n"
+"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/x-gettext-translation; charset=UTF-8' ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes ko_KR.po</userinput>\n"
+"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'ko_KR.po'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset svn:mime-type 'text/xml; charset=UTF-8' article.xml</userinput>\n"
+"property 'svn:mime-type' set on 'article.xml'\n"
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>svn propset fbsd:notbinary yes article.xml</userinput>\n"
+"property 'fbsd:notbinary' set on 'article.xml'"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8238
+msgid ""
+"Create a diff of these new files from the <filename>~/doc/</filename> base "
+"directory:"
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um diff desses novos arquivos no diretório base <filename>~/doc/</"
+"filename>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: step/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8241
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput>svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd &gt; /tmp/ko-explaining.diff</userinput>"
+msgstr ""
+"<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cd ~/doc</userinput>\n"
+"<userinput>svn diff ko_KR.UTF-8/articles/explaining-bsd &gt; /tmp/ko-explaining.diff</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8255
+msgid "Manual Pages"
+msgstr "Páginas de Manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8260
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Manual pages</emphasis>, commonly shortened to <emphasis>man "
+"pages</emphasis>, were conceived as readily-available reminders for command "
+"syntax, device driver details, or configuration file formats. They have "
+"become an extremely valuable quick-reference from the command line for "
+"users, system administrators, and programmers."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Páginas de manual</emphasis>, geralmente abreviadas como "
+"<emphasis>man pages</emphasis>, foram concebidas como lembretes prontamente "
+"disponíveis para sintaxe de comandos, detalhes de drivers de dispositivos ou "
+"formatos de arquivos de configuração. Elas se tornaram uma referência rápida "
+"extremamente valiosa de linha de comando para usuários, administradores de "
+"sistema e programadores."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8267
+msgid ""
+"Although intended as reference material rather than tutorials, the EXAMPLES "
+"sections of manual pages often provide detailed use case."
+msgstr ""
+"Embora tenham sido planejados como material de referência em vez de "
+"tutoriais, as seções EXEMPLOS das páginas de manual geralmente fornecem "
+"casos de uso detalhados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8271
+msgid ""
+"Manual pages are generally shown interactively by the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> command. When the user types <command>man ls</command>, a "
+"search is performed for a manual page matching <literal>ls</literal>. The "
+"first matching result is displayed."
+msgstr ""
+"Páginas de manual são geralmente mostradas interativamente pelo comando "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. Quando o usuário digita <command>man ls</command>, uma "
+"pesquisa é executada para uma página de manual que corresponde a "
+"<literal>ls</literal>. O primeiro resultado correspondente é exibido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8279
+msgid "Sections"
+msgstr "Seções"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8281
+msgid ""
+"Manual pages are grouped into <emphasis>sections</emphasis>. Each section "
+"contains manual pages for a specific category of documentation:"
+msgstr ""
+"As páginas de manual são agrupadas em <emphasis>seções</emphasis>. Cada "
+"seção contém páginas de manual para uma categoria específica de documentação:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8289
+msgid "Section Number"
+msgstr "Número da Seção"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8290
+msgid "Category"
+msgstr "Categoria"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8296
+msgid "1"
+msgstr "1"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8297
+msgid "General Commands"
+msgstr "Comandos Gerais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8301
+msgid "2"
+msgstr "2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8302
+msgid "System Calls"
+msgstr "System Calls"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8306
+msgid "3"
+msgstr "3"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8307
+msgid "Library Functions"
+msgstr "Library Functions"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8311
+msgid "4"
+msgstr "4"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8312
+msgid "Kernel Interfaces"
+msgstr "Interfaces de Kernel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8316
+msgid "5"
+msgstr "5"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8317
+msgid "File Formats"
+msgstr "Formatos de Arquivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8321
+msgid "6"
+msgstr "6"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8322
+msgid "Games"
+msgstr "Jogos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8326
+msgid "7"
+msgstr "7"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8327
+msgid "Miscellaneous"
+msgstr "Diversos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8331
+msgid "8"
+msgstr "8"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8332
+msgid "System Manager"
+msgstr "System Manager"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8336
+msgid "9"
+msgstr "9"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8337
+msgid "Kernel Developer"
+msgstr "Desenvolvedor Kernel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8345
+msgid "Markup"
+msgstr "Marcação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8347
+msgid ""
+"Various markup forms and rendering programs have been used for manual pages. "
+"FreeBSD has used <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> and the newer "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. Most existing FreeBSD manual pages, and all new ones, use the "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> form of markup. This is a simple line-based markup that is "
+"reasonably expressive. It is mostly semantic: parts of text are marked up "
+"for what they are, rather than for how they should appear when rendered. "
+"There is some appearance-based markup which is usually best avoided."
+msgstr ""
+"Vários formulários de marcação e programas de renderização foram usados ​​para "
+"páginas de manual. O FreeBSD usou <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> e o mais recente "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>. A maioria das páginas de manual do FreeBSD, e todas as novas, "
+"usam o formulário <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> de marcação. Esta é "
+"uma marcação simples baseada em linhas que é razoavelmente expressiva. É "
+"principalmente semântico: partes do texto são marcadas para o que são, em "
+"vez de como devem aparecer quando renderizadas. Existe alguma marcação "
+"baseada em aparência que geralmente é melhor evitar."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8356
+msgid ""
+"Manual page source is usually interpreted and displayed to the screen "
+"interactively. The source files can be ordinary text files or compressed "
+"with <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> to save space."
+msgstr ""
+"O código fonte de página de manual geralmente é interpretada e exibido na "
+"tela interativamente. Os arquivos fontes podem ser arquivos de texto comuns "
+"ou compactados com <citerefentry><refentrytitle>gzip</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> para economizar espaço."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8360
+msgid ""
+"Manual pages can also be rendered to other formats, including PostScript for "
+"printing or <acronym>PDF</acronym> generation. See "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"As páginas de manual também podem ser renderizadas para outros formatos, "
+"incluindo PostScript para impressão ou geração de <acronym>PDF</acronym>. "
+"Veja <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8365
+msgid ""
+"Testing a new manual page can be challenging when it is not located in the "
+"normal manual page search path. <citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> also does not look in "
+"the current directory. If the new manual page is in the current directory, "
+"prefix the filename with a <literal>./</literal>:"
+msgstr ""
+"O teste de uma nova página de manual pode ser um desafio quando o arquivo "
+"não está localizado no caminho de pesquisa normal da páginas de manual. "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> também não procura no diretório atual. Se a nova página de "
+"manual estiver no diretório atual, prefixe o nome do arquivo com um "
+"<literal>./</literal>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8371
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man ./mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8373
+msgid "An absolute path can also be used:"
+msgstr "Um caminho absoluto também pode ser usado:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: tip/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8375
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>man /home/xsmith/mynewmanpage.8</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8380
+msgid "Manual Page Sections"
+msgstr "Seções de Página de Manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8382
+msgid ""
+"Manual pages are composed of several standard sections. Each section has a "
+"title in upper case, and the sections for a particular type of manual page "
+"appear in a specific order. For a category 1 General Command manual page, "
+"the sections are:"
+msgstr ""
+"Páginas de manual são compostas por várias seções padrão. Cada seção tem um "
+"título em letras maiúsculas e as seções de um determinado tipo de página de "
+"manual aparecem em uma ordem específica. Para uma página de manual do "
+"Comando Geral da categoria 1, as seções são:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8392
+msgid "Section Name"
+msgstr "Nome da Seção"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8399
+msgid "NAME"
+msgstr "NAME"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8400
+msgid "Name of the command"
+msgstr "Nome do Comando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8404
+msgid "SYNOPSIS"
+msgstr "SYNOPSIS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8405
+msgid "Format of options and arguments"
+msgstr "Formato das opções e argumentos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8409
+msgid "DESCRIPTION"
+msgstr "DESCRIPTION"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8410
+msgid "Description of purpose and usage"
+msgstr "Descrição da finalidade e uso"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8414
+msgid "ENVIRONMENT"
+msgstr "ENVIRONMENT"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8415
+msgid "Environment settings that affect operation"
+msgstr "Configurações de ambiente que afetam a operação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8420
+msgid "EXIT STATUS"
+msgstr "EXIT STATUS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8421
+msgid "Error codes returned on exit"
+msgstr "Códigos de erro retornados na saída"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8425
+msgid "EXAMPLES"
+msgstr "EXAMPLES"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8426
+msgid "Examples of usage"
+msgstr "Exemplos de uso"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8430
+msgid "COMPATIBILITY"
+msgstr "COMPATIBILITY"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8431
+msgid "Compatibility with other implementations"
+msgstr "Compatibilidade com outras implementações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8435
+msgid "SEE ALSO"
+msgstr "SEE ALSO"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8436
+msgid "Cross-reference to related manual pages"
+msgstr "Referência cruzada para páginas de manual relacionadas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8440
+msgid "STANDARDS"
+msgstr "STANDARDS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8441
+msgid "Compatibility with standards like POSIX"
+msgstr "Compatibilidade com padrões como o POSIX"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8445
+msgid "HISTORY"
+msgstr "HISTORY"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8446
+msgid "History of implementation"
+msgstr "História de implementação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8450
+msgid "BUGS"
+msgstr "BUGS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8451
+msgid "Known bugs"
+msgstr "Bugs conhecidos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8455
+msgid "AUTHORS"
+msgstr "AUTHORS"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8456
+msgid "People who created the command or wrote the manual page."
+msgstr "Pessoas que criaram o comando ou escreveram a página de manual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8463
+msgid ""
+"Some sections are optional, and the combination of sections for a specific "
+"type of manual page vary. Examples of the most common types are shown later "
+"in this chapter."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas seções são opcionais e a combinação de seções para um tipo "
+"específico de página manual pode variar. Exemplos dos tipos mais comuns são "
+"mostrados mais adiante neste capítulo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8469
+msgid "Macros"
+msgstr "Macros"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8471
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> markup is based on <emphasis>macros</emphasis>. Lines that "
+"begin with a dot contain macro commands, each two or three letters long. For "
+"example, consider this portion of the <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> manual page:"
+msgstr ""
+"A marcação <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> é baseada em <emphasis>macros</emphasis>. As "
+"linhas que começam com um ponto contêm comandos de macro, com duas ou três "
+"letras. Por exemplo, veja esta parte da página de manual do "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-markup-macros-example-ls
+#: book.translate.xml:8477
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+".Dd December 1, 2015 <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-1\"/>\n"
+".Dt LS 1\n"
+".Sh NAME <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-2\"/>\n"
+".Nm ls\n"
+".Nd list directory contents\n"
+".Sh SYNOPSIS <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-3\"/>\n"
+".Nm <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-4\"/>\n"
+".Op Fl -libxo <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-5\"/>\n"
+".Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1, <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-6\"/>\n"
+".Op Fl D Ar format <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-7\"/>\n"
+".Op Ar <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-8\"/>\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-9\"/>\n"
+"For each operand that names a\n"
+".Ar file\n"
+"of a type other than\n"
+"directory,\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"displays its name as well as any requested,\n"
+"associated information.\n"
+"For each operand that names a\n"
+".Ar file\n"
+"of type directory,\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"displays the names of files contained\n"
+"within that directory, as well as any requested, associated\n"
+"information."
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+".Dd December 1, 2015 <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-1\"/>\n"
+".Dt LS 1\n"
+".Sh NAME <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-2\"/>\n"
+".Nm ls\n"
+".Nd list directory contents\n"
+".Sh SYNOPSIS <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-3\"/>\n"
+".Nm <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-4\"/>\n"
+".Op Fl -libxo <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-5\"/>\n"
+".Op Fl ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1, <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-6\"/>\n"
+".Op Fl D Ar format <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-7\"/>\n"
+".Op Ar <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-8\"/>\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION <co xml:id=\"co-manpages-macro-example-ls-9\"/>\n"
+"For each operand that names a\n"
+".Ar file\n"
+"of a type other than\n"
+"directory,\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"displays its name as well as any requested,\n"
+"associated information.\n"
+"For each operand that names a\n"
+".Ar file\n"
+"of type directory,\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"displays the names of files contained\n"
+"within that directory, as well as any requested, associated\n"
+"information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8507
+msgid ""
+"A <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> and <emphasis>Document title</emphasis> "
+"are defined."
+msgstr ""
+"O <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> e <emphasis>Document title</emphasis> "
+"são definidos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8512
+msgid ""
+"A <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the NAME section is defined. Then "
+"the <emphasis>Name</emphasis> of the command and a one-line <emphasis>Name "
+"description</emphasis> are defined."
+msgstr ""
+"O <emphasis>Cabeçalho da Seção</emphasis> para a seção NAME é definido. Em "
+"seguida, são definidos o <emphasis>Nome</emphasis> do comando e uma "
+"<emphasis>Descrição do Nome</emphasis> de uma linha."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8519
+msgid ""
+"The SYNOPSIS section begins. This section describes the command-line options "
+"and arguments accepted."
+msgstr ""
+"A seção SYNOPSIS começa. Esta seção descreve as opções e argumentos de linha "
+"de comando que são aceitos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8524
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Name</emphasis> (<literal>.Nm</literal>) has already been defined, "
+"and repeating it here just displays the defined value in the text."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Nome</emphasis> (<literal>.Nm</literal>) já foi definido, e repeti-"
+"lo aqui apenas exibe o valor definido no texto."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8530
+msgid ""
+"An <emphasis>Optional</emphasis> <emphasis>Flag</emphasis> called <literal>-"
+"libxo</literal> is shown. The <literal>Fl</literal> macro adds a dash to the "
+"beginning of flags, so this appears in the manual page as <literal>--libxo</"
+"literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma <emphasis>Optional</emphasis> <emphasis>Flag</emphasis> chamada "
+"<literal>-libxo</literal> é mostrada. A macro <literal>Fl</literal> adiciona "
+"um traço ao início das flags, portanto, isso aparece na página de manual "
+"como <literal>--libxo</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8538
+msgid "A long list of optional single-character flags are shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma longa lista de sinalizadores opcionais de caracteres únicos é "
+"apresentada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8543
+msgid ""
+"An optional <literal>-D</literal> flag is defined. If the <literal>-D</"
+"literal> flag is given, it must be followed by an <emphasis>Argument</"
+"emphasis>. The argument is a <emphasis>format</emphasis>, a string that "
+"tells <citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> what to display and how to display it. Details on "
+"the format string are given later in the manual page."
+msgstr ""
+"Uma flag opcional <literal>-D</literal> é definida. Se a flag <literal>-D</"
+"literal> for informada, ela deve ser seguida por um <emphasis>Argumento</"
+"emphasis>. O argumento é um <emphasis>format</emphasis>, uma string que diz "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>ls</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry> o que exibir e como exibi-lo. Detalhes sobre a string de "
+"formato são fornecidos posteriormente na página de manual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8553
+msgid ""
+"A final optional argument is defined. Because no name is specified for the "
+"argument, the default of <literal>file ...</literal> is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Um argumento opcional final é definido. Como nenhum nome é especificado para "
+"o argumento, o padrão <literal>file ...</literal> é usado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: callout/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8559
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Section header</emphasis> for the DESCRIPTION section is "
+"defined."
+msgstr ""
+"O <emphasis>Cabeçalho da Seção</emphasis> para a seção DESCRIPTION é "
+"definido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8564
+msgid ""
+"When rendered with the command <command>man ls</command>, the result "
+"displayed on the screen looks like this:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando renderizado com o comando <command>man ls</command>, o resultado "
+"exibido na tela é semelhante ao seguinte:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:8567
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"LS(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual LS(1)\n"
+"\n"
+"NAME\n"
+" ls — list directory contents\n"
+"\n"
+"SYNOPSIS\n"
+" ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]\n"
+" [file ...]\n"
+"\n"
+"DESCRIPTION\n"
+" For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls\n"
+" displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For\n"
+" each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names\n"
+" of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,\n"
+" associated information."
+msgstr ""
+"LS(1) FreeBSD General Commands Manual LS(1)\n"
+"\n"
+"NAME\n"
+" ls — list directory contents\n"
+"\n"
+"SYNOPSIS\n"
+" ls [--libxo] [-ABCFGHILPRSTUWZabcdfghiklmnopqrstuwxy1,] [-D format]\n"
+" [file ...]\n"
+"\n"
+"DESCRIPTION\n"
+" For each operand that names a file of a type other than directory, ls\n"
+" displays its name as well as any requested, associated information. For\n"
+" each operand that names a file of type directory, ls displays the names\n"
+" of files contained within that directory, as well as any requested,\n"
+" associated information."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8583
+msgid "Optional values are shown inside square brackets."
+msgstr "Valores opcionais são mostrados entre colchetes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8587
+msgid "Markup Guidelines"
+msgstr "Diretrizes de Marcação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8589
+msgid ""
+"The <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> markup language is not very strict. For clarity "
+"and consistency, the FreeBSD Documentation project adds some additional "
+"style guidelines:"
+msgstr ""
+"A linguagem de marcação <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry> não é muito rigorosa. "
+"Para maior clareza e consistência, o projeto Documentação do FreeBSD "
+"adiciona algumas diretrizes de estilo adicionais:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8595
+msgid "Only the first letter of macros is upper case"
+msgstr "Apenas a primeira letra das macros é maiúscula"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8598
+msgid ""
+"Always use upper case for the first letter of a macro and lower case for the "
+"remaining letters."
+msgstr ""
+"Sempre use maiúsculas para a primeira letra de uma macro e minúscula para as "
+"letras restantes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8604
+msgid "Begin new sentences on new lines"
+msgstr "Comece novas frases em novas linhas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8607
+msgid ""
+"Start a new sentence on a new line, do not begin it on the same line as an "
+"existing sentence."
+msgstr ""
+"Inicie uma nova frase em uma nova linha, não a inicie na mesma linha de uma "
+"frase existente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8613
+msgid ""
+"Update <literal>.Dd</literal> when making non-trivial changes to a manual "
+"page"
+msgstr ""
+"Atualizar <literal>.Dd</literal> ao fazer alterações não triviais em uma "
+"página de manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8617
+msgid ""
+"The <emphasis>Document date</emphasis> informs the reader about the last "
+"time the manual page was updated. It is important to update whenever non-"
+"trivial changes are made to the manual pages. Trivial changes like spelling "
+"or punctuation fixes that do not affect usage can be made without updating "
+"<literal>.Dd</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"A <emphasis>Data do documento</emphasis> informa o leitor sobre a última vez "
+"que a página de manual foi atualizada. É importante atualizar sempre que "
+"alterações não triviais forem feitas nas páginas de manual. Alterações "
+"triviais, como correções ortográficas ou de pontuação que não afetam o uso, "
+"podem ser feitas sem atualizar <literal>.Dd</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8628
+msgid "Give examples"
+msgstr "Apresentando exemplos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8631
+msgid ""
+"Show the reader examples when possible. Even trivial examples are valuable, "
+"because what is trivial to the writer is not necessarily trivial to the "
+"reader. Three examples are a good goal. A trivial example shows the minimal "
+"requirements, a serious example shows actual use, and an in-depth example "
+"demonstrates unusual or non-obvious functionality."
+msgstr ""
+"Apresente exemplos ao leitor sempre que possível. Mesmo exemplos triviais "
+"são valiosos, porque o que é trivial para o escritor não é necessariamente "
+"trivial para o leitor. Três exemplos são um bom objetivo. Um exemplo trivial "
+"mostra os requisitos mínimos, um exemplo afundo mostra o uso real e um "
+"exemplo detalhado demonstra uma funcionalidade incomum ou não óbvia."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:8642
+msgid "Include the BSD license"
+msgstr "Inclua a licença BSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8645
+msgid ""
+"Include the BSD license on new manual pages. The preferred license is "
+"available from the <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"articles/committers-guidepref-license\">Committer's Guide</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Inclua a licença BSD em novas páginas de manual. A licença preferencial está "
+"disponível no <link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/"
+"articles/committers-guidepref-license\">Guia dos Committer's</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8654
+msgid "Markup Tricks"
+msgstr "Truques de Marcação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8656
+msgid "Add a space before punctuation on a line with macros. Example:"
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione um espaço antes da pontuação em uma linha com macros. Exemplo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:8659
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr geom 4 ,\n"
+".Xr boot0cfg 8 ,\n"
+".Xr geom 8 ,\n"
+".Xr gptboot 8"
+msgstr ""
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr geom 4 ,\n"
+".Xr boot0cfg 8 ,\n"
+".Xr geom 8 ,\n"
+".Xr gptboot 8"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8665
+msgid ""
+"Note how the commas at the end of the <literal>.Xr</literal> lines have been "
+"placed after a space. The <literal>.Xr</literal> macro expects two "
+"parameters to follow it, the name of an external manual page, and a section "
+"number. The space separates the punctuation from the section number. Without "
+"the space, the external links would incorrectly point to section <literal>4,"
+"</literal> or <literal>8,</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"Observe como as vírgulas no final das linhas <literal>.Xr</literal> foram "
+"colocadas após um espaço. A macro <literal>.Xr</literal> espera dois "
+"parâmetros, o nome de uma página de manual externa e um número de seção. O "
+"espaço separa a pontuação do número da seção. Sem o espaço, os links "
+"externos apontariam incorretamente para a seção <literal>4,</literal> ou "
+"<literal>8,</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8676
+msgid "Important Macros"
+msgstr "Macros Importantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8678
+msgid ""
+"Some very common macros will be shown here. For more usage examples, see "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>, <citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, or search for actual "
+"use in <filename>/usr/share/man/man*</filename> directories. For example, to "
+"search for examples of the <literal>.Bd</literal> <emphasis>Begin display</"
+"emphasis> macro:"
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas macros muito comuns serão mostradas aqui. Para obter mais exemplos "
+"de uso, consulte <citerefentry><refentrytitle>mdoc</"
+"refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</manvolnum></citerefentry>, "
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>, ou procure por uso real no diretório <filename>/"
+"usr/share/man/man*</filename>. Por exemplo, para procurar exemplos da macro "
+"<literal>.Bd</literal> <emphasis>Begin display</emphasis>:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:8685
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>find /usr/share/man/man* | xargs zgrep '.Bd'</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8688
+msgid "Organizational Macros"
+msgstr "Macros Organizacionais"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8690
+msgid "Some macros are used to define logical blocks of a manual page."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas macros são usadas para definir blocos lógicos de uma página de "
+"manual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8697
+msgid "Organizational Macro"
+msgstr "Macro Organizacional"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8698 book.translate.xml:8753 book.translate.xml:9608
+#: book.translate.xml:9788
+msgid "Use"
+msgstr "Uso"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8704
+msgid "<literal>.Sh</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Sh</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8705
+msgid ""
+"Section header. Followed by the name of the section, traditionally all upper "
+"case. Think of these as chapter titles."
+msgstr ""
+"Section header (Cabeçalho da seção). Seguido pelo nome da seção, "
+"tradicionalmente com os caracteres todos em maiúsculas. Pense neles como "
+"títulos de capítulos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8711
+msgid "<literal>.Ss</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Ss</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8712
+msgid ""
+"Subsection header. Followed by the name of the subsection. Used to divide a "
+"<literal>.Sh</literal> section into subsections."
+msgstr ""
+"Subsection header (Cabeçalho da subseção). Seguido pelo nome da subseção. "
+"Usado para dividir uma seção <literal>.Sh</literal> em subseções."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8719
+msgid "<literal>.Bl</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Bl</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8720
+msgid "Begin list. Start a list of items."
+msgstr "Begin list. Comece uma lista de itens."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8724
+msgid "<literal>.El</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.El</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8725
+msgid "End a list."
+msgstr "End a list (Finalize uma lista)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8729
+msgid "<literal>.Bd</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Bd</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8730
+msgid "Begin display. Begin a special area of text, like an indented area."
+msgstr ""
+"Begin display (Comece a exibição). Comece em uma área especial de texto, "
+"como uma área recuada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8735
+msgid "<literal>.Ed</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Ed</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8736
+msgid "End display."
+msgstr "End display (Termine a exibição)."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8744
+msgid "Inline Macros"
+msgstr "Macros Inline"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8746
+msgid "Many macros are used to mark up inline text."
+msgstr "Muitas macros são usadas para marcar texto embutido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8752
+msgid "Inline Macro"
+msgstr "Macro Inline"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8759
+msgid "<literal>.Nm</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Nm</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8760
+msgid ""
+"Name. Called with a name as a parameter on the first use, then used later "
+"without the parameter to display the name that has already been defined."
+msgstr ""
+"Name. Chamado com um nome como parâmetro no primeiro uso, usado depois sem o "
+"parâmetro para exibir o nome que já foi definido."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8767
+msgid "<literal>.Pa</literal>"
+msgstr "<literal>.Pa</literal>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8768
+msgid "Path to a file. Used to mark up filenames and directory paths."
+msgstr ""
+"Path to a file (Caminho para um arquivo). Usado para marcar nomes de "
+"arquivos e caminhos de diretório."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8779
+msgid "Sample Manual Page Structures"
+msgstr "Exemplo de Estruturas de Página de Manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8781
+msgid ""
+"This section shows minimal desired man page contents for several common "
+"categories of manual pages."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta seção mostra o conteúdo mínimo desejável para um página de manual para "
+"várias categorias comuns de páginas de manual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8785
+msgid "Section 1 or 8 Command"
+msgstr "Seção 1 ou 8 sobre um comando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8787
+msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 1 or 8 command:"
+msgstr "A estrutura básica preferida para uma seção 1 ou 8 sobre um comando:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-1-8-sample
+#: book.translate.xml:8790
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
+".Dt EXAMPLECMD 8\n"
+".Os\n"
+".Sh NAME\n"
+".Nm examplecmd\n"
+".Nd \"command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages\"\n"
+".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
+".Nm\n"
+".Op Fl v\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete\n"
+"manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.\n"
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr exampleconf 5\n"
+".Sh AUTHORS\n"
+".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
+msgstr ""
+".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
+".Dt EXAMPLECMD 8\n"
+".Os\n"
+".Sh NAME\n"
+".Nm examplecmd\n"
+".Nd \"command to demonstrate section 1 and 8 man pages\"\n"
+".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
+".Nm\n"
+".Op Fl v\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"utility does nothing except demonstrate a trivial but complete\n"
+"manual page for a section 1 or 8 command.\n"
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr exampleconf 5\n"
+".Sh AUTHORS\n"
+".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8811
+msgid "Section 4 Device Driver"
+msgstr "Seção 4 sobre um Driver de Dispositivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8813
+msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 4 device driver:"
+msgstr ""
+"A estrutura básica preferida para a seção 4 sobre um driver de dispositivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-4-sample
+#: book.translate.xml:8816
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
+".Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4\n"
+".Os\n"
+".Sh NAME\n"
+".Nm exampledriver\n"
+".Nd \"driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages\"\n"
+".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
+"To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the\n"
+"kernel configuration file:\n"
+".Bd -ragged -offset indent\n"
+".Cd \"device exampledriver\"\n"
+".Ed\n"
+".Pp\n"
+"To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to\n"
+".Xr loader.conf 5 :\n"
+".Bd -literal -offset indent\n"
+"exampledriver_load=\"YES\"\n"
+".Ed\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template\n"
+"file for section 4 manual pages.\n"
+".Sh HARDWARE\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent\n"
+"Technologies:\n"
+".Pp\n"
+".Bl -bullet -compact\n"
+".It\n"
+"NT X149.2 (single and dual port)\n"
+".It\n"
+"NT X149.8 (single port)\n"
+".El\n"
+".Sh DIAGNOSTICS\n"
+".Bl -diag\n"
+".It \"flashing green light\"\n"
+"Something bad happened.\n"
+".It \"flashing red light\"\n"
+"Something really bad happened.\n"
+".It \"solid black light\"\n"
+"Power cord is unplugged.\n"
+".El\n"
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr example 8\n"
+".Sh HISTORY\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"device driver first appeared in\n"
+".Fx 49.2 .\n"
+".Sh AUTHORS\n"
+".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
+msgstr ""
+".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
+".Dt EXAMPLEDRIVER 4\n"
+".Os\n"
+".Sh NAME\n"
+".Nm exampledriver\n"
+".Nd \"driver to demonstrate section 4 man pages\"\n"
+".Sh SYNOPSIS\n"
+"To compile this driver into the kernel, add this line to the\n"
+"kernel configuration file:\n"
+".Bd -ragged -offset indent\n"
+".Cd \"device exampledriver\"\n"
+".Ed\n"
+".Pp\n"
+"To load the driver as a module at boot, add this line to\n"
+".Xr loader.conf 5 :\n"
+".Bd -literal -offset indent\n"
+"exampledriver_load=\"YES\"\n"
+".Ed\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"driver provides an opportunity to show a skeleton or template\n"
+"file for section 4 manual pages.\n"
+".Sh HARDWARE\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"driver supports these cards from the aptly-named Nonexistent\n"
+"Technologies:\n"
+".Pp\n"
+".Bl -bullet -compact\n"
+".It\n"
+"NT X149.2 (single and dual port)\n"
+".It\n"
+"NT X149.8 (single port)\n"
+".El\n"
+".Sh DIAGNOSTICS\n"
+".Bl -diag\n"
+".It \"flashing green light\"\n"
+"Something bad happened.\n"
+".It \"flashing red light\"\n"
+"Something really bad happened.\n"
+".It \"solid black light\"\n"
+"Power cord is unplugged.\n"
+".El\n"
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr example 8\n"
+".Sh HISTORY\n"
+"The\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"device driver first appeared in\n"
+".Fx 49.2 .\n"
+".Sh AUTHORS\n"
+".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8872
+msgid "Section 5 Configuration File"
+msgstr "Seção 5 sobre um Arquivo de Configuração"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8874
+msgid "The preferred basic structure for a section 5 configuration file:"
+msgstr ""
+"A estrutura básica preferida para a seção 5 sobre um arquivo de configuração:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#. (itstool) id: book.translate.xml#manpages-sample-structures-section-5-sample
+#: book.translate.xml:8877
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
+".Dt EXAMPLECONF 5\n"
+".Os\n"
+".Sh NAME\n"
+".Nm example.conf\n"
+".Nd \"config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages\"\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"is an example configuration file.\n"
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr example 8\n"
+".Sh AUTHORS\n"
+".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
+msgstr ""
+".Dd August 25, 2017\n"
+".Dt EXAMPLECONF 5\n"
+".Os\n"
+".Sh NAME\n"
+".Nm example.conf\n"
+".Nd \"config file to demonstrate section 5 man pages\"\n"
+".Sh DESCRIPTION\n"
+".Nm\n"
+"is an example configuration file.\n"
+".Sh SEE ALSO\n"
+".Xr example 8\n"
+".Sh AUTHORS\n"
+".An Firstname Lastname Aq Mt flastname@example.com"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8894
+msgid "Example Manual Pages to Use as Templates"
+msgstr "Exemplos de páginas de manuais para usar como modelos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8896
+msgid "Some manual pages are suitable as in-depth examples."
+msgstr ""
+"Algumas destas páginas de manual são adequadas para serem usadas como "
+"exemplos detalhados."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8902
+msgid "Manual Page"
+msgstr "Página Manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8903
+msgid "Path to Source Location"
+msgstr "Caminho para o local de origem"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8910
+msgid "<filename>/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>/usr/src/bin/cp/cp.1</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8914
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>vt</refentrytitle><manvolnum>4</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8915
+msgid "<filename>/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>/usr/src/share/man/man4/vt.4</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8919
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>crontab</refentrytitle><manvolnum>5</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8920
+msgid "<filename>/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>/usr/src/usr.sbin/cron/crontab/crontab.5</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8924
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>gpart</refentrytitle><manvolnum>8</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:8925
+msgid "<filename>/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8</filename>"
+msgstr "<filename>/usr/src/sbin/geom/class/part/gpart.8</filename>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8933
+msgid "Resources"
+msgstr "Recursos"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8935
+msgid "Resources for manual page writers:"
+msgstr "Recursos para escritores de páginas manuais:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8939
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>man</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8943
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>mandoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></"
+"citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8947
+msgid ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+msgstr ""
+"<citerefentry><refentrytitle>groff_mdoc</refentrytitle><manvolnum>7</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8951
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/mdoc.html\">Practical UNIX "
+"Manuals: mdoc</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/mdoc.html\">Manuais Práticos do "
+"UNIX: mdoc</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:8956
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/history.html\">History of UNIX "
+"Manpages</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://manpages.bsd.lv/history.html\">História das Man "
+"pages do UNIX</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8995
+msgid "Writing Style"
+msgstr "Estilo de escrita"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:8998
+msgid "Tips"
+msgstr "Dicas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9000
+msgid ""
+"Technical documentation can be improved by consistent use of several "
+"principles. Most of these can be classified into three goals: <emphasis>be "
+"clear</emphasis>, <emphasis>be complete</emphasis>, and <emphasis>be "
+"concise</emphasis>. These goals can conflict with each other. Good writing "
+"consists of a balance between them."
+msgstr ""
+"A documentação técnica pode ser melhorada pelo uso consistente de vários "
+"princípios. A maioria destes pode ser classificada em três objetivos: "
+"<emphasis>ser claro</emphasis>, <emphasis>ser completo</emphasis> e "
+"<emphasis>ser conciso</emphasis>. Essas metas podem entrar em conflito umas "
+"com as outras. Uma boa escrita consiste em um equilíbrio entre eles."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9009
+msgid "Be Clear"
+msgstr "Seja claro"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9011
+msgid ""
+"Clarity is extremely important. The reader may be a novice, or reading the "
+"document in a second language. Strive for simple, uncomplicated text that "
+"clearly explains the concepts."
+msgstr ""
+"A clareza é extremamente importante. O leitor pode ser um novato ou ler o "
+"documento em um segundo idioma. Esforce-se por um texto simples e "
+"descomplicado que explique claramente os conceitos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9016
+msgid ""
+"Avoid flowery or embellished speech, jokes, or colloquial expressions. Write "
+"as simply and clearly as possible. Simple text is easier to understand and "
+"translate."
+msgstr ""
+"Evite discurso florido ou embelezado, piadas ou expressões coloquiais. "
+"Escreva da maneira mais simples e clara possível. Um texto simples é mais "
+"fácil de se entender e de se traduzir."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9020
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+"Keep explanations as short, simple, and clear as possible. Avoid empty "
+"phrases like <quote>in order to</quote>, which usually just means <quote>to</"
+"quote>. Avoid potentially patronizing words like <quote>basically</quote>. "
+"Avoid Latin terms like <quote>i.e.,</quote> or <quote>cf.</quote>, which may "
+"be unknown outside of academic or scientific groups."
+msgstr ""
+"Mantenha as explicações o mais curtas, simples e claras possível. Evite "
+"frases vazias como <quote>a fim de</quote> as quais normalmente significam "
+"apenas um <quote>para</quote>. Evite palavras potencialmente paternalistas "
+"tais como <quote>basicamente</quote>. Evite termos latinos como <quote>i.e.</"
+"quote> ou <quote>cf.</quote>, os quais podem ser desconhecidos fora de "
+"grupos acadêmicos ou científicos."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9028
+msgid ""
+"Write in a formal style. Avoid addressing the reader as <quote>you</quote>. "
+"For example, say <quote>copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></quote> "
+"rather than <quote>you can copy the file to <filename>/tmp</filename></"
+"quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Escreva em um estilo formal. Evite dirigir-se ao leitor como <quote>você</"
+"quote>. Por exemplo, digamos <quote>copie o arquivo para <filename>/tmp</"
+"filename></quote> em vez de <quote>você pode copiar o arquivo para "
+"<filename>/tmp</filename></quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9034
+msgid ""
+"Give clear, correct, <emphasis>tested</emphasis> examples. A trivial example "
+"is better than no example. A good example is better yet. Do not give bad "
+"examples, identifiable by apologies or sentences like <quote>but really it "
+"should never be done that way</quote>. Bad examples are worse than no "
+"examples. Give good examples, because <emphasis>even when warned not to use "
+"the example as shown</emphasis>, the reader will usually just use the "
+"example as shown."
+msgstr ""
+"Dê exemplos claros, corretos, e <emphasis>testados</emphasis>. Um exemplo "
+"trivial é melhor do que nenhum exemplo. Um bom exemplo é ainda melhor. Não "
+"dê exemplos ruins, identificáveis ​​por desculpas ou frases como <quote>mas "
+"realmente isso nunca deve ser feito dessa forma</quote>. Exemplos ruins são "
+"piores que nenhum exemplo. Dê bons exemplos, porque <emphasis>mesmo quando "
+"avisado para não usar o exemplo como mostrado </emphasis>, o leitor "
+"normalmente só usa o exemplo como mostrado."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9043
+msgid ""
+"Avoid <emphasis>weasel words</emphasis> like <quote>should</quote>, "
+"<quote>might</quote>, <quote>try</quote>, or <quote>could</quote>. These "
+"words imply that the speaker is unsure of the facts, and create doubt in the "
+"reader."
+msgstr ""
+"Evite <emphasis>palavras vazias</emphasis> como <quote>deveria</quote>, "
+"<quote>poderia</quote>, <quote>tentaria</quote>, ou <quote>podia</quote>. "
+"Estas palavras implicam que o autor não tem certeza dos fatos e cria dúvidas "
+"no leitor."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9049
+msgid ""
+"Similarly, give instructions as imperative commands: not <quote>you should "
+"do this</quote>, but merely <quote>do this</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Da mesma forma, dê instruções como comandos imperativos: não utilize "
+"<quote>você deve fazer isso</quote>, mas apenas <quote>faça isso</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9055
+msgid "Be Complete"
+msgstr "Seja completo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9057
+msgid ""
+"Do not make assumptions about the reader's abilities or skill level. Tell "
+"them what they need to know. Give links to other documents to provide "
+"background information without having to recreate it. Put yourself in the "
+"reader's place, anticipate the questions they will ask, and answer them."
+msgstr ""
+"Não faça suposições sobre as habilidades do leitor. Diga-lhes o que precisam "
+"saber. Dê links para outros documentos para fornecer informações básicas sem "
+"precisar recriá-las. Coloque-se no lugar do leitor, antecipe as perguntas "
+"que eles farão e responda-os."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9066
+msgid "Be Concise"
+msgstr "Seja conciso"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9068
+msgid ""
+"While features should be documented completely, sometimes there is so much "
+"information that the reader cannot easily find the specific detail needed. "
+"The balance between being complete and being concise is a challenge. One "
+"approach is to have an introduction, then a <quote>quick start</quote> "
+"section that describes the most common situation, followed by an in-depth "
+"reference section."
+msgstr ""
+"Embora as funcionalidades devam ser documentadas completamente, às vezes "
+"existe tanta informação que o leitor não consegue encontrar facilmente os "
+"detalhes específicos de que necessita. O equilíbrio entre ser completo e ser "
+"conciso é um desafio. Uma abordagem é ter uma introdução e, em seguida, uma "
+"seção de <quote>início rápido</quote> que descreve a situação mais comum, "
+"seguida por uma seção de referência aprofundada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9079
+msgid "Guidelines"
+msgstr "Diretrizes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9081
+msgid ""
+"To promote consistency between the myriad authors of the FreeBSD "
+"documentation, some guidelines have been drawn up for authors to follow."
+msgstr ""
+"Para promover a consistência entre os inúmeros autores da documentação do "
+"FreeBSD, algumas diretrizes foram elaboradas para os autores seguirem."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:9087
+msgid "Use American English Spelling"
+msgstr "Use a Ortografia do Inglês Americano"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9090
+msgid ""
+"There are several variants of English, with different spellings for the same "
+"word. Where spellings differ, use the American English variant. "
+"<quote>color</quote>, not <quote>colour</quote>, <quote>rationalize</quote>, "
+"not <quote>rationalise</quote>, and so on."
+msgstr ""
+"Existem várias variantes do inglês, com grafias diferentes para a mesma "
+"palavra. Onde as grafias diferem, use a variante do inglês americano. "
+"<quote>color</quote>, não <quote>colour</quote>, <quote>rationalize</quote>, "
+"não <quote>rationalise</quote>, e assim por diante."
+
+#. (itstool) path: note/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9097
+msgid ""
+"The use of British English may be accepted in the case of a contributed "
+"article, however the spelling must be consistent within the whole document. "
+"The other documents such as books, web site, manual pages, etc. will have to "
+"use American English."
+msgstr ""
+"O uso do inglês britânico pode ser aceito no caso de um artigo contribuído, "
+"no entanto, a ortografia deve ser consistente em todo o documento. Os outros "
+"documentos, como livros, site, páginas de manual, etc., terão que usar o "
+"inglês americano."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:9107
+msgid "Do not use contractions"
+msgstr "Não use contrações"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9110
+msgid ""
+"Do not use contractions. Always spell the phrase out in full. <quote>Don't "
+"use contractions</quote> is wrong."
+msgstr ""
+"Não use contrações. Sempre soletre a frase na íntegra. <quote>Do not</quote> "
+"é a forma correta, <quote>Don't</quote> é a errada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9114
+msgid ""
+"Avoiding contractions makes for a more formal tone, is more precise, and is "
+"slightly easier for translators."
+msgstr ""
+"Evitar contrações contribui para um tom mais formal, é mais preciso e é um "
+"pouco mais fácil para os tradutores."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:9121
+msgid "Use the serial comma"
+msgstr "Use a vírgula serial"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9124
+msgid ""
+"In a list of items within a paragraph, separate each item from the others "
+"with a comma. Separate the last item from the others with a comma and the "
+"word <quote>and</quote>."
+msgstr ""
+"Em uma lista de itens dentro de um parágrafo, separe cada item dos outros "
+"com uma vírgula. Separe o último item dos outros com uma vírgula e a letra "
+"<quote>e</quote>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9129
+msgid "For example:"
+msgstr "Por exemplo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9132
+msgid "This is a list of one, two and three items."
+msgstr "Esta é uma lista de um, dois e três itens."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9135
+msgid ""
+"Is this a list of three items, <quote>one</quote>, <quote>two</quote>, and "
+"<quote>three</quote>, or a list of two items, <quote>one</quote> and "
+"<quote>two and three</quote>?"
+msgstr ""
+"É uma lista de três itens, <quote>um</quote>, <quote>dois</quote> e "
+"<quote>três</quote>, ou uma lista de dois itens, <quote>um</quote> e "
+"<quote>dois e três</quote>?"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9140
+msgid "It is better to be explicit and include a serial comma:"
+msgstr "É melhor ser explícito e incluir uma vírgula serial:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: blockquote/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9144
+msgid "This is a list of one, two, and three items."
+msgstr "Esta é uma lista de um, dois, e três itens."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:9150
+msgid "Avoid redundant phrases"
+msgstr "Evite frases redundantes"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9153
+msgid ""
+"Do not use redundant phrases. In particular, <quote>the command</quote>, "
+"<quote>the file</quote>, and <quote>man command</quote> are often redundant."
+msgstr ""
+"Não use frases redundantes. Em particular, <quote>o comando</quote>, "
+"<quote>o arquivo</quote> e o <quote>comando man</quote> são frequentemente "
+"redundantes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9157
+msgid "For example, commands:"
+msgstr "Por exemplo, comandos:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9160
+msgid "Wrong: Use the <command>svn</command> command to update sources."
+msgstr ""
+"Errado: Use o comando <command>svn</command> para atualizar o código fonte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9165
+msgid "Right: Use <command>svn</command> to update sources."
+msgstr "Correto: Use o <command>svn</command> para atualizar o código fonte."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9169
+msgid "Filenames:"
+msgstr "Nomes de arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9172
+msgid "Wrong: … in the filename <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
+msgstr "Errado:… no nome do arquivo <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9177
+msgid "Right: … in <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
+msgstr "Correto:… no <filename>/etc/rc.local</filename>…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9181
+msgid ""
+"Manual page references (the second example uses <tag>citerefentry</tag> with "
+"the <literal>&amp;man.csh.1;</literal> entity):."
+msgstr ""
+"Referências de páginas de manual (o segundo exemplo usa <tag>citerefentry</"
+"tag> com a entidade <literal>&amp;man.csh.1;</literal>):"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9186
+msgid "Wrong: See <command>man csh</command> for more information."
+msgstr "Errado: Veja <command>man csh</command> para mais informações."
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9191
+msgid ""
+"Right: See <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+msgstr ""
+"Correto: Veja <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: varlistentry/term
+#: book.translate.xml:9197
+msgid "Two spaces between sentences"
+msgstr "Dois espaços entre frases"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9200
+msgid ""
+"Always use two spaces between sentences, as it improves readability and "
+"eases use of tools such as <application>Emacs</application>."
+msgstr ""
+"Sempre use dois espaços entre as sentenças, pois isso melhora a legibilidade "
+"e facilita o uso de ferramentas como o <application>Emacs</application>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9204
+msgid ""
+"A period and spaces followed by a capital letter does not always mark a new "
+"sentence, especially in names. <quote>Jordan K. Hubbard</quote> is a good "
+"example. It has a capital <literal>H</literal> following a period and a "
+"space, and is certainly not a new sentence."
+msgstr ""
+"Um período e espaços seguidos por uma letra maiúscula nem sempre marcam uma "
+"nova sentença, especialmente em nomes. <quote>Jordan K. Hubbard</quote> é um "
+"bom exemplo. Ele tem um capital <literal>H</literal> após um período e um "
+"espaço, e certamente não é uma nova sentença."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9213
+msgid ""
+"For more information about writing style, see <link xlink:href=\"http://www."
+"bartleby.com/141/\">Elements of Style</link>, by William Strunk."
+msgstr ""
+"Para mais informações sobre o estilo de escrita, consulte <link xlink:href="
+"\"http://www.bartleby.com/141/\">Elementos de Estilo</link>, de William "
+"Strunk."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9218
+msgid "Style Guide"
+msgstr "Guia de estilo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9220
+msgid ""
+"To keep the source for the documentation consistent when many different "
+"people are editing it, please follow these style conventions."
+msgstr ""
+"Para manter o código fonte da documentação consistente quando muitas pessoas "
+"diferentes a estiverem editando, siga estas convenções de estilo."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9225
+msgid "Letter Case"
+msgstr "Letter Case"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9227
+msgid ""
+"Tags are entered in lower case, <tag>para</tag>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> "
+"<tag>PARA</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"As tags são digitadas em minúsculas, <tag>para</tag>, <emphasis>não</"
+"emphasis> <tag>PARA</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9230
+msgid ""
+"Text that appears in SGML contexts is generally written in upper case, "
+"<literal>&lt;!ENTITY…&gt;</literal>, and <literal>&lt;!DOCTYPE…&gt;</"
+"literal>, <emphasis>not</emphasis> <literal>&lt;!entity…&gt;</literal> and "
+"<literal>&lt;!doctype…&gt;</literal>."
+msgstr ""
+"O texto que aparece em contextos SGML é geralmente escrito em letras "
+"maiúsculas, <literal>&lt;! ENTITY ... &gt;</literal>, e <literal>&lt;! "
+"DOCTYPE… &gt;</literal>, <emphasis>não</emphasis> <literal>&lt;! entity… &gt;"
+"</literal> e <literal>&lt;! doctype… &gt;</literal>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9241
+msgid ""
+"Acronyms should be defined the first time they appear in a document, as in: "
+"<quote>Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)</quote>. After the "
+"acronym has been defined, use the acronym alone unless it makes more sense "
+"contextually to use the whole term. Acronyms are usually defined only once "
+"per chapter or per document."
+msgstr ""
+"Os acrônimos devem ser definidos na primeira vez que aparecerem em um "
+"documento, como em: <quote>Network Time Protocol (<acronym>NTP</acronym>)</"
+"quote>. Depois que o acrônimo tiver sido definido, use apenas o acrônimo, a "
+"menos que faça mais sentido contextualmente usar todo o termo. Acrônimos "
+"geralmente são definidos apenas uma vez por capítulo ou por documento."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9249
+msgid "All acronyms should be enclosed in <tag>acronym</tag> tags."
+msgstr "Todos os acrônimos devem ser colocados em tags <tag>acronym</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9254
+msgid "Indentation"
+msgstr "Indentação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9256
+msgid ""
+"The first line in each file starts with no indentation, "
+"<emphasis>regardless</emphasis> of the indentation level of the file which "
+"might contain the current file."
+msgstr ""
+"A primeira linha em cada arquivo começa sem recuo, "
+"<emphasis>independentemente</emphasis> do nível de recuo do arquivo que pode "
+"conter o arquivo atual."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9260
+msgid ""
+"Opening tags increase the indentation level by two spaces. Closing tags "
+"decrease the indentation level by two spaces. Blocks of eight spaces at the "
+"start of a line should be replaced with a tab. Do not use spaces in front of "
+"tabs, and do not add extraneous whitespace at the end of a line. Content "
+"within elements should be indented by two spaces if the content runs over "
+"more than one line."
+msgstr ""
+"Tags de abertura aumentam o nível de recuo por dois espaços. Tags de "
+"fechamento diminuem o nível de recuo por dois espaços. Blocos de oito "
+"espaços no início de uma linha devem ser substituídos por um tab. Não use "
+"espaços na frente das tabs e não adicione espaço em branco extra no final de "
+"uma linha. O conteúdo nos elementos deve ser indentado por dois espaços se o "
+"conteúdo for executado em mais de uma linha."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9268
+msgid "For example, the source for this section looks like this:"
+msgstr "Por exemplo, a fonte desta seção é assim:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9271
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Indentation<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The first line in each file starts with no indentation,\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>regardless<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> of the indentation level of\n"
+"\tthe file which might contain the current file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Indentation<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>The first line in each file starts with no indentation,\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">emphasis</tag>regardless<tag class=\"endtag\">emphasis</tag> of the indentation level of\n"
+"\tthe file which might contain the current file.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" ...\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9289
+msgid ""
+"Tags containing long attributes follow the same rules. Following the "
+"indentation rules in this case helps editors and writers see which content "
+"is inside the tags:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tags contendo atributos longos seguem as mesmas regras. Seguir as regras de "
+"recuo neste caso ajuda editores e escritores a ver qual conteúdo está dentro "
+"das tags:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9294
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>See the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"</tag>Troubleshooting<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>\n"
+" section if there are problems booting. Powering down and\n"
+" disconnecting the original <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>ada0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> disk\n"
+" will allow it to be kept as an offline backup.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>It is also possible to journal the boot disk of a &amp;os;\n"
+" system. Refer to the article <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.gjournal-desktop;\"</tag>Implementing UFS\n"
+" Journaling on a Desktop PC<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> for detailed\n"
+" instructions.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>See the <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" linkend=\"gmirror-troubleshooting\"</tag>Troubleshooting<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag>\n"
+" section if there are problems booting. Powering down and\n"
+" disconnecting the original <tag class=\"starttag\">filename</tag>ada0<tag class=\"endtag\">filename</tag> disk\n"
+" will allow it to be kept as an offline backup.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>It is also possible to journal the boot disk of a &amp;os;\n"
+" system. Refer to the article <tag class=\"starttag\">link\n"
+" xlink:href=\"&amp;url.articles.gjournal-desktop;\"</tag>Implementing UFS\n"
+" Journaling on a Desktop PC<tag class=\"endtag\">link</tag> for detailed\n"
+" instructions.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9306
+msgid ""
+"When an element is too long to fit on the remainder of a line without "
+"wrapping, moving the start tag to the next line can make the source easier "
+"to read. In this example, the <literal>systemitem</literal> element has been "
+"moved to the next line to avoid wrapping and indenting:"
+msgstr ""
+"Quando um elemento é muito longo para caber no restante de uma linha sem "
+"quebrá-la, mover a tag inicial para a próxima linha pode facilitar a leitura "
+"do código. Neste exemplo, o elemento <literal>systemitem</literal> foi "
+"movido para a próxima linha para evitar a quebra e o recuo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9312
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>With file flags, even\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> can be\n"
+" prevented from removing or altering files.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>With file flags, even\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">systemitem class=\"username\"</tag>root<tag class=\"endtag\">systemitem</tag> can be\n"
+" prevented from removing or altering files.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9316
+msgid ""
+"Configurations to help various text editors conform to these guidelines can "
+"be found in <xref linkend=\"editor-config\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Configurações para ajudar vários editores de texto a operar em conformidade "
+"com estas diretrizes podem ser encontradas em <xref linkend=\"editor-config"
+"\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9322
+msgid "Tag Style"
+msgstr "Estilo de Tag"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9325
+msgid "Tag Spacing"
+msgstr "Espaçamento de tag"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9327
+msgid ""
+"Tags that start at the same indent as a previous tag should be separated by "
+"a blank line, and those that are not at the same indent as a previous tag "
+"should not:"
+msgstr ""
+"Tags que começam no mesmo recuo como uma tag anterior devem ser separadas "
+"por uma linha em branco, e aquelas que não estão no mesmo recuo como uma tag "
+"anterior não devem:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: informalexample/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9332
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">article lang='en'</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>NIS<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">pubdate</tag>October 1999<tag class=\"endtag\">pubdate</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...\n"
+"\t...\n"
+"\t...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">article lang='en'</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>NIS<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">pubdate</tag>October 1999<tag class=\"endtag\">pubdate</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...\n"
+"\t...\n"
+"\t...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">articleinfo</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>...<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9361
+msgid "Separating Tags"
+msgstr "Separando Tags"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9363
+msgid ""
+"Tags like <tag>itemizedlist</tag> which will always have further tags inside "
+"them, and in fact do not take character data themselves, are always on a "
+"line by themselves."
+msgstr ""
+"Tags como <tag>itemizedlist</tag>, que sempre terão outras tags dentro "
+"delas, e de fato não pegam dados de caractere, estão sempre sozinhas em uma "
+"linha."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9368
+msgid ""
+"Tags like <tag>para</tag> and <tag>term</tag> do not need other tags to "
+"contain normal character data, and their contents begin immediately after "
+"the tag, <emphasis>on the same line</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"Tags como <tag>para</tag> e <tag>term</tag> não precisam de outras tags para "
+"conter dados de caracteres normais, e seus conteúdos começam imediatamente "
+"após a tag, <emphasis>na mesma linha</emphasis> ."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9373
+msgid "The same applies to when these two types of tags close."
+msgstr "O mesmo se aplica quando esses dois tipos de tags fecham."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9376
+msgid "This leads to an obvious problem when mixing these tags."
+msgstr "Isso leva a um problema óbvio ao misturar essas tags."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9379
+msgid ""
+"When a starting tag which cannot contain character data directly follows a "
+"tag of the type that requires other tags within it to use character data, "
+"they are on separate lines. The second tag should be properly indented."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando uma tag inicial que não pode conter dados de caractere segue "
+"diretamente uma tag do tipo que requer outras tags dentro dela para usar "
+"dados de caractere, elas estão em linhas separadas. A segunda tag deve estar "
+"corretamente recuada."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect3/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9384
+msgid ""
+"When a tag which can contain character data closes directly after a tag "
+"which cannot contain character data closes, they co-exist on the same line."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando uma tag que pode conter dados de caractere é fechada diretamente após "
+"uma tag que não pode conter dados de caractere fechados, eles coexistem na "
+"mesma linha."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9391
+msgid "Whitespace Changes"
+msgstr "Mudanças no espaço em branco"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9393
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Do not commit changes to content at the same time as changes to "
+"formatting</emphasis>."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Não faça commit de mudanças no conteúdo ao mesmo tempo em que faz "
+"mudanças na formatação</emphasis>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9397
+msgid ""
+"When content and whitespace changes are kept separate, translation teams can "
+"easily see whether a change was content that must be translated or only "
+"whitespace."
+msgstr ""
+"Quando as alterações de conteúdo e espaço em branco são mantidas separadas, "
+"as equipes de tradução podem ver facilmente se uma alteração foi de um "
+"conteúdo que deve ser traduzido ou apenas espaço em branco."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9401
+msgid ""
+"For example, if two sentences have been added to a paragraph so that the "
+"line lengths now go over 80 columns, first commit the change with the too-"
+"long lines. Then fix the line wrapping, and commit this second change. In "
+"the commit message for the second change, indicate that this is a whitespace-"
+"only change that can be ignored by translators."
+msgstr ""
+"Por exemplo, se duas sentenças foram adicionadas a um parágrafo para que os "
+"comprimentos de linha passem de 80 colunas, primeiro faça commit da "
+"alteração com as linhas longas demais. Em seguida, corrija a quebra de linha "
+"e confirme essa segunda alteração. Na mensagem de confirmação da segunda "
+"alteração, indique que esta é uma alteração somente de espaço em branco a "
+"qual pode ser ignorada pelos tradutores."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9411
+msgid "Non-Breaking Space"
+msgstr "Espaços Não Separáveis (Non-Breaking Space)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9413
+msgid ""
+"Avoid line breaks in places where they look ugly or make it difficult to "
+"follow a sentence. Line breaks depend on the width of the chosen output "
+"medium. In particular, viewing the HTML documentation with a text browser "
+"can lead to badly formatted paragraphs like the next one:"
+msgstr ""
+"Evite quebras de linha em locais onde elas pareçam feias ou dificultem o "
+"entendimento de uma frase. Quebras de linha dependem da largura do meio de "
+"saída escolhido. Em particular, a visualização da documentação em HTML com "
+"um navegador de texto pode levar a parágrafos mal formatados como o seguinte:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/literallayout
+#: book.translate.xml:9419
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"Data capacity ranges from 40 MB to 15\n"
+"GB. Hardware compression …"
+msgstr ""
+"A capacidade de dados varia de 40 MB a 15\n"
+"GB Compressão de hardware…"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9422
+msgid ""
+"The general entity <literal>&amp;nbsp;</literal> prohibits line breaks "
+"between parts belonging together. Use non-breaking spaces in the following "
+"places:"
+msgstr ""
+"A entidade geral <literal>&amp;nbsp;</literal> proíbe as quebras de linha "
+"entre as partes que estão juntas. Use espaços não separáveis ​​nos seguintes "
+"locais:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9428
+msgid "between numbers and units:"
+msgstr "entre números e unidades:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9429
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "57600&amp;nbsp;bps"
+msgstr "57600&amp;nbsp;bps"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9433
+msgid "between program names and version numbers:"
+msgstr "entre nomes de programas e números de versão:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9434
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "&amp;os;&amp;nbsp;9.2"
+msgstr "&amp;os;&amp;nbsp;9.2"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9438
+msgid ""
+"between multiword names (use with caution when applying this to more than "
+"3-4 word names like <quote>The FreeBSD Brazilian Portuguese Documentation "
+"Project</quote>):"
+msgstr ""
+"entre nomes com várias palavras (use com cautela ao aplicar isso em nomes de "
+"mais de 3-4 palavras como <quote>The FreeBSD Portuguese Portuguese "
+"Documentation Project</quote>):"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9442
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "Sun&amp;nbsp;Microsystems"
+msgstr "Sun &amp;Microsystems"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9449
+msgid "Word List"
+msgstr "Lista de palavras"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9451
+msgid ""
+"This list of words shows the correct spelling and capitalization when used "
+"in FreeBSD documentation. If a word is not on this list, ask about it on the "
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc"
+"\">FreeBSD documentation project mailing list</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Esta lista de palavras mostra a ortografia e letras maiúsculas corretas "
+"quando usadas na documentação do FreeBSD. Se uma palavra não estiver nesta "
+"lista, pergunte sobre isso na <link xlink:href=\"http://lists.FreeBSD.org/"
+"mailman/listinfo/freebsd-doc\">lista de discussão do projeto de documentação "
+"do FreeBSD</link>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9459
+msgid "Word"
+msgstr "Palavra"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9460
+msgid "XML Code"
+msgstr "Código XML"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9461
+msgid "Notes"
+msgstr "Notas"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9467
+msgid "CD-ROM"
+msgstr "CD-ROM"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9469
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>CD-ROM</literal><tag class="
+"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>CD-ROM</literal><tag class="
+"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9473
+msgid "DoS (Denial of Service)"
+msgstr "DoS (negação de serviço)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9474
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>DoS</literal><tag class="
+"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">acronym</tag><literal>DoS</literal><tag class="
+"\"endtag\">acronym</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9478
+msgid "email"
+msgstr "email"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9482
+msgid "file system"
+msgstr "sistema de arquivo"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9486
+msgid "IPsec"
+msgstr "IPsec"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9490
+msgid "Internet"
+msgstr "Internet"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9494
+msgid "manual page"
+msgstr "página de manual"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9498
+msgid "mail server"
+msgstr "servidor de email"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9502
+msgid "name server"
+msgstr "nome do servidor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9506
+msgid "Ports Collection"
+msgstr "Coleção de Ports"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9510
+msgid "read-only"
+msgstr "somente leitura"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9514
+msgid "Soft Updates"
+msgstr "Soft Updates"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9518
+msgid "stdin"
+msgstr "stdin"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9519
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdin<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdin<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9523
+msgid "stdout"
+msgstr "stdout"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9524
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdout<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
+"tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stdout<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
+"tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9528
+msgid "stderr"
+msgstr "stderr"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9529
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stderr<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
+"tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">varname</tag>stderr<tag class=\"endtag\">varname</"
+"tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9533
+msgid "Subversion"
+msgstr "Subversion"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9535
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag><literal>Subversion</literal><tag "
+"class=\"endtag\">application</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">application</tag><literal>Subversion</literal><tag "
+"class=\"endtag\">application</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9536
+msgid ""
+"Do not refer to the Subversion application as <literal>SVN</literal> in "
+"upper case. To refer to the command, use <tag class=\"starttag\">command</"
+"tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>."
+msgstr ""
+"Não se refira ao aplicativo Subversion como <literal>SVN</literal> em letras "
+"maiúsculas. Para se referir ao comando, use <tag class=\"starttag\">command</"
+"tag><literal>svn</literal><tag class=\"endtag\">command</tag>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9547
+msgid "userland"
+msgstr "userland"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9549
+msgid "things that apply to user space, not the kernel"
+msgstr "coisas que se aplicam ao espaço do usuário, não ao kernel"
+
+#. (itstool) path: row/entry
+#: book.translate.xml:9554
+msgid "web server"
+msgstr "servidor web"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9592
+msgid "Editor Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuração do Editor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9594
+msgid ""
+"Adjusting text editor configuration can make working on document files "
+"quicker and easier, and help documents conform to <acronym>FDP</acronym> "
+"guidelines."
+msgstr ""
+"Ajustar a configuração do editor de texto pode tornar o trabalho nos "
+"arquivos da documentação mais rápido e fácil, além de ajudar os documentos a "
+"ficarem em conformidade com as diretrizes do <acronym>FDP</acronym>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9599
+msgid "<application>Vim</application>"
+msgstr "<application>Vim</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9601
+msgid ""
+"Install from <package>editors/vim</package>, <package>editors/vim-console</"
+"package>, or <package>editors/vim-tiny</package> then follow the "
+"configuration instructions in <xref linkend=\"editor-config-vim-config\"/>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instale-o a partir de <package>editors/vim</package>, <package>editors/vim-"
+"console</package>, ou <package>editors/vim-tiny</package> e siga as "
+"instruções de configuração em <xref linkend=\"editor-config-vim-config\"/>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9610
+msgid ""
+"Press <keycap>P</keycap> to reformat paragraphs or text that has been "
+"selected in Visual mode. Press <keycap>T</keycap> to replace groups of eight "
+"spaces with a tab."
+msgstr ""
+"Pressione <keycap>P</keycap> para reformatar parágrafos ou texto selecionado "
+"no modo Visual. Pressione <keycap>T</keycap> para substituir grupos de oito "
+"espaços por um tab."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9617 book.translate.xml:9758
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuração"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9619
+msgid ""
+"Edit <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adding these lines to the end of the "
+"file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Edite o <filename>~/.vimrc</filename>, adicionando estas linhas ao final do "
+"arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9622
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"if has(\"autocmd\")\n"
+" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()\n"
+" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()\n"
+"endif \" has(autocmd)\n"
+"\n"
+"function Set_Highlights()\n"
+" \"match ExtraWhitespace /^\\s* \\s*\\|\\s\\+$/\n"
+" highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg\n"
+" match OverLength /\\%71v.\\+/\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"endfunction\n"
+"\n"
+"function ShowSpecial()\n"
+" setlocal list listchars=tab:&gt;&gt;,trail:*,eol:$\n"
+" hi def link nontext ErrorMsg\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"endfunction \" ShowSpecial()\n"
+"\n"
+"function Set_SGML()\n"
+" setlocal number\n"
+" syn match sgmlSpecial \"&amp;[^;]*;\"\n"
+" setlocal syntax=sgml\n"
+" setlocal filetype=xml\n"
+" setlocal shiftwidth=2\n"
+" setlocal textwidth=70\n"
+" setlocal tabstop=8\n"
+" setlocal softtabstop=2\n"
+" setlocal formatprg=\"fmt -p\"\n"
+" setlocal autoindent\n"
+" setlocal smartindent\n"
+" \" Rewrap paragraphs\n"
+" noremap P gqj\n"
+" \" Replace spaces with tabs\n"
+" noremap T :s/ /\\t/&lt;CR&gt;\n"
+" call ShowSpecial()\n"
+" call Set_Highlights()\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"endfunction \" Set_SGML()"
+msgstr ""
+"if has(\"autocmd\")\n"
+" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.sgml,*.ent,*.xsl,*.xml call Set_SGML()\n"
+" au BufNewFile,BufRead *.[1-9] call ShowSpecial()\n"
+"endif \" has(autocmd)\n"
+"\n"
+"function Set_Highlights()\n"
+" \"match ExtraWhitespace /^\\s* \\s*\\|\\s\\+$/\n"
+" highlight default link OverLength ErrorMsg\n"
+" match OverLength /\\%71v.\\+/\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"endfunction\n"
+"\n"
+"function ShowSpecial()\n"
+" setlocal list listchars=tab:&gt;&gt;,trail:*,eol:$\n"
+" hi def link nontext ErrorMsg\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"endfunction \" ShowSpecial()\n"
+"\n"
+"function Set_SGML()\n"
+" setlocal number\n"
+" syn match sgmlSpecial \"&amp;[^;]*;\"\n"
+" setlocal syntax=sgml\n"
+" setlocal filetype=xml\n"
+" setlocal shiftwidth=2\n"
+" setlocal textwidth=70\n"
+" setlocal tabstop=8\n"
+" setlocal softtabstop=2\n"
+" setlocal formatprg=\"fmt -p\"\n"
+" setlocal autoindent\n"
+" setlocal smartindent\n"
+" \" Rewrap paragraphs\n"
+" noremap P gqj\n"
+" \" Replace spaces with tabs\n"
+" noremap T :s/ /\\t/&lt;CR&gt;\n"
+" call ShowSpecial()\n"
+" call Set_Highlights()\n"
+" return 0\n"
+"endfunction \" Set_SGML()"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9664
+msgid "<application>Emacs</application>"
+msgstr "<application>Emacs</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9666
+msgid ""
+"Install from <package>editors/emacs</package> or <package>editors/emacs-"
+"devel</package>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instale-o a partir de <package>editors/emacs</package> ou <package>editors/"
+"emacs-devel</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9670
+msgid "Validation"
+msgstr "Validação"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9672
+msgid ""
+"Emacs's nxml-mode uses compact relax NG schemas for validating XML. A "
+"compact relax NG schema for FreeBSD's extension to DocBook 5.0 is included "
+"in the documentation repository. To configure nxml-mode to validate using "
+"this schema, create <filename>~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml</filename> and "
+"add these lines to the file:"
+msgstr ""
+"O modo nxml do Emacs usa esquemas NG relax compacto para validar o XML. Um "
+"esquema NG relax compacto para a extensão do FreeBSD para DocBook 5.0 está "
+"incluído no repositório de documentação. Para configurar o modo nxml para "
+"validar usando este esquema, crie <filename>~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml</"
+"filename> e adicione estas linhas ao arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9680
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">locatingRules</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">locatingRules xmlns=\"http://thaiopensource.com/ns/locating-rules/1.0\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"section\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"chapter\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"article\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">documentElement localName=\"book\" typeId=\"DocBook\"</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">typeId id=\"DocBook\" uri=\"/usr/local/share/xml/docbook/5.0/rng/docbook.rnc\"</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">locatingRules</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9691
+msgid "Automated Proofreading with Flycheck and Igor"
+msgstr "Revisão Automatizada com Flycheck e Igor"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9693
+msgid ""
+"The Flycheck package is available from Milkypostman's Emacs Lisp Package "
+"Archive (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). If <acronym>MELPA</acronym> is not "
+"already in Emacs's packages-archives, it can be added by evaluating"
+msgstr ""
+"O pacote Flycheck está disponível no Emacs Lisp Package Archive da "
+"Milkypostman (<acronym>MELPA</acronym>). Se a <acronym>MELPA</acronym> ainda "
+"não estiver nos repositórios de pacotes do Emacs, ele pode ser adicionado "
+"executando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9698
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/packages/\") t)"
+msgstr "(add-to-list 'package-archives '(\"melpa\" . \"http://stable.melpa.org/packages/\") t)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9700
+msgid ""
+"Add the line to Emacs's initialization file (one of <filename>~/.emacs</"
+"filename>, <filename>~/.emacs.el</filename>, or <filename>~.emacs.d/init.el</"
+"filename>) to make this change permanent."
+msgstr ""
+"Adicione a linha ao arquivo de inicialização do Emacs (qualquer um deles, "
+"<filename>~/.emacs</filename>, <filename>~/.emacs.el</filename>, ou "
+"<filename>~.emacs.d/init.el</filename>) para tornar esta alteração "
+"permanente."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9706
+msgid "To install Flycheck, evaluate"
+msgstr "Para instalar o Flycheck, execute"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9708
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "(package-install 'flycheck)"
+msgstr "(package-install 'flycheck)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9710
+msgid ""
+"Create a Flycheck checker for <package>textproc/igor</package> by evaluating"
+msgstr ""
+"Crie um verificador Flycheck para <package>textproc/igor</package> executando"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9713
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n"
+" \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n"
+"\n"
+"See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n"
+"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n"
+" :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n"
+" :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n"
+" :modes (nxml-mode)\n"
+" :standard-input t)\n"
+"\n"
+" (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)"
+msgstr ""
+"(flycheck-define-checker igor\n"
+" \"FreeBSD Documentation Project sanity checker.\n"
+"\n"
+"See URLs https://www.freebsd.org/docproj/ and\n"
+"http://www.freshports.org/textproc/igor/.\"\n"
+" :command (\"igor\" \"-X\" source-inplace)\n"
+" :error-parser flycheck-parse-checkstyle\n"
+" :modes (nxml-mode)\n"
+" :standard-input t)\n"
+"\n"
+" (add-to-list 'flycheck-checkers 'igor 'append)"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9725
+msgid ""
+"Again, add these lines to Emacs's initialization file to make the changes "
+"permanent."
+msgstr ""
+"Novamente, adicione essas linhas ao arquivo de inicialização do Emacs para "
+"tornar as mudanças permanentes."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9730
+msgid "FreeBSD Documentation Specific Settings"
+msgstr "Configurações Específicas da Documentação do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9732
+msgid ""
+"To apply settings specific to the FreeBSD documentation project, create "
+"<filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> in the root directory of the "
+"documentation repository and add these lines to the file:"
+msgstr ""
+"Para aplicar configurações específicas para o projeto de documentação do "
+"FreeBSD, crie o arquivo <filename>.dir-locals.el</filename> no diretório "
+"raiz do repositório de documentação e adicione estas linhas ao arquivo:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9737
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+";;; Directory Local Variables\n"
+";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n"
+"\n"
+"((nxml-mode\n"
+" (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n"
+" (fill-column . 70)\n"
+" (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n"
+" (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n"
+" (flycheck-checker . igor)\n"
+" (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml\"))))"
+msgstr ""
+";;; Directory Local Variables\n"
+";;; For more information see (info \"(emacs) Directory Variables\")\n"
+"\n"
+"((nxml-mode\n"
+" (eval . (turn-on-auto-fill))\n"
+" (fill-column . 70)\n"
+" (eval . (require 'flycheck))\n"
+" (eval . (flycheck-mode 1))\n"
+" (flycheck-checker . igor)\n"
+" (eval . (add-to-list 'rng-schema-locating-files \"~/.emacs.d/schema/schemas.xml\"))))"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9751
+msgid "<application>nano</application>"
+msgstr "<application>nano</application>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9753
+msgid ""
+"Install from <package>editors/nano</package> or <package>editors/nano-devel</"
+"package>."
+msgstr ""
+"Instale o aplicativo partir de <package>editors/nano</package> ou "
+"<package>editors/nano-devel</package>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9760
+msgid ""
+"Copy the sample <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax highlight file to the user's "
+"home directory:"
+msgstr ""
+"Copie o arquivo com a amostra da regra para realce da sintaxe <acronym>XML</"
+"acronym> para o diretório inicial do usuário:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9763
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>cp /usr/local/share/nano/xml.nanorc ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9765
+msgid ""
+"Use an editor to replace the lines in the <filename>~/.nanorc</filename> "
+"<literal>syntax \"xml\"</literal> block with these rules:"
+msgstr ""
+"Use um editor para substituir as linhas do <filename>~/.nanorc</filename> "
+"referentes ao bloco <literal>syntax \"xml\"</literal> por estas regras:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9769
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$\"\n"
+"# trailing whitespace\n"
+"color ,blue \"[[:space:]]+$\"\n"
+"# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line\n"
+"# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab\n"
+"color ,blue \"^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+\"\n"
+"# tabs after spaces\n"
+"color ,yellow \"( )+TAB\"\n"
+"# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces\n"
+"color ,red \"^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}\"\n"
+"# lines longer than 70 characters\n"
+"color ,yellow \"^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$\""
+msgstr ""
+"syntax \"xml\" \"\\.([jrs]html?|xml|xslt?)$\"\n"
+"# trailing whitespace\n"
+"color ,blue \"[[:space:]]+$\"\n"
+"# multiples of eight spaces at the start a line\n"
+"# (after zero or more tabs) should be a tab\n"
+"color ,blue \"^([TAB]*[ ]{8})+\"\n"
+"# tabs after spaces\n"
+"color ,yellow \"( )+TAB\"\n"
+"# highlight indents that have an odd number of spaces\n"
+"color ,red \"^(([ ]{2})+|(TAB+))*[ ]{1}[^ ]{1}\"\n"
+"# lines longer than 70 characters\n"
+"color ,yellow \"^(.{71})|(TAB.{63})|(TAB{2}.{55})|(TAB{3}.{47}).+$\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9782
+msgid "Process the file to create embedded tabs:"
+msgstr "Processe o arquivo para criar guias incorporadas:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9784
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>perl -i'' -pe 's/TAB/\\t/g' ~/.nanorc</userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9790
+msgid "Specify additional helpful options when running the editor:"
+msgstr "Especifique opções úteis adicionais ao executar o editor:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9793
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8 <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9795
+msgid ""
+"Users of <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> can define an alias in <filename>~/.cshrc</"
+"filename> to automate these options:"
+msgstr ""
+"Usuários do <citerefentry><refentrytitle>csh</refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</"
+"manvolnum></citerefentry> podem definir um alias em <filename>~/.cshrc</"
+"filename> para automatizar estas opções:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9799
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\""
+msgstr "alias nano \"nano -AKipwz -r 70 -T8\""
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9801
+msgid "After the alias is defined, the options will be added automatically:"
+msgstr ""
+"Depois que o alias é definido, as opções serão adicionadas automaticamente:"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect2/screen
+#: book.translate.xml:9804
+#, no-wrap
+msgid "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
+msgstr "<prompt>%</prompt> <userinput>nano <replaceable>chapter.xml</replaceable></userinput>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9841
+msgid "See Also"
+msgstr "Veja também"
+
+#. (itstool) path: chapter/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9843
+msgid ""
+"This document is deliberately not an exhaustive discussion of XML, the DTDs "
+"listed, and the FreeBSD Documentation Project. For more information about "
+"these, you are encouraged to see the following web sites."
+msgstr ""
+"Este documento não é deliberadamente uma discussão exaustiva de XML, das "
+"DTDs listadas e o Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD. Para mais informações "
+"sobre estes, você é encorajado a consultar os seguintes sites."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9849
+msgid "The FreeBSD Documentation Project"
+msgstr "O projeto de documentação do FreeBSD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9853
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">The FreeBSD "
+"Documentation Project web pages</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/docproj/index.html\">As Páginas Web do "
+"Projeto de Documentação do FreeBSD</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9858
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/"
+"index.html\">The FreeBSD Handbook</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"@@URL_RELPREFIX@@/doc/en_US.ISO8859-1/books/handbook/"
+"index.html\">O Handbook do FreeBSD</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9865
+msgid "XML"
+msgstr "XML"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9869
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/XML/\">W3C's XML page SGML/XML web "
+"page</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/XML/\">Página W3C's XML Página Web SGML/"
+"XML</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9876
+msgid "HTML"
+msgstr "HTML"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9880
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/\">The World Wide Web Consortium</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/\">O Consórcio World Wide Web</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9885
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/\">The HTML 4.0 "
+"specification</link>"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/\">A especificação HTML "
+"4.0</link>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9892
+msgid "DocBook"
+msgstr "DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9896
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/\">The DocBook "
+"Technical Committee</link>, maintainers of the DocBook DTD"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/\">O Comitê Técnico do "
+"DocBook </link>, mantenedores do DocBook DTD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9902
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.docbook.org/\">DocBook: The Definitive Guide</"
+"link>, the online documentation for the DocBook DTD"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://www.docbook.org/\">DocBook: O Guia Definitivo </"
+"link>, a documentação online do DocBook DTD"
+
+#. (itstool) path: listitem/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9908
+msgid ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/\">The DocBook Open "
+"Repository</link> contains DSSSL stylesheets and other resources for people "
+"using DocBook"
+msgstr ""
+"<link xlink:href=\"http://docbook.sourceforge.net/\">O DocBook Open "
+"Repository</link> contém folhas de estilo DSSSL e outros recursos para "
+"pessoas que usam DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: appendix/para
+#: book.translate.xml:9953
+msgid ""
+"These examples are not exhaustive—they do not contain all the elements that "
+"might be desirable to use, particularly in a document's front matter. For "
+"more examples of DocBook markup, examine the <acronym>XML</acronym> source "
+"for this and other documents available in the <application>Subversion</"
+"application> <literal>doc</literal> repository, or available online starting "
+"at <uri xlink:href=\"http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/\">http://svnweb.FreeBSD."
+"org/doc/</uri>."
+msgstr ""
+"Estes exemplos não são exaustivos - eles não contêm todos os elementos que "
+"podem ser desejáveis ​​de usar, particularmente em relação ao inicio dos "
+"documentos (Front Matter). Para mais exemplos de marcação DocBook, examine o "
+"código <acronym>XML</acronym> para este e outros documentos disponíveis no "
+"repositório <application>Subversion</application> <literal>doc</literal> ou "
+"disponível on-line a partir de <uri xlink:href=\"http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/"
+"doc/\">http://svnweb.FreeBSD.org/doc/</uri>."
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:9962 book.translate.xml:9965
+msgid "DocBook <tag>book</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag>Livro</tag> DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:9967
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
+"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">book xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
+" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
+" xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Book<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your book has an abstract then it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">preface</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preface<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Your book may have a preface, in which case it should be placed\n"
+" here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">preface</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first chapter in my book.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my book.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
+"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">book xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
+" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
+" xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Book<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your book has an abstract then it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">preface</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>Preface<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>Your book may have a preface, in which case it should be placed\n"
+" here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">preface</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Chapter<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first chapter in my book.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my book.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">chapter</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">book</tag>"
+
+#. (itstool) path: sect1/title
+#. (itstool) path: example/title
+#: book.translate.xml:10023 book.translate.xml:10026
+msgid "DocBook <tag>article</tag>"
+msgstr "<tag>Artigo</tag> DocBook"
+
+#. (itstool) path: example/programlisting
+#: book.translate.xml:10028
+#, no-wrap
+msgid ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
+"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
+" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
+" xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
+msgstr ""
+"&lt;!DOCTYPE article PUBLIC \"-//FreeBSD//DTD DocBook XML V5.0-Based Extension//EN\"\n"
+"\t\"http://www.FreeBSD.org/XML/share/xml/freebsd50.dtd\"&gt;\n"
+"\n"
+"<tag class=\"starttag\">article xmlns=\"http://docbook.org/ns/docbook\"\n"
+" xmlns:xlink=\"http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink\" version=\"5.0\"\n"
+" xml:lang=\"en\"</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">info</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>An Example Article<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">author</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">personname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">firstname</tag>Your first name<tag class=\"endtag\">firstname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">surname</tag>Your surname<tag class=\"endtag\">surname</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">personname</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"starttag\">address</tag>\n"
+"\t <tag class=\"starttag\">email</tag>foo@example.com<tag class=\"endtag\">email</tag>\n"
+"\t<tag class=\"endtag\">address</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">affiliation</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">author</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">year</tag>2000<tag class=\"endtag\">year</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">holder</tag>Copyright string here<tag class=\"endtag\">holder</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">copyright</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>If your article has an abstract then it should go here.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">abstract</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">info</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first section in my article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">title</tag>My First Sub-Section<tag class=\"endtag\">title</tag>\n"
+"\n"
+" <tag class=\"starttag\">para</tag>This is the first sub-section in my article.<tag class=\"endtag\">para</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect2</tag>\n"
+" <tag class=\"endtag\">sect1</tag>\n"
+"<tag class=\"endtag\">article</tag>"
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/working-copy/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/working-copy/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!-- Copyright (c) 2013 Warren Block
+ All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+ 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
+ copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
+ with the distribution.
+
+ THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHORS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS
+ IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT
+ LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS
+ FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
+ AUTHORS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
+ INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
+ CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR
+ OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
+ EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+-->
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="working-copy">
+ <title>The Working Copy</title>
+
+ <para>The <emphasis>working copy</emphasis> is a copy of the &os;
+ repository documentation tree downloaded onto the local computer.
+ Changes are made to the local working copy, tested, and then
+ submitted as patches to be committed to the main
+ repository.</para>
+
+ <para>A full copy of the documentation tree can occupy 700 megabytes
+ of disk space. Allow for a full gigabyte of space to have room
+ for temporary files and test versions of various output
+ formats.</para>
+
+ <para><link
+ xlink:href="&url.books.handbook;/svn.html"><application>Subversion</application></link>
+ is used to manage the &os; documentation files. It is obtained by
+ installing the <application>Subversion</application>
+ package:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.root; <userinput>pkg install subversion</userinput></screen>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-doc-and-src">
+ <title>Documentation and Manual Pages</title>
+
+ <para>&os; documentation is not just books and articles. Manual
+ pages for all the commands and configuration files are also part
+ of the documentation, and part of the <acronym>FDP</acronym>'s
+ territory. Two repositories are involved:
+ <literal>doc</literal> for the books and articles, and
+ <literal>base</literal> for the operating system and manual
+ pages. To edit manual pages, the <literal>base</literal>
+ repository must be checked out separately.</para>
+
+ <para>Repositories may contain multiple versions of documentation
+ and source code. New modifications are almost always made only
+ to the latest version, called <literal>head</literal>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-choosing-directory">
+ <title>Choosing a Directory</title>
+
+ <para>&os; documentation is traditionally stored in
+ <filename>/usr/doc/</filename>, and system
+ source code with manual pages in
+ <filename>/usr/src/</filename>. These
+ directory trees are relocatable, and users may want to put the
+ working copies in other locations to avoid interfering with
+ existing information in the main directories. The examples
+ that follow use <filename>~/doc</filename>
+ and <filename>~/src</filename>, both
+ subdirectories of the user's home directory.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-checking-out">
+ <title>Checking Out a Copy</title>
+
+ <para>A download of a working copy from the repository is called
+ a <emphasis>checkout</emphasis>, and done with
+ <command>svn checkout</command>. This example checks out a
+ copy of the latest version (<literal>head</literal>) of
+ the main documentation tree:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/doc/head <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>A checkout of the source code to work on manual pages is
+ very similar:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn checkout https://svn.FreeBSD.org/base/head <replaceable>~/src</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-updating">
+ <title>Updating a Working Copy</title>
+
+ <para>The documents and files in the &os; repository change daily.
+ People modify files and commit changes frequently. Even a short
+ time after an initial checkout, there will already be
+ differences between the local working copy and the main &os;
+ repository. To update the local version with the changes that
+ have been made to the main repository, use
+ <command>svn update</command> on the directory containing the
+ local working copy:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn update <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>Get in the protective habit of using
+ <command>svn update</command> before editing document files.
+ Someone else may have edited that file very recently, and the
+ local working copy will not include the latest changes until it
+ has been updated. Editing the newest version of a file is much
+ easier than trying to combine an older, edited local file with
+ the newer version from the repository.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-revert">
+ <title>Reverting Changes</title>
+
+ <para>Sometimes it turns out that changes were
+ not necessary after all, or the writer just wants to start over.
+ Files can be <quote>reset</quote> to their unchanged form with
+ <command>svn revert</command>. For example, to erase the edits
+ made to <filename>chapter.xml</filename> and reset it to
+ unmodified form:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>svn revert chapter.xml</userinput></screen>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-making-diff">
+ <title>Making a Diff</title>
+
+ <para>After edits to a file or group of files are completed, the
+ differences between the local working copy and the version on
+ the &os; repository must be collected into a single file for
+ submission. These <emphasis>diff</emphasis> files are produced
+ by redirecting the output of <command>svn diff</command> into a
+ file:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn diff &gt; <replaceable>doc-fix-spelling.diff</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>Give the file a meaningful name that identifies the
+ contents. The example above is for spelling fixes to the whole
+ documentation tree.</para>
+
+ <para>If the diff file is to be submitted with the web
+ <quote><link
+ xlink:href="https://bugs.FreeBSD.org/bugzilla/enter_bug.cgi">Submit
+ a &os; problem report</link></quote> interface, add a
+ <filename>.txt</filename> extension to give the earnest and
+ simple-minded web form a clue that the contents are plain
+ text.</para>
+
+ <para>Be careful: <command>svn diff</command> includes all changes
+ made in the current directory and any subdirectories. If there
+ are files in the working copy with edits that are not ready to
+ be submitted yet, provide a list of only the files that are to
+ be included:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>cd <replaceable>~/doc</replaceable></userinput>
+&prompt.user; <userinput>svn diff <replaceable>disks/chapter.xml printers/chapter.xml</replaceable> &gt; <replaceable>disks-printers.diff</replaceable></userinput></screen>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="working-copy-subversion-references">
+ <title><application>Subversion</application> References</title>
+
+ <para>These examples show very basic usage of
+ <application>Subversion</application>. More detail is available
+ in the <link
+ xlink:href="http://svnbook.red-bean.com/">Subversion
+ Book</link> and the <link
+ xlink:href="http://subversion.apache.org/docs/">Subversion
+ documentation</link>.</para>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xhtml-markup/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xhtml-markup/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,604 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Nik Clayton, All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source (SGML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms
+ (SGML HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+
+ 1. Redistributions of source code (SGML DocBook) must retain the above
+ copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified.
+
+ 2. Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs,
+ converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce
+ the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
+ following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
+ provided with the distribution.
+
+ THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY NIK CLAYTON "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL NIK CLAYTON BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+-->
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="xhtml-markup">
+ <title><acronym>XHTML</acronym> Markup</title>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-introduction">
+ <title>Introduction</title>
+
+ <para>This chapter describes usage of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
+ markup language used for the &os; web site.</para>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> is the <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ version of the HyperText Markup Language, the markup language of
+ choice on the World Wide Web. More information can be found at
+ <uri
+ xlink:href="http://www.w3.org/">http://www.w3.org/</uri>.</para>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> is used to mark up pages on the
+ &os; web site. It is usually not used to mark up other
+ documentation, since DocBook offers a far richer set of elements
+ from which to choose. Consequently, <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
+ pages will normally only be encountered when writing for the web
+ site.</para>
+
+ <para><acronym>HTML</acronym> has gone through a number of
+ versions. The <acronym>XML</acronym>-compliant version
+ described here is called <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The latest
+ widespread version is <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0, available in
+ both <emphasis>strict</emphasis> and
+ <emphasis>transitional</emphasis> variants.</para>
+
+ <para>The <acronym>XHTML</acronym> <acronym>DTDs</acronym> are
+ available from the Ports Collection in
+ <package>textproc/xhtml</package>. They are automatically
+ installed by the <package>textproc/docproj</package>
+ port.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>This is <emphasis>not</emphasis> an exhaustive list of
+ elements, since that would just repeat the documentation for
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym>. The aim is to list those elements
+ most commonly used. Please post questions about elements or
+ uses not covered here to the &a.doc;.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <note>
+ <title>Inline Versus Block</title>
+
+ <para>In the remainder of this document, when describing
+ elements, <emphasis>inline</emphasis> means that the element
+ can occur within a block element, and does not cause a line
+ break. A <emphasis>block</emphasis> element, by comparison,
+ will cause a line break (and other processing) when it is
+ encountered.</para>
+ </note>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-fpi">
+ <title>Formal Public Identifier (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)</title>
+
+ <para>There are a number of <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym>s, depending upon the version, or
+ <emphasis>level</emphasis> of <acronym>XHTML</acronym> to which
+ a document conforms. Most <acronym>XHTML</acronym> documents on
+ the &os; web site comply with the transitional version of
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym> 1.0.</para>
+
+ <programlisting>PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"</programlisting>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-sectional-elements">
+ <title>Sectional Elements</title>
+
+ <para>An <acronym>XHTML</acronym> document is normally split into
+ two sections. The first section, called the
+ <emphasis>head</emphasis>, contains meta-information about the
+ document, such as its title, the name of the author, the parent
+ document, and so on. The second section, the
+ <emphasis>body</emphasis>, contains content that will be
+ displayed to the user.</para>
+
+ <para>These sections are indicated with <tag>head</tag>
+ and <tag>body</tag> elements respectively. These
+ elements are contained within the top-level
+ <tag>html</tag> element.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Normal <acronym>XHTML</acronym> Document
+ Structure</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">head</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag><replaceable>The Document's Title</replaceable><tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">head</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">body</tag>
+
+ &hellip;
+
+ <tag class="endtag">body</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements">
+ <title>Block Elements</title>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-headings">
+ <title>Headings</title>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> has tags to denote headings in
+ the document at up to six different levels.</para>
+
+ <para>The largest and most prominent heading is
+ <tag>h1</tag>, then <tag>h2</tag>,
+ continuing down to <tag>h6</tag>.</para>
+
+ <para>The element's content is the text of the heading.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>h1</tag>, <tag>h2</tag>,
+ and Other Header Tags</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">h1</tag>First section<tag class="endtag">h1</tag>
+
+&lt;!-- Document introduction goes here --&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">h2</tag>This is the heading for the first section<tag class="endtag">h2</tag>
+
+&lt;!-- Content for the first section goes here --&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">h3</tag>This is the heading for the first sub-section<tag class="endtag">h3</tag>
+
+&lt;!-- Content for the first sub-section goes here --&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">h2</tag>This is the heading for the second section<tag class="endtag">h2</tag>
+
+&lt;!-- Content for the second section goes here --&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Generally, an <acronym>XHTML</acronym> page should have
+ one first level heading (<tag>h1</tag>). This can
+ contain many second level headings (<tag>h2</tag>),
+ which can in turn contain many third level headings. Do not
+ leave gaps in the numbering.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-paragraphs">
+ <title>Paragraphs</title>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> supports a single paragraph
+ element, <tag>p</tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>p</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It can contain just about any
+ other element.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-block-quotations">
+ <title>Block Quotations</title>
+
+ <para>A block quotation is an extended quotation from another
+ document that will appear in a separate paragraph.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>blockquote</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>A small excerpt from the US Constitution:<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">blockquote</tag>We the People of the United States, in Order to form
+ a more perfect Union, establish Justice, insure domestic
+ Tranquility, provide for the common defence, promote the general
+ Welfare, and secure the Blessings of Liberty to ourselves and our
+ Posterity, do ordain and establish this Constitution for the
+ United States of America.<tag class="endtag">blockquote</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-lists">
+ <title>Lists</title>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> can present the user with three
+ types of lists: ordered, unordered, and definition.</para>
+
+ <para>Entries in an ordered list will be numbered, while entries
+ in an unordered list will be preceded by bullet points.
+ Definition lists have two sections for each entry. The first
+ section is the term being defined, and the second section is
+ the definition.</para>
+
+ <para>Ordered lists are indicated by the <tag>ol</tag>
+ element, unordered lists by the <tag>ul</tag>
+ element, and definition lists by the <tag>dl</tag>
+ element.</para>
+
+ <para>Ordered and unordered lists contain listitems, indicated
+ by the <tag>li</tag> element. A listitem can
+ contain textual content, or it may be further wrapped in one
+ or more <tag>p</tag> elements.</para>
+
+ <para>Definition lists contain definition terms
+ (<tag>dt</tag>) and definition descriptions
+ (<tag>dd</tag>). A definition term can only contain
+ inline elements. A definition description can contain other
+ block elements.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>ul</tag> and
+ <tag>ol</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>An unordered list. Listitems will probably be
+ preceded by bullets.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">ul</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag>First item<tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag>Second item<tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag>Third item<tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">ul</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">p</tag>An ordered list, with list items consisting of multiple
+ paragraphs. Each item (note: not each paragraph) will be
+ numbered.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">ol</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is the first item. It only has one paragraph.<tag class="endtag">p</tag><tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is the first paragraph of the second item.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is the second paragraph of the second item.<tag class="endtag">p</tag><tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is the first and only paragraph of the third
+ item.<tag class="endtag">p</tag><tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">ol</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Definition Lists with <tag>dl</tag></title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">dl</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">dt</tag>Term 1<tag class="endtag">dt</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">dd</tag><tag class="starttag">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 1.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>Paragraph 2 of definition 1.<tag class="endtag">p</tag><tag class="endtag">dd</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">dt</tag>Term 2<tag class="endtag">dt</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">dd</tag><tag class="starttag">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 2.<tag class="endtag">p</tag><tag class="endtag">dd</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">dt</tag>Term 3<tag class="endtag">dt</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">dd</tag><tag class="starttag">p</tag>Paragraph 1 of definition 3.<tag class="endtag">p</tag><tag class="endtag">dd</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">dl</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-preformatted-text">
+ <title>Pre-formatted Text</title>
+
+ <para>Pre-formatted text is shown to the user exactly as it is
+ in the file. Text is shown in a fixed font. Multiple spaces
+ and line breaks are shown exactly as they are in the
+ file.</para>
+
+ <para>Wrap pre-formatted text in the <tag>pre</tag>
+ element.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>pre</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>For example, the <tag>pre</tag> tags could be
+ used to mark up an email message:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">pre</tag> From: nik@FreeBSD.org
+ To: freebsd-doc@FreeBSD.org
+ Subject: New documentation available
+
+ There is a new copy of my primer for contributors to the FreeBSD
+ Documentation Project available at
+
+ &amp;lt;URL:https://people.FreeBSD.org/~nik/primer/index.html&amp;gt;
+
+ Comments appreciated.
+
+ N<tag class="endtag">pre</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>Keep in mind that <literal>&lt;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;</literal> still are recognized as special
+ characters in pre-formatted text. This is why the example
+ shown had to use <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> instead of
+ <literal>&lt;</literal>. For consistency,
+ <literal>&amp;gt;</literal> was used in place of
+ <literal>&gt;</literal>, too. Watch out for the special
+ characters that may appear in text copied from a plain-text
+ source, like an email message or program code.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-block-elements-tables">
+ <title>Tables</title>
+
+ <para>Mark up tabular information using the
+ <tag>table</tag> element. A table consists of one or
+ more table rows (<tag>tr</tag>), each containing one
+ or more cells of table data (<tag>td</tag>). Each
+ cell can contain other block elements, such as paragraphs or
+ lists. It can also contain another table (this nesting can
+ repeat indefinitely). If the cell only contains one paragraph
+ then the <tag>p</tag>element is not needed.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Simple Use of <tag>table</tag></title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a simple 2x2 table.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">table</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Top left cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">table</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>A cell can span multiple rows and columns by adding the
+ <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag> or
+ <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag> attributes with
+ values for the number of rows or columns to be spanned.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using
+ <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag></title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>One tall thin cell on the left, two short cells next to
+ it on the right.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">table</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td rowspan="2"</tag>Long and thin<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Top cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">table</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using
+ <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag></title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>One long cell on top, two short cells below it.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">table</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td colspan="2"</tag>Top cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">table</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using <tag class="attribute">rowspan</tag> and
+ <tag class="attribute">colspan</tag>
+ Together</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>On a 3x3 grid, the top left block is a 2x2 set of
+ cells merged into one. The other cells are normal.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">table</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td colspan="2" rowspan="2"</tag>Top left large cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Top right cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ &lt;!-- Because the large cell on the left merges into
+ this row, the first &lt;td&gt; will occur on its
+ right --&gt;
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Middle right cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">tr</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom left cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom middle cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">td</tag>Bottom right cell<tag class="endtag">td</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">tr</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">table</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements">
+ <title>In-line Elements</title>
+
+ <sect2
+ xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-emphasizing-information">
+ <title>Emphasizing Information</title>
+
+ <para>Two levels of emphasis are available in
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, <tag>em</tag> and
+ <tag>strong</tag>. <tag>em</tag> is for a
+ normal level of emphasis and <tag>strong</tag>
+ indicates stronger emphasis.</para>
+
+ <para><tag>em</tag> is typically rendered in italic
+ and <tag>strong</tag> is rendered in bold. This is
+ not always the case, and should not be relied upon. According
+ to best practices, web pages only hold structural and
+ semantical information, and stylesheets are later applied to
+ them. Think of semantics, not formatting, when using these
+ tags.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>em</tag> and
+ <tag>strong</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag><tag class="starttag">em</tag>This<tag class="endtag">em</tag> has been emphasized, while
+ <tag class="starttag">strong</tag>this<tag class="endtag">strong</tag> has been strongly emphasized.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-fixed-pitch-text">
+ <title>Indicating Fixed-Pitch Text</title>
+
+ <para>Content that should be rendered in a fixed pitch
+ (typewriter) typeface is tagged with <tag>tt</tag>
+ (for <quote>teletype</quote>).</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><tag>tt</tag> Example</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>Many system settings are stored in
+ <tag class="starttag">tt</tag>/etc<tag class="endtag">tt</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-links">
+ <title>Links</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Links are also inline elements.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-linking">
+ <title>Linking to Other Documents on the Web</title>
+
+ <para>A link points to the <acronym>URL</acronym> of a
+ document on the web. The link is indicated with
+ <tag>a</tag>, and the
+ <tag class="attribute">href</tag> attribute contains
+ the <acronym>URL</acronym> of the target document. The
+ content of the element becomes the link, indicated to the
+ user by showing it in a different color or with an
+ underline.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using
+ <tag class="starttag">a href="..."</tag></title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>More information is available at the
+ <tag class="starttag">a href="http://www.&amp;os;.org/"</tag>&amp;os; web site<tag class="endtag">a</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>This link always takes the user to the top of the linked
+ document.</para>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="xhtml-markup-inline-elements-specific-parts">
+ <title>Linking to Specific Parts of Documents</title>
+
+ <para>To link to a specific point within a document, that
+ document must include an <emphasis>anchor</emphasis> at the
+ desired point. Anchors are included by setting the
+ <tag class="attribute">id</tag> attribute of an
+ element to a name. This example creates an anchor by
+ setting the <tag class="attribute">id</tag>
+ attribute of a <tag class="element">p</tag>
+ element.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Creating an Anchor</title>
+
+ <para>Usage:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p id="samplepara"</tag>This paragraph can be referenced
+ in other links with the name <tag class="starttag">tt</tag>samplepara<tag class="endtag">tt</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Links to anchors are similar to plain links, but include
+ a <literal>#</literal> symbol and the anchor's
+ <acronym>ID</acronym> at the end of the
+ <acronym>URL</acronym>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Linking to a Named Part of a Different
+ Document</title>
+
+ <para>The <literal>samplepara</literal> example is part of a
+ document called <filename>foo.html</filename>. A link to
+ that specific paragraph in the document is constructed in
+ this example.</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>More information can be found in the
+ <tag class="starttag">a href="foo.html#samplepara"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class="endtag">a</tag> of
+ <tag class="starttag">tt</tag>foo.html<tag class="endtag">tt</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>To link to a named anchor within the same document, omit
+ the document's <acronym>URL</acronym>, and just use the
+ <literal>#</literal> symbol followed by the name of the
+ anchor.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Linking to a Named Part of the Same Document</title>
+
+ <para>The <literal>samplepara</literal> example
+ resides in this document. To link to it:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>More information can be found in the
+ <tag class="starttag">a href="#samplepara"</tag>sample paragraph<tag class="endtag">a</tag> of this
+ document.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>
Index: pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xml-primer/chapter.xml
===================================================================
--- /dev/null
+++ pt_BR.ISO8859-1/books/fdp-primer/xml-primer/chapter.xml
@@ -0,0 +1,1423 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="iso-8859-1"?>
+<!-- Copyright (c) 1998, 1999 Nik Clayton, All rights reserved.
+
+ Redistribution and use in source (SGML DocBook) and 'compiled' forms
+ (SGML, HTML, PDF, PostScript, RTF and so forth) with or without
+ modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
+ are met:
+
+ 1. Redistributions of source code (SGML DocBook) must retain the above
+ copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following
+ disclaimer as the first lines of this file unmodified.
+
+ 2. Redistributions in compiled form (transformed to other DTDs,
+ converted to PDF, PostScript, RTF and other formats) must reproduce
+ the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the
+ following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials
+ provided with the distribution.
+
+ THIS DOCUMENTATION IS PROVIDED BY NIK CLAYTON "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
+ OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+ DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL NIK CLAYTON BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT,
+ INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
+ (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+ SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
+ ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS DOCUMENTATION, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+
+-->
+<chapter xmlns="http://docbook.org/ns/docbook"
+ xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink" version="5.0"
+ xml:id="xml-primer">
+ <title>XML Primer</title>
+
+ <para>Most <acronym>FDP</acronym> documentation is written with
+ markup languages based on <acronym>XML</acronym>. This chapter
+ explains what that means, how to read and understand the
+ documentation source, and the <acronym>XML</acronym> techniques
+ used.</para>
+
+ <para>Portions of this section were inspired by Mark Galassi's <link
+ xlink:href="http://www.galassi.org/mark/mydocs/docbook-intro/docbook-intro.html">Get
+ Going With DocBook</link>.</para>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-overview">
+ <title>Overview</title>
+
+ <para>In the original days of computers, electronic text was
+ simple. There were a few character sets like
+ <acronym>ASCII</acronym> or <acronym>EBCDIC</acronym>, but that
+ was about it. Text was text, and what you saw really was what
+ you got. No frills, no formatting, no intelligence.</para>
+
+ <para>Inevitably, this was not enough. When text is in a
+ machine-usable format, machines are expected to be able to use
+ and manipulate it intelligently. Authors want to indicate that
+ certain phrases should be emphasized, or added to a glossary, or
+ made into hyperlinks. Filenames could be shown in a
+ <quote>typewriter</quote> style font for viewing on screen, but
+ as <quote>italics</quote> when printed, or any of a myriad of
+ other options for presentation.</para>
+
+ <para>It was once hoped that Artificial Intelligence (AI) would
+ make this easy. The computer would read the document and
+ automatically identify key phrases, filenames, text that the
+ reader should type in, examples, and more. Unfortunately, real
+ life has not happened quite like that, and computers still
+ require assistance before they can meaningfully process
+ text.</para>
+
+ <para>More precisely, they need help identifying what is what.
+ Consider this text:</para>
+
+ <blockquote>
+ <para>To remove <filename>/tmp/foo</filename>, use
+ &man.rm.1;.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>rm /tmp/foo</userinput></screen>
+ </blockquote>
+
+ <para>It is easy to see which parts are filenames, which are
+ commands to be typed in, which parts are references to manual
+ pages, and so on. But the computer processing the document
+ cannot. For this we need markup.</para>
+
+ <para><quote>Markup</quote> is commonly used to describe
+ <quote>adding value</quote> or <quote>increasing cost</quote>.
+ The term takes on both these meanings when applied to text.
+ Markup is additional text included in the document,
+ distinguished from the document's content in some way, so that
+ programs that process the document can read the markup and use
+ it when making decisions about the document. Editors can hide
+ the markup from the user, so the user is not distracted by
+ it.</para>
+
+ <para>The extra information stored in the markup
+ <emphasis>adds value</emphasis> to the document. Adding the
+ markup to the document must typically be done by a
+ person&mdash;after all, if computers could recognize the text
+ sufficiently well to add the markup then there would be no need
+ to add it in the first place. This
+ <emphasis>increases the cost</emphasis> (the effort required) to
+ create the document.</para>
+
+ <para>The previous example is actually represented in this
+ document like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>To remove <tag class="starttag">filename</tag>/tmp/foo<tag class="endtag">filename</tag>, use &amp;man.rm.1;.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">screen</tag>&amp;prompt.user; <tag class="starttag">userinput</tag>rm /tmp/foo<tag class="endtag">userinput</tag><tag class="endtag">screen</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The markup is clearly separate from the content.</para>
+
+ <para>Markup languages define what the markup means and how it
+ should be interpreted.</para>
+
+ <para>Of course, one markup language might not be enough. A
+ markup language for technical documentation has very different
+ requirements than a markup language that is intended for cookery
+ recipes. This, in turn, would be very different from a markup
+ language used to describe poetry. What is really needed is a
+ first language used to write these other markup languages. A
+ <emphasis>meta markup language</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>This is exactly what the eXtensible Markup
+ Language (<acronym>XML</acronym>) is. Many markup languages
+ have been written in <acronym>XML</acronym>, including the two
+ most used by the <acronym>FDP</acronym>,
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym> and DocBook.</para>
+
+ <para>Each language definition is more properly called a grammar,
+ vocabulary, schema or Document Type Definition
+ (<acronym>DTD</acronym>). There are various languages to
+ specify an <acronym>XML</acronym> grammar, or
+ <emphasis>schema</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para xml:id="xml-primer-validating">A schema is a
+ <emphasis>complete</emphasis> specification of all the elements
+ that are allowed to appear, the order in which they should
+ appear, which elements are mandatory, which are optional, and so
+ forth. This makes it possible to write an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> <emphasis>parser</emphasis> which reads
+ in both the schema and a document which claims to conform to the
+ schema. The parser can then confirm whether or not all the
+ elements required by the vocabulary are in the document in the
+ right order, and whether there are any errors in the markup.
+ This is normally referred to as
+ <quote>validating the document</quote>.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>Validation confirms that the choice of
+ elements, their ordering, and so on, conforms to that listed
+ in the grammar. It does <emphasis>not</emphasis> check
+ whether <emphasis>appropriate</emphasis> markup has been used
+ for the content. If all the filenames in a document were
+ marked up as function names, the parser would not flag this as
+ an error (assuming, of course, that the schema defines
+ elements for filenames and functions, and that they are
+ allowed to appear in the same place).</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para>Most contributions to the Documentation
+ Project will be content marked up in either
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym> or DocBook, rather than alterations to
+ the schemas. For this reason, this book will not touch on how
+ to write a vocabulary.</para>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-elements">
+ <title>Elements, Tags, and Attributes</title>
+
+ <para>All the vocabularies written in <acronym>XML</acronym> share
+ certain characteristics. This is hardly surprising, as the
+ philosophy behind <acronym>XML</acronym> will inevitably show
+ through. One of the most obvious manifestations of this
+ philosophy is that of <emphasis>content</emphasis> and
+ <emphasis>elements</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>Documentation, whether it is a single web page, or a lengthy
+ book, is considered to consist of content. This content is then
+ divided and further subdivided into elements. The purpose of
+ adding markup is to name and identify the boundaries of these
+ elements for further processing.</para>
+
+ <para>For example, consider a typical book. At the very top
+ level, the book is itself an element. This <quote>book</quote>
+ element obviously contains chapters, which can be considered to
+ be elements in their own right. Each chapter will contain more
+ elements, such as paragraphs, quotations, and footnotes. Each
+ paragraph might contain further elements, identifying content
+ that was direct speech, or the name of a character in the
+ story.</para>
+
+ <para>It may be helpful to think of this as
+ <quote>chunking</quote> content. At the very top level is one
+ chunk, the book. Look a little deeper, and there are more
+ chunks, the individual chapters. These are chunked further into
+ paragraphs, footnotes, character names, and so on.</para>
+
+ <para>Notice how this differentiation between different elements
+ of the content can be made without resorting to any
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> terms. It really is surprisingly
+ straightforward. This could be done with a highlighter pen and
+ a printout of the book, using different colors to indicate
+ different chunks of content.</para>
+
+ <para>Of course, we do not have an electronic highlighter pen, so
+ we need some other way of indicating which element each piece of
+ content belongs to. In languages written in
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> (<acronym>XHTML</acronym>, DocBook, et
+ al) this is done by means of <emphasis>tags</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <para>A tag is used to identify where a particular element starts,
+ and where the element ends. <emphasis>The tag is not part of
+ the element itself</emphasis>. Because each grammar was
+ normally written to mark up specific types of information, each
+ one will recognize different elements, and will therefore have
+ different names for the tags.</para>
+
+ <para>For an element called
+ <replaceable>element-name</replaceable> the start tag will
+ normally look like <tag
+ class="starttag"><replaceable>element-name</replaceable></tag>.
+ The corresponding closing tag for this element is <tag
+ class="endtag"><replaceable>element-name</replaceable></tag>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using an Element (Start and End Tags)</title>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating
+ that the content enclosed by the element is a paragraph,
+ called <tag>p</tag>.</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a paragraph. It starts with the start tag for
+ the 'p' element, and it will end with the end tag for the 'p'
+ element.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is another paragraph. But this one is much shorter.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Some elements have no content. For example, in
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, a horizontal line can be included in
+ the document. For these <quote>empty</quote> elements,
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> introduced a shorthand form that is
+ completely equivalent to the two-tag version:</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using an Element Without Content</title>
+
+ <para><acronym>XHTML</acronym> has an element for indicating a
+ horizontal rule, called <tag>hr</tag>. This element
+ does not wrap content, so it looks like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+<tag class="starttag">hr</tag><tag class="endtag">hr</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this
+ from the previous paragraph.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The shorthand version consists of a single tag:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>One paragraph.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+<tag class="emptytag">hr</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is another paragraph. A horizontal rule separates this
+ from the previous paragraph.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>As shown above, elements can contain other elements. In the
+ book example earlier, the book element contained all the chapter
+ elements, which in turn contained all the paragraph elements,
+ and so on.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Elements Within Elements; <tag>em</tag></title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a simple <tag class="starttag">em</tag>paragraph<tag class="endtag">em</tag> where some
+ of the <tag class="starttag">em</tag>words<tag class="endtag">em</tag> have been <tag class="starttag">em</tag>emphasized<tag class="endtag">em</tag>.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>The grammar consists of rules that describe which elements
+ can contain other elements, and exactly what they can
+ contain.</para>
+
+ <important>
+ <para>People often confuse the terms tags and elements, and use
+ the terms as if they were interchangeable. They are
+ not.</para>
+
+ <para>An element is a conceptual part of your document. An
+ element has a defined start and end. The tags mark where the
+ element starts and ends.</para>
+
+ <para>When this document (or anyone else knowledgeable about
+ <acronym>XML</acronym>) refers to
+ <quote>the <tag class="starttag">p</tag> tag</quote>
+ they mean the literal text consisting of the three characters
+ <literal>&lt;</literal>, <literal>p</literal>, and
+ <literal>&gt;</literal>. But the phrase
+ <quote>the <tag>p</tag> element</quote> refers to the
+ whole element.</para>
+
+ <para>This distinction <emphasis>is</emphasis> very subtle. But
+ keep it in mind.</para>
+ </important>
+
+ <para>Elements can have attributes. An attribute has a name and a
+ value, and is used for adding extra information to the element.
+ This might be information that indicates how the content should
+ be rendered, or might be something that uniquely identifies that
+ occurrence of the element, or it might be something else.</para>
+
+ <para>An element's attributes are written
+ <emphasis>inside</emphasis> the start tag for that element, and
+ take the form
+ <literal><replaceable>attribute-name</replaceable>="<replaceable>attribute-value</replaceable>"</literal>.</para>
+
+ <para>In <acronym>XHTML</acronym>, the <tag>p</tag>
+ element has an attribute called
+ <tag class="attribute">align</tag>, which suggests an
+ alignment (justification) for the paragraph to the program
+ displaying the <acronym>XHTML</acronym>.</para>
+
+ <para>The <tag class="attribute">align</tag> attribute can
+ take one of four defined values, <literal>left</literal>,
+ <literal>center</literal>, <literal>right</literal> and
+ <literal>justify</literal>. If the attribute is not specified
+ then the default is <literal>left</literal>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using an Element with an Attribute</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p align="left"</tag>The inclusion of the align attribute
+ on this paragraph was superfluous, since the default is left.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">p align="center"</tag>This may appear in the center.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Some attributes only take specific values, such as
+ <literal>left</literal> or <literal>justify</literal>. Others
+ allow any value.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Single Quotes Around Attributes</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p align='right'</tag>I am on the right!<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>Attribute values in <acronym>XML</acronym> must be enclosed
+ in either single or double quotes. Double quotes are
+ traditional. Single quotes are useful when the attribute value
+ contains double quotes.</para>
+
+ <para>Information about attributes, elements, and tags is stored
+ in catalog files. The Documentation Project uses standard
+ DocBook catalogs and includes additional catalogs for
+ &os;-specific features. Paths to the catalog files are defined
+ in an environment variable so they can be found by the document
+ build tools.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-elements-to-do">
+ <title>To Do&hellip;</title>
+
+ <para>Before running the examples in this document, install
+ <package>textproc/docproj</package> from the &os; Ports
+ Collection. This is a <emphasis>meta-port</emphasis> that
+ downloads and installs the standard programs and supporting
+ files needed by the Documentation Project. &man.csh.1; users
+ must use <command>rehash</command> for the shell to recognize
+ new programs after they have been installed, or log out and
+ then log back in again.</para>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Create <filename>example.xml</filename>, and enter
+ this text:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">head</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">head</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">body</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p align="right"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">body</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Try to validate this file using an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> parser.</para>
+
+ <para><package>textproc/docproj</package>
+ includes the <command>xmllint</command>
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-validating">validating
+ parser</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Use <command>xmllint</command> to validate the
+ document:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput></screen>
+
+ <para><command>xmllint</command> returns without displaying
+ any output, showing that the document validated
+ successfully.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>See what happens when required elements are omitted.
+ Delete the line with the
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag> and
+ <tag class="endtag">title</tag> tags, and re-run
+ the validation.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>xmllint --valid --noout example.xml</userinput>
+example.xml:5: element head: validity error : Element head content does not follow the DTD, expecting ((script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , ((title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*)?) | (base , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)* , title , (script | style | meta | link | object | isindex)*))), got ()</screen>
+
+ <para>This shows that the validation error comes from the
+ <replaceable>fifth</replaceable> line of the
+ <replaceable>example.xml</replaceable> file and that the
+ content of the <tag class="starttag">head</tag> is
+ the part which does not follow the rules of the
+ <acronym>XHTML</acronym> grammar.</para>
+
+ <para>Then <command>xmllint</command> shows the line where
+ the error was found and marks the exact character position
+ with a <literal>^</literal> sign.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Replace the <tag>title</tag> element.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-doctype-declaration">
+ <title>The DOCTYPE Declaration</title>
+
+ <para>The beginning of each document can specify the name of the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> to which the document conforms. This
+ DOCTYPE declaration is used by <acronym>XML</acronym> parsers to
+ identify the <acronym>DTD</acronym> and ensure that the document
+ does conform to it.</para>
+
+ <para>A typical declaration for a document written to conform with
+ version 1.0 of the <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> looks like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>That line contains a number of different components.</para>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>&lt;!</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The <emphasis>indicator</emphasis> shows
+ this is an <acronym>XML</acronym> declaration.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>DOCTYPE</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Shows that this is an <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ declaration of the document type.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>html</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Names the first
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-elements">element</link> that
+ will appear in the document.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0
+ Transitional//EN"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Lists the Formal Public Identifier
+ (<acronym>FPI</acronym>)
+ <indexterm>
+ <primary>Formal Public Identifier</primary>
+ </indexterm>
+ for the <acronym>DTD</acronym> to which this document
+ conforms. The <acronym>XML</acronym> parser uses this to
+ find the correct <acronym>DTD</acronym> when processing
+ this document.</para>
+
+ <para><literal>PUBLIC</literal> is not a part of the
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym>, but indicates to the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> processor how to find the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> referenced in the
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym>. Other ways of telling the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> parser how to find the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> are shown <link
+ linkend="xml-primer-fpi-alternatives">later</link>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>A local filename or a <acronym>URL</acronym> to find
+ the <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><literal>&gt;</literal></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Ends the declaration and returns to the
+ document.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="doctype-declaration-fpi">
+ <title>Formal Public Identifiers
+ (<acronym>FPI</acronym>s)</title>
+
+ <indexterm significance="preferred">
+ <primary>Formal Public Identifier</primary>
+ </indexterm>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>It is not necessary to know this, but it is useful
+ background, and might help debug problems when the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> processor cannot locate the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym>.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <para><acronym>FPI</acronym>s must follow a specific
+ syntax:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>"<replaceable>Owner</replaceable>//<replaceable>Keyword</replaceable> <replaceable>Description</replaceable>//<replaceable>Language</replaceable>"</programlisting>
+
+ <variablelist>
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><replaceable>Owner</replaceable></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>The owner of the <acronym>FPI</acronym>.</para>
+
+ <para>The beginning of the string identifies the owner of
+ the <acronym>FPI</acronym>. For example, the
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym>
+ <literal>"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Greek
+ Symbols//EN"</literal> lists
+ <literal>ISO 8879:1986</literal> as being the owner for
+ the set of entities for Greek symbols.
+ <acronym>ISO</acronym> 8879:1986 is the International
+ Organization for Standardization
+ (<acronym>ISO</acronym>) number for the
+ <acronym>SGML</acronym> standard, the predecessor (and a
+ superset) of <acronym>XML</acronym>.</para>
+
+ <para>Otherwise, this string will either look like
+ <literal>-//<replaceable>Owner</replaceable></literal>
+ or
+ <literal>+//<replaceable>Owner</replaceable></literal>
+ (notice the only difference is the leading
+ <literal>+</literal> or <literal>-</literal>).</para>
+
+ <para>If the string starts with <literal>-</literal> then
+ the owner information is unregistered, with a
+ <literal>+</literal> identifying it as
+ registered.</para>
+
+ <para><acronym>ISO</acronym> 9070:1991 defines how
+ registered names are generated. It might be derived
+ from the number of an <acronym>ISO</acronym>
+ publication, an <acronym>ISBN</acronym> code, or an
+ organization code assigned according to
+ <acronym>ISO</acronym> 6523. Additionally, a
+ registration authority could be created in order to
+ assign registered names. The <acronym>ISO</acronym>
+ council delegated this to the American National
+ Standards Institute (<acronym>ANSI</acronym>).</para>
+
+ <para>Because the &os; Project has not been registered,
+ the owner string is <literal>-//&os;</literal>. As seen
+ in the example, the <acronym>W3C</acronym> are not a
+ registered owner either.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><replaceable>Keyword</replaceable></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>There are several keywords that indicate the type of
+ information in the file. Some of the most common
+ keywords are <literal>DTD</literal>,
+ <literal>ELEMENT</literal>, <literal>ENTITIES</literal>,
+ and <literal>TEXT</literal>. <literal>DTD</literal> is
+ used only for <acronym>DTD</acronym> files,
+ <literal>ELEMENT</literal> is usually used for
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> fragments that contain only
+ entity or element declarations. <literal>TEXT</literal>
+ is used for <acronym>XML</acronym> content (text and
+ tags).</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><replaceable>Description</replaceable></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>Any description can be given for the contents
+ of this file. This may include version numbers or any
+ short text that is meaningful and unique for the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> system.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+
+ <varlistentry>
+ <term><replaceable>Language</replaceable></term>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <para>An <acronym>ISO</acronym> two-character code that
+ identifies the native language for the file.
+ <literal>EN</literal> is used for English.</para>
+ </listitem>
+ </varlistentry>
+ </variablelist>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="doctype-declaration-fpi-catalog">
+ <title><filename>catalog</filename> Files</title>
+
+ <para>With the syntax above, an <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ processor needs to have some way of turning the
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym> into the name of the file containing
+ the <acronym>DTD</acronym>. A catalog file (typically
+ called <filename>catalog</filename>) contains lines that map
+ <acronym>FPI</acronym>s to filenames. For example, if the
+ catalog file contained the line:</para>
+
+<!-- XXX: mention XML catalog or maybe replace this totally and only cover XML catalog -->
+
+ <programlisting>PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "1.0/transitional.dtd"</programlisting>
+
+ <para>The <acronym>XML</acronym> processor knows that the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> is called
+ <filename>transitional.dtd</filename> in the
+ <filename>1.0</filename> subdirectory of the directory that
+ held <filename>catalog</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>Examine the contents of
+ <filename>/usr/local/share/xml/dtd/xhtml/catalog.xml</filename>.
+ This is the catalog file for the <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym>s that were installed as part of the
+ <package>textproc/docproj</package> port.</para>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-fpi-alternatives">
+ <title>Alternatives to <acronym>FPI</acronym>s</title>
+
+ <para>Instead of using an <acronym>FPI</acronym> to indicate the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> to which the document conforms (and
+ therefore, which file on the system contains the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym>), the filename can be explicitly
+ specified.</para>
+
+ <para>The syntax is slightly different:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">!DOCTYPE html SYSTEM "/path/to/file.dtd"</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>The <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword indicates that the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> processor should locate the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> in a system specific fashion. This
+ typically (but not always) means the <acronym>DTD</acronym>
+ will be provided as a filename.</para>
+
+ <para>Using <acronym>FPI</acronym>s is preferred for reasons of
+ portability. If the <literal>SYSTEM</literal> identifier is
+ used, then the <acronym>DTD</acronym> must be provided and
+ kept in the same location for everyone.</para>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-xml-escape">
+ <title>Escaping Back to <acronym>XML</acronym></title>
+
+ <para>Some of the underlying <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax can be
+ useful within documents. For example, comments can be included
+ in the document, and will be ignored by the parser. Comments
+ are entered using <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax. Other uses for
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax will be shown later.</para>
+
+ <para><acronym>XML</acronym> sections begin with a
+ <literal>&lt;!</literal> tag and end with a
+ <literal>&gt;</literal>. These sections contain instructions
+ for the parser rather than elements of the document. Everything
+ between these tags is <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax. The
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-doctype-declaration">DOCTYPE
+ declaration</link> shown earlier is an example of
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> syntax included in the document.</para>
+
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-comments">
+ <title>Comments</title>
+
+ <para>An <acronym>XML</acronym> document may contain comments.
+ They may appear anywhere as long as they are not inside tags.
+ They are even allowed in some locations inside the
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> (e.g., between <link
+ linkend="xml-primer-entities">entity
+ declarations</link>).</para>
+
+ <para><acronym>XML</acronym> comments start with the string
+ <quote><literal>&lt;!--</literal></quote> and end with the
+ string <quote><literal>--&gt;</literal></quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>Here are some examples of valid <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ comments:</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title><acronym>XML</acronym> Generic Comments</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!-- This is inside the comment --&gt;
+
+&lt;!--This is another comment--&gt;
+
+&lt;!-- This is how you
+ write multiline comments --&gt;
+
+&lt;p&gt;A simple &lt;!-- Comment inside an element's content --&gt; paragraph.&lt;/p&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para><acronym>XML</acronym> comments may contain any strings
+ except <quote><literal>--</literal></quote>:</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Erroneous <acronym>XML</acronym> Comment</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!-- This comment--is wrong --&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-comments-to-do">
+ <title>To Do&hellip;</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Add some comments to
+ <filename>example.xml</filename>, and check that the file
+ still validates using <command>xmllint</command>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Add some invalid comments to
+ <filename>example.xml</filename>, and see the error
+ messages that <command>xmllint</command> gives when it
+ encounters an invalid comment.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-entities">
+ <title>Entities</title>
+
+ <para>Entities are a mechanism for assigning names to chunks of
+ content. As an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser processes a
+ document, any entities it finds are replaced by the content of
+ the entity.</para>
+
+ <para>This is a good way to have re-usable, easily changeable
+ chunks of content in <acronym>XML</acronym> documents. It is
+ also the only way to include one marked up file inside another
+ using <acronym>XML</acronym>.</para>
+
+ <para>There are two types of entities for two different
+ situations: <emphasis>general entities</emphasis> and
+ <emphasis>parameter entities</emphasis>.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-general-entities">
+ <title>General Entities</title>
+
+ <para>General entities are used to assign names to reusable
+ chunks of text. These entities can only be used in the
+ document. They cannot be used in an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> context.</para>
+
+ <para>To include the text of a general entity in the document,
+ include
+ <literal>&amp;<replaceable>entity-name</replaceable>;</literal>
+ in the text. For example, consider a general entity called
+ <literal>current.version</literal> which expands to the
+ current version number of a product. To use it in the
+ document, write:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>The current version of our product is
+ &amp;current.version;.<tag class="endtag">para</tag></programlisting>
+
+ <para>When the version number changes, edit the definition of
+ the general entity, replacing the value. Then reprocess the
+ document.</para>
+
+ <para>General entities can also be used to enter characters that
+ could not otherwise be included in an <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ document. For example, <literal>&lt;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;</literal> cannot normally appear in an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> document. The <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ parser sees the <literal>&lt;</literal> symbol as the start of
+ a tag. Likewise, when the <literal>&amp;</literal> symbol is
+ seen, the next text is expected to be an entity name.</para>
+
+ <para>These symbols can be included by using two predefined
+ general entities: <literal>&amp;lt;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;amp;</literal>.</para>
+
+ <para>General entities can only be defined within an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> context. Such definitions are usually
+ done immediately after the DOCTYPE declaration.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Defining General Entities</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!ENTITY current.version "3.0-RELEASE"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY last.version "2.2.7-RELEASE"&gt;
+]&gt;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>The DOCTYPE declaration has been extended by adding a
+ square bracket at the end of the first line. The two
+ entities are then defined over the next two lines, the
+ square bracket is closed, and then the DOCTYPE declaration
+ is closed.</para>
+
+ <para>The square brackets are necessary to indicate that the
+ DTD indicated by the DOCTYPE declaration is being
+ extended.</para>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-parameter-entities">
+ <title>Parameter Entities</title>
+
+ <para>Parameter entities, like
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">general
+ entities</link>, are used to assign names to reusable chunks
+ of text. But parameter entities can only be used within an
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-xml-escape">XML
+ context</link>.</para>
+
+ <para>Parameter entity definitions are similar to those for
+ general entities. However, parameter entities are included
+ with
+ <literal>%<replaceable>entity-name</replaceable>;</literal>.
+ The definition also includes the <literal>%</literal> between
+ the <literal>ENTITY</literal> keyword and the name of the
+ entity.</para>
+
+ <para>For a mnemonic, think
+ <quote><emphasis>P</emphasis>arameter entities use the
+ <emphasis>P</emphasis>ercent symbol</quote>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Defining Parameter Entities</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!ENTITY % entity "&lt;!ENTITY version '1.0'&gt;"&gt;
+&lt;!-- use the parameter entity --&gt;
+%entity;
+]&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>At first sight, parameter entities do not look very
+ useful, but they make it possible to <link
+ linkend="xml-primer-include">include other files</link> into
+ an XML document.</para>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-to-do">
+ <title>To Do&hellip;</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Add a general entity to
+ <filename>example.xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!ENTITY version "1.1"&gt;
+]&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">head</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">head</tag>
+
+ &lt;!-- There may be some comments in here as well --&gt;
+
+ <tag class="starttag">body</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a paragraph containing some text.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>This paragraph contains some more text.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p align="right"</tag>This paragraph might be right-justified.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">body</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Validate the document using
+ <command>xmllint</command>.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Load <filename>example.xml</filename> into a web
+ browser. It may have to be copied to
+ <filename>example.html</filename> before the browser
+ recognizes it as an <acronym>XHTML</acronym>
+ document.</para>
+
+ <para>Older browsers with simple parsers may not render this
+ file as expected. The entity reference
+ <literal>&amp;version;</literal> may not be replaced by
+ the version number, or the <acronym>XML</acronym> context
+ closing <literal>]&gt;</literal> may not be recognized and
+ instead shown in the output.</para>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>The solution is to <emphasis>normalize</emphasis> the
+ document with an <acronym>XML</acronym> normalizer. The
+ normalizer reads valid <acronym>XML</acronym> and writes
+ equally valid <acronym>XML</acronym> which has been
+ transformed in some way. One way the normalizer
+ transforms the input is by expanding all the entity
+ references in the document, replacing the entities with
+ the text that they represent.</para>
+
+ <para><command>xmllint</command> can be used for this. It
+ also has an option to drop the initial
+ <acronym>DTD</acronym> section so that the closing
+ <literal>]&gt;</literal> does not confuse browsers:</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>xmllint --noent --dropdtd example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput></screen>
+
+ <para>A normalized copy of the document with entities
+ expanded is produced in <filename>example.html</filename>,
+ ready to load into a web browser.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-include">
+ <title>Using Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <para>Both
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-general-entities">general</link> and
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-parameter-entities">parameter</link>
+ entities are particularly useful for including one file inside
+ another.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-include-using-gen-entities">
+ <title>Using General Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <para>Consider some content for an <acronym>XML</acronym> book
+ organized into files, one file per chapter, called
+ <filename>chapter1.xml</filename>,
+ <filename>chapter2.xml</filename>, and so forth, with a
+ <filename>book.xml</filename> that will contain these
+ chapters.</para>
+
+ <para>In order to use the contents of these files as the values
+ for entities, they are declared with the
+ <literal>SYSTEM</literal> keyword. This directs the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> parser to include the contents of the
+ named file as the value of the entity.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using General Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM "chapter1.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM "chapter2.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM "chapter3.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!-- And so forth --&gt;
+]&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ &lt;!-- Use the entities to load in the chapters --&gt;
+
+ &amp;chapter.1;
+ &amp;chapter.2;
+ &amp;chapter.3;
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <warning>
+ <para>When using general entities to include other files
+ within a document, the files being included
+ (<filename>chapter1.xml</filename>,
+ <filename>chapter2.xml</filename>, and so on)
+ <emphasis>must not</emphasis> start with a DOCTYPE
+ declaration. This is a syntax error because entities are
+ low-level constructs and they are resolved before any
+ parsing happens.</para>
+ </warning>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-include-parameter">
+ <title>Using Parameter Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <para>Parameter entities can only be used inside an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> context. Including a file in an
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> context can be used
+ to ensure that general entities are reusable.</para>
+
+ <para>Suppose that there are many chapters in the document, and
+ these chapters were reused in two different books, each book
+ organizing the chapters in a different fashion.</para>
+
+ <para>The entities could be listed at the top of each book, but
+ that quickly becomes cumbersome to manage.</para>
+
+ <para>Instead, place the general entity definitions inside one
+ file, and use a parameter entity to include that file within
+ the document.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using Parameter Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <para>Place the entity definitions in a separate file
+ called <filename>chapters.ent</filename> and
+ containing this text:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!ENTITY chapter.1 SYSTEM "chapter1.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY chapter.2 SYSTEM "chapter2.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY chapter.3 SYSTEM "chapter3.xml"&gt;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>Create a parameter entity to refer to the contents
+ of the file. Then use the parameter entity to load the file
+ into the document, which will then make all the general
+ entities available for use. Then use the general entities
+ as before:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!-- Define a parameter entity to load in the chapter general entities --&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY % chapters SYSTEM "chapters.ent"&gt;
+
+&lt;!-- Now use the parameter entity to load in this file --&gt;
+%chapters;
+]&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ &amp;chapter.1;
+ &amp;chapter.2;
+ &amp;chapter.3;
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-include-parameter-to-do">
+ <title>To Do&hellip;</title>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="xml-primer-include-general-entities-include">
+ <title>Use General Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Create three files, <filename>para1.xml</filename>,
+ <filename>para2.xml</filename>, and
+ <filename>para3.xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <para>Put content like this in each file:</para>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is the first paragraph.<tag class="endtag">p</tag></programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Edit <filename>example.xml</filename> so that it
+ looks like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!ENTITY version "1.1"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM "para1.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM "para2.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM "para3.xml"&gt;
+]&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">head</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">head</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">body</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ &amp;para1;
+ &amp;para2;
+ &amp;para3;
+ <tag class="endtag">body</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Produce <filename>example.html</filename> by
+ normalizing <filename>example.xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Load <filename>example.html</filename> into the web
+ browser and confirm that the
+ <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename>
+ files have been included in
+ <filename>example.html</filename>.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="xml-primer-include-parameter-entities-include">
+ <title>Use Parameter Entities to Include Files</title>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>The previous steps must have completed before this
+ step.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Edit <filename>example.xml</filename> so that it
+ looks like this:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN"
+"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd" [
+&lt;!ENTITY % entities SYSTEM "entities.ent"&gt; %entities;
+]&gt;
+
+<tag class="starttag">html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">head</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">title</tag>An Example XHTML File<tag class="endtag">title</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">head</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">body</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>The current version of this document is: &amp;version;<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ &amp;para1;
+ &amp;para2;
+ &amp;para3;
+ <tag class="endtag">body</tag>
+<tag class="endtag">html</tag></programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Create a new file called
+ <filename>entities.ent</filename> with this
+ content:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!ENTITY version "1.1"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM "para1.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM "para2.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM "para3.xml"&gt;</programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Produce <filename>example.html</filename> by
+ normalizing <filename>example.xml</filename>.</para>
+
+ <screen>&prompt.user; <userinput>xmllint --dropdtd --noent example.xml &gt; example.html</userinput></screen>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Load <filename>example.html</filename> into the web
+ browser and confirm that the
+ <filename>para<replaceable>n</replaceable>.xml</filename>
+ files have been included in
+ <filename>example.html</filename>.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-marked-sections">
+ <title>Marked Sections</title>
+
+ <para><acronym>XML</acronym> provides a mechanism to indicate that
+ particular pieces of the document should be processed in a
+ special way. These are called
+ <quote>marked sections</quote>.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Structure of a Marked Section</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;![<replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable>[
+ Contents of marked section
+]]&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>As expected of an <acronym>XML</acronym> construct, a marked
+ section starts with <literal>&lt;!</literal>.</para>
+
+ <para>The first square bracket begins the marked section.</para>
+
+ <para><replaceable>KEYWORD</replaceable> describes how this marked
+ section is to be processed by the parser.</para>
+
+ <para>The second square bracket indicates the start of the
+ marked section's content.</para>
+
+ <para>The marked section is finished by closing the two square
+ brackets, and then returning to the document context from the
+ <acronym>XML</acronym> context with
+ <literal>&gt;</literal>.</para>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-marked-section-keywords">
+ <title>Marked Section Keywords</title>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="xml-primer-cdata">
+ <title><literal>CDATA</literal></title>
+
+ <para>These keywords denote the marked sections
+ <emphasis>content model</emphasis>, and allow you to change
+ it from the default.</para>
+
+ <para>When an <acronym>XML</acronym> parser is processing a
+ document, it keeps track of the
+ <quote>content model</quote>.</para>
+
+ <para>The content model describes the
+ content the parser is expecting to see and what it will do
+ with that content.</para>
+
+ <para>The <literal>CDATA</literal> content model is one of the
+ most useful.</para>
+
+ <para><literal>CDATA</literal> is for
+ <quote>Character Data</quote>. When the parser is in this
+ content model, it expects to see only characters. In this
+ model the <literal>&lt;</literal> and
+ <literal>&amp;</literal> symbols lose their special status,
+ and will be treated as ordinary characters.</para>
+
+ <note>
+ <para>When using <literal>CDATA</literal> in examples of
+ text marked up in <acronym>XML</acronym>, remember that
+ the content of <literal>CDATA</literal> is not validated.
+ The included text must be check with other means. For
+ example, the content could be written in another document,
+ validated, and then pasted into the
+ <literal>CDATA</literal> section.</para>
+ </note>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using a <literal>CDATA</literal> Marked
+ Section</title>
+
+ <programlisting><tag class="starttag">para</tag>Here is an example of how to include some text that contains
+ many <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>&amp;lt;<tag class="endtag">literal</tag> and <tag class="starttag">literal</tag>&amp;amp;<tag class="endtag">literal</tag>
+ symbols. The sample text is a fragment of
+ <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag>. The surrounding text (<tag class="starttag">para</tag> and
+ <tag class="starttag">programlisting</tag>) are from DocBook.<tag class="endtag">para</tag>
+
+<tag class="starttag">programlisting</tag>&lt;![CDATA[<tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is a sample that shows some of the
+ elements within <tag class="starttag">acronym</tag>XHTML<tag class="endtag">acronym</tag>. Since the angle
+ brackets are used so many times, it is simpler to say the whole
+ example is a CDATA marked section than to use the entity names for
+ the left and right angle brackets throughout.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">ul</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag>This is a listitem<tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag>This is a second listitem<tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+ <tag class="starttag">li</tag>This is a third listitem<tag class="endtag">li</tag>
+ <tag class="endtag">ul</tag>
+
+ <tag class="starttag">p</tag>This is the end of the example.<tag class="endtag">p</tag>]]&gt;<tag class="endtag">programlisting</tag></programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect3>
+
+ <sect3 xml:id="xml-primer-include-ignore">
+ <title><literal>INCLUDE</literal> and
+ <literal>IGNORE</literal></title>
+
+ <para>When the keyword is <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, then the
+ contents of the marked section will be processed. When the
+ keyword is <literal>IGNORE</literal>, the marked section
+ is ignored and will not be processed. It will not appear in
+ the output.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and
+ <literal>IGNORE</literal> in Marked Sections</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;![INCLUDE[
+ This text will be processed and included.
+]]&gt;
+
+&lt;![IGNORE[
+ This text will not be processed or included.
+]]&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+
+ <para>By itself, this is not too useful. Text to be
+ removed from the document could be cut out, or wrapped
+ in comments.</para>
+
+ <para>It becomes more useful when controlled by
+ <link linkend="xml-primer-parameter-entities">parameter
+ entities</link>, yet this usage is limited
+ to entity files.</para>
+
+ <para>For example, suppose that documentation was produced in
+ a hard-copy version and an electronic version. Some extra
+ text is desired in the electronic version content that was
+ not to appear in the hard-copy.</para>
+
+ <para>Create an entity file that defines general entities to
+ include each chapter and guard these definitions with a
+ parameter entity that can be set to either
+ <literal>INCLUDE</literal> or <literal>IGNORE</literal> to
+ control whether the entity is defined. After these
+ conditional general entity definitions, place one more
+ definition for each general entity to set them to an empty
+ value. This technique makes use of the fact that entity
+ definitions cannot be overridden but the first definition
+ always takes effect. So the inclusion of the chapter is
+ controlled with the corresponding parameter entity. Set to
+ <literal>INCLUDE</literal>, the first general entity
+ definition will be read and the second one will be ignored.
+ Set to <literal>IGNORE</literal>, the first definition will
+ be ignored and the second one will take effect.</para>
+
+ <example>
+ <title>Using a Parameter Entity to Control a Marked
+ Section</title>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy "INCLUDE"&gt;
+
+&lt;![%electronic.copy;[
+&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface SYSTEM "preface.xml"&gt;
+]]&gt;
+
+&lt;!ENTITY chap.preface ""&gt;</programlisting>
+
+ <para>When producing the hard-copy version, change the
+ parameter entity's definition to:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!ENTITY % electronic.copy "IGNORE"&gt;</programlisting>
+ </example>
+ </sect3>
+ </sect2>
+
+ <sect2 xml:id="xml-primer-marked-section-keywords-to-do">
+ <title>To Do&hellip;</title>
+
+ <procedure>
+ <step>
+ <para>Modify <filename>entities.ent</filename> to
+ contain the following:</para>
+
+ <programlisting>&lt;!ENTITY version "1.1"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY % conditional.text "IGNORE"&gt;
+
+&lt;![%conditional.text;[
+&lt;!ENTITY para1 SYSTEM "para1.xml"&gt;
+]]&gt;
+
+&lt;!ENTITY para1 ""&gt;
+
+&lt;!ENTITY para2 SYSTEM "para2.xml"&gt;
+&lt;!ENTITY para3 SYSTEM "para3.xml"&gt;</programlisting>
+ </step>
+
+ <step>
+ <para>Normalize <filename>example.xml</filename>
+ and notice that the conditional text is not present in the
+ output document. Set the parameter entity
+ guard to <literal>INCLUDE</literal> and regenerate the
+ normalized document and the text will appear again.
+ This method makes sense if there are more
+ conditional chunks depending on the same condition. For
+ example, to control generating printed or online
+ text.</para>
+ </step>
+ </procedure>
+ </sect2>
+ </sect1>
+
+ <sect1 xml:id="xml-primer-conclusion">
+ <title>Conclusion</title>
+
+ <para>That is the conclusion of this <acronym>XML</acronym>
+ primer. For reasons of space and complexity, several things
+ have not been covered in depth (or at all). However, the
+ previous sections cover enough <acronym>XML</acronym> to
+ introduce the organization of the <acronym>FDP</acronym>
+ documentation.</para>
+ </sect1>
+</chapter>

File Metadata

Mime Type
text/plain
Expires
Thu, Aug 20, 8:57 AM (18 h, 45 m)
Storage Engine
blob
Storage Format
Raw Data
Storage Handle
36939081
Default Alt Text
D16997.id.diff (959 KB)

Event Timeline